Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 15, 2021

No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Pharvaris B.V.(1)

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

The Netherlands   2834   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

J.H. Oortweg 21,

2333 CH Leiden,

The Netherlands

+31 (0)71 203 6410

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Berndt Modig

Pharvaris B.V.

J.H. Oortweg 21

2333 CH Leiden

The Netherlands

+31 (0)71 203 6410

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Sophia Hudson, P.C.

Jennifer Lee, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

 

Paul van der Bijl

NautaDutilh N.V.

Beethovenstraat 400

1082 PR Amsterdam

The Netherlands

+31 (20) 717-1000

 

Frank F. Rahmani, Esq.

Samir A. Gandhi, Esq.

Sidley Austin LLP

555 California Street, Suite 2000

San Francisco, California 94104

(415) 772-1200

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to registered additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

†The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

(1) We intend to convert the legal form of our Company under Dutch law from a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) to a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap) and change our name from Pharvaris B.V. to Pharvaris N.V. prior to the consummation of this offering.

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Ordinary shares, par value €0.12 per share

  $100,000,000   $10,910

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the additional ordinary shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it’s not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                , 2021

                Ordinary Shares

 

LOGO

Pharvaris B.V.

to be converted and renamed

Pharvaris N.V.

(a public company with limited liability incorporated in the Netherlands)

 

 

We are offering                  ordinary shares. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our ordinary shares. We expect our initial public offering price will be between $                 and $                 per ordinary share.

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PHVS.”

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “foreign private issuer” as defined under the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See, “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an ‘Emerging Growth Company’ and a Foreign Private Issuer.”

 

 

Our business and an investment in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

      

PER ORDINARY
SHARE

      

TOTAL

 

Public offering price

       $                          $                  

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

       $                          $                  

Proceeds to us, before expenses

       $                          $                  

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Delivery of the ordinary shares is expected to be made on or about                , 2021. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional                ordinary shares solely to cover overallotments.

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Morgan Stanley   BofA Securities   SVB Leerink
  Co-Managers  

Oppenheimer & Co.

  Kempen & Co

Prospectus dated                , 2021


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     Page  

About This Prospectus

     ii  

Presentation of Financial and Other Information

     ii  

Trademarks

     ii  

Market and Industry Data

     iii  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     11  

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

     13  

Risk Factors

     15  

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     68  

Use of Proceeds

     70  

Dividend Policy

     72  

Capitalization

     73  

Dilution

     75  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     77  

Exchange Rate Information

     79  
     Page  

Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations

     80  

Business

     94  

Management

     137  

Principal Shareholders

     148  

Related Party Transactions

     152  

Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association

     155  

Ordinary Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     173  

Material United States and Dutch Income Tax Considerations

     176  

Enforceability of Judgments

     186  

Underwriting

     187  

Expenses of the Offering

     195  

Legal Matters

     196  

Experts

     196  

Where You Can Find More Information

     197  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  
 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters take any responsibility for, or provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell the ordinary shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the ordinary shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction, other than the United States, where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Pharvaris,” “Pharvaris B.V.,” “Pharvaris N.V.,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” or similar terms refer to (i) Pharvaris B.V., together with its subsidiaries prior to the conversion of Pharvaris B.V. into Pharvaris N.V. and (ii) Pharvaris N.V., together with its subsidiaries, after giving effect to the conversion of Pharvaris B.V. into Pharvaris N.V., which is expected to occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

The term “Series A preferred shares” refers to the Company’s convertible preferred shares A issued pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2016, between the Company and certain of its shareholders. The term “Series B preferred shares” refers to the Company’s convertible preferred shares B issued pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2019, between the Company and certain of its shareholders, as amended on July 29, 2020. The term “Series C preferred shares” refers to the Company’s convertible preferred shares C issued pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2020, between the Company and certain of its shareholders. The term “preferred shares” refers (i) to the Series A preferred shares, the Series B preferred shares and the Series C preferred shares, collectively, prior to the conversion of Pharvaris B.V. into Pharvaris N.V. or (ii) preferred shares after conversion of Pharvaris B.V. into Pharvaris N.V., which we may issue to a protective foundation if we decide to implement a protective foundation structure (see “Risk factors—Dutch corporate law and our Articles of Association contain or may contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a takeover attempt, which could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares”).

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

We report under International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or the IASB. None of the consolidated financial statements in this prospectus were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. We present our consolidated financial statements in euros and in accordance with IFRS. We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this prospectus to “€,” “euro,” “EUR” or “cents” are to the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of the European Economic and Monetary Union pursuant to the treaty establishing the European Community, as amended. All references to “$,” “US$” or “U.S. dollars” are to the lawful currency of the United States.

Solely for the convenience of the reader, certain euro amounts herein have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of €1.00 to $1.1705, the average exchange rate quoted as of September 30, 2020 by the European Central Bank. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as at that or any other date.

TRADEMARKS

All trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the symbols ® and , but such references should not be construed as any indication that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. We do not intend to use or display other companies’ trademarks or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 

ii


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

The information in this prospectus that has been sourced from third parties has been accurately reproduced and, as far as we are aware and able to ascertain from the information published by that third-party, no facts have been omitted that would render the reproduced information inaccurate or misleading. Industry publications generally state that their information is obtained from sources they believe reliable but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed and that the projections they contain are based on a number of significant assumptions. We are not aware of any exhaustive industry or market reports that cover or address our specific markets.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you, and we urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors,” “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.

Our Business

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapies for rare diseases with significant unmet need, initially focused on angioedema and other bradykinin-mediated diseases. Our first molecule, PHA121, is a novel, small molecule bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist for the treatment of hereditary angioedema, or HAE. Bradykinin-B2-receptor inhibition is a clinically validated mechanism for the treatment of HAE, as demonstrated by icatibant, which is a bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist approved in Europe in 2008 and in the United States in 2011 (as FIRAZYR). We designed PHA121 to improve upon the therapeutic profile of existing therapies and, through oral delivery, to provide patients with quality of life and convenience that is superior to current standard-of-care HAE treatments, which are injectables. We believe PHA121 has the potential to provide a safe, effective and convenient option for both acute and prophylactic treatments of HAE, in the form of our PHVS416 on-demand rapid exposure product candidate, and for prophylaxis of HAE, in the form of our PHVS719 small daily dose extended-release product candidate. We believe that our product candidates may address a broader range of angioedema attacks than other available treatments since PHA121 blocks the actual signal that leads to angioedema (the interaction of bradykinin, or BK, with the bradykinin B2 receptor), rather than an upstream signal. By blocking the action of bradykinin, we can prevent its aberrant signaling regardless of the pathway that generates it. In our Phase 1 completed trials to-date, we have observed that PHA121 was well tolerated and orally bioavailable. We also have successfully demonstrated proof-of-mechanism through a clinical pharmacodynamics, or PD, assessment with the bradykinin challenge, which had been utilized as a validated surrogate assessment for dose selection in the icatibant development program. The data also allowed us to compare the projected therapeutic performance of PHA121 with that of icatibant, but we do not yet have data from the PHA121 Phase 2 study. We plan to efficiently progress PHA121 through clinical development for on-demand and prophylactic use with our on-demand product candidate, PHVS416, and extended release product candidate, PHVS719, respectively. We anticipate commencing our RAPIDe-1 Phase 2 clinical trial of PHVS416 in 2021 and have Phase 2 data for the acute treatment of patients with HAE attacks in 2022. We are also planning to commence a Phase 2 clinical trial for prophylaxis in 2021.

PHA121 is a novel, highly potent inhibitor and selective small-molecule bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist and, to our knowledge, the only orally available bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist currently in development. PHA121 has been observed to be a potent inhibitor in vitro as assessed using human recombinant bradykinin B2 receptors (150 pM); ex vivo as studied against endogenous bradykinin B2 receptors in a human umbilical vein model (350 pM); and in vivo in the human bradykinin-challenge model (170 pM). Potency as used in this prospectus refers to the amount of drug required to produce a pharmacological effect of given intensity and is not a measure of therapeutic efficacy. We do not yet have data from the PHA121 Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the potential therapeutic efficacy of PHA121 in HAE patients. PHA121 demonstrated 5000-fold selectivity for the bradykinin B2 receptor when compared to approximately 170 other molecular targets, including the bradykinin B1 receptor. We designed PHA121 as a new chemotype with properties compatible with oral delivery. We are developing PHA121 for the on-demand setting as PHVS416, which is delivered in a soft capsule designed to rapidly treat symptoms with a single dose. We are also developing PHA121 for the prophylactic setting as PHVS719, which is a small daily dose tablet with an extended release formulation designed for the patient to achieve a steady-state plasma concentration within 72 hours.



 

1


Table of Contents

In our Phase 1 clinical trials to-date, we have observed rapid exposure and predictable linear pharmacokinetics, or PK, with and without food. In addition, we observed PHA121 to be a potent antagonist of the bradykinin B2 receptor, in vitro and in vivo with healthy volunteers. In our models based on PK data from our Phase 1 clinical trial of PHA121 and published data for icatibant, both in the BK challenge assessment, PHA121 was shown to be consistently 25-fold more potent at inhibiting the effects of administered bradykinin than icatibant on a molar basis. We have not conducted a head-to-head comparison of icatibant to PHA121 in a clinical trial but have compared the published data for icatibant to data from our Phase 1 clinical trial of PHA121. While we believe this comparison to icatibant to be useful and appropriate, the value of this and other comparisons to icatibant in this prospectus may be limited because they are not derived from a head-to-head trial and they are from trials that were conducted under different protocols at different sites and at different times. Without head-to-head data, we will be unable to make comparative claims for our product candidates, if approved.

HAE is a rare and potentially life-threatening genetic condition with symptoms that include episodes of debilitating and often painful swelling in the hands, feet, face (lips and tongue), gastrointestinal tract, urogenital region or airways. Attacks are unpredictable in frequency, location, timing, and severity, with multiple types of triggers. According to scientific publications, patients experience a median of 14 attacks per year, and half of patients experience a potentially life-threatening airway attack at least once in their lifetime. Airway attacks are particularly dangerous and can lead to asphyxiation. If left untreated, attacks can last multiple days and are commonly painful, leading to multiple sick days and even hospitalization. According to HAE International, as of October 2014, HAE affected from 1:50,000 to 1:10,000 individuals globally, or at least 6,600 patients in the U.S. and at least 8,900 patients in the EU.

Global sales of treatments for HAE achieved approximately $2 billion in 2018 and, according to public research reports, are forecast to grow at an approximately 9% compound annual growth rate to $4.3 billion through 2027. Current approved products treat acute HAE attacks in an on-demand setting or seek to prevent or reduce future HAE attacks in a prophylactic setting. Each of these products generally works in one of the following ways: inhibiting the bradykinin B2 receptor, replacing the deficiency in C-1 esterase inhibitor, or C1-INH, activity or inhibiting plasma kallikrein. Currently all standard-of-care therapies are administered by injection, which patients can find challenging despite their efficacy because these therapies often result in painful injection-site reactions (leading some patients to delay treatment and risk attacks), are time consuming to receive (as some need to be administered in a clinic), and are difficult to carry and/or store. We believe HAE patients are in need of alternatives that better meet their objectives for ease of disease treatment, disease control and improved quality of life. We anticipate that there will be strong interest in safe and effective, orally delivered, small-molecule treatments that can match or improve upon the efficacy profile of existing therapies.

Based on results observed from our three completed and one ongoing clinical trials to-date, we believe our product candidates that contain PHA121 will demonstrate advantages and differentiation relative to currently approved HAE therapies and other oral therapies in clinical development. Namely, PHA121’s bradykinin-B2-receptor-inhibition mechanism has a well-established clinical therapeutic profile in a currently approved product in the rapid treatment of acute HAE attacks. We have observed greater potency for PHA121 compared to icatibant in our early clinical trials, potentially resulting in both a smaller therapeutic dose and a longer duration of effect. We evaluated the PD and PK of PHA121 in a bradykinin-challenge model in healthy subjects. The bradykinin challenge was validated as a surrogate assessment for dose selection in the original development program for icatibant, as reviewed by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and the European Medicines Agency, or EMA. The clinical dose of icatibant established with the bradykinin challenge has demonstrated successful treatment of HAE attacks in multiple randomized clinical trials and over 10 years of clinical experience. We conducted a proof-of-concept clinical trial testing the effects of BK in healthy volunteers in our bradykinin-challenge trial where we evaluated the effect of PHA121 on cardiovascular parameters affected by bradykinin such as blood pressure, heart rate and cardiac output in healthy volunteers. We observed that PHA121 was more potent in blocking the effects of BK in humans than icatibant, when comparing the PHA121 results of



 

2


Table of Contents

the trial to published data on icatibant. The data from this trial allowed us to generate a PK/PD correlation model. Based on this model and published data on icatibant, we predict the duration of effect for a single oral dose of 12 mg PHA121 will exceed that of 30 mg of icatibant and a single oral dose of 22 mg PHA121 will cover the same duration of effect as two icatibant injections of 30 mg administered six hours apart. Furthermore, analysis based on the results from this trial suggest that therapeutic doses of PHA121 may be at least 20 times smaller than the doses required for oral kallikrein inhibitors in development. In addition, we believe that the observed PK profile of our compound demonstrates the potential of PHVS719 as a prophylactic treatment of HAE by achieving steady-state plasma concentrations within 72 hours. The BK-challenge data was generated in a Phase 1 clinical trial, and we do not yet have data from the PHA121 Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the potential efficacy of PHA121 in HAE patients.

We are planning a Phase 2 clinical trial, RAPIDe-1, that will evaluate angioedema symptom relief within four hours of different doses of PHVS416 or placebo while treating acute attacks of patients. We anticipate having Phase 2 data from RAPIDe-1 in 2022. Additional trials may be required by the FDA, EMA or other regulators even if we receive positive data from RAPIDe-1. We are also planning to subsequently conduct a pivotal trial in the on-demand setting.

We are similarly planning two clinical trials in the prophylactic setting. In the first, subjects will be randomized to receive PHVS416 or placebo for three months. The primary objective is to assess the safety profile in HAE patients. For the second, we are planning a registration-directed trial with patients who will be randomized to receive PHVS719 or placebo to assess safety and efficacy in HAE patients. In addition, we also plan to run an open-label extension study in the prophylactic setting with both rollover and non-rollover subjects to collect longer duration safety data.

Differentiation of PHA121

We believe that PHA121, as the molecule underlying both PHVS416 and PHVS719, has the potential to be highly differentiated for both the on-demand and prophylactic settings with the key benefits below:

PHVS416. We believe that PHVS416, an on-demand, rapid exposure soft capsule, has potential to be highly differentiated for patients suffering from acute HAE attacks with the following benefits:

 

Complete Symptom Resolution  

•   Clinically validated mechanism of bradykinin-B2-receptor antagonism

 

•   Utilizing same surrogate assessment for dose selection as the development program for icatibant

 

•   More potent inhibitor than icatibant

 

•   Longer half-life than icatibant

 

Rapid Onset of Activity  

•   Exposure exceeds the anticipated threshold therapeutic plasma level (EC85) in 15 minutes, with or without food

 

Potential Reduced Treatment Burden / Enhanced Patient Convenience  

•   No injection needed

 

•   Convenient oral formulation enables early treatment of acute HAE attacks

 

•   Capsule reduces treatment burden

 

•   Potential lowest dosage of any oral HAE on-demand treatment

 



 

3


Table of Contents

PHVS719. We believe that PHVS719, a prophylactic extended-release tablet designed to be taken in small, daily doses, has potential to be highly differentiated for HAE patients with the following benefits:

 

Protection From Attacks  

 

•   Validated, proven mechanism to address all bradykinin, regardless of pathway

 

Ideal Release Profile for Prophylactic Use  

 

•   Reaches and maintains steady-state concentration within 72 hours

 

•   Appropriate pharmacokinetic profile with standard meals

 

Potential Reduced Treatment Burden / Enhanced Patient Convenience  

•   Convenient oral daily dosing with extended-release tablet

 

•   Twice-daily dosing with the potential for once a day

 

•   Potential lowest dosage of any oral HAE treatment; ease of administration

 

•   Well tolerated throughout therapeutic ranges as demonstrated by multiple clinical trials to-date

 

•   No injection needed

 

Our Pipeline

 

 

LOGO

Expansion of the Portfolio

Our ultimate goal is to expand our portfolio with additional programs addressing other BK-mediated diseases, building on our strategic strength and expertise in the bradykinin-B2-receptor pathway. Our approach is to identify additional disease areas and indications with strong scientific rationale, high unmet medical need, a defined target population and significant differentiation potential. We are actively pursuing new synthesis, medicinal chemistry and lead optimization to identify additional and/or follow-on product candidates. In collaboration and discussion with key opinion leaders, we are considering exploratory proof-of-concept studies to validate the potential of bradykinin-B2-receptor antagonism in new indications such as cardiovascular, allergy and immunology, neurological disease and others.

Our Team and Investors

We are led by a strong management team with extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry and rare disease drug development, most notably the development of drugs for the treatment of HAE. Our Chief Executive



 

4


Table of Contents

Officer, Berndt Modig, has extensive experience in the pharmaceutical industry, most recently as Chief Financial Officer of Prosensa Holding N.V. and Chief Financial Officer of Jerini AG, which developed and launched icatibant. Our Chief Scientific Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Jochen Knolle, Ph.D. has extensive experience in every aspect of drug discovery as the former Chief Science Officer and Head of R&D at Jerini AG, former Vice President for Medicinal Chemistry and Structural Biology at Axys Pharmaceuticals Inc., and Hoechst AG and Hoechst-Marion-Roussel where he co-invented icatibant. Our Chief Medical Officer, Peng Lu, M.D., Ph.D. previously served as Vice President, Global Program Lead for Rare Diseases at Shire PLC, now Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited, where she led the development and successful approval of TAKHZYRO for the prevention of HAE attacks in the U.S., the EU and the rest of the world. Our Chief Early Development Officer, Anne Lesage, Ph.D. brings in deep expertise in drug discovery and GPCR pharmacology, has held various leadership positions at Janssen Pharmaceutica and is inventor on nine patents and author on 45 publications. Our Chief Business Officer, Morgan Conn, Ph.D. has extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry including as the Head of Business Development at PTC Therapeutics, Inc. where he was instrumental to a variety of financing events and corporate transactions with leading pharma, biotech, and academic organizations. In addition, we are backed by a group of renowned institutional investors and have raised over $163 million of capital since our inception, including our recent financing that closed on November 5, 2020. Our investors include LSP, Kurma Partners, Idinvest Partners, Foresite Capital, Bain Capital Life Sciences, venBio Partners, Venrock Partners, Viking Global Investors, General Atlantic, and Cormorant Asset Management.

Our Strengths

Our company is built upon the following strengths:

 

   

Broad strength and expertise in the bradykinin-B2-receptor pathway. Members of the management team include an inventor of icatibant, the leadership team that developed icatibant through European approval, and a key member from the TAKHZYRO development team;

 

   

PHA121 is an orally available product candidate with a clinically validated mechanism of action that addresses serious unmet medical need in HAE;

 

   

PHA121 has demonstrated physicochemical properties suitable to formulations as both an on-demand product candidate, PHVS416, and a distinct prophylactic product candidate, PHVS719;

 

   

PHA121, compared to icatibant, the currently approved bradykinin B2-receptor inhibitor, demonstrated superior preclinical potency in blocking bradykinin signaling at the bradykinin B2-receptor, and good oral bioavailability and a longer half-life in humans, which has resulted in longer duration of the BK-blocking pharmacodynamic effect in humans;

 

   

We wholly own intellectual property – including allowed and in-process patent applications – covering PHA121 and additional molecules; and

 

   

Our scientific experience allows us to leverage deep insight and experience in the bradykinin-B2-receptor pathway to expand our portfolio into other BK-mediated angioedema and BK-mediated diseases beyond angioedema.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to develop and commercialize therapies that are superior to currently available treatment options and improve patient quality of life and convenience. Our initial approach for HAE and potential expansions into non-hereditary angioedema and other BK-mediated diseases is based upon extensive patient, physician and payer research to identify the key needs in the market. According to our analysis, oral therapy remains the highest unmet need for both on-demand and prophylactic use in HAE. More importantly, our research shows that patients are not willing to accept significantly reduced efficacy or safety with a switch to oral therapy, and so we place a high degree of emphasis on advancing product candidates that we believe can be comparable to or improve upon existing approved therapies in both safety and efficacy.



 

5


Table of Contents

The key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Continue to advance PHA121 through clinical development for on-demand treatment of HAE utilizing a fast-onset formulation, known as PHVS416. We intend to develop and commercialize PHVS416 as a fast-acting, orally available, potent inhibitor and selective treatment for acute HAE. If considered appropriate by the FDA, we plan to pursue an expedited regulatory pathway that could allow us to more quickly provide patients with a potentially more effective oral therapy that is also more convenient.

 

   

Advance the development of PHA121 for prophylactic treatment of HAE utilizing an extended-release formulation, known as PHVS719. We intend to advance PHVS719 through clinical development as an extended-release prophylactic treatment of HAE. We plan to leverage our clinical data and experience from the development of PHVS416 in the on-demand setting to expedite our efforts in the prophylactic setting. We expect the PK data from our Phase 2 trial RAPIDe-1 of PHVS416 to help select and refine our prophylactic dose for the PHVS719 clinical trials.

 

   

Expand the range of bradykinin-mediated angioedema indications to which PHVS416 and PHVS719 can be applied. In addition to Type 1 or Type 2 HAE, bradykinin is also an important mediator for other types of non-histaminergic angioedema, such as: non-histaminergic angioedema with normal C1-INH and acquired angioedema (AAE) due to C1-INH deficiency. Currently there are still no approved treatments for these angioedema patients who are unresponsive to conventional antihistamine/glucocorticoid treatment and have a high unmet medical need for effective therapies. Several clinical reports indicate that off-label use of icatibant has successfully treated acute attacks of non-histaminergic angioedema patients, which provides a strong rationale to expand the development PHVS416 and PHVS719 to address such a high unmet medical need.

 

   

Expand upon our expertise in the bradykinin-B2-receptor pathway. We intend to leverage the strategic strengths, insight, and deep experience of our team in the bradykinin-B2-receptor pathway to identify additional disease areas and indications with strong scientific rationale, high unmet medical need, a defined target population and significant differentiation potential. As such, we will seek to develop follow-on product candidates that serve additional BK-mediated diseases beyond angioedema, such as cardiovascular, allergy and immunology, neurological disease or others.

 

   

Commercialize our product candidates. We intend to retain economic and commercial ownership of our current product candidates. If approved, we expect to independently commercialize both PHVS416 and PHVS719 in the United States, Europe and certain other countries. As we advance towards regulatory approval for our product candidates, we will establish a focused commercialization and sales infrastructure suitable for HAE.

Recent Developments

Series C Financing

On November 3, 2020, we entered into a subscription agreement pursuant to which we sold 5,826,279 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of approximately $80,000,000. The Series C preferred shares were issued on November 5, 2020. See “Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Our Principal Shareholders.”

COVID-19

On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) to be a public health emergency of international concern. The COVID-19 outbreak has severely restricted the level of economic activity around the world. In response to the COVID-19 outbreak, the governments of many



 

6


Table of Contents

countries, states, cities and other geographic regions have taken preventative or protective actions, such as imposing restrictions on travel and business operations and advising or requiring individuals to limit or forego their time outside of their homes.

We are monitoring developments surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and have taken steps to identify and mitigate the adverse effects and risks to the Company as a result of the pandemic. As a result, we have modified our business practices, including implementing work from home arrangements for employees able to perform their duties remotely, restricting nonessential travel, and practicing safe social distancing in our operations. We expect to continue to take actions as may be required or recommended by government authorities or in the best interests of our employees and business partners. While the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s operations is limited, the extent to which COVID-19 may impact our financial condition or results of operations is uncertain. For instance, the ongoing spread of COVID-19 may continue to interrupt, or delay, clinical trial activities, regulatory reviews, manufacturing activities and supply chain. For example, we experienced an approximate two-month delay in starting the enrollment of our now completed Phase 1 multiple ascending dose study of PHA121 in healthy volunteers as a result of COVID-19. In addition, even with our distributed operations and our observation of social distancing measures, there remains the possibility that key personnel may become ill or are otherwise unable to work, which could affect our operations.

Furthermore, the spread of the virus may affect the operations of key governmental agencies, such as the FDA, which may delay the development of our product candidates. The spread of COVID-19 may also result in the inability of our suppliers to deliver components or raw materials, and the inability of our contract development and manufacturing organizations, or CDMOs, to provide supplies of our product candidates for our planned clinical trials, on a timely basis or at all. Further, COVID-19 may impact the ability of our CROs, including non-clinical CROs, to provide services to support our clinical program.

The COVID-19 pandemic remains a rapidly evolving situation and we do not yet know the full extent of its potential impact on our business operations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business will depend on future developments, which are uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. We will continue to closely monitor the effects of the pandemic. For additional information on risks posed by the COVID-19 pandemic, refer to the section titled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware of before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

We have a limited operating history, have generated no revenues to date and have incurred significant losses since our inception. We expect to incur losses over the next several years, will not generate revenues until we are able to commercialize our products and may never achieve profitability, while our net losses are expected to fluctuate significantly.

 

   

If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, we may need to delay, reduce or terminate our product development programs and may be unable to continue as a going concern and could ultimately go into insolvency.

 

   

Our business and operations may be adversely affected by a variety of events outside our control, including, but not limited to, pandemics, epidemics or outbreaks of infectious diseases such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic.



 

7


Table of Contents
   

We are heavily dependent on the success of our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719, which are in early stage development and have not yet been assessed for efficacy in a clinical trial. We cannot give any assurance that either product candidate, or any other compounds in development, will successfully complete clinical trials, receive regulatory approval, be commercialized, or be differentiated in the market. If we are unable to successfully commercialize our product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be materially adversely affected.

 

   

We may experience setbacks in our clinical trials, including delays in commencing, conducting or completing our clinical trials. Moreover, we have established proof-of-mechanism for PHA121 and have designed and advanced our future clinical development program based on a clinical trial that assessed a surrogate assessment, as well as modelling of our results from that trial with additional in vitro and in vivo data and comparisons to published results for other currently available products from different trials. We may not be able to replicate these results or analyses in future clinical trials that assess the endpoints required to obtain regulatory approval or we may have inconclusive or negative results. Any setbacks in our clinical development program could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

   

Clinical trials of our product candidates may not uncover all possible adverse effects that patients may experience.

 

   

There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain or, if obtained, maintain orphan drug status.

 

   

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to successfully remediate these material weaknesses and to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, and as a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our ordinary shares.

 

   

We and our partners may be subject to new legislation, regulatory proposals and healthcare payor initiatives that may increase our costs of compliance and adversely affect our or our partners’ ability to market our products, obtain collaborators and raise capital.

 

   

Manufacturing issues may arise that could increase product and regulatory approval costs or delay commercialization of our products.

 

   

The market opportunities for our product candidates may also be smaller than currently anticipated, lowering our potential revenue.

 

   

If our product candidates achieve marketing approval, we expect that they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic products. This may make it difficult for us to achieve our business strategy of using our product candidates in combination with existing therapies or replacing existing therapies with our product candidates.

 

   

Governments and/or pricing authorities, especially in the European Union, often impose strict price and access controls, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

 

   

The insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly approved products is uncertain. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for new or current products could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

 

   

We may become exposed to costly and damaging liability claims, either when testing our product candidates in the clinic or after commercialization; and our product liability insurance may not cover all damages from such claims.

 

   

If third parties on which we depend to conduct our clinical trials do not perform as contractually required, fail to satisfy regulatory or legal requirements or miss expected deadlines, our development



 

8


Table of Contents
 

program could be delayed with materially adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

   

We are dependent on the services of our management and other clinical and scientific personnel, and if we are not able to retain these individuals or recruit additional management or clinical and scientific personnel, our business will suffer.

 

   

We are heavily dependent on third-party service providers to perform critical activities related to the research, development and manufacturing of our product candidates. If these third-party service providers fail to perform, our development program could be delayed with materially adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

   

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent or trade secret protection for any products or product candidates we develop and for our technology, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize any product candidates or technology we may develop may be adversely affected.

 

   

If we fail to make required payments to AnalytiCon Discovery GmbH, or AnalytiCon, under the terms of the agreement pursuant to which we acquired certain of our core intellectual property, AnalytiCon may exercise remedies that would materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

   

The market price of our ordinary shares may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell our ordinary shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

   

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our securities and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our ordinary shares.

 

   

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or a PFIC, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated pursuant to Dutch law as Pharvaris B.V. on September 30, 2015. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to convert from Pharvaris B.V. into Pharvaris N.V., a Dutch public company with limited liability. Our principal executive offices are located at J.H. Oortweg 21, 2333 CH Leiden, The Netherlands. Our telephone number is +31 (0)71 203 6410.

Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices. Our principal website is www.pharvaris.com. The information contained on, or accessible from, or hyperlinked to, our website is not a part of this prospectus and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company” and a Foreign Private Issuer

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of relief from certain reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

inclusion of only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;



 

9


Table of Contents
   

an exception from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements in our periodic reports and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions until such time that we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company. We would cease to qualify as an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year (A) in which we had more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, (B) we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC, or (C) following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (ii) the date on which we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting requirements. To the extent that we take advantage of these reduced reporting requirements, the information that we provide shareholders may be different than the information you might obtain from other public companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. Given that we currently report and expect to continue to report under IFRS as issued by the IASB, we will not be able to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, as long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring domestic filers to issue financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP;

 

   

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

 

   

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

 

   

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specific information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as (i) more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and (ii) any of the following three circumstances applies: (A) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents, (B) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States or (C) our business is administered principally in the United States.

Both foreign private issuers and emerging growth companies are also exempt from certain more stringent executive compensation disclosure rules. Thus, even if we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company but remain a foreign private issuer, we will continue to be exempt from the more stringent compensation disclosures required of companies that are not emerging growth companies and will continue to be permitted to follow our home country practice on such matters.



 

10


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Ordinary shares offered by us

  

                ordinary shares.

Option to purchase additional ordinary shares

   We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                ordinary shares from us within 30 days of the date of this prospectus in connection with the offering solely to cover overallotments.

Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering

                   ordinary shares (or                ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise in full their overallotment option).

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $                million (€ million) (or approximately $                million (€ million) if the underwriters exercise in full their overallotment option), at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
   We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
  

•   approximately $                (€               million) to develop our product candidate PHVS416;

  

•   approximately $               (€              million) to develop our product candidate PHVS719;

  

•   approximately $                (€              million) for additional clinical development and product discovery; and

  

•   the remainder for general corporate purposes.

   See “Use of Proceeds.”

Nasdaq Stock Exchange Listing

   We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PHVS.”

Risk factors

   See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.


 

11


Table of Contents

The number of our outstanding ordinary shares after this offering is based on                ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020, which reflects the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into ordinary shares, but excludes:

 

   

            of our ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2020 at an exercise price of €                per ordinary share; and

 

   

            of our ordinary shares covered by additional option awards available for future issuance under our equity incentive plan as of September 30, 2020.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus also reflects and assumes:

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option;

 

   

no exercise of the options described above; and

 

   

an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.



 

12


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary consolidated financial data of the Company should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the statement of financial position data as of September 30, 2020 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and the unaudited financial data include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our consolidated financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods and our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2020. You should read this section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We maintain our books and records in euros, and we prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB.

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

     For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2020     2019     2019     2018  
                  

Research and development expenses

     (11,797,986     (3,154,877     (5,684,562     (3,645,413

General and administrative expenses

     (3,447,208     (1,409,972     (2,325,719     (668,121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (15,245,194     (4,564,849     (8,010,281     (4,313,534
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net foreign exchange loss

     (176,602     (3,927     (16,881     (380
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (15,421,796     (4,568,776     (8,027,162     (4,313,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

                        

Total comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

     (15,421,796     (4,568,776     (8,027,162     (4,313,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss attributable to:

        

Equity holders of the Company

     (15,421,796     (4,568,776     (8,027,162     (4,313,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

        

Equity holders of the Company

     (15,421,796     (4,568,776     (8,027,162     (4,313,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share attributable to equity holders

        

Basic and diluted loss per share(1)(2)

     (3.18     (0.94     (1.66     (0.89

As adjusted basic and diluted loss per share(3)

        

 

(1)

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares during the year.



 

13


Table of Contents
(2)

Diluted loss per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. Because the Company is loss making, all of its potential ordinary shares had an antidilutive effect and thus have been excluded from the computation of its diluted loss per share.

(3)

The unaudited as adjusted net loss per share data gives effect to the closing of our Series C financing and is based on                ordinary shares outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The as adjusted information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what our results would have been had the Series C financing actually closed at such date nor is it indicative of our future performance.

The following table presents our summary statement of financial position as of September 30, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the closing of our Series C financing;

 

   

on an as further adjusted basis to also give effect to the conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares and the sale of ordinary shares by us in the offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $            (€            ) per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Data

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual      As Adjusted      As Further
Adjusted
 
                  

Cash and cash equivalents

     41,948,476        110,336,281     

Total assets

     43,054,251        111,442,056     

Total liabilities

     4,364,129        4,614,129     

Total equity

     38,690,122        106,827,927     

Each $1.00 (€                ) increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                (€                ) per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our as further adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total equity, by $                 (€                ), assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We may also increase or decrease the number of ordinary shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease in the number of ordinary shares offered by us by 1.0 million shares would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total equity by $                 (€                ), assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. The as further adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price, the actual number of ordinary shares offered by us, and other terms of the offering determined at pricing.



 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus before making an investment in our ordinary shares. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position

We have a limited operating history, have generated no revenues to date and have incurred significant losses since our inception. We expect to incur losses over the next several years, will not generate revenues until we are able to commercialize our products and may never achieve profitability, while our net losses are expected to fluctuate significantly.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses and have generated no revenues as we focused on our discovery efforts and developing our product candidates. We expect that it will be several years, if ever, before we have a product candidate ready for commercialization. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of equity and associated private placements. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

   

continue clinical development of our current product candidates;

 

   

seek to identify additional product candidates and initiate clinical trials for such additional product candidates;

 

   

acquire or in-license other products and technologies or enter into collaboration arrangements with regards to product discovery;

 

   

seek marketing approvals for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

   

establish a sales, commercialization and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

   

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

hire additional personnel;

 

   

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and planned future commercialization efforts; and

 

   

continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company.

To become and remain profitable, we must develop and eventually commercialize a product or products with significant market potential. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing clinical trials of our product candidates, obtaining marketing approval for these product candidates and manufacturing, commercializing and selling those products for which we may obtain marketing approval. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, we may never generate revenues that are significant or large enough to achieve profitability. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our business and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain our discovery and preclinical development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations and may require us to raise additional capital that may dilute the ownership interest of shareholders. A decline in the value of our business could also cause shareholders to lose all or part of their investment.

 

15


Table of Contents

We will need substantial additional funding to continue our operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, we may need to delay, reduce or terminate our product development programs and may be unable to continue as a going concern and could ultimately go into insolvency.

We expect our expenses to increase in parallel with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue our discovery and preclinical development collaborations to identify new clinical candidates and initiate clinical trials of, and seek marketing approval for, our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Because the outcome of any clinical trial or preclinical study is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates. If we do not have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to fund the completion of the research and clinical development of our programs, we will be required to seek a significant amount of additional funds by raising additional equity, convertible financing or non-dilutive financing such as debt financing arrangements, strategic transactions or other means. We may also delay, reduce the scope of, eliminate or divest clinical programs, partner with others or divest one or more of our activities and consider other cost reduction initiatives, such as withholding initiation or expansion of clinical trials or research and slowing down patient recruitment of clinical trials. We may also be required to sell or license to others technologies or clinical product candidates or programs that we would prefer to develop and commercialize ourselves. In the event we are not able to generate sufficient funds from these measures, we may be unable to continue as a going concern, our business, financial condition and/or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and we may ultimately go into insolvency.

In addition, even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans, we may seek additional capital if market conditions are favorable or if we have specific strategic considerations. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the progress and cost of our discovery and preclinical development;

 

   

the progress and cost of our clinical trials, including payments of patient cost, clinical investigator cost and payments to CROs that are assisting with our sponsored clinical trials, and other research and development activities;

 

   

the cost and timing of obtaining regulatory approval to commence further clinical trials;

 

   

the costs associated with any future investigator-sponsored clinical trials;

 

   

the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent applications, claims, patents and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

the cost and timing of obtaining sufficient quantities of our product candidates for clinical trials by establishing our contracted and/or own production capacities;

 

   

the costs and capital expenditures associated with process optimizations and preclinical and clinical manufacturing;

 

   

the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish;

 

   

the cost of acquiring or licensing additional products or technologies, if any;

 

   

the cost of preparing for launch and commercialization of our product candidates; and

 

   

the cost of operating as a public company in the United States.

There can be no assurance that funding will be available in a timely manner, on favorable terms, or at all, or that such funds, if raised, would be sufficient to enable us to continue to implement our long-term business strategy. Also, general conditions in the global economy, including market volatility resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic or other factors, could adversely impact our ability to access capital as and when needed. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding in a timely manner or on commercially acceptable terms, we may have

 

16


Table of Contents

to delay, reduce the scope of, eliminate or divest clinical programs, partner with others or divest one or more of our activities, and consider other cost reduction initiatives, such as downsizing our operations, withholding initiation or expansion of clinical trials or research, and slowing down patient recruitment of clinical trials. In the event we are not able to generate sufficient funds, we may be unable to continue as a going concern and our business, financial condition and/or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and could reduce the price of our ordinary shares and we may ultimately go into insolvency. In addition, any perceived or actual inability by us to finance our clinical development program and other business activities, including as a result of required milestone and royalty payments to third parties, may cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing shareholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our product candidates or technologies.

We may seek additional funding through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and/or licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of our ordinary shares. The incurrence of indebtedness and/or the issuance of certain equity securities could result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in certain additional restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt and/or issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. In addition, issuance of additional equity securities, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline. In the event that we enter into collaborations and/or licensing arrangements in order to raise capital, we may be required to accept unfavorable terms, including relinquishing or licensing to a third-party on unfavorable terms our rights to technologies or product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves or potentially reserve for future potential arrangements when we might be able to achieve more favorable terms. Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail one or more of programs or cease operations altogether.

Exchange rate fluctuations could negatively affect our financial condition.

Our consolidated financial statements are presented in euros. We mainly operate via our Dutch and Swiss entities, but we also conduct business in North America and the United Kingdom. Therefore, we have expenses denominated in U.S. dollars and British pound sterling in connection with, among other things, our sponsored clinical trials, purchase of drug product for our clinical trials, process development and the prosecution and maintenance of our intellectual property portfolio. As a result, our business and share price may be affected by fluctuations between the euro and the U.S. dollar and the euro and the British pound sterling, which may have a significant impact on our reported results of operations and cash flows from period to period.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to successfully remediate these material weaknesses and to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, and as a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires management of public companies to develop and implement internal control over financial reporting to evaluate the effectiveness

 

17


Table of Contents

thereof. A material weakness is a deficiency or a combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, we concluded that there were material weaknesses in the design of our internal control over financial reporting across the principles for each component of the COSO framework at the entity level (i.e. control environment, risk assessment, monitoring, information & communication and control activities) and accordingly, across our business and IT processes. The material weaknesses that we identified related to:

 

   

The lack of consistent and documented risk assessment procedures and control activities related to our financial reporting, among which a sufficient level of (management) review and approval, manual processes, roles and responsibilities, and adequate application and controls over information technology; and

 

   

The lack of maintaining a sufficient complement of personnel commensurate with our accounting and reporting requirements, and able to: (i) design and maintain formal accounting policies, procedures and controls over the fair presentation of our financial statements; (ii) analyze, record and disclose complex accounting matters timely and accurately, including share-based compensation arrangements and other non-routine transactions; and (iii) design and maintain controls over the preparation and review of journal entries and financial statements, including maintaining appropriate segregation of duties.

Although several oversight and control activities are performed, not all activities are formalized and documented properly. In addition, where control activities are dependent on information used in a control, we do not perform or document controls to determine the completeness and accuracy of such information. We also did not have controls in place to monitor control activities and identify control deficiencies. Currently, we have only three designated finance employees. To address these material weaknesses, we will need to add personnel and continue to develop and implement new financial processes. We intend to take steps to remediate the material weaknesses described above through hiring additional qualified accounting and financial reporting personnel, and further evolving our accounting processes and policies. We will not be able to fully remediate these material weaknesses until these steps have been completed and have been operating effectively for a sufficient period of time. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully remediate the material weaknesses or that other material weakness will not be discovered in the future. If we do not remediate these issues or if we fail to design and operate effective internal controls in the future, it could result in material misstatements in our financial statements and potentially require us to restate our financial statements which may result in the trading value of our ordinary shares being materially and adversely affected.

Our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting on an annual basis pursuant to SOX 404(a), beginning with our Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2022. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b). We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years following this offering. The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. Our management may not be able to effectively and timely implement controls and procedures that adequately respond to the increased regulatory compliance and reporting requirements that will be applicable to us as a U.S. public company and an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting by an independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with the provisions of Section 404 could detect additional significant deficiencies or material weaknesses that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements, require us to incur the expense of remediation and investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports which could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline and also restrict our future access to the capital markets. We could be also subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our tax liability may be materially different from what is reflected in our income tax provisions and related balance sheet accounts.

We are subject to taxation in the Netherlands, Switzerland and other jurisdictions. Our future effective income tax rate will be impacted by a number of factors, including the geographic composition of our worldwide taxable income and our ability to allocate debt and expenses effectively. If legislators, tax authorities or government agencies in the jurisdictions in which we operate were to change applicable tax laws and regulations (for example, as a result of the various global, regional and local initiatives to reform the international tax framework, such as the base erosion and profit shifting project undertaken by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development and anti-tax avoidance measures proposed by the European Committee) or successfully challenge the manner in which our income taxes are currently recognized or calculated or the transfer pricing policies employed by us (including policies set forth in any advance pricing agreements entered into with any taxing authorities), our effective income tax rate could increase, which would adversely impact our cash flow and profitability. Furthermore, in many of these jurisdictions, the tax laws and regulations are very complex and are open to different interpretations and application. The final determination of tax by means of an assessment or an audit could be materially different from our tax provisions and accruals and may negatively impact our financial results.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses, or NOLs, in the Netherlands and Switzerland is currently limited and may be further limited. In particular, the use of NOLs is subject to limitation in Switzerland, and may expire if unused after a seven-year period. Furthermore, as a result of Dutch corporate income tax law, tax loss carry-forwards were generally subject to a time limitation of nine years from the year these tax losses were incurred but legislation has been enacted that decreased the carry-forwards time limitation of tax losses incurred after December 31, 2018 from nine years to six years. On October 5, 2020, the Dutch Government has submitted a legislative proposal to the Dutch Parliament to limit the amount of tax losses that can be taken into account in a profitable year. Pursuant to the proposal, as of January 1, 2022 both the carry forward and carry back loss relief will be limited to 50% of the taxable profit to the extent it exceeds EUR 1 million, calculated per financial year. Further, tax losses will remain available to be used against future taxable profits for an indefinite period. Considering that no grandfathering rule has been proposed, it is expected that this will apply to tax losses incurred as of 2022 and also to tax losses that are available for carry forward in 2022 pursuant to the currently applicable rules. This means that, if the legislative proposal is adopted, the final year in which tax losses incurred in year-end December 31, 2013 can be used in full against profits is the financial year 2021 and tax losses incurred in subsequent years will be carry-forward indefinitely but subject to the new limitation as of January 1, 2022.

Risks Related to the Development and Clinical Testing of Our Product Candidates

We are heavily dependent on the success of our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719 , which are in early stage development and have not yet been assessed for efficacy in a clinical trial. We cannot give any assurance that either product candidate, or any other compounds in development, will successfully complete clinical trials, receive regulatory approval, be commercialized or be differentiated in the market.

We do not have any drugs that have received regulatory approval and may never be able to develop marketable products. We expect that a substantial portion of our efforts and expenses for the foreseeable future will be devoted to the clinical development of our product candidates, PHVS416 and PHVS719, and as a result, our business currently depends heavily on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of these product candidates. We have not yet tested our product candidates in patients with HAE, and to-date we only have data from pre-clinical studies and Phase 1 clinical trials in healthy volunteers. We have not conducted a head-to-head comparison of icatibant or any other drug candidate to PHA121 in a clinical trial. We have compared the published data for icatibant to data from our Phase 1 clinical trial of PHA121. Accordingly, the value of comparisons to icatibant in this prospectus may be limited because they are not derived from a head-to-head trial and they are from trials that were conducted under different protocols at

 

19


Table of Contents

different sites and at different times. Without head-to-head data, we will be unable to make comparative claims for our product candidates, if approved. Future clinical trials may not confirm our analyses to-date. The development of PHVS416 and PHVS719 has been and will continue to be a time-consuming and costly process, and may leave us with insufficient resources to advance other programs and product candidates. We cannot be certain that any PHA121-containing product candidate, including PHVS416 and PHVS719, will receive regulatory approval or be successfully commercialized, even if we receive regulatory approval. The research, testing, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, approval, sale, advertising promotion, commercialization and distribution of our product candidates are, and will remain, subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA in the United States, the European Union and the EMA in Europe and regulatory authorities in other countries, with regulations differing from country to country. We will not be permitted to market our drug candidates in the United States or Europe until we receive approval of a New Drug Application, or NDA, from the FDA or a marketing authorization, or MA, from the European Commission (based on the positive opinion of the EMA), respectively. We have not submitted any marketing authorization applications for any of our product candidates. NDAs and MAs must include extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish the drug candidate’s safety and effectiveness for each desired indication. The preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates is susceptible to the risk of failure inherent at any stage of drug development, including failure to demonstrate efficacy or safety, the occurrence of adverse events that are severe or medically or commercially unacceptable, our or our partners’ failure to comply with trial protocols, applicable regulatory requirements, and industry standards, or a determination by the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority that a product candidate may not continue development or be approved in accordance with our development plans or at all. We cannot guarantee that any preclinical studies and clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all, or that the results of such trials will be sufficient to support regulatory approval for our product candidates. Failure to obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719 or any other product candidate in the United States, Europe or other jurisdictions will prevent us from commercializing and marketing these products in such jurisdictions.

Even if we were to successfully obtain approval from the FDA, EMA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for our product candidates, any approval might contain significant limitations related to use restrictions for specified age groups, warnings, precautions or contraindications, or may be subject to burdensome post-approval study or risk management requirements. We may also be limited in our ability to advertise, promote and/or market our product candidates in a way that successfully differentiates them in the market. For example, we may not be able to position our product as safer, more effective, more convenient, or better for a patient’s quality of life. Furthermore, we will still need to develop a commercial infrastructure, or otherwise develop relationships with collaborators to commercialize, establish a viable pricing structure and obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including government healthcare programs. If we, or our collaborators, are unable to successfully commercialize any product candidate, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to continue our business.

Our business and operations may be adversely affected by a variety of events outside our control, including pandemics, epidemics or outbreaks of infectious diseases, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic.

A wide variety of events beyond our control, including natural or man-made disasters, power shortages, fires, extreme weather conditions, pandemics, epidemics or outbreaks of infectious diseases, political unrest or other events could disrupt our business or operations or those of our development partners, manufacturers, regulators or other third parties with whom we conduct business now or in the future. These events may cause businesses and government agencies to be shut down, supply chains to be interrupted, slowed, or rendered inoperable, and individuals to become ill, quarantined, or otherwise unable to work and/or travel due to health reasons or governmental restrictions. For instance, the spread of COVID-19 has impacted the global economy and impacted our operations, including through interruptions of our, or delays to, clinical trial activities, regulatory reviews, manufacturing activities and supply chain. The COVID-19 outbreak has delayed, and may continue to delay, enrollment in our clinical trials due to prioritization of hospital resources toward the outbreak

 

20


Table of Contents

or other factors, and some patients may be unwilling to enroll in our trials or be unable to comply with clinical trial protocols if quarantines impede patient movement or interrupt healthcare services, which would delay our ability to conduct clinical trials or release clinical trial results and could delay our ability to obtain regulatory approvals and commercialize our product candidates. For example, we experienced an approximate two-month delay in starting the enrollment of our now completed Phase 1 multiple ascending dose study of PHA121 in healthy volunteers as a result of COVID-19. In addition, even with our distributed operations and our observation of social distancing measures, there remains the possibility that key personnel may become ill or are otherwise unable to work, which could affect our operations.

Furthermore, the spread of the virus may affect the operations of key governmental agencies, such as the FDA, which may delay the development of our product candidates. The spread of an infectious disease, including COVID-19, may also result in the inability of our suppliers to deliver components or raw materials, and the inability of our CDMOs to provide supplies of our product candidates for our planned clinical trials, on a timely basis or at all. Further, it may impact the ability of our CROs, including non-clinical CROs, to provide services to support our clinical program. In addition, hospitals may reduce staffing and reduce or postpone certain treatments in response to the spread of an infectious disease. Such events may result in a period of business disruption, and in reduced operations, or doctors and medical providers may be unwilling to participate in our clinical trials, any of which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business will depend on future developments, which are uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If we are unable to meet our milestones it might jeopardize our funding opportunities.

In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has already caused, and is likely to result in further, significant disruptions and uncertainties in global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all. A recession, depression or other sustained adverse market event resulting from the spread of COVID-19 could also materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our ordinary shares. The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or a similar health epidemic is uncertain and subject to change. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to our clinical and preclinical development operations, manufacturing activities, the supply chain for our ongoing and planned clinical trials and our ability and need to raise additional capital to support our operations.

Disruptions at FDA, EMA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns such as COVID-19 could hinder their ability to hire, retain or deploy key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new or modified products from being developed, cleared or approved or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA, EMA and other comparable government agencies to review and clear or approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, statutory, regulatory, and policy changes, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and other events that may otherwise affect their ability to perform routine functions. Government funding of government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA, EMA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs or modifications to cleared or approved drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For instance, in response to COVID-19, on March 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to postpone most foreign inspections of manufacturing facilities and products. Foreign pre-approval and for-cause inspection assignments that are not deemed mission-critical remain temporarily postponed, while those deemed “mission-critical” are being considered for inspection on a case-by-case basis. Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, regulatory agencies have generally reduced face-to-face interactions relative to the pre-pandemic situation which may

 

21


Table of Contents

impact our ability to reach consensus with regulators. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA, EMA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA, EMA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be able to design and develop an extended-release formulation.

Our current strategy includes developing an extended-release formulation for the PHA121 prophylactic indication. We have not yet identified a specific extended-release formulation. If we pursue this development strategy, we expect to file for and obtain patents covering the specific formulation developed, as well as its use for the treatment of HAE. There can, however, be no assurance that such an extended-release formulation will be successfully developed in a timely manner, that adequate patent protection can be obtained or that any such formulation would provide us with a commercial advantage. If we are unable to develop this extended-release formulation on our own, we may need to in-license patented technology to do so. Many third parties have patents covering technologies and manufacturing processes needed to develop and make extended release formulations and there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain rights to such patents on attractive financial terms, if at all.

We may experience setbacks in our clinical trials, including delays in commencing, conducting or completing our clinical trials. Moreover, we have established proof-of-mechanism for PHA121 and have designed and advanced our future clinical development program based on a clinical trial that assessed a surrogate endpoint, as well as modelling of our results from that trial with additional in vitro and in vivo data and comparisons to published results for other currently available products from different trials. We may not be able to replicate these results or analyses in future clinical trials that assess the endpoints required to obtain regulatory approval or we may have inconclusive or negative results. Any setbacks in our clinical development program could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Clinical trials are expensive and complex. Each trial can take many years to complete and have uncertain outcomes. Failure of a product can occur at any stage of the testing, including later phases of clinical trials despite having progressed through preclinical and early phase clinical trials, for a variety of reasons, such as changes in formulation of the product, differences in patient populations, changes in trial and manufacturing protocols and complexities of larger, multi-center trials, among others. The results from preclinical or early phase clinical trials of a product candidate may not predict the results that will be obtained in later phase clinical trials of the product candidate. For example, we have established proof-of-mechanism for PHA121 and have designed and advanced our future clinical development program based on a clinical trial that assessed a surrogate assessment, as well as modelling of our results from that trial with additional in vitro and in vivo data and comparisons to published results for other currently available products from different trials. We may not be able to replicate these results or analyses in future clinical trials that assess the endpoints required to obtain regulatory approval. We, the FDA or other applicable regulatory authorities may suspend or terminate clinical trials of a product candidate at any time for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, a belief that subjects participating in such trials are being exposed to unacceptable health risks or adverse side effects, or other adverse experiences or findings. Even if clinical trials are successful, before granting approval to any product candidate, regulatory authorities can request additional clinical trials, including with larger patient numbers, find deficiencies in the manufacturing processes or facilities upon which we rely and change their approval policies or regulations or their prior guidance to us during clinical development in a manner that renders our clinical data insufficient for approval.

 

22


Table of Contents

We have, and may continue to experience numerous setbacks during, or as a result of, the clinical trial process that experienced could delay or prevent the commencement, conduct and completion of clinical trials or the commercialization of our current and any future programs, such as:

 

   

delays in reaching a consensus with regulatory agencies on the design or implementation of our clinical trials, including with respect to our strategy for sharing Phase 1 data between PHVS416 and PHVS719 programs and designs for improving the efficiency of our clinical development path;

 

   

delays in obtaining regulatory approval or ethics committee approval to commence a clinical trial;

 

   

delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites;

 

   

failure of CROs to adequately supervise investigators;

 

   

failure to recruit sufficient investigators or recruit and enroll sufficient subjects for our clinical trials in a timely manner or at all, including due to the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

delay or failure in having subjects complete a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up, including due to the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

failure to obtain and maintain the required institutional review board, or IRB, or ethics committee approval at each clinical trial site;

 

   

clinical sites or investigators deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;

 

   

lack of adequate funding to continue a clinical trial;

 

   

delays in sufficiently developing, characterizing or controlling a manufacturing process suitable for advanced clinical trials;

 

   

clinical trials of our product candidates producing negative or inconclusive results, which may result in our deciding, or regulators requiring us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs; or

 

   

failure of ourselves or any third-party manufacturers, contractors or suppliers to comply with regulatory requirements, maintain adequate quality controls, or be able to provide sufficient product supply to conduct and complete clinical trials of our product candidates.

Moreover, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of marketing approval of one or more of our product candidates.

If we suffer any material delays, negative results or other setbacks in our clinical trials or if our clinical trials are put on clinical hold or terminated, we may incur increased costs or be unable to continue development of PHA121, including our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

23


Table of Contents

If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented and expenses for development of our product candidates could increase.

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials to demonstrate safety and efficacy. We are currently conducting early phase clinical trials, with a Phase 2 trial in the on-demand setting to commence first and provide critical data for dose selection for the prophylaxis indication. We do not know whether planned or ongoing clinical trials will enroll subjects in a timely fashion, require redesign of essential trial elements or be completed on our projected schedule. In particular, because we are focused on patients with HAE, which is a rare disease, our ability to enroll eligible patients in trials may be limited or may result in slower enrollment than we anticipate. In addition, competitors have ongoing clinical trials for product candidates being studied for the same indications as our product candidates, and patients who would otherwise be eligible for our clinical trials may instead enroll in clinical trials of our competitors’ product candidates. Patient enrollment can also be affected by a number of other factors including:

 

   

the eligibility criteria for the study in question;

 

   

the perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

 

   

the efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

 

   

the availability of existing or experimental treatments affecting our ability to recruit patients;

 

   

the inability to identify and maintain a sufficient number of trial sites, many of which may already be engaged in other clinical trial programs, including some that may be for the same disease indication;

 

   

the patient referral practices of physicians;

 

   

the proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients;

 

   

any delays and difficulties in enrollment due to the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

ambiguous or negative interim results of our clinical trials, or results that are inconsistent with earlier results;

 

   

feedback from the FDA, EMA and any comparable foreign regulatory authority, data safety monitoring boards, or a comparable foreign regulatory authority, or results from earlier stage or concurrent preclinical studies and clinical trials, that might require modifications to the protocol;

 

   

decisions by the FDA, EMA and any comparable foreign regulatory authority or us, or recommendations by data safety monitoring boards, to suspend or terminate clinical trials at any time for safety issues or for any other reason; and

 

   

unacceptable risk-benefit profile, perceived or actual, or unforeseen safety issues or adverse effects.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays, may result in increased development costs for our product candidates, and could also require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether, any of which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

Clinical trials of our product candidates may not uncover all possible adverse effects that patients may experience.

Clinical trials are conducted in a limited sample of the patient population for the disease or condition under study; the actual patient population may have significantly more variability than the clinical trial subjects. In addition, clinical trials are, by design, limited with respect to the number of subjects and the duration of exposure to the product candidate. As a result of such limitations, we cannot be sure that all side effects of our product

 

24


Table of Contents

candidates may be uncovered during our clinical trials or that a complete safety profile of our product candidates will be identified. Further, even larger clinical trials may not identify rare serious adverse effects or the duration of such studies may not be of sufficient length to identify when those events may occur. There have been other products that have been approved by the regulatory authorities but for which safety concerns have been uncovered following approval. Such safety concerns have led to labeling changes, the imposition of other regulatory requirements (e.g., Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy or REMs, or post-authorization safety studies, or PASS) or withdrawal of products from the market, and any of our product candidates may be subject to similar risks.

Although to date we have not seen evidence of significant safety concerns with our product candidates currently in clinical trials, patients treated with our products, if approved, may experience adverse reactions and it is possible that the FDA or other regulatory authorities may ask for additional safety data as a condition of, or in connection with, our efforts to obtain approval of our product candidates. If safety problems occur or are identified after our product candidates reach the market, we may, or regulatory authorities may require us to amend the labeling of our products, institute a REMs or PASS, recall our products or even withdraw approval for our products.

Clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials as well as data from any interim analysis of ongoing clinical trials may not be predictive of future trial results. Clinical failure can occur at any stage of clinical development.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. Although product candidates may demonstrate promising results in early clinical (human) trials and preclinical (animal) studies, they may not prove to be safe or effective in subsequent clinical trials. For example, the results of animal studies may not accurately predict human experience. Likewise, early clinical trials may not be predictive of eventual safety or effectiveness results in larger-scale pivotal clinical trials. In this prospectus we discuss the potency of PHA121 as shown in preclinical and Phase 1 clinical trials. Potency as used in this prospectus refers to the amount of drug required to produce a pharmacological effect of given intensity and is not a measure of therapeutic efficacy. We do not yet have data from the PHA121 Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the potential therapeutic efficacy of PHA121 in HAE patients. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials, as well as data from interim analysis of ongoing clinical trials, may not be predictive of the results of ongoing or future clinical trials. In addition, the studies and trials of other products with similar mechanisms of action to our product candidates may not be predictive of our clinical trial results. There can be significant variability in safety and/or efficacy results between different trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including changes in trial protocols, differences in composition of the patient populations, adherence to the dosing regimen and other trial protocols and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. Product candidates in later phase clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy traits despite having progressed through preclinical studies and earlier clinical trials. In addition to the safety and efficacy trials of any product candidate, clinical trial failures may result from a multitude of factors including flaws in trial design, dose selection, placebo effect and patient enrollment criteria. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials, and it is possible that our product candidates will as well which may have an adverse effect on our business and the value of the ordinary shares.

We may not be able to conduct, or contract others to conduct, animal testing in the future, which could harm our research and development activities.

Certain laws and regulations relating to drug development require us to test our product candidates on animals before initiating clinical trials involving humans. Animal testing activities have been the subject of controversy and adverse publicity. Animal rights groups and other organizations and individuals have attempted to stop animal testing activities by pressing for legislation and regulation in these areas and by disrupting these

 

25


Table of Contents

activities through protests and other means. To the extent the activities of these groups are successful, our research and development activities may be interrupted or delayed.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Clinical Development Programs and Our Product Candidates

Clinical development is subject to extensive regulation, which can be costly and time-consuming to comply with, and we may not obtain approvals for performing clinical trials or for marketing any of our product candidates.

We are not permitted to conduct clinical trials with or market any product candidate until we obtain authorization from the appropriate regulatory authorities. We must obtain authorization for conducting clinical trials with any product candidate and for marketing any product candidate from the appropriate regulatory authority of each jurisdiction in which we wish to perform clinical trials with or market our product candidates.

Since the 1990s, many companies have tried but failed to discover oral B2 antagonists, as the bradykinin-B2-receptor proved to be a difficult target for the development of orally available antagonists. Current treatment guidelines also recommend against the use of the traditionally used oral HAE medications, such as antifibrinolytics (tranexamic acid or epsilon aminocaproic acid), due to limited efficacy. As our product candidates are based on novel technologies, it is difficult to predict the time or costs associated with the regulatory approval process or be certain of our ability to successfully commence, conduct, and complete clinical development, or obtain the necessary regulatory and reimbursement approvals required for the commercialization of our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719. As discussed under “—Risks Related to the Development and Clinical Testing of our Product Candidates—We may experience setbacks in our clinical trials, including delays in commencing, conducting or completing our clinical trials, as well as inconclusive or negative results, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects,” we or our partners may experience any number of unfavorable outcomes during or as a result of preclinical studies and clinical trials which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our product candidates, or negatively impact our management’s credibility, our value and our operating results.

We may invest substantial time and resources in preclinical studies, clinical trials, manufacturing and the preparation and submission of various regulatory applications without any assurance that we will obtain regulatory approval or recoup our investment. The FDA and other regulatory authorities exercise substantial discretion with respect to the development and approval of drug product candidates. The number, size and design of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required for regulatory approval will vary depending on the program, the primary indication and the specific regulations and guidance documents applicable to any particular program. The FDA and other regulatory authorities can delay, limit or deny (i) clinical trial development (e.g., placing a clinical trial under clinical hold) and (ii) approval of a program for many reasons, including:

 

   

manufacturing related issues or concerns;

 

   

concerns relating to the product candidate’s safety or efficacy;

 

   

concerns relating to the design, control or conduct of preclinical studies and clinical trials including the use of placebo or active controls in blinded studies;

 

   

negative or ambiguous results of any preclinical or clinical trial;

 

   

concerns relating to the sufficiency of clinical trial results;

 

   

the failure of more advanced clinical results to confirm positive results from preclinical studies or earlier clinical trials; or

 

   

the development or observation of unexpected safety issues, adverse events or adverse side effects.

Should any of these or other factors affecting our development programs or product candidates occur, regulatory approval of our product candidates could be denied, delayed or have conditions placed upon it. Failure

 

26


Table of Contents

to obtain regulatory approval in a timely manner, in a limited manner or at all would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

Additionally, effective as of January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom withdrew from the European Union, a process referred to as “Brexit”. Since a significant proportion of the regulatory framework in the United Kingdom is derived from European Union directives and regulations, the final resolution of the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union could materially impact the regulatory regime with respect to the approval of any of our product candidates in the United Kingdom or the European Union. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, any marketing approvals, as a result of Brexit or otherwise, would prevent us from commercializing our product candidates in the United Kingdom and/or the European Union and restrict our ability to generate revenue and achieve and sustain profitability. If any of these outcomes occur, we may be forced to restrict or delay efforts to seek regulatory approval in the United Kingdom and/or European Union for any of our product candidates, which could significantly and materially harm our business.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain or, if obtained, maintain orphan drug status.

We currently do not have orphan drug designations in respect of our PHVS416 and PHVS719 product candidates, nor do we have any applications for orphan drug designation outstanding. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain orphan drug designations for our product candidates in indications that are important to our business or if obtained, to gain orphan drug exclusivity for our product candidates in indications that are important for our business. Orphan drug exclusivity confers market exclusivity, subject to certain limitations, upon the first product to receive marketing approval by the relevant regulatory authority for the jurisdiction and entails the right to market exclusively the product for the specified indication, during a maximum of ten years for the European Union and during a period of seven years in the United States. The period of exclusivity in the European Union may be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation if, among other things, it is established that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify market exclusivity.

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product in the U.S., an approval may be granted to other applicants of a similar product for the same indication if we are unable to supply sufficient quantities of the product, we consent to such an approval, or if the product of a second applicant is deemed to be clinically superior to our product. Changes to the current regulatory frameworks governing orphan drugs may also impact existing and future market exclusivities provided as a result of orphan drug designation. Even if we were to succeed in obtaining and maintaining market exclusivity for any future products through orphan drug status, the orphan drug regulations would not preclude competitors from developing or marketing different products for the same indications to which our programs are directed, or from independently developing versions of our products for different indications. Further, we may lose orphan drug exclusivity if the EMA or the FDA determines that the request for designation was materially defective. If we fail to obtain or maintain orphan exclusivity for any future products, or if the commercial value of market exclusivity is diminished, our competitive position or financial and commercial prospects could be materially adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with ongoing regulatory obligations and restrictions following regulatory approval of any product candidate, regulatory authorities may take enforcement action against us, for example, any regulatory approval granted could be withdrawn or revoked and sale of any products could be suspended or financial penalties could be imposed.

If any of our product candidates are approved for commercialization by the FDA or another regulatory authority, we would be subject to extensive regulatory requirements over, among other things, product manufacturing, testing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, marketing, distribution, export, import, adverse event reporting and record keeping. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-commercialization information and reports, drug establishment registration and drug listing requirements, current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance

 

27


Table of Contents

and corresponding maintenance of records and documents. In addition, we would be subject to other requirements regarding the distribution of drug samples to physicians. We and our suppliers, CDMOs and contract testing laboratories would also be subject to inspection by the FDA or other regulatory authorities to determine compliance with these requirements. In addition, facilities in the European Union that manufacture any of our product candidates must be licensed by the relevant regulatory authorities. In the United States, there are also certain state requirements with respect to drug manufacturing and distribution with which we must comply.

The FDA, or other regulatory authorities, may also impose significant limitations on the uses or marketing of our approved product candidates, which could reduce the potential market for any products. The FDA and other regulatory authorities closely regulate the post-approval advertising, promotion, and commercialization of drugs to ensure drugs are marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding use of their products and if we promote our products beyond their approved indications or in other ways that violate FDA requirements, we may be subject to enforcement action for, among other things, off-label promotion. In the EU, promotion of prescription-only drugs to the general public as well as off-label promotion are strictly prohibited and can result in significant fines and reputational damage. For the United States, alleged, or potential violations of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act relating to the promotion of prescription drugs may lead to investigations alleging violations of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws. Advertising, promotion, and marketing activities may also give rise to litigation by competitors.

The FDA, or other regulatory authorities, may also impose requirements for costly post-commercialization studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of an approved drug. Previously unknown problems with the drug may result in restrictions on the commercialization of the product and could include withdrawal of the drug from the market.

In addition, as discussed under “—Risks Related to the Development and Clinical Testing of our Product Candidates—We and our partners may be subject to new legislation, regulation, regulatory proposals and healthcare payor initiatives that may increase our costs of compliance and adversely affect our or our partners’ ability to market our products, obtain collaborators and raise capital,” new statutory requirements or additional regulations or initiatives may be enacted. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to comply with the requirements of the FDA and other applicable regulatory authorities may also subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including civil and criminal penalties, injunctions, product seizure or recall, import bans, restrictions on the conduct of our operations, total or partial suspension of production and refusal to approve a pending new drug application, or NDA, and financial penalties. If we are subject to any of these sanctions, our competitive position or financial and commercial prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We and our partners may be subject to new legislation, regulation, regulatory proposals and healthcare payor initiatives that may increase our costs of compliance and adversely affect our or our partners’ ability to market our products, obtain collaborators and raise capital.

In various jurisdictions including the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, subject us to more stringent drug labeling and post-commercialization testing or restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability, or the ability of our future collaborators, to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

Among policy makers and payors in various jurisdictions, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding

 

28


Table of Contents

access. For example, in the United States, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the ACA), enacted in 2010, has had a significant impact on the healthcare industry. The ACA increased federal oversight of private health insurance plans and included a number of provisions designed to reduce Medicare expenditures and the cost of health care generally, to reduce fraud and abuse, and to provide access to increased health coverage.

Since its enactment there have been judicial, Presidential and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA. While Congress has not enacted legislation to comprehensively repeal the ACA, at least two bills affecting the implementation of the ACA have been signed into law, including the repeal, effective January 1, 2019, of the tax based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year, which is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” In December 2018, a federal district court in Texas ruled that the ACA’s individual mandate, without the penalty that was repealed effective January 1, 2019, was unconstitutional and could not be severed from the ACA. As a result, the court ruled the remaining provisions of the ACA were also invalid. The Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the district court’s ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional, but it remanded the case back to the district court for further analysis of whether the mandate could be severed from the ACA (i.e., whether the entire ACA was therefore also unconstitutional). The Supreme Court of the United States granted certiorari on March 2, 2020, heard oral arguments on the case on November 10, 2020 and the case is expected to be decided in 2021.

Further, the Trump administration took several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of executive orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. An under-staffed FDA could result in delays in the FDA’s responsiveness or in its ability to review submissions or applications within the established Prescription Drug User Fee Act time frames, issue regulations or guidance, or implement or enforce regulatory requirements in a timely fashion or at all. In the coming years, additional legislative and regulatory changes could be made to governmental health programs that could significantly impact pharmaceutical companies and the success of our product candidates. As such, we cannot predict what effect the ACA or other healthcare reform initiatives that may be adopted in the future will have on our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, led to aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per financial year effective April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislation, will stay in effect through 2030, unless additional Congressional action is taken, with the exception of a temporary suspension of the payment reduction from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 enacted as part of the CARES Act. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding.

Further, in the United States, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their marketed products. For instance, on September 13, 2020, President Trump issued an executive order directing the Secretary of Health and Human Services to pursue implementation of two new payment models under which Medicare would test whether paying no more than the “most-favored-nation” price for certain included drugs and biological products covered under Part B and Part D, respectively, would mitigate poor clinical outcomes and increased Medicare expenditures associated with high drug costs. If implemented, the “most-favored-nation” price would generally reflect the lowest price, after certain adjustments, for a pharmaceutical product sold in an economically-comparable member country of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. The U.S. Congress has also continued to conduct inquiries into the prescription drug industry’s pricing practices. At the state level in the United States, legislatures are also

 

29


Table of Contents

increasingly passing legislation and states are implementing regulations designed to control spending on, and patient out of pocket costs for, drug products.

In some countries outside the United States, the proposed pricing for a treatment must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. In addition, in some markets, the pricing of prescription drugs is subject to government control and reimbursement which may in some cases be unavailable. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our product candidates that may be approved. Historically, pharmaceutical products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally tend to have significantly lower prices.

These efforts and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product, and any reduction in reimbursement from any government program may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenues, attain profitability, or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action in the United States, the European Union or another jurisdiction, or the effect that any such future legislation or administrative action may have on our business.

Risks Related to Our Operations

Due to our limited resources and access to capital, we must prioritize development of certain programs and our decision to pursue these programs may prove to be unsuccessful as they may never receive regulatory approval or achieve profitability.

Because we have limited resources and access to capital to fund our operations, we must decide which product candidates to pursue and the amount of resources to allocate to each product candidate. As such, we are currently primarily focused on the development of PHVS416 and PHVS719. These, and future decisions concerning the allocation of capabilities, infrastructure, management and financial resources towards particular programs or therapeutic areas may not lead to the development of viable commercial products and may divert resources from better opportunities. Similarly, these and future decisions to delay or terminate product development programs could cause us to miss valuable opportunities. If we make incorrect determinations regarding the market potential of our product candidates or misread trends in the pharmaceutical industry, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

If we cannot manufacture our product candidates in sufficient amounts, with CDMOs or ourselves, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis, we may be unable to supply sufficient product candidates for preclinical or clinical trials or to support commercialization of our product candidates, if approved.

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities and have no plans to build our own clinical or commercial-scale manufacturing capabilities. We cannot ensure that our suppliers will remain in business, have sufficient capacity or supply to meet our needs, or that they will not be purchased by one of our competitors or another company that is not interested in continuing to work with us. If we cannot establish sufficient supply through alternative third-party CDMOs or in our own facilities should we develop these, our ability to conduct the planned and future clinical trials and our plans for commercialization would be materially adversely affected.

In addition, we currently rely on a single CDMO for the production of certain of our product candidates and, as a result, face certain additional risks relating to our manufacturing operations. A single significant disruptive

 

30


Table of Contents

event at the manufacturing operations of our CDMO can have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our CDMO is located in the United Kingdom and we cannot rule out the possibility of delays in obtaining our product candidates as a result of changes in the governing regulatory framework, including import/export restrictions, due to Brexit. Business interruption insurance may not adequately compensate us for any losses that may occur and we would have to bear the additional cost of any disruption. For instance, if we were to experience an unexpected loss of supply, or if our CDMO was unable to meet our demand for our product candidates or their services, we could experience delays in our research and development activities, planned clinical trials or commercialization of approved products. Finding alternative CDMOs or suppliers of acceptable quality who can deliver appropriate volumes at acceptable cost may be challenging. Moreover, the long transition periods involved in the change of CDMOs and suppliers, if necessary, would significantly delay our clinical trials and the commercialization of our product candidates, if approved.

We will need to work with CDMOs that can meet all applicable FDA and other regulatory authority requirements on an ongoing basis. If the manufacturing process is changed during the course of product development, the FDA or other regulatory authorities could require us to repeat some or all previously conducted trials or conduct additional trials to obtain bridging data, which could delay or impede our ability to obtain marketing approval. If we or our CDMOs are unable to reliably produce and release our product candidates to specifications acceptable to FDA or other regulatory authorities, we may not obtain or maintain the approvals we need to further develop, conduct clinical trials for, and commercialize such product candidates. Similarly, approval of our product candidates could be delayed or denied if the intended manufacturing site fails to pass the required preapproval inspection. Even if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, there is no assurance that either we or our CDMOs will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product, or to meet potential future demand. Any of these challenges could delay completion of clinical trials, require clinical trials to obtain bridging data or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidates, impair commercialization efforts, increase our cost of goods, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We expect that development of our own manufacturing facilities could provide us with enhanced control of material supply for our product candidates for the clinical trials and the commercial market. However, we have no experience as a company in developing and operating a manufacturing facility and may never be successful in developing our own manufacturing facility or capability should we decide to do so. In particular, if we do pursue the construction of our own manufacturing facilities, we may not complete construction in a timely manner, if at all. Such facilities would also need to be inspected and approved by the FDA and other regulatory agencies before these facilities can be used to manufacture our product candidates, which may subject us to unforeseen delays in our manufacturing efforts and additional regulatory inspections.

For all of the above reasons, our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates or products may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

Manufacturing issues may arise that could increase product and regulatory approval costs or delay commercialization of our products.

As the manufacturing processes are scaled up they may reveal manufacturing challenges or previously unknown impurities that could require resolution in order to proceed with our planned clinical trials and obtain regulatory approval for the commercial marketing of our products. In the future, we may identify manufacturing issues or impurities that could result in delays in the clinical program and regulatory approval for our products,

 

31


Table of Contents

increases in our operating expenses, or failure to obtain or maintain approval for our products. Our reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risks, including the following:

 

   

the inability to meet our product specifications, including product formulation, and quality requirements consistently;

 

   

a delay or inability to procure or expand sufficient manufacturing capacity;

 

   

manufacturing and product quality issues, including those related to scale-up of manufacturing;

 

   

a failure to comply with cGMP and similar quality standards;

 

   

termination or nonrenewal of manufacturing agreements with third parties in a manner or at a time that is costly or damaging to us;

 

   

operations of our third-party manufacturers or suppliers could be disrupted by conditions unrelated to our business or operations, including the bankruptcy of the manufacturer or supplier;

 

   

carrier disruptions or increased costs that are beyond our control; and

 

   

the failure to deliver our products under specified storage conditions and in a timely manner.

Any of these events could lead to delays in any clinical trial we may undertake, failure to obtain regulatory approval or impact our ability to successfully commercialize any product candidates. Some of these events could be the basis for FDA or other regulatory authorities’ action, including injunction, recall, seizure, or total or partial suspension of production.

Our third-party manufacturers or suppliers may use potent chemical agents and hazardous materials, and any claims relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of these materials could be time consuming or costly.

Our third-party manufacturers or suppliers may use hazardous materials, including chemicals and biological agents and compounds that could be dangerous to human health and the safety of the environment. The operations of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers also produce hazardous waste products. Various laws and regulations govern the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may be expensive, and current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our product development efforts. In addition, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or wastes and we may be sued for any injury or contamination that results from our use or the use by third parties of these materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory approvals could be suspended.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which have tended to become more stringent over time. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions or liabilities, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our activities rely heavily on sensitive and personal materials and information, an area which is highly regulated by privacy laws. Our failure to comply with such laws or to adequately secure the information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, a material adverse effect on our client base, member base and revenue. Further, if we are unable to generate or maintain access to essential patient samples or data for our research and development and manufacturing activities for our programs, our business could be materially adversely affected.

As a result of our clinical development, we will have access to very sensitive data regarding the patients enrolled in our clinical trials, and our current and future product candidates will rely on the use of patient and

 

32


Table of Contents

donor data and material. This data will contain information that is personal in nature, and the maintenance of this data is subject to certain privacy-related laws, which impose administrative burdens, substantial costs and litigation risks upon us, such as the rules promulgated by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, and U.S. state privacy laws. These rules inter alia require that written authorizations from patients are obtained and that policies, procedures and reasonable and appropriate security measures are implemented that protect individually identifiable health and other information we receive and to ensure that such information is used only as authorized by the patient. If the patient fails to execute an authorization or the authorization fails to contain all required provisions, then we will not be allowed access to the patient’s information and our research efforts can be substantially delayed. Also, any violations of these rules by us could subject us to civil and criminal penalties and adverse publicity and could harm our ability to initiate and complete clinical trials.

In addition, there are significant international laws that protect data privacy which we must adhere to. For example, we are subject to the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR (as implemented by countries in the EEA), which applies extra-territorially and imposes onerous requirements on controllers (e.g., sponsors) and processors (e.g., CROs, laboratories) of personal data, including, for example: (i) accountability and transparency requirements, and enhanced requirements for obtaining valid consent; (ii) obligations to consider data protection as any new products or services are developed and to limit the amount of personal data processed; (iii) obligations to comply with data protection rights of data subjects; and (iv) reporting of personal data breaches to the supervisory authority without undue delay (and no later than 72 hours). The GDPR also prohibits the international transfer of personal data from the EEA to countries outside of the EEA unless made to a country deemed to have adequate data privacy laws by the European Commission or where a data transfer mechanism has been put in place. Until recently, one such data transfer mechanism was the EU-US Privacy Shield. However, in July 2020 the Court of Justice of the European Union, or the CJEU, declared the Privacy Shield to be invalid. The CJEU upheld the validity of the standard contractual clauses, or SCCs, as a legal mechanism to transfer personal data but companies relying on SCCs will—subject to additional guidance from regulators in the EEA– need to evaluate and implement supplementary measures that provide privacy protections additional to those provided under SCCs. In turn, the findings of the CJEU will have significant implications for cross-border data flows. Further, the GDPR provides that countries in the EEA may establish their own laws and regulations further restricting the processing of certain personal data, including genetic data, biometric data, and health data.

We have relatively limited experience with the relevant privacy and security policies, practices and regulations, and cannot assure that our policies and practices will be sufficient to protect us from liability or adverse publicity relating to the privacy and security of personal data. Privacy laws, rules and regulations also evolve frequently and their scope may continually change, through new legislation, amendments to existing legislation and changes in enforcement, and may be inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another. The interpretation and application of consumer, health-related and data protection laws, especially with respect to genetic samples and data, in the United States, the European Union and elsewhere, are often uncertain, contradictory and in flux. As a result, implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. We cannot provide assurance that current or future legislation will not prevent us from generating or maintaining personal data or that patients will consent to the use of their personal data (as necessary); either of these circumstances may prevent us from undertaking or publishing essential research and development, manufacturing and commercialization, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Complying with these various laws and regulations could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices, systems and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business. For example, failure to comply with the GDPR requirements could result in regulatory investigations, enforcement notices requiring us to stop or change the way we use personal data and/or fines of up to 20 million Euros or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, as well as

 

33


Table of Contents

compensation claims for financial or non-financial loss by affected individuals, negative publicity, reputational harm and a potential loss of business and goodwill.

These laws, rules and regulations evolve frequently and their scope may continually change, through new legislation, amendments to existing legislation and changes in enforcement, and may be inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another. The interpretation and application of consumer, health-related and data protection laws, especially with respect to genetic samples and data, in the United States, the European Union (EU) and elsewhere, are often uncertain, contradictory and in flux. As a result, implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Our internal computer systems, or those used by our clinical investigators, contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches.

We are a party to certain agreements that contain liability or indemnification provisions under which we may claim damages from our counterparties and under which our counterparties may claim damages from us, including damages caused by product defects.

We are a party to certain agreements, including clinical trial agreements and licensing agreements that contain liability or indemnification provisions under which we or the counterparty may claim damages. In the event we need to claim damages from a counterparty, we may not receive payments covering our damages in full, either because the applicable provision is unenforceable for any reason or because the counterparty is unable to pay (due to insolvency or otherwise). Although in many cases we try to limit our liability, such limitations may not be enforceable in certain jurisdictions or effective in the event that we need to pay damages and we nevertheless could become liable to make substantial payments. If we must make substantial liability payments under an agreement, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

If we are unable to commercialize our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719 or any other product candidates that we may pursue, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be materially adversely affected.

We do not expect to generate product revenues in the foreseeable future. If our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719 or any other program that we may pursue fails, we will have to develop, acquire or license new programs. Our product candidates, as well as any other programs we may pursue, could be unsuccessful if they:

 

   

do not demonstrate acceptable safety or efficacy in preclinical studies or clinical trials or otherwise do not meet applicable regulatory standards for approval;

 

   

generate unacceptable adverse side effects;

 

   

do not offer therapeutic or other improvements over existing or future products used to treat the same conditions;

 

   

are not accepted in the medical community or by insurers, either public or private; or

 

   

are not capable of being produced and delivered to patients in commercial quantities at acceptable costs.

The results of the research and trials to date cannot provide assurance that acceptable efficacy or safety will be shown upon completion of ongoing or planned clinical trials. Also, the results obtained in our PHA-0221121-C001 and PHA-022121-C002 clinical trials may not be comparable to results that may be produced during the further development of our PHA121-containing product candidates. Many products that show promise in proof-of-concept, Phase 1 and/or Phase 2 trials fail in later clinical trials or in a commercial setting. If we are unable to make our product candidates commercially available, or we experience significant delays in doing so, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be materially adversely affected.

 

34


Table of Contents

The market opportunities for our product candidates may be smaller than currently anticipated, lowering our potential revenue.

The market opportunities for our product candidates may be smaller than currently anticipated, lowering our potential revenue. We make projections of both the number of people who have HAE, as well as the number of individuals within our target patient population who have the desire to switch to an oral therapy and the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates. These projections are derived from scientific literature and patient foundations but are highly contingent on a number of variables that are difficult to predict and may prove to be too high, resulting in a smaller population of patients who are interested in, and could benefit from, our product candidates than we currently anticipate which would result in lower potential revenue. Moreover, if we are successful in developing both PHVS416 and PHVS719, we cannot accurately predict the proportion of patients choosing prophylactic or on-demand only treatment regimens.

Use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events.

As with all pharmaceutical products, use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events, which can vary in severity and frequency. Side effects or adverse events associated with the use of our product candidates may be observed at any time, including in clinical trials or once a product is commercialized, and any such side effects or adverse events may negatively affect our ability to obtain regulatory approval or market our product candidates. Side effects or adverse events associated with the use of our product candidates could result in a label change, require us to perform additional studies or halt development or sale of these product candidates or expose us to product liability lawsuits, which will harm our business. We may be required by regulatory agencies to conduct additional preclinical or clinical trials regarding the safety of our product candidates, which we have not planned or anticipated. We cannot provide any assurance that we will resolve any issues related to any product-related side effects or adverse events to the satisfaction of the FDA or any regulatory agency in a timely manner or ever, which could harm our business, prospects and financial condition.

If we are successful in commercializing our product candidates, the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory authorities require that we analyze and report certain information about adverse events that our products may have caused or contributed to. The FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities impose strict requirements with respect to the analysis of such events and the manner and timing of our reporting the information to the regulatory authorities. We may fail to comply with the requirements for assessing and reporting adverse events and if we fail to comply with these obligations, the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities could take action including the issuance of warning letters or other regulatory correspondence, criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil sanctions, seizure of our products, or delay in approval or clearance of future products.

Even if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, we may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

Our product candidates may not be commercially successful. Even if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may not gain sufficient market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors or others in the medical community. The commercial success of any of our current or future product candidates will depend significantly on the broad adoption and use of the resulting product by physicians and patients for approved indications. The degree of market acceptance of any of our potential products as may receive marketing authorization will depend on a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control, including:

 

   

demonstration of clinical efficacy and safety compared to other more-established products;

 

   

the limitation of our targeted patient population and other limitations or warnings contained in any approved labeling;

 

35


Table of Contents
   

acceptance of a new drug for the relevant indication by healthcare providers and their patients;

 

   

the pricing and cost-effectiveness of our products, as well as the cost of treatment with our products in relation to alternative treatments and therapies;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement from government healthcare programs, private health insurers and other third-party payors;

 

   

the willingness of patients to pay all, or a portion of, out-of-pocket costs associated with our products in the absence of sufficient third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

   

any restrictions on the use of our products, and the prevalence and severity of any adverse effects;

 

   

the timing of market introduction of our products as well as competitive drugs;

 

   

the effectiveness of our or any of our potential future collaborators’ sales and commercialization strategies; and

 

   

unfavorable publicity relating to the product.

If any products that we may develop fail to achieve market acceptance, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenues. We may make substantial investments in clinical development, manufacturing, supply chain and commercialization without any assurance that we will be able to attain significant market share at a price that would enable us to recover our investments. If we are unable to do so, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be materially adversely affected.

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing competing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We face competition with respect to our current product candidates, and will face competition with respect to any product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future, from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. As discussed under “Business—Competition,” there are several licensed therapies for HAE and we are aware of a number of HAE therapies in clinical development. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of generic products. Generic products are expected to become available over the coming years, potentially creating pricing pressure. If our product candidates achieve marketing approval, we expect that they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic products. This may make it difficult for us to achieve our business strategy of using our product candidates in combination with existing therapies or replacing existing therapies with our product candidates. Competition may further increase as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries.

Many of the companies against which we are competing or we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller and other early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established

 

36


Table of Contents

companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations successfully.

If we advance our product candidates through clinical trials and regulatory approvals, we will need to expand our development, manufacturing, regulatory, commercialization and supply chain capabilities or contract with third parties to provide these capabilities for us. Our ability to realize our commercialization strategy and manage any growth will require us to continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel and make appropriate changes to our operational, financial and management controls. We may experience a delay in becoming aware of certain issues or information material to management decisions. The expansion of our operations, including potential expansion into global markets outside of the European Union and the United States, may lead to significant costs, new challenges and risks and may divert the attention of our management and our business development resources. Any inability to manage anticipated growth and expanding operations, including as a result of failing to realize our commercialization strategy for our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

Governments and/or pricing authorities, especially in the European Union, often impose strict price and access controls, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

In some markets, especially in the European Union, prescription drug pricing is subject to governmental/pricing authority control which can vary by country and degree. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental/pricing authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. If reimbursement of any future products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels or the pricing negotiation is considerably delayed, we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

Drug pricing and other healthcare costs continue to be subject to intense political and societal pressures, which we anticipate will continue and escalate on a global basis. These pressures may result in harm to our business and reputation, cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline or experience periods of volatility and adversely affect results of operations and our ability to raise funds.

The insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly approved products is uncertain. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for new or current products could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

The availability and extent of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford expensive treatments. Sales of our product candidates will depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a sufficient return on our investment.

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. CMS decides whether and to what extent a new medicine will be covered and reimbursed under

 

37


Table of Contents

Medicare. Private payors often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to reimbursement for fundamentally novel products such as ours, as there is no body of established practices and precedents for these new products.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe, Canada, and other countries has and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of our product candidates. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of medicines under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenues and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors, in the United States and abroad, to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates, due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products into the healthcare market.

In addition, many private payors contract with commercial vendors who sell software that provide guidelines that attempt to limit utilization of, and therefore reimbursement for, certain products deemed to provide limited benefit to existing alternatives. Such organizations may set guidelines that limit reimbursement or utilization of our products.

We may become exposed to costly and damaging liability claims, either when testing our product candidates in the clinic or after commercialization; and our product liability insurance may not cover all damages from such claims.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Physicians and patients may not comply with any warnings that identify known potential adverse effects and patients who should not use our products. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to stop development or, if approved, limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even successful defenses would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

delay or termination of clinical trials;

 

   

injury to our reputation and negative publicity;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants, patients or clinical investigators;

 

   

initiation of investigations by regulators or ethics committees;

 

   

costs to defend the related litigation;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

   

decreased demand for our product candidates;

 

   

product recalls or withdrawals, or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

loss of revenues from product sales;

 

   

the inability to commercialize any of our product candidates, if approved; and

 

   

a decline in the price of our ordinary shares.

Any product liability insurance coverage we obtain may not fully cover potential liabilities that we may incur. Our insurance policies have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. The cost of any product liability litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

We will also need to increase our insurance coverage if we commercialize any product that receives marketing approval. Insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive. If we are unable to maintain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, it could prevent or inhibit the development and commercial production and sale of our product candidates, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to establish commercial capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market, sell and distribute our product candidates, we may be unable to generate any revenues if and when our product candidates are approved.

If any of our product candidates receive marketing approval, we intend to market, sell and distribute them using our own commercial infrastructure. However, we have no experience in commercialization, selling and distributing pharmaceutical products or establishing a commercial organization. We may enter into collaborations with other entities to utilize their mature sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, but we may be unable to enter into commercialization agreements on favorable terms, if at all. If our future collaborative partners do not commit sufficient resources to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, or if we are unable to develop the necessary commercialization capabilities on our own, we will be unable to generate sufficient product revenues to sustain our business. Further, we may not have sufficient control or oversight over our future collaborative partners to ensure they sell and market our product candidates in compliance with all applicable law. In building our commercial infrastructure or commercializing our product candidates, if approved, we will be competing with other well-funded companies that currently have or are building extensive commercial operations. Without an internal team or the support of a third-party to perform commercial functions, we may be unable to successfully commercialize our product candidates, if approved, and/or compete successfully against these companies.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties and Key Personnel

If third parties on which we depend to conduct our clinical trials do not perform as contractually required, fail to satisfy regulatory or legal requirements or miss expected deadlines, our development program could be delayed with materially adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely on CROs, independent clinical investigators, clinical data management organizations, consultants and other third-party firms to design, conduct, supervise and monitor clinical trials. We and these third parties are

 

39


Table of Contents

required to comply with extensive regulations, including good clinical practices, or GCP, which are enforced by the competent authorities of the member states of the European Economic Area, or EEA, the FDA and other comparable regulatory authorities; GCP are intended to ensure that the health, safety and rights of patients are protected in clinical development and clinical trials, and that trial data integrity is assured. In fact, as sponsor of the clinical trials, GCP compliance remains our responsibility. Regulatory authorities ensure compliance with these requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, clinical investigators and trial sites. Our reliance on third parties that we do not control does not relieve us of these responsibilities and requirements. If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable requirements, clinical trials may be put on “clinical hold,” the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with such requirements. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with products that are cGMP produced. Failure to comply with these regulations may result in a clinical hold or require us to repeat preclinical and clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Third-party staff are not our employees and, except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing clinical and preclinical programs and meet their quality and other requirements. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines or if the quality or accuracy of the product or clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be put on hold, extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates in development would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed.

Because we have relied on third parties, our internal capacity to perform these functions is limited. Outsourcing these functions involves the risk that third parties may not perform to our standards, may not produce results in a timely manner or may fail to perform at all. In addition, the use of third-party service providers requires us to disclose our proprietary information to these parties, which could increase the risk that this information will be misappropriated. We currently have a small number of employees, which limits the internal resources we have available to identify and monitor our third-party providers. To the extent we are unable to identify and successfully manage the performance of third-party service providers in the future, our business may be adversely affected. Though we carefully manage the relationships with third parties, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter similar challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects.

If we cannot contract with acceptable third parties on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or if these third parties do not carry out their contractual duties, satisfy legal and regulatory requirements for the conduct of preclinical studies or clinical trials or meet expected deadlines, our clinical development programs could be delayed and otherwise adversely affected. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are dependent on the services of our management and other clinical and scientific personnel, and if we are not able to retain these individuals or recruit additional management or clinical and scientific personnel, our business will suffer.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management team as well as our senior scientists. The loss of services of any of these individuals could delay or prevent the successful development of our product candidates, initiation or completion of our planned clinical trials or the commercialization of our product candidates. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of

 

40


Table of Contents

management, clinical and scientific personnel in recent years and despite our efforts to retain valuable employees, members of our management, scientific and development teams may terminate their employment with us. In addition, as we expand our operations, we may not be successful in maintaining our unique company culture and continuing to attract or retain qualified management and scientific and clinical personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other businesses. Replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize products. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. If we do not have sufficient numbers of skilled employees to support our research, development, manufacturing, regulatory compliance or management functions, or if our employees lack the skills necessary for the development of our operations, we may need to retain consultants and advisers, if available on terms acceptable to us, if at all, who may have conflicts of interest or other commitments, such as consulting or advisory contracts with other organizations that may affect their ability to contribute to us. In addition, if we are not able to attract, integrate, retain and motivate sufficient scientific, technical and managerial personnel, we will be unable to advance our clinical programs or expand our business, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We are heavily dependent on third parties to perform critical activities related to the research, development and manufacturing of our product candidates. If these third parties fail or are unable to perform, our development programs and candidate products could be materially and adversely affected and our business and prospects will suffer.

We are heavily dependent on third parties to conduct certain key activities relating to the research, development and manufacturing of our product candidates. For example, we rely on third-party firms to conduct development, studies, and trials with respect to our candidate products and to manufacture and supply the material used in our studies and trials.

Our reliance on third parties may pose the following risks to us:

 

   

third parties have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to our development programs and product candidates;

 

   

third parties could independently develop, supply, manufacture, commercialize or collaborate with additional third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our product candidates;

 

   

third parties may not properly prosecute, maintain, enforce or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation, or other intellectual property proceedings;

 

   

disputes may arise with respect to ownership of any intellectual property developed pursuant to our collaborations and activities with third parties;

 

   

disputes may arise between us and our third party collaborators and service provider that cause the delay or termination of the development, manufacturing, supply or commercialization of our product candidate, or that result in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management’s attention and resources; and

 

   

if a current or future third-party collaborator or service provider of ours were to be involved in a business combination, the continued pursuit and emphasis on our product development or commercialization program could be delayed, diminished or terminated.

 

41


Table of Contents

As a result, if any third-parties upon which we are dependent fail or are unable to perform, our development programs and candidate products could be materially adversely affected.

We may be unable to enter into or maintain strategic alliances or collaborations which could affect our ability to commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

We may seek strategic alliances or collaborations to further the clinical development and commercialization of certain of our product candidates as they would likely require expensive and time-consuming clinical trials. In seeking strategic partners, we face significant competition from other companies as well as public and private research institutions. There can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into or maintain strategic alliances on terms favorable to us, or at all. Potential partners may require royalty or milestone payments, rights to current or after-developed intellectual property, exclusivity rights, limitations on liabilities, indemnities or other provisions that are adverse to us. Potential partners may fail to diligently fund, develop or commercialize our product candidates. Any of the foregoing may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we fail to make required payments to AnalytiCon pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which we acquired certain of our core intellectual property or are otherwise in material breach of such agreements (and fail to cure such breaches within a specified time period), AnalytiCon may exercise remedies pursuant to such agreements that would materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Certain intellectual property that is core to our business has been invented by AnalytiCon and contractually assigned to us by AnalytiCon, with whom we continue to collaborate for the development of our product candidates. We owe AnalytiCon milestone payments contingent on our achievement of certain clinical development and regulatory events, as well as royalties and milestone payments based on sales of such product candidates. If we fail to make such payments to AnalytiCon or are otherwise in material breach of certain agreements that we entered into with AnalytiCon (and fail to cure such breaches within a specified time period), and AnalytiCon exercises contractual remedies available to it under such agreements, then we may be required to grant AnalytiCon an exclusive license to the intellectual property that it assigned to us for use in all applications, including HAE. In addition, we could be prevented from competing with AnalytiCon until five years after the commercial launch of any product candidates containing a compound from the OB2RA Class. If we failed to make such payments and AnalytiCon were to exercise such remedies, we would not be able to continue our current development program or commercialize our product candidates and our business and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected. For a description of our arrangement with AnalytiCon, please see “Business—License Agreement.”

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent or trade secret protection for any products or product candidates we develop and for our technology, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize any product candidates or technology we may develop may be adversely affected.

Our commercial success depends in significant part on obtaining and maintaining current and future patent protection, trade secrets and confidential know-how for our technologies, product candidates, the methods used to manufacture those product candidates and the methods for treating patients using those product candidates. We may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce, or license all necessary or desirable patents and patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Our failure to obtain, maintain or extend patent protection or to protect trade secrets or confidential know-how could materially adversely affect our ability to compete.

 

42


Table of Contents

Obtaining and enforcing patents in the pharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited, to the following:

 

   

the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process, the noncompliance with which can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, and partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction;

 

   

patent applications may not result in any patents being issued;

 

   

patents may be challenged, invalidated, modified, revoked, circumvented, found to be unenforceable or otherwise may not provide any competitive advantage;

 

   

our competitors, many of whom have substantially greater resources than we do and many of whom have made significant investments in competing technologies, may seek or may have already obtained patents that will limit, interfere with or block our ability to make, use and sell our product candidates;

 

   

there may be significant pressure on the U.S. government and international governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection both inside and outside the United States for disease treatments that prove successful, as a matter of public policy regarding worldwide health concerns; and

 

   

countries other than the United States may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by U.S. courts, allowing foreign competitors a better opportunity to create, develop and market competing products.

If we or any third parties that develop or create any intellectual property for us are unable to secure necessary assignments or rights, then our rights to such intellectual property, and ultimately our ability to protect our candidate products, may be adversely affected.

It is also possible that we fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output in time to obtain patent protection. In addition, we may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our product candidates and technology. We cannot guarantee that any of our or our licensors’ patent searches or analyses, including but not limited to the identification of relevant patents, analysis of the scope of relevant patent claims or determination of the expiration of relevant patents, are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every third-party patent and pending application in the United States and elsewhere that is relevant to or necessary for the development and commercialization of our product candidates in any jurisdiction. For example, publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in any licensed patents or pending patent applications (or claimed in any patents that we may own in the future, if any), or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.

The duration and scope of any patents we are issued in the future (if any) or the patent rights of our licensors or collaborators may not be sufficient to effectively protect our product candidates and business.

The patent position of biopharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions, and has been the subject of much litigation in recent years. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Even if our current or future patent applications are issued as patents, they may not be issued with the scope of claims sought by us, or the scope of claims we or our licensors are seeking may not be sufficiently broad to protect our product candidates or provide us with any competitive advantage. Any patents that we may own in the future (if any) may be challenged or circumvented by third parties or may be narrowed or invalidated as a result of challenges by

 

43


Table of Contents

third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether our product candidates will be protectable by valid and enforceable patents.

Moreover, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Changes in or different interpretations of patent laws in the United States, Europe, and other jurisdictions may also permit others to use our discoveries or to develop and commercialize our technology and products without providing any compensation to us, or may limit the number of patents or claims we can obtain. The laws of some countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as U.S. and European laws and those countries may lack adequate rules and procedures for defending our intellectual property rights.

Our competitors and other third parties would be able to offer and sell products so long as they do not infringe any valid and enforceable patents or other proprietary rights that we or others, including our licensors, may have. The specific content of patents and patent applications that are necessary to support and interpret the scope of patent claims is highly uncertain due to the complex nature of the relevant legal, technical and factual issues. Such risks will increase if we or our licensors are not able to obtain additional patents protecting aspects of our product candidates and technology, such as product improvements, formulations, methods of production or novel uses of the relevant product candidates.

In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. For example, if renewal fees are paid timely, a European patent expires 20 years after its effective filing date. Similarly, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, a patent in the United States generally expires 20 years after its effective filing date. Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of any FDA marketing approval of any product candidates we may develop in the United States, any patents we are issued in the future (if any) may qualify for a limited patent term extension if certain criteria are met (e.g., in case of significant delays during patent prosecution or during FDA approval for bringing a drug covered by a patent to market) under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. Specifically, the Hatch Waxman Amendments permit a patent extension term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. However, in such an event we may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents, or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. In the European Union, an extension of the duration of protection for a pharmaceutical product on the basis of a supplementary protection certificate could be applied for after a valid market authorization is obtained and if the product is specifically covered by a basic patent in force. As a result, an additional term of protection could be obtained for the relevant product on top of the maximum lifespan of the patent. The term of the allowed extension varies, and in principle is at most five and a half years. Consequently, despite these general possibilities for obtaining a certain extension of the duration of protection based on a patent if certain criteria are met, the protection provided by a patent is limited in time.

Furthermore, given the amount of time required for the development, testing, and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. Even if additional patents covering our product candidates are obtained, the expiration of a patent may leave us more vulnerable to competition from biosimilar or generic alternatives, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

 

44


Table of Contents

Patents covering our technology and product candidates that may be issued (if any) could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or an issuing body.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and any patents we may own in the future (if any) may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and elsewhere. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and product candidates.

To the extent that we obtain any patents in the future, our patent protection in respect of our product candidates and technologies may be limited or lost if patents that may be issued to us or patents we use under the terms of exclusive commercial licenses were to be declared invalid, rendered unenforceable or narrowed in scope as a result of any re-examination, post grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings, equivalent proceedings in other jurisdictions or judicial action. If one of our licensing partners or we initiate legal proceedings against a third-party to enforce a patent covering one of our product candidates or technologies, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid or unenforceable. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, lack of patentable subject matter, lack of written description or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld information material to patentability from the relevant issuing body, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. A challenge to patents could result in a ruling adverse to us that could invalidate or render unenforceable such patents or substantially reduce the scope of protection afforded by them. A court may also determine, retrospectively, that despite the issuance of the patent by the relevant issuing body, the corresponding patent application did not meet the statutory requirements. If a competitor or other third parties were to successfully challenge our patents (to the extent any are obtained), and claims in these patents were consequently narrowed, rendered unenforceable or invalidated, our ability to protect the related product candidate or technology from competition could be compromised. Such proceedings could result in the revocation or cancellation of or amendment to such patents in such a way that they no longer cover our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which the patent examiner and we or our licensing partners were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we could lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on one or more of our product candidates to the extent that any such patents are issued. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We may not be able to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights in all jurisdictions.

Filing, prosecuting, and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States or the European Union. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States, the European Union or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and may export otherwise infringing products and these products may compete with our product candidates in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. Patent laws vary by jurisdiction, and, accordingly, the degree of protection afforded to the same technology, if any, may differ depending on the jurisdiction. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop

 

45


Table of Contents

the infringement of any patents we are issued in the future (if any) or commercialization of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce any patent rights we are issued in the future (if any) in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put such patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. In such an event, we may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license. Our inability to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties and many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we (to the extent we are issued any patents covering our product candidates) or any of our licensors is forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

To the extent that we are issued patents covering our product candidates (if any), changes in either patent laws or interpretations of patent laws in the United States, the European Union, Canada or other jurisdictions may diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection and could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents (to the extent any such patents are issued).

For example, patent reform legislation in the United States, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, could increase those uncertainties and costs. The America Invents Act was signed into law on September 16, 2011, and many of the substantive changes became effective on March 16, 2013. The America Invents Act reforms United States patent law in part by changing the U.S. patent system from a “first to invent” system to a “first inventor to file” system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third-party was the first to invent the claimed invention. In addition, the America Invents Act expands the definition of prior art and develops a post-grant review system. This legislation changed United States patent law in a way that may weaken our ability to obtain patent protection in the United States for those applications filed after March 16, 2013.

Further, the America Invents Act created new procedures to challenge the validity of issued patents in the United States, including post grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings, which some third parties have been using to cause the cancellation of selected or all claims of issued patents. These adversarial actions at the USPTO review patent claims without the presumption of validity afforded to U.S. patents in lawsuits in U.S. federal courts, and use a lower burden of proof than used in litigation in U.S. federal courts. Therefore, it is generally considered easier for a competitor or third-party to have a U.S. patent invalidated in a USPTO post-grant review or inter partes review proceeding than invalidated in a litigation in a U.S. federal court. If any patents that we are issued in the future (if any) or our licensor’s patents are challenged by a third-party in such a USPTO proceeding, there is no guarantee that we or our licensors or collaborators will be successful in defending the patent, which would result in a loss of the challenged patent right to us.

In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. Recent court rulings in cases such as Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad

 

46


Table of Contents

Genetics, Inc., BRCA1- &BRCA2-Based Hereditary Cancer Test Patent Litigation, Mayo Collaborative Services v. Prometheus Laboratories, Inc., Promega Corp. v. Life Technologies Corp. and Abbvie Deutschland GmbH v. Janssen Biotech, Inc. have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, and the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce patents that we might obtain in the future. Any changes to patent law in the U.S. or other jurisdictions that impairs our ability to protect our PHA121 and other product candidates that we may pursue could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties may not prevent unauthorized disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information and may not provide an adequate remedy.

We consider proprietary trade secrets and confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We rely on trade secrets and confidential know-how to protect our technology, especially where we do not believe that patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets and confidential know-how are difficult to protect and some courts in the United States, the European Union and elsewhere are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. We seek to protect our proprietary trade secrets and confidential know-how, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our current and former employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisers. However, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or has had access to our trade secrets or confidential know-how or that such agreements will fully protect our proprietary trade secrets and confidential know-how. Our current or former employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisers may have access to and unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information, including to competitors. Our confidentiality agreements may be breached by such individuals and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. Enforcing a claim that a third-party obtained illegally and is using trade secrets and confidential know-how illegally is expensive and time consuming and the outcome is unpredictable. Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret and confidential know-how trade protection could adversely affect our competitive business position. Moreover, our competitors and other third parties may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how and may even apply for patent protection in respect of the same. If successful in obtaining such patent protection, our competitors could limit how we use our trade secrets and confidential know-how, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we or our licensors infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate intellectual property rights of third parties, we may face increased costs or we may be unable to commercialize our product candidates.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market, sell and distribute our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the proprietary rights and intellectual property of third parties. The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by extensive and complex litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. There is a risk that third parties may allege that our employees, consultants, independent contractors or the licensors have wrongfully used or disclosed trade secrets and we infringed, are infringing, or will infringe the proprietary rights of third parties because patents and pending applications belonging to third parties exist in the European Union, the United States and elsewhere in the world in the areas in which our research is conducted. Because patent applications take several years to complete, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that cover the production, manufacture, commercialization or use of our product candidates and technology. In addition, the production, manufacture, commercialization or use of our product candidates may infringe existing patents of which we are not aware. Even if we believe such claims of infringement are without merit, a court of competent jurisdiction could hold

 

47


Table of Contents

that these third-party patents are valid, enforceable and infringed, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to commercialize our product candidates and technology. In order to successfully challenge the validity of any such U.S. patent in federal court, we would need to overcome a presumption of validity. As this burden is a high one requiring us to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of any such U.S. patent claim, there is no assurance that a court of competent jurisdiction would invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could be time-consuming and result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

If we are found to infringe a third-party’s valid and enforceable intellectual property rights, we could be required to:

 

   

cease developing, manufacturing, selling or licensing the infringing product candidates or technology;

 

   

obtain a license from such third-party to continue developing, manufacturing and marketing our product candidates and technologies, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all and even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments or grant a cross license to our patents (to the extent any such patents are issued) to another patent holder;

 

   

pay substantial damages for past infringement, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right; or

 

   

be required to redesign the formulation of a product such that it does not infringe, which may not be possible or could require substantial funds and time.

Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We have received proprietary information and know-how from third parties. In addition, many of our employees were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. We may be subject to ownership disputes in the future arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates. We may also be subject to claims that former employees, consultants, advisors or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and be a distraction to our management and employees.

Intellectual property litigation or proceedings could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

To the extent that we are issued any patents covering our product candidates, competitors may infringe such patents or the patents of our licensing partners. However, we may not have the resources to reliably detect infringements of intellectual property rights, and even if we detect an infringement we may not be able to trace the source of the infringement, or uphold our rights. We may need to resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, including any patents issued to us (if any) or our licensors. If a competitor or other third-party files a patent application claiming technology also invented by us, in order to protect our rights, we may have to participate in an expensive and time-consuming opposition proceeding before the European Patent Office, the USPTO or patent authorities or courts in other jurisdictions, with an uncertain outcome and which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

48


Table of Contents

In addition, our success depends in part on avoiding the infringement of other parties’ patents and other intellectual property rights as well as avoiding the breach of any licenses relating to our technologies and products. In the United States, patent applications filed in recent years are confidential for 18 months, while older applications are not published until the patent issues. As a result, avoiding patent infringement may be difficult and we may inadvertently infringe third-party patents or proprietary rights. Countering infringement or unauthorized use claims or to defend against such claims and challenges can be expensive and time consuming. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, commercialization or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by government patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to various patent agencies over the lifetime of our licensed patents and/or applications and any patent rights we may own in the future. Patent agencies also require compliance with several procedural fee payments and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. There are situations, however, in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, potential competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be successful in obtaining necessary rights to any product candidates we may develop through acquisitions and licenses.

Many pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, and academic institutions are competing with us and filing patent applications potentially relevant to our business. If patents issued to third parties contain valid claims that cover our product candidates or their manufacture or uses or assays relevant to our development plans, in order to avoid infringing these patents, we may be required or find it prudent to obtain licenses to these patents or to develop or obtain alternative technology. However, we may be unable to secure such licenses or otherwise acquire or license any compositions, methods of use, processes, or other intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for product candidates we may develop. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of the relevant program or product candidate.

 

49


Table of Contents

In addition, if a patent is issued to a third-party that covers our product candidates or their manufacture or uses or assays related to our technology or product candidates and we cannot obtain a license to such patent, then we may not be in a position to commercialize such technology or product candidates unless we develop non-infringing alternative or successfully pursue litigation to have that patent invalidated or enter into a licensing arrangement with the patent holder. Any such litigation would be time consuming and costly, and the outcome would not be guaranteed. We cannot be certain that we would be able to enter into a licensing agreement with the patent holder on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In either case, our business prospects could be materially adversely affected

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential risks to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

others may be able to make products that are similar to any product candidates we may develop or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we license or may own in the future;

 

   

we, or our license partners or current or future collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent (if any) or pending patent application that we license or may own in the future;

 

   

we, or our license partners or current or future collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

 

   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our owned or licensed intellectual property rights;

 

   

it is possible that patent applications that we currently, or may in the future, own or license will not lead to issued patents;

 

   

the claims of patents or patent applications that we may own or license may, when issued, not cover our product candidates;

 

   

issued patents (if any) that we may hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

   

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

 

   

the patents of others may harm our business; and

 

   

we may choose not to file a patent in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third-party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.

Should any of these events occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our relationships with health care professionals, institutional providers, principal investigators, consultants, customers and third-party payors are, and will continue to be, subject, directly and indirectly, to laws and regulations on health care fraud and abuse, false claims, commercialization expenditure

 

50


Table of Contents

tracking and disclosure, and health information privacy and security. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face penalties, including, without limitation, civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government-funded health care programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Although we do not currently have any products on the market, our business operations and activities may be directly or indirectly subject to various laws and regulations on health care fraud and abuse, false claims, commercialization expenditure tracking and disclosure, and health information privacy and security. If we obtain approval for any of our product candidates from the FDA or comparable other regulatory authorities and begin commercializing those products in geographies for which they have been approved, our potential exposure under such laws will increase significantly, and our costs associated with compliance with such laws are also likely to increase. These laws may impact, among other things, our current activities with principal investigators and research subjects, as well as proposed and future sales, marketing and education programs.

The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which is an intent-based federal criminal statute that prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing any remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, recommendation or arranging of, any item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal health care program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

the federal civil False Claims Act, which imposes civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment to a federal health care program or knowingly making using or causing to be made or used a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

   

the federal criminal statute on false statements relating to health care matters, which prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statements or representations in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services;

 

   

the federal criminal health care fraud statute, enacted as a part of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme or artifice to defraud any health care benefit program or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any health care benefit program in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 and their respective implementing regulations, which impose requirements on certain covered health care providers, health plans, and health care clearinghouses as well as their respective business associates that perform services for them that involve the use, or disclosure of individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization;

 

   

laws in all 50 U.S. states require businesses to provide notice to customers whose personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach, and certain U.S. state laws impose particular requirements relating to the handling of sensitive data, such as health information;

 

   

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act that requires “applicable manufacturers” of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the State Children’s Health Insurance Program, among others, to track and report annually to the Department of Health and Human Services (for disclosure to the public) information related to certain

 

51


Table of Contents
 

payments and other transfers of value to “covered recipients”, which includes U.S.-licensed physicians, teaching hospitals and, for reports submitted on or after January 1, 2022, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse midwives;

 

   

federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers;

 

   

the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, a U.S. law which regulates certain financial relationships with foreign government officials which could include, for example, certain medical professionals;

 

   

analogous U.S. state law equivalents to the above federal laws, such as analogous state laws to the Anti-Kickback Statute and the False Claims Act, which may apply to items and services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers (i.e., so-called “all-payor anti-kickback laws”);

 

   

U.S. state laws regulating pharmaceutical manufacturer compliance programs, commercialization-related activities, drug price transparency disclosures, and other practices; and

 

   

analogous foreign laws and regulations.

The Affordable Care Act, among other things, amended the intent standard of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal health care fraud statutes to a stricter standard such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Affordable Care Act codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements will comply with applicable health care laws may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, guidance or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other health care laws and regulations. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face penalties, including, without limitation, civil, criminal, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government funded health care programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, disgorgement, reputational harm, additional oversight and reporting obligations pursuant to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to market our products, if approved, and adversely impact our financial results. Although effective compliance programs can mitigate the risk of investigation and prosecution for violations of these laws and regulations, these risks cannot be entirely eliminated. Any action against us for an alleged or suspected violation could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and could divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business, even if our defense is successful. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, it may be costly to us in terms of money, time and resources, and they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government-funded healthcare programs.

In addition, the regulatory approval and commercialization of any of our product candidates outside the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the health care laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

Rapid technological change could make our product candidates or technologies obsolete.

Pharmaceutical technologies and products are subject to rapid and significant technological change. We expect our competitors and physicians will develop new technologies, protocols and products that may render our product candidates and drug formulation technologies uncompetitive or obsolete. The products, protocols and technologies of our competitors and physicians may be more effective than the products, product candidates and

 

52


Table of Contents

drug formulation technologies developed by us. As a result, our product candidates may become obsolete before we recover expenses incurred in connection with their development or realize revenues from any commercialized product. We are aware of other pharmaceutical companies that are developing competing technologies, which could render our product candidates obsolete, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business may become subject to economic, political, regulatory and other risks associated with international operations.

Our business is subject to risks associated with conducting business internationally. Many of our suppliers and collaborative and clinical trial relationships are located in different countries. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular economies and markets;

 

   

differing regulatory requirements for drug approvals in different jurisdictions;

 

   

differing jurisdictions could present different issues for securing, maintaining and/or obtaining freedom to operate in such jurisdictions;

 

   

potentially reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

   

difficulties in compliance with laws and regulations;

 

   

changes in regulations and customs, tariffs and trade barriers;

 

   

changes in currency exchange rates of the euro and currency controls;

 

   

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic environment;

 

   

trade protection measures, import or export licensing requirements or other restrictive actions by various governments;

 

   

differing reimbursement regimes and price controls in certain markets;

 

   

negative consequences from changes in tax laws;

 

   

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

   

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

 

   

difficulties associated with staffing and managing international operations, including differing labor relations;

 

   

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

   

business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

If we do not achieve our projected development goals in the timeframes we announce and expect, the commercialization of our products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

From time to time, we estimate the timing of the anticipated accomplishment of various scientific, clinical, regulatory and other product development goals, which we sometimes refer to as milestones. These milestones may include the commencement or completion of scientific studies and clinical trials and the submission of regulatory filings. From time to time, we may publicly announce the expected timing of some of these milestones. All of these milestones are and will be based on numerous assumptions. The actual timing of these milestones can vary dramatically compared to our estimates, in some cases for reasons beyond our control. If we do not meet these milestones as publicly announced, or at all, the commercialization of our products may be delayed or never achieved and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

 

53


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Legal Compliance Matters

Because we and our suppliers are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we may become exposed to enforcement, liability and substantial expenses in connection with environmental compliance or remediation activities which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Our operations, including our research, development, testing and manufacturing activities, are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and possible permit obligations. These laws, regulations, including any permit obligations, govern, among other things, the controlled use, storage, handling, release and disposal of, and the maintenance of a registry for, hazardous materials and biological materials (goods and substances), chemicals, biological materials and biotechnology. Our operations produce hazardous waste products. We contract with licensed third parties for the disposal of these materials, substances and wastes. Apart from compliance with the applicable regulations, we may not be able to eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials completely. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from any use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil, administrative and/or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply all of these laws, regulations, and associated compliance activities.

The third parties with whom we contract to manufacture our product candidates are also subject to these and other environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Liabilities they incur pursuant to these laws and regulations or any violations thereof could result in significant costs, significant administrative, civil and/or criminal fines, measurements and/or sanctions, or in certain circumstances, an interruption in operations, any of which could adversely impact our business and financial condition, especially if we are unable to find an alternate supplier in a timely manner.

Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations are becoming more stringent and enforcement is prioritized. We may be required to incur substantial expenses in connection with current and future environmental, health and/ or safety compliance, our duty of care in this regard, remediation obligations and/or measurement obligations, in which case, our production and development efforts may be interrupted or delayed and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We, our employees, contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants, agents, vendors and collaboration partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are exposed to the risk that we, our employees, contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants, agents, vendors and collaboration partners may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activities. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and negligent conduct or unauthorized activities that violate, among other things: (i) the legal requirements or other requirements of the FDA and comparable authorities, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities; (ii) manufacturing standards; (iii) data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations; or (iv) laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate financial information and data. In particular, our business activities may be subject to the FCPA and anti-bribery or anti–corruption laws, regulations or rules in other relevant countries for our activities, including the U.K. Bribery Act. The FCPA generally prohibits offering, promising, giving, or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a non-U.S. government official in order to influence official action, or otherwise obtain or retain business. The FCPA also requires public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the corporation and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. Our business is heavily regulated and therefore involves significant interaction with public officials, including officials of non-U.S. governments. Additionally, in many other countries, the health care providers who prescribe pharmaceuticals are (directly or indirectly) employed by their government, and the purchasers of pharmaceuticals are government entities; therefore, our dealings with these prescribers and purchasers are subject to regulation under, but not limited to, the FCPA. Recently the SEC and Department of Justice have also increased their FCPA enforcement activities with respect to pharmaceutical companies.

 

54


Table of Contents

Sales, commercialization and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are generally subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, bribery (e.g. kickbacks), self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Activities subject to these laws and regulations could also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials or creating fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials, which could result in enforcement and/or sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation.

Further, we are subject to trade and economic sanctions and embargoes on certain countries, persons, groups, entities, projects and/or activities, and export control regulations, applicable in the United States and other relevant countries for our activities.

There is no certainty that all of our employees, agents, contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants, vendors or (other) collaborators, or those of our affiliates, will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, particularly given the high level of complexity of these laws. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by these parties and other third-parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions, claims or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could result, among others, in significant administrative, civil and criminal fines, disgorgement, and other sanctions, remedial measures or consequences, such as the closing down of our facilities, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs including Medicare and Medicaid, integrity and compliance oversight and reporting obligations, and prohibitions on the conduct of our business. Any such violations and consequences could materially damage our reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our ability to attract and retain employees, and our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Risks Related to our Ordinary Shares and this Offering

There has been no prior public market for our ordinary shares and an active and liquid market for our ordinary shares may fail to develop, which could harm the market price of our ordinary shares.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. Although we anticipate our ordinary shares being approved for listing on Nasdaq, an active trading market for our ordinary shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares will be based and determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our ordinary shares after this offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our ordinary shares, investors may not be able to sell their ordinary shares at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

The ownership of our ordinary shares is concentrated and your interests may conflict with the interests of our significant shareholders.

We have a number of significant shareholders that will beneficially own ordinary shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding ordinary shares upon consummation of this offering. For more information regarding our significant shareholders, please see “Principal Shareholders.”

These significant shareholders have in the past often taken a similar position and exercised influence over matters requiring approval of our shareholders or our Board. They may act jointly or independently in the future, and will continue to be able to exert significant influence over the outcome of matters requiring approval of our shareholders or our Board, including but not limited to the approval of significant transactions. Their interests may differ from the interests of other shareholders. Among other consequences, this concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control and might therefore negatively affect the market price of our ordinary shares.

 

55


Table of Contents

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

If you purchase ordinary shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of €             ($                ) per ordinary share, after giving effect to the sale by us of the ordinary shares offered by us in the offering and assuming an initial public offering price of $                per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and our as further adjusted net tangible book value estimated at September 30, 2020 would have been approximately €             ($                ) million, representing €             ($                ) per ordinary share or €             ($                ) per ordinary shares. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value of €             ($                ) per ordinary share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in as further adjusted net tangible book value of €             ($                ) per ordinary share to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering. Dilution for this purpose represents the difference between the price per ordinary share paid by these purchasers and as further adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after the completion of the offering. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For more information on the dilution you may suffer as a result of investing in this offering, see the section of this prospectus titled “Dilution.”

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our securities and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our ordinary shares. In addition, any distribution of dividends must be in accordance with the rules and restrictions applying under Dutch law.

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares since our incorporation and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. We expect to retain all earnings, if any, generated by our operations for the development and growth of our business. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your ordinary shares for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in our ordinary shares will depend upon any future appreciation in our value. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of ordinary shares after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. There is no guarantee that our ordinary shares will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our shareholders have purchased our ordinary shares. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase ordinary shares.

Under Dutch law and following the consummation of this offering, we may only pay dividends to the extent our shareholders’ equity (eigen vermogen) exceeds the sum of the paid-up and called-up share capital plus the reserves required to be maintained by Dutch law or by our Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering and (if it concerns a distribution of profits) after adoption of the annual accounts by our general meeting from which it appears that such distribution is allowed. Subject to such restrictions, any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend on a number of factors, including our results of operations, earnings, cash flow, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions, capital investment requirements, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors considered relevant by the Board.

Under our Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering, if any preferred shares are or have been outstanding, a dividend is first paid out of the profit, if available for distribution, to the holders or former holders, as applicable, of those preferred shares to the extent they are entitled to such distribution under our Articles of Association, which we refer to as our preferred dividend. Our Board may decide that all or part of our remaining profits shall be added to our reserves. After such reservation any remaining profit will be at the disposal of the general meeting at the proposal of our Board for distribution on our ordinary shares, subject to the applicable restrictions of Dutch law. Our Board is permitted, subject to certain requirements, to declare interim dividends without the approval of the general meeting. Dividends and other

 

56


Table of Contents

distributions shall be made payable not later than the date determined by the Board. Claims to dividends and other distributions not made within five years from the date that such dividends or distributions became payable will lapse and any such amounts will be considered to have been forfeited to us (verjaring).

In addition, exchange rate fluctuations may affect the amount of euros that we are able to distribute, and the amount in U.S. dollars that our shareholders receive upon the payment of cash dividends or other distributions we declare and pay in euros, if any. These factors could harm the value of our ordinary shares, and, in turn, the U.S. dollar proceeds that holders receive from the sale of our ordinary shares.

If we do pay dividends, such dividends paid by us on our ordinary shares may be subject to Dutch dividend withholding tax and, if such dividends are paid to certain related parties in low-taxed jurisdictions, might in the future become subject to an additional Dutch withholding tax on dividends, in addition to the applicable Dutch dividend withholding tax.

Under current Dutch tax law, dividends paid by us on our ordinary shares are in principle subject to Dutch dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15% under the Dutch Dividend Withholding Tax Act 1965 (Wet op de dividendbelasting 1965), unless a domestic or treaty exemption or reduction applies.

In a letter to the Dutch parliament dated May 29, 2020, the Dutch State Secretary for Finance announced that the Dutch government intends to introduce an additional withholding tax on dividends paid to related entities (as described below) in jurisdictions that have a corporate tax rate below 9% or to jurisdictions included on the EU’s blacklist of non-cooperative jurisdictions and in certain abusive situations, effective January 1, 2024. On September 25, 2020, the Dutch government launched an internet consultation to give interested parties the opportunity to respond to the draft legislative proposal to introduce the conditional withholding tax on dividends. Pursuant to the proposal published for consultation purposes, the conditional withholding tax on dividend payments will be an addition to the recently passed conditional withholding tax on interest and royalty payments pursuant to the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021), which act will become effective January 1, 2021. For purposes of the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021, generally an entity is considered a related entity if such entity has a “qualifying interest” in us, generally meaning an interest – either individually or jointly as part of a collaborating group (samenwerkende groep) – that enables the holder of such interest to exercise a decisive influence on the decisions that can determine our activities.

It is possible that the rate will be as high as the highest Dutch corporate income tax rate (currently 25%) at the time of the dividend payment, which will be the statutory rate applicable to interest and royalty payments to related entities in jurisdictions that have a corporate tax rate below 9% or to jurisdictions included on the EU’s blacklist of non-cooperative jurisdictions and in certain abusive situations.

At the same time, the current Dutch dividend withholding tax regime is anticipated to remain in place. However, if the dividend withholding tax and the conditional withholding tax on dividends cumulate, the conditional withholding tax will be reduced by the dividend withholding tax levied. As a result, if the shareholder being a related entity is established in a jurisdiction that has a corporate tax rate below 9% or in a jurisdiction included on the EU’s blacklist of non-cooperative jurisdictions, the tax rate on dividends may rise from 15% to 25%. The internet consultation closed on October 23, 2020. After the internet consultation, the Dutch government aims to prepare the final legislative proposal in early 2021.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from the offering and may not use them effectively.

Our Board will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition, we might decide to postpone or not pursue certain clinical trials or other activities if the net proceeds from this offering and our other sources of cash are less than expected. Pending their use, we may invest the net

 

57


Table of Contents

proceeds from the offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

Based on our planned use of the net proceeds of the offering and our current cash, cash equivalents and current financial assets, we estimate that such funds will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least                . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition.

A significant portion of our ordinary shares may be sold into the public market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Future sales of our ordinary shares in the public market after this offering and the availability of ordinary shares for future sale could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares prevailing from time to time. Certain of our ordinary shares currently outstanding will not be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual restrictions on transfers of ordinary shares under certain lock-up agreements. Upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements                ordinary shares will be eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this prospectus, provided that ordinary shares held by our affiliates will remain subject to volume, manner of sale, and other resale limitations set forth in Rule 144 (in the case of our affiliates). Furthermore, under our Articles of Association that will be effective upon the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue up to                ordinary shares, of which                ordinary shares will be outstanding following this offering. 180 days following the date of this prospectus, we would no longer be restricted under the terms of our lock-up agreement from issuing or offering additional ordinary shares. Sales of substantial numbers of ordinary shares, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our ordinary shares and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital.

In addition, the ordinary shares subject to our equity incentive plans and the ordinary shares reserved for future delivery under such plans will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. Following this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 with the SEC, covering our ordinary shares available for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Upon effectiveness of such registration statements, any ordinary shares subsequently issued under such plans will be eligible for sale in the public market, except to the extent that they are restricted by the lock-up agreements referred to above and subject to compliance with Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates. Sales of a large number of the ordinary shares issued under these plans in the public market could have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares. If these additional ordinary shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline substantially.

We are not obligated to, and do not, comply with all best practice provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will be subject to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, or the DCGC. The DCGC contains both principles and best practice provisions on corporate governance that regulate relations between the Board and the general meeting and matters in respect of financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards. The DCGC is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are required to disclose in their annual reports, filed in the Netherlands, whether they comply with the provisions of the DCGC. If they do not comply with those provisions (for example, because of a conflicting Nasdaq requirement), the company is required to give the reasons for such noncompliance. The DCGC applies to Dutch companies listed on a government-recognized stock exchange, whether in the Netherlands or elsewhere, including Nasdaq. We do not comply with all best practice provisions of the DCGC. See “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association.” This may affect your rights as a shareholder and you may not have the same level of protection as a shareholder in a Dutch company that fully complies with the DCGC.

 

58


Table of Contents

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in the SEC’s rules and regulations. The Nasdaq Listing Rules include certain accommodations in the corporate governance requirements that allow foreign private issuers to follow “home country” corporate governance practices in lieu of the otherwise applicable corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. The application of such exceptions requires that we disclose the Nasdaq Listing Rules that we do not follow and describe the Dutch corporate governance standards, including those as per the DCGC that we do follow in lieu of the relevant Nasdaq corporate governance standard. If and when our ordinary shares are listed on Nasdaq, we intend to continue to follow Dutch corporate governance practices in lieu of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq in certain respects.

In accordance with Dutch law and generally accepted business practices, our Articles of Association do not provide quorum requirements generally applicable to general meetings of shareholders. To this extent, our practice varies from the requirement of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5620(c), which requires an issuer to provide in its bylaws for a generally applicable quorum, and that such quorum may not be less than one-third of the outstanding voting stock. Although we must provide shareholders with an agenda and other relevant documents for the general meeting of shareholders, Dutch law does not have a regulatory regime for the solicitation of proxies and the solicitation of proxies is not a generally accepted business practice in the Netherlands, thus our practice will vary from the requirement of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5620(b). As permitted by the listing requirements of NASDAQ, we have also opted out of the requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(d), which requires, among other things, an issuer to have a compensation committee that consists entirely of independent directors, Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(e), which requires independent director oversight of director nominations, and Nasdaq Listing Rule 5610, which requires an issuer to disclose within four business days any waiver of the code of conduct that has been granted to directors and officers. In addition, we have opted out of shareholder approval requirements, as included in the Nasdaq Listing Rules, for the issuance of securities in connection with certain events such as the acquisition of shares or assets of another company, the establishment of or amendments to equity-based compensation plans for employees, a change of control of us and certain private placements. To this extent, our practice varies from the requirements of Nasdaq Rule 5635, which generally requires an issuer to obtain shareholder approval for the issuance of securities in connection with such events.

For an overview of our corporate governance principles, see “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association.” Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to these Nasdaq requirements.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are not subject to U.S. proxy rules and are subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. domestic public company.

We will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of annual reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until four months after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal

 

59


Table of Contents

year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from the Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional cost and expense.

While we currently qualify as a foreign private issuer, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if we to fail to meet the requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status as of the relevant determination date. For example, if more than 50% of our securities are held by U.S. residents and more than 50% of either our directors or executive officers are residents or citizens of the United States, we could lose our foreign private issuer status.

The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly more than costs we incur as a foreign private issuer. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive in certain respects than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would be required under current SEC rules to prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or U.S. GAAP, rather than IFRS. Such conversion of our financial statements to U.S. GAAP would involve significant time and cost, and we would still be required to prepare financial statements in accordance with IFRS as required by Dutch law. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on United States stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers such as the ones described above and exemptions from procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies.

We are eligible to be treated as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (i) the ability to include only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure; (ii) an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; and (iii) to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (a) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and (b) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation. We cannot predict whether investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our share price may be reduced or more volatile.

We may take advantage of these provisions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering or earlier if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC, or issue more than $1.0 billion of nonconvertible debt over a three-year period. We may also choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. For example, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Given that we currently report and expect to continue to

 

60


Table of Contents

report under IFRS, as issued by the IASB, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold equity securities.

The rights of shareholders in companies subject to Dutch corporate law differ in material respects from the rights of shareholders of corporations incorporated in the United States.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to convert into a Dutch public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap). Our corporate affairs are, and will be, governed by our Articles of Association, our internal rules and policies and by Dutch law. The rights of shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our Board are in many ways different from the rights and obligations of shareholders and a board of directors in companies governed by the laws of United States jurisdictions. In particular, pursuant to Dutch law members of the Board are required to act in the interest of the company and the sustainable success of its business, with an aim to creating long-term value, taking into account the interests of its employees, clients, shareholders and other stakeholders of the company, in all cases with due observation of the principles of reasonableness and fairness. It is possible that some of these parties will have interests that are different from, or in addition to, your interests as a shareholder.

Dutch corporate law and our Articles of Association contain or may contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a takeover attempt, which could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.

Under Dutch law, various protective measures are possible and permissible within the boundaries set by Dutch law and Dutch case law. In this respect, prior to the consummation of this offering, our general meeting shall authorize our Board for a period of five years after our conversion into Pharvaris N.V. to grant a call option to an independent foundation under Dutch law (if and when incorporated), or protective foundation, to acquire preferred shares pursuant to a call option agreement that may be entered into between us and such protective foundation.

This call option, if and when granted, shall be continuous in nature and can be exercised repeatedly on multiple occasions. If the protective foundation, if and when incorporated, would exercise such call option, if and when granted, a number of preferred shares up to 100% of our issued share capital held by others than the protective foundation, minus one share, will be issued to the protective foundation. These preferred shares would then be issued to the protective foundation under the obligation to pay up 25% of their nominal value upon issuance. In order for the protective foundation to finance the issue price in relation to the preferred shares, the protective foundation may enter into a finance arrangement with a bank or other financial institution. As an alternative to securing this external financing, subject to applicable restrictions under Dutch law, the call option agreement, if and when entered into, will provide that the protective foundation may request us to provide, or cause our subsidiaries to provide, sufficient funding to the protective foundation to enable it to satisfy the payment obligation (or part thereof) in cash and/or to charge an amount equal to the payment obligation (or part thereof) against our profits and/or reserves in satisfaction of such payment obligation. The articles of association of the protective foundation, if and when incorporated, will provide that it will promote and protect the interests of the Company, the business connected with the Company and the Company’s stakeholders from time to time, and repressing possible influences which could threaten the strategy, continuity, independence and/or identity of the company or the business connected with it, to such an extent that this could be considered to be damaging to the aforementioned interests. These influences may include a third party acquiring a significant percentage of our ordinary shares, the announcement of an unsolicited public offer for our ordinary shares, shareholder activism, other concentration of control over our ordinary shares or any other form of undue pressure on us to alter our strategic policies. The protective foundation, if and when incorporated, shall be structured to operate independently of us.

 

61


Table of Contents

The voting rights of our shares are based on nominal value and, as we expect our ordinary shares to trade substantially in excess of their nominal value, preferred shares issued at 25% of their nominal value can carry significant voting power for a substantially reduced price compared to the price of our ordinary shares and thus can be used as a defensive measure. These preferred shares, if and when issued, will have both a liquidation and dividend preference over our ordinary shares and will accrue a cash preferred dividend at a fixed rate calculated over the amount paid-up on those preferred shares pro rata tempore for the period during which they were outstanding. The protective foundation would be expected to require us to cancel its preferred shares, if and when issued to the protective foundation, once the perceived threat to the company and its stakeholders has been removed or sufficiently mitigated or neutralized. However, subject to the same limitations described above, the protective foundation would, in that case, continue to have the right to exercise the call option in the future in response to a new threat to the interests of us, our business and our stakeholders from time to time.

In addition, we have adopted several provisions that may have the effect of making a takeover of our Company more difficult or less attractive, including:

 

   

our directors being appointed on the basis of a binding nomination by our Board, which can only be overruled by the general meeting by a resolution adopted by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of our issued share capital (in which case the Board shall make a new nomination);

 

   

a provision that our directors may only be removed by the general meeting by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast representing more than half of our issued share capital if such removal is not proposed by our Board;

 

   

a provision which allows the most recent (former) chairman of our Board or our most recent (former) chief executive officer to be charged with our management if all of our directors are absent or incapacitated; and

 

   

requirements that certain matters, including an amendment of our Articles of Association, may only be brought to our shareholders for a vote upon a proposal by our Board.

In addition, Dutch law allows for staggered multi-year terms of our directors, as a result of which only part of our directors may be subject to appointment or re-appointment in any one year.

Shareholders may not be able to exercise preemptive rights and, as a result, may experience substantial dilution upon future issuances of ordinary shares.

In the event of an issuance of our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions, each shareholder will have a pro rata preemptive right in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the ordinary shares held by such holder. These preemptive rights may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the general meeting or by another corporate body designated by the general meeting. Prior to the closing of this offering, our Board will be authorized, for a period of five years after our conversion into Pharvaris N.V. to issue shares or grant rights to subscribe for shares up to our authorized share capital from time to time and to limit or exclude preemptive rights in connection therewith. This could cause existing shareholders to experience substantial dilution of their interest in us.

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our company and directors and senior management and the experts named in this prospectus.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and have our statutory seat (statutaire zetel) in Leiden, the Netherlands. Some of our assets are located outside the United States and most members of the Board and Senior Management reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against them or us the U.S. courts’ judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

62


Table of Contents

Foreign courts may refuse to hear a United States securities law claim because foreign courts may not be the most appropriate forums in which to bring such a claim. Even if a foreign court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides, and not U.S. law, is applicable to the claim.

Further, if U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process, and certain matters of procedure would still be governed by the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides.

There is currently no treaty between the United States and the Netherlands for the mutual recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be enforceable in the Netherlands unless the underlying claim is relitigated before a Dutch court of competent jurisdiction. Under current practice, however, a Dutch court will generally, subject to compliance with certain procedural requirements, grant the same judgment without a review of the merits of the underlying claim if such judgment (i) is a final judgment and has been rendered by a court, which has established its jurisdiction vis-à-vis the relevant Dutch companies or Dutch company, as the case may be, on the basis of internationally accepted grounds of jurisdiction, (ii) has not been rendered in violation of principles of proper procedure (behoorlijke rechtspleging), (iii) is not contrary to the public policy of the Netherlands, and (iv) is not incompatible with (a) a prior judgment of a Dutch court rendered in a dispute between the same parties or (b) a prior judgment of a foreign court rendered in a dispute between the same parties, concerning the same subject matter and based on the same cause of action, provided that such prior judgment is capable of being recognized in the Netherlands and except to the extent that the foreign judgment contravenes Dutch public policy (openbare orde). Dutch courts may deny the recognition and enforcement of punitive damages or other awards. Moreover, a Dutch court may reduce the amount of damages granted by a U.S. court and recognize damages only to the extent that they are necessary to compensate actual losses or damages. Enforcement and recognition of judgments of U.S. courts in the Netherlands are solely governed by the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure (Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering).

Based on the foregoing, there can be no assurance that U.S. investors will be able to enforce any judgments obtained against members of the Board, our Senior Management, against us, or certain experts named herein who are residents of or possessing assets in the Netherlands or other countries other than the United States, in U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the U.S. federal securities laws.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after the application of certain look-through rules with respect to subsidiaries, either (i) 75% or more of our gross income consists of “passive income,” or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of our assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, certain non-active rents and royalties, and capital gains. Based on the nature of our business, our financial statements, our expectations about the nature and amount of our income, assets and activities and the expected price of our ordinary shares in this offering, we do not believe we were a PFIC in 2019 and we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. In addition, we may, directly or indirectly, hold equity interests in other PFICs. Whether we or any of our subsidiaries will be a PFIC in 2020 or any future year is a factual determination that must be made annually at the close of each taxable year, and, thus, is subject to significant uncertainty, because (i) a determination of whether a company is a PFIC must be made annually after the end of each taxable year and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets from time to time and (ii) we will hold a substantial amount of cash following this offering, we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for the

 

63


Table of Contents

current or any future taxable year. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in 2020 or any future taxable year.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Material United States and Dutch Income Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders”) holds our ordinary shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to that U.S. investor for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status, unless certain exceptions apply. Such a U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, including (i) the treatment of all or a portion of any gain on disposition as ordinary income, (ii) the application of a deferred interest charge on such gain and the receipt of certain dividends and (iii) compliance with certain reporting requirements. There is no assurance that we will provide information that will enable investors to make a qualified electing fund election, also known as a QEF Election, which could mitigate the adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences should we be classified as a PFIC.

For further discussion, see “Material United States and Dutch Income Tax Considerations—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders.”

General Risk Factors

Our internal computer systems, or those used by our clinical investigators, contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from cyber-attacks or intrusions, including by computer hackers, foreign governments, foreign companies or competitors, or may be breached by employee error, malfeasance or other disruption. A breakdown, invasion, corruption, destruction or interruption of critical information technology systems could negatively impact operations. If our systems are damaged, fail to function properly or otherwise become unavailable, we may incur substantial costs to repair or replace them, and we may experience loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our ability to perform critical functions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could be subject to significant fines, penalties or other liabilities and the development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Some of the federal, state and foreign government requirements also include obligations of companies to notify regulators and/or individuals of security breaches involving personally identifiable information, which could result from breaches experienced by us or by our vendors, contractors, or organizations with which we have formed strategic relationships. Even though we may have contractual protections with such vendors, contractors, or other organizations, notifications and follow-up actions related to a security breach could impact our reputation and cause us to incur significant costs. Any failure to prevent or mitigate security breaches or improper access to, use, disclosure or other misappropriation of our data or consumers’ personal data could result in significant liability under state (e.g., state breach notification and privacy laws), federal (e.g., the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH Act)) and international laws (e.g., the GDPR). For example, a breach impacting personal data which is subject to the GDPR could result in fines of up to 20 million Euros or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, as well as compensation claims for financial or non-financial loss by affected individuals. To the extent that any disruption or security breach resulted in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development of our product candidates could be delayed. For example, the loss of or damage to clinical trial data, such as from completed or ongoing clinical trials, for any of our product candidates would

 

64


Table of Contents

likely result in delays in our marketing approval efforts and significantly increased costs in an effort to recover or reproduce the data.

We may engage in strategic transactions that could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

We may consider strategic transactions, such as acquisitions of companies, asset purchases and out-licensing or in-licensing of intellectual property, products or technologies. Any future transactions could increase our near and long-term expenditures, result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, including our ordinary shares, or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or acquired in process research and development expenses, any of which could affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Additional potential transactions that we may consider in the future include a variety of business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments. These transactions may never be successful and may require significant time and attention of management. In addition, the integration of any business that we may acquire in the future may disrupt our existing business and may be a complex, risky and costly endeavor for which we may never realize the anticipated benefits. Accordingly, although there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, any transactions that we do complete could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

The market price of our ordinary shares may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell our ordinary shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The initial public offering price for our ordinary shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market for our ordinary shares. Because of our relatively small public float our ordinary shares may be less liquid than the ordinary shares of companies with broader public ownership and trading of a relatively small volume of our ordinary shares may have a greater impact on the market price for our ordinary shares than would be the case if our public float were larger. The market price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to:

 

   

results and timing of clinical trials of our and our competitors’ product candidates;

 

   

failure of any of our product candidates, if approved, to achieve commercial success;

 

   

competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

 

   

issues in manufacturing our product candidates or future approved products;

 

   

public concern relating to the commercial value or safety of any of our product candidates;

 

   

disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters, and our ability to obtain intellectual property protection for our technologies;

 

   

failure to adequately protect our trade secrets;

 

   

additions and departures of key personnel;

 

   

our inability to raise additional capital or the terms on which we raise it;

 

   

period-to-period fluctuations in our financial condition and results of operations, including the timing of receipt of any milestone or other payments under commercialization or licensing agreements;

 

   

public health crises, illnesses, epidemics or pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

changes in market conditions for biopharmaceutical stocks;

 

   

changes in general market and economic conditions; and

 

   

other risk factors discussed in this section.

 

65


Table of Contents

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our operating performance. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your ordinary shares at or above the public offering price. As we operate in a single industry, we are especially vulnerable to these factors to the extent that they affect our industry or our product candidates, or to a lesser extent our markets. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies and their management following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our ordinary shares and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no or few securities or industry analysts cover us, the trading price for our ordinary shares would likely be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our ordinary shares or publishes incorrect or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our ordinary shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, or downgrades our ordinary shares, demand for our ordinary shares could decrease, which could cause the price of our ordinary shares or trading volume to decline.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of Nasdaq and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. We expect that we will need to hire additional accounting, finance and other personnel in connection with our becoming, and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company and our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. These requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that the rules and regulations applicable to us as a public company may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board. We are currently evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions that change or prove to be incorrect, our operating results could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. It is possible that

 

66


Table of Contents

interpretation, industry practice and guidance may evolve over time. If our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from our assumptions, our operating results may be adversely affected and could fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable assurance that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

67


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains certain statements that are or may be forward-looking statements with respect to us, our industry and our business that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial condition, results of operations and/or business achievements, including, without limitation, statements containing the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “will,” “intend” and similar expressions are forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. Such forward-looking statements involve unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, financial condition, performance or achievements, or industry results, to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the expected timing, progress or success of our clinical development programs, especially for PHVS416 and PHVS719, which are in early-stage clinical trials;

 

   

risks associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, which may adversely impact our business, preclinical studies and clinical trials, the timing of regulatory approvals and the value of our ordinary shares;

 

   

the timing, costs and other limitations involved in obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719 or any other product candidate that we may develop in the future;

 

   

our ability to market, commercialize and achieve market acceptance for our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719 or any of our other product candidates that we may develop in the future, if approved;

 

   

our ability to establish commercial capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market, sell and distribute our product candidates;

 

   

our dependence on third parties to perform critical activities related to the research, development and manufacturing of our product candidates;

 

   

disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies;

 

   

the expense, time and uncertainty involved in the development and consistent manufacturing and supply of our product candidates, some or all of which may never reach the regulatory approval stage;

 

   

our ability to raise capital when needed and on acceptable terms;

 

   

our ability to enter into any new licensing agreements or to maintain any licensing agreements with respect to our product candidates;

 

   

our reliance on collaboration partners and licensees, whose actions we cannot control;

 

   

the willingness of private insurers and other payors to provide reimbursement for our products;

 

   

regulatory developments in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions;

 

   

the outcome and timing of price negotiations with governmental authorities;

 

   

our ability to compete in the pharmaceutical industry and with competitive generic products;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property and know-how and operate our business without infringing the intellectual property rights or regulatory exclusivity of others;

 

   

side effects or adverse events associated with the use of our product candidates;

 

   

our ability to defend against costly and damaging liability claims resulting from the testing of our product candidates in the clinic or, if, approved, any commercial sales;

 

   

a loss of any of our key personnel;

 

   

our estimates of market sizes and anticipated uses of our product candidates;

 

68


Table of Contents
   

our estimates of future performance;

 

   

our estimates regarding anticipated operating losses, future revenues, expenses, capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

   

our ability to comply with existing or future laws and regulations in a cost-efficient manner;

 

   

our ability to manage negative consequences from changes in applicable laws and regulations, including tax laws;

 

   

our ability to successfully remediate the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act or a foreign private issuer;

 

   

changes in general market, political and economic conditions; and

 

   

our expected use of proceeds from this offering.

You should refer to the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and other similar statements reflect our belief and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $                million (€                 million) (or approximately $                million (€                 million) if the underwriters exercise in full their overallotment option), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the offering that are payable by us.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

   

approximately $                            (€                 million) to develop our product candidate PHVS416;

 

   

approximately $                            (€                 million) to develop our product candidate PHVS719;

 

   

approximately $                            (€                 million) for additional clinical development and product discovery; and

 

   

the remainder for general corporate purposes.

Based on our planned use of the net proceeds of the offering and our current cash and current financial assets, we estimate that such funds will be sufficient to enable us to fund our business through at least                     , including through completion of our planned Phase                      clinical trial for PHVS416 and PHVS719. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

Our expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the consummation of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. For example, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current plan, commitments or obligations to do so. There is a risk that our development of our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719 or any other future clinical development or product discovery program may not result in marketing approval. To the extent that we fail to obtain approval to market our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719 or any other clinical development or product discovery program in a timely manner and have to continue clinical trials over a longer period of time, our research and development expenses may further increase. We cannot assure that we will be able to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719 or any other future clinical development or product discovery program, if approved for marketing, due to risks and uncertainties including those factors described above. See “Risk Factors.” The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures and the extent of clinical development may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress, timing and completion of our development efforts, the status of and results from our ongoing clinical trials or any preclinical studies or other clinical trials we may commence in the future, the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719 or any other future clinical development or product discovery program, as well as maintaining our existing collaborations and any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our Board will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering.

Each $1.00 (€             ) increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 (€             ) per ordinary share would increase or decrease our net proceeds from this offering by $                 (€             ), assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. We may also increase or decrease the number of ordinary shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease in the number of

 

70


Table of Contents

ordinary shares offered by us by 1.0 million shares would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from the sale of the ordinary shares we are offering by $                (€             ), assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase in the number of ordinary shares offered by us by 1.0 million shares together with a concomitant $1.00 (€                ) increase in the assumed initial public offering price would increase the net proceeds to us from the sale of the ordinary shares we are offering by $                (€             ), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Each decrease in the number of ordinary shares offered by us by 1.0 million shares together with a concomitant $1.00 (€             ) decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would decrease the net proceeds to us from the sale of the ordinary shares we are offering by $                (€             ), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The information on net proceeds payable to us discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual public offering price, the actual number of ordinary shares offered by us and other terms of the offering determined at pricing.

 

71


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares. We expect to retain all earnings, if any, generated by our operations for the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends to our shareholders in the foreseeable future. Under Dutch law and following the consummation of this offering, we may only pay dividends to the extent our shareholders’ equity (eigen vermogen) exceeds the sum of the paid-up and called-up share capital plus the reserves required to be maintained by Dutch law or by our Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering and (if it concerns a distribution of profits) after adoption of the annual accounts by our general meeting from which it appears that such distribution is allowed. Subject to such restrictions, any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend on a number of factors, including our results of operations, earnings, cash flow, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions, capital investment requirements, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors considered relevant by the Board.

Under our Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering, if any preferred shares are or have been outstanding, the preferred dividend is first paid out of the profit, if available for distribution, to the holders or former holders, as applicable, of those preferred shares to the extent they are entitled to such distribution under our Articles of Association. Our Board may decide that all or part of our remaining profits shall be added to our reserves. After such reservation, any remaining profit will be at the disposal of the general meeting at the proposal of our Board for distribution on our ordinary shares, subject to the applicable restrictions of Dutch law. Our Board is permitted, subject to certain requirements, to declare interim dividends without the approval of the general meeting. Dividends and other distributions shall be made payable not later than the date determined by the Board. Claims to dividends and other distributions not made within five years from the date that such dividends or distributions became payable will lapse and any such amounts will be considered to have been forfeited to us (verjaring).

 

72


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The table below sets forth our cash and our total capitalization (defined as total debt and shareholders’ equity) as of September 30, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the closing of our Series C financing;

 

   

on an as further adjusted basis to also give effect to the conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares and the sale of ordinary shares by us in the offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $                (€                ) per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus, as well as the sections of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
     Actual     As Adjusted(1)     As Further
Adjusted (1) (2)
 
              

Cash and cash equivalents

     41,948,476       110,336,281                         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and borrowings

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share Capital

      

Ordinary shares, €0.01 par value, 4,850,000 shares outstanding on an actual basis;              shares outstanding on an as adjusted basis

     48,500       48,500    

Series A preferred shares, €0.01 par value, 5,242,850 shares outstanding on an actual basis; 0 shares outstanding on an as adjusted basis

     52,429       52,429        

Series B preferred shares, €0.01 par value, 7,650,147 shares outstanding on an actual basis; 0 shares outstanding on an as adjusted basis

     76,501       76,501        

Series C preferred shares, €0.01 par value, 5,826,279 shares outstanding on an actual basis; 0 shares outstanding on an as adjusted basis(3)

           58,263        

Share premium

     70,824,510       138,904,052    

Other reserves

     1,442,563       1,442,563    

Accumulated loss

     (33,754,742     (33,754,742  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     38,690,122       106,827,927    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

     38,690,122       106,827,927    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The as adjusted and as further adjusted information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what our financial position and results would have been had these transactions actually occurred at such date, nor is it indicative of our future financial position or performance.

(2)

Each $1.00 (€            ) increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 (€            ) per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of our as further adjusted cash,

 

73


Table of Contents
  shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                 (€                ), assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of ordinary shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease in the number of ordinary shares offered by us by 1.0 million shares would increase or decrease each of our as further adjusted cash, shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                 (€                ), assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. The as further adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price, the actual number of ordinary shares offered by us, and other terms of the offering determined at pricing.
(3)

On November 3, 2020, we entered into a subscription agreement, pursuant to which we sold 5,826,279 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of approximately $80 million.

The table and calculations above are based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and the as adjusted and as further adjusted columns give effect to the Series C financing, the conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares and the sale of shares in this offering but exclude:

 

   

                 of our ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2020 at an exercise price of €                 per ordinary share; and

 

   

                 of our ordinary shares covered by additional option awards available for future issuance under our equity incentive plan as of September 30, 2020.

 

74


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ordinary shares, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ordinary share paid by purchasers of our ordinary shares and the as further adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after the consummation of this offering. At September 30, 2020, we had an as adjusted net tangible book value of €             ($            ), corresponding to an as adjusted net tangible book value of €                 ($                ) per share. As adjusted net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total assets less our total liabilities, divided by the total number of our shares outstanding at September 30, 2020 after giving effect to the closing of the Series C financing.

After giving effect to (i) the closing of the Series C financing, (ii) the conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares and (iii) the sale by us of the            ordinary shares offered by us in the offering, and assuming an initial public offering price of $            per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as further adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2020 would have been approximately €            ($            ), representing €            ($            ) per share. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value of €                ($                ) per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in as further adjusted net tangible book value of €            ($            ) per share to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering. Dilution for this purpose represents the difference between the price per ordinary share paid by these purchasers and the as further adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after the consummation of the offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in the offering:

 

         $  

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share at September 30, 2020

    

Increase in as further adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to new investors

    

As further adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilution per ordinary share to new investors

    

Percentage of dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share for new investor

                                  

If the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, the as further adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering would be €            ($            ) per ordinary share, the increase in the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share would be €            ($            ) per ordinary share and the dilution to new investors purchasing ordinary share in this offering would be €            ($            ) per ordinary share.

Each $1.00 (€            ) increase or decrease in the initial assumed public offering price of $             (€            ) per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our as further adjusted net tangible book value by €             ($            ) and the dilution to investors in the offering by €            ($            ), assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of ordinary shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of ordinary shares offered by us by 1.0 million shares would increase or decrease our as further adjusted net tangible book value by €             ($            ) and the dilution to investors in the offering by €            ($            ), assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase of ordinary shares offered by us by 1.0 million shares together with a concomitant $1.00 (€                ) increase in the initial assumed public offering price, would increase our as further adjusted

 

75


Table of Contents

net tangible book value by €            ($            ) and the dilution to investors in the offering by €            ($            ), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Each decrease of ordinary shares offered by us by 1.0 million shares together with a concomitant $1.00 (€            ) decrease in the assumed initial public offering price, would decrease our as further adjusted net tangible book value by €            ($            ) and the dilution to investors in the offering by €            ($            ), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price, the actual number of ordinary shares offered by us and other terms of the offering determined at pricing.

In addition, if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, the number of shares held by the existing shareholders after the offering would be reduced to    % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding after the offering, and the number of ordinary shares held by new investors participating in the offering would increase to            , or    % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding after the offering.

The following table sets forth, on an as further adjusted basis as of September 30, 2020, giving effect to (i) the closing of the Series C financing, (ii) the conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares and (iii) the sale by us of the                ordinary shares offered by us in the offering, the consideration paid to us in cash for shares purchased from us by our existing shareholders and by new investors for ordinary shares purchased in the offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

    

 

Ordinary shares

   

 

Total consideration

    Average
price per
ordinary
share
 
     Amount      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing shareholders

                                                                                 

New investors

            

Total

        100.0            100.0    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

The tables and calculations above are based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020, and the as adjusted and as further adjusted columns give effect to the Series C financing, the conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares and the sale of shares in this offering but exclude:

 

   

             of our ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2020 at an exercise price of €             per ordinary share; and

 

   

             of our ordinary shares covered by additional option awards available for future issuance under our equity incentive plan as of September 30, 2020.

To the extent that outstanding options are exercised, you will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities may result in further dilution to our shareholders.

 

76


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and the sections of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the statements of financial position data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the statement of financial position data as of September 30, 2020 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and the unaudited financial data include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our consolidated financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods and our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2020.

We maintain our books and records in euros, and we prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB.

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

     For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2020     2019     2019     2018  
                  

Research and development expenses

     (11,797,986     (3,154,877     (5,684,562     (3,645,413

General and administrative expenses

     (3,447,208     (1,409,972     (2,325,719     (668,121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (15,245,194     (4,564,849     (8,010,281     (4,313,534
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net foreign exchange loss

     (176,602     (3,927     (16,881     (380
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (15,421,796     (4,568,776     (8,027,162     (4,313,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

                        

Total comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

     (15,421,796     (4,568,776     (8,027,162     (4,313,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss attributable to:

        

Equity holders of the Company

     (15,421,796     (4,568,776     (8,027,162     (4,313,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

        

Equity holders of the Company

     (15,421,796     (4,568,776     (8,027,162     (4,313,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share attributable to equity holders

        

Basic and diluted loss per share(1)(2)

     (3.18     (0.94     (1.66     (0.89

 

(1)

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares during the year.

(2)

Diluted loss per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. Because the Company is loss making, all of its potential ordinary shares had an antidilutive effect, if converted, and thus have been excluded from the computation of its diluted loss per share.

 

77


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

 

     As of September 30,     As of December 31,  
     2020     2019     2018  
              

Assets

      

Non-current assets

      

Property, plant and equipment

     43,766       12,927        

Current assets

      

Receivables

     1,062,009       258,379       49,044  

Cash and cash equivalents

     41,948,476       20,326,372       5,385,333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     43,054,251       20,597,678       5,434,377  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

      

Share capital(1)

     177,430       130,962       100,928  

Share premium

     70,824,510       36,624,697       15,023,205  

Other reserves

     1,442,563       392,139       275,992  

Currency translation reserve

     361              

Accumulated loss

     (33,754,742     (18,474,250     (10,447,088
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     38,690,122       18,673,548       4,953,037  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

      

Trade and other payables

     2,819,594       517,771       246,983  

Accrued liabilities

     1,544,535       1,406,359       234,357  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,364,129       1,924,130       481,340  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

     43,054,251       20,597,678       5,434,377  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company had 5,242,850 Series A preferred shares, 7,650,147 Series B preferred shares and 4,850,000 ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020, 5,242,850 Series A preferred shares, 3,003,391 Series B preferred shares and 4,850,000 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 5,242,850 Series A preferred shares and 4,850,000 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

 

78


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

Our business is primarily conducted in the European Union, and we maintain our books and records in euros. We have presented results of operations in euros. In this prospectus, transactions from U.S. dollars to euros were made at the rate of €1.00 to $1.1705, the average exchange rate quoted as of September 30, 2020 by the European Central Bank.

The following table presents information on the exchange rates between the euro and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated:

 

     Period-end      Average
for period
     Low      High  
     (U.S. dollar per €)  

Year Ended December 31:

           

2018

     1.145        1.1811        1.1261        1.2493  

2019

     1.1234        1.1196        1.0889        1.1535  

2020

     1.2271        1.1422        1.0707        1.2281  

Month Ended:

           

January 2021 (through January 6, 2021)

     1.2338        1.2302        1.2271        1.2338  

 

79


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” sections.

Our audited consolidated financial statements are included elsewhere in this prospectus. These financial statements are prepared pursuant to IFRS as issued by IASB. As permitted by the rules of the SEC for foreign private issuers, we do not reconcile our financial statements to U.S. GAAP.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapies for rare diseases with significant unmet need, initially focused on angioedema and other bradykinin-mediated diseases. Our first molecule, PHA121, is a novel, small molecule bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist for the treatment of hereditary angioedema, or HAE. Bradykinin-B2-receptor inhibition is a clinically validated mechanism for the treatment of HAE, as demonstrated by icatibant, which is a bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist approved in Europe in 2008 and in the United States in 2011 (as FIRAZYR). We designed PHA121 to improve upon the therapeutic profile of existing therapies and, through oral delivery, to provide patients with quality of life and convenience that is superior to current standard-of-care HAE treatments, which are injectables. We believe PHA121 has the potential to provide a safe, effective and convenient option for both acute and prophylactic treatments of HAE, in the form of our PHVS416 on-demand rapid exposure product candidate, and for prophylaxis of HAE, in the form of our PHVS719 small daily dose extended-release product candidate. We believe that our product candidates may address a broader range of angioedema attacks than other available treatments since PHA121 blocks the actual signal that leads to angioedema (the interaction of bradykinin, or BK, with the bradykinin B2 receptor), rather than an upstream signal. By blocking the action of bradykinin, we can prevent its aberrant signaling regardless of the pathway that generates it. In our Phase 1 completed trials to-date, we have observed that PHA121 was well tolerated and orally bioavailable. We also have successfully demonstrated proof-of-mechanism through a clinical pharmacodynamics, or PD, assessment with the bradykinin challenge, which had been utilized as a validated surrogate assessment for dose selection in the icatibant development program. The data also allowed us to compare the projected therapeutic performance of PHA121 with that of icatibant, but we do not yet have data from the PHA121 Phase 2 study. We plan to efficiently progress PHA121 through clinical development for on-demand and prophylactic use with our on-demand product candidate, PHVS416, and extended release product candidate, PHVS719, respectively. We anticipate commencing our RAPIDe-1 Phase 2 clinical trial of PHVS416 in 2021 and have Phase 2 data for the acute treatment of patients with HAE attacks in 2022. We are also planning to commence a Phase 2 clinical trial for prophylaxis in 2021.

The COVID-19 outbreak has spread globally and severely restricted the level of economic activity around the world. In response to the COVID-19 outbreak, the governments of many countries, states, cities and other geographic regions have taken preventative or protective actions, such as imposing restrictions on travel and business operations and advising or requiring individuals to limit or forego their time outside of their homes.

We are monitoring developments surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and have taken steps to identify and mitigate the adverse effects and risks to the Company as a result of the pandemic. As a result, we have modified our business practices, including implementing work from home arrangements for employees able to perform their duties remotely, restricting nonessential travel, and practicing safe social distancing in our operations. We expect to continue to take actions as may be required or recommended by government authorities or in the best

 

80


Table of Contents

interests of our employees and business partners. While the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s operations and financial performance is limited, the extent to which COVID-19 may impact our financial condition or results of operations is uncertain. For instance, the ongoing spread of COVID-19 may continue to interrupt, or delay, clinical trial activities, regulatory reviews, manufacturing activities and supply chain. For example, we experienced an approximate two-month delay in starting the enrollment of our Phase 1 multiple ascending dose study of PHA121 in healthy volunteers as a result of COVID-19. In addition, even with our distributed operations and our observation of social distancing measures, there remains the possibility that key personnel may become ill or are otherwise unable to work, which could adversely affect our operations.

Furthermore, the spread of the virus may affect the operations of key governmental agencies, such as the FDA, which may delay the development of our product candidates. The spread of COVID-19 may also result in the inability of our suppliers to deliver components or raw materials, and the inability of our CDMOs to provide supplies of our product candidates for our planned clinical trials, on a timely basis or at all. Further, COVID-19 may impact the ability of our CROs, including non-clinical CROs, to provide services to support our clinical program.

The COVID-19 pandemic remains a rapidly evolving situation and we do not yet know the full extent of its potential impact on our business operations. However, we are making efforts to limit the financial impact of COVID-19 going forward.

Financial Operations Overview

Revenues

We did not record any revenues during the period covered by the historical financial information included in this prospectus. We do not expect to derive any revenues before we are able to commercialize our first product.

Research and Development Expenses

We are focused on the clinical development of PHA121. Since our inception, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to research and development efforts relating to the development of PHA121 and our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719. We expect that we will continue to incur significant research and development expenses as we seek to complete the clinical development of, and achieve regulatory approval for, our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719, and in connection with discovery and development of any additional product candidates.    

Research and development expenses consist of the following:

 

   

employee benefits expenses, which includes salaries, pensions, share-based compensation expenses, bonus plans and other related costs for research and development staff;

 

   

preclinical expenses, which include costs of our outsourced discovery, preclinical and nonclinical development studies;

 

   

clinical expenses, which includes costs of conducting and managing our sponsored clinical trials, including clinical investigator cost, costs of clinical sites, and costs for CROs assisting with our clinical development programs;

 

   

manufacturing expenses, which include costs related to manufacturing of active pharmaceutical ingredients and manufacturing of the products used in our clinical trials and research and development activities;

 

   

costs related to regulatory activities, including collecting data, preparing and submitting filings, communicating with regulatory authorities and reviewing the design and conduct of clinical trials for compliance with applicable requirements;

 

81


Table of Contents
   

costs in connection with investigator-sponsored clinical trials and evaluations;

 

   

advisers’ fees, including discovery, nonclinical, clinical, chemistry, manufacturing, and controls -related and other consulting services;

 

   

intellectual property costs, which includes costs associated with obtaining and maintaining patents and other intellectual property; and

 

   

license costs.

We expect that our total research and development expense in 2021 will be in the range of €50 to €60 million as we continue to focus on the development of our product candidates PHVS416 and PHVS719, as well as explore potential expansion programs. We anticipate that research and development expenses will continue to increase as we continue to progress PHVS416 and PHVS719 through clinical development.

There is a risk that any clinical development or product discovery program may not result in commercial approval. To the extent that we fail to obtain approval to commercialize our product candidates in a timely manner, we would need to continue to conduct clinical trials over a longer period of time, and we anticipate that our research and development expenses may further increase.

Clinical development timelines and associated costs may vary significantly and the successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts, including patient recruitment and selection that will be necessary to complete the development of, or the period, if any, in which material net cash inflows may commence from, our product candidates. Moreover, we cannot assure that we will be able to successfully develop or commercialize our product candidates, if approved for marketing. This is due to numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing drugs. See “Risk Factors.”

Selling and Distribution Expenses

Historically, we have not incurred any selling and distribution expenses. If our product candidates are approved for registration and marketing, we anticipate incurring substantial selling and distribution expenses in future periods in order to establish an infrastructure for marketing and distribution, obtain supplies of active pharmaceutical ingredients, and manufacture commercial quantities of our product candidates.

General and Administrative Expenses

We anticipate that we will continue to incur significant general and administrative expenses as we advance our research and development portfolio. General and administrative expenses consist of the following:

 

   

employee benefits, including salaries, pensions, share-based compensation expenses, bonus plans and other related costs for staff and independent contractors in executive and operational functions;

 

   

auditors’ and advisers’ fees, including accounting, tax, legal and other consulting services; and

 

   

rental expenses, facilities and IT expenses and other general expenses relating to our operations.

We anticipate that the continuing development of our business and the expense of maintaining directors’ and officers’ liability insurance will contribute to a future increase in general and administrative expenses. We also expect that general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we incur additional costs associated with being a public company in the United States.

Share-Based Compensation Expenses

In 2016, we implemented an Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan, in order to advance the interests of our shareholders by enhancing our ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important

 

82


Table of Contents

contributions to us and by providing such persons with performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of our shareholders. The fair value of these instruments will be recognized as personnel expenses in either research and development and expenses or general and administrative expense.

Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

The following table summarizes our loss for the periods indicated:

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30
             
     2020     2019     Change     %  
     (in €)        

Research and development expenses

     (11,797,986     (3,154,877     (8,643,109     274

General and administrative expenses

     (3,447,208     (1,409,972     (2,037,236     144

Total operating expenses

     (15,245,194     (4,564,849     (10,680,345     234

Net foreign exchange loss

     (176,602     (3,927     (172,675     n.m.  

Loss before income tax

     (15,421,796     (4,568,776     (10,853,020     238

Income taxes

                        

Loss for the period

     (15,421,796 )      (4,568,776 )      (10,853,020 )      238 % 

Research and Development Expenses

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30
             
     2020     2019     Change     %  
     (in €)        

Personnel expenses

     (1,677,630     (69,417     (1,608,213     2,317

Clinical expenses

     (5,293,514     (886,152     (4,407,362     497

Preclinical expenses

     (2,065,658     (1,056,826     (1,008,832     95

Manufacturing costs

     (2,624,638     (830,088     (1,794,550     216

License costs

           (300,000     300,000       n.m.  

Intellectual property costs

     (136,546     (12,394     (124,152     1,002

Total research and development expenses

     (11,797,986 )      (3,154,877 )      (8,643,109 )      274 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Research and development expenses increased by €8,643,109 to €11,797,986 in the nine months ended September 30, 2020, or 274% from €3,154,877 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in research and development expenses was due primarily to the expansion of the Phase 1 clinical program in 2020 and the progression of preclinical studies to prepare for the Phase 2 clinical program in 2020. The cost of manufacturing of PHA121 for preclinical studies and expanded formulation development work were also major cost drivers in 2020. In 2019, a milestone payment of €300,000 was paid to AnalytiCon upon commencement of Phase 1 development. In personnel expenses, an amount of €817,488 for 2020 and €69,417 for 2019 is related to the share-based payments arrangements.

 

83


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30
             
     2020     2019     Change     %  
     (in €)        

Personnel expenses

     (708,645     (12,117     (696,528     5748

Consulting fees

     (732,915     (796,447     (63,532     (8 )% 

Professional fees

     (656,798     (175,937     (480,861     273

Accounting, tax and auditing fees

     (778,696     (134,606     (644,090     479

Facilities, communication & office expenses

     (419,879     (78,100     (341,779     438

Travel expenses

     (25,161     (143,232     (118,071     (82 )% 

Other expenses

     (125,114     (69,533     (55,581     80

General and administrative expenses

     (3,447,208 )      (1,409,972 )      (2,037,236 )      144 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased by €2,037,236 to €3,447,208 in the nine months ended September 30, 2020, or 144% from €1,409,972 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in general and administrative expenses was mainly driven by the growth of the Group and the associated engagement of consultants and service providers as well as the hiring of additional employees to support the Group’s activities and to fulfill legal, tax and reporting compliance requirements. In addition, the Group’s preparation for an initial public offering led to an increase in legal, accounting and reporting expenses. In personnel expenses, an amount of €232,936 for 2020 and €12,117 for 2019 is related to the share-based payments arrangements.

Net Foreign Exchange Loss

Our net foreign exchange loss increased by €172,675 from €3,927 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to €176,602 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase is due to the translation of the Group’s foreign operations into the Group’s reporting currency and the increase in the services rendered from parties invoicing in a currency different to the Group reporting currency.

Income Taxes

We have a history of losses. We had accumulated tax losses of €19.9 million with respect to corporate tax as of September 30, 2020. We expect to continue incurring losses in the near future as we continue to invest in the development of our product candidates. Consequently, we do not have any deferred tax asset on our statement of financial position. The total unrecognized deferred tax assets from temporary differences equaled €3.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

The following table summarizes our loss for the periods indicated:

 

     For the year ended
December 31
             
     2019     2018     Change     %  
     (in €)        

Research and development expenses

     (5,684,562     (3,645,413     (2,039,149     56

General and administrative expenses

     (2,325,719     (668,121     (1,657,598     248

Total operating expenses

     (8,010,281     (4,313,534     (3,696,747     86

Net foreign exchange loss

     (16,881     (380     (16,501     n.m  

Loss before income tax

     (8,027,162     (4,313,914     (3,713,248     86

Income taxes

                        

Loss for the period

     (8,027,162     (4,313,914     (3,713,248     86

 

84


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

 

     For the year ended
December 31
             
     2019     2018     Change     %  
     (in €)        

Personnel expenses

     (131,544     (99,946     (31,598     32

Clinical expenses

     (2,009,892     (205,873     (1,804,019     876

Preclinical expenses

     (1,850,444     (2,449,046     598,602       (24 )% 

Manufacturing costs

     (1,379,590     (870,933     (508,657     58

License costs

     (300,000           (300,000     n.m.  

Intellectual property costs

     (13,092     (19,615     6,523       (33 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

     (5,684,562     (3,645,413     (2,039,149     56
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Research and development expenses increased by €2,039,149 in 2019, or 56% from €3,645,413 for the year ended December 31, 2018 to €5,684,562 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in research and development expenses in 2019 compared to 2018 was due to the progression of PHA121 into clinical development, with a Phase 1 clinical trial initiated in 2019, and the commencement of preclinical studies to prepare for the Phase 2 clinical program that is anticipated to commence in 2021. The cost of manufacturing PHA121 for preclinical studies and clinical trials was also a major cost driver in 2019. A milestone payment of €300,000 was also paid to AnalytiCon upon commencement of Phase 1 development.

General and Administrative Expenses

 

     For the year ended
December 31
             
     2019     2018     Change     %  
     (in €)        

Personnel expenses

     (49,601     (799     (48,802     n.m.  

Consulting fees

     (990,730     (333,160     (657,570     197

Professional fees

     (495,326     (62,958     (432,368     687

Accounting and auditing fees

     (300,841     (111,852     (188,989     169

Travel expenses

     (236,904     (84,970     (151,934     179

Facilities, communication & office expenses

     (167,062     (47,536     (119,526     251

Other expenses

     (85,255     (26,846     (58,409     218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

     (2,325,719     (668,121     (1,657,598     248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses increased by €1,657,598, from €668,121 for the year ended December 31, 2018 to €2,325,719 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in general and administrative expenses was driven by a variety of factors primarily the growth of the Company, in particular the increase in additional consulting personnel, recruitment, accounting and legal fees, investor relations expenses related to financing activities, travel expenses and increased office space to accommodate our growth.

Net Foreign Exchange Loss

Our net foreign exchange loss increased by €16,501 from €380 for the year ended December 31, 2018 to €16,881 for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase is due to increased foreign exchange losses as a result of an increase in transactions in foreign currencies due to the Company’s activities in various jurisdictions.

Income Taxes

We have a history of losses. We had accumulated tax losses of €5.9 million with respect to corporate tax as of December 31, 2019. We had accumulated tax losses of €2.7 million with respect to corporate tax as of

 

85


Table of Contents

December 31, 2018. We expect to continue incurring losses in the near future as we continue to invest in the development of our product candidates. Consequently, we do not have any deferred tax asset on our statement of financial position. The total unrecognized deferred tax assets from temporary differences equaled €2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to €1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. We incurred losses of €4,313,914 during the year ended December 31, 2018 and €8,027,162 during the year ended December 31, 2019. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we incurred losses of €15,421,796. Since inception, we have not generated any revenues or net cash flows from sales. We will not receive any revenues or net cash flows from sales until we successful develop a product candidate obtain regulatory approval and successfully commercialize it. There is no assurance that we will be able to do so.

To date, we have relied solely on the issuance of equity securities to finance our operations and internal growth. From inception through September 30, 2020, we have raised the following capital:

 

   

issuance of 4,850,000 Common shares raising €225,000;

 

   

issuance of 5,242,850 Series A preferred shares raising €14,899,133 (net of transaction costs);

 

   

issuance of 3,003,391 Series B-1 preferred shares raising €21,631,526 (net of transaction costs); and

 

   

issuance of 4,646,756 Series B-2 preferred shares raising €34,246,281 (net of transaction costs).

In addition, in November 2020, we issued 5,826,279 Series C preferred shares raising approximately $80 million.

As of September 30, 2020 we held cash and cash equivalents of €41,948,476. We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the next 24 months.

We have based our estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we may use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. For example, we may require additional capital resources due to underestimation of the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the development of our product candidates. We may also need to raise additional funds more quickly if we choose to expand our development activities, our portfolio or if we consider acquisitions. Factors that could influence our future capital requirements and the timing thereof include:

 

   

the progress and cost of our discovery, preclinical and nonclinical development;

 

   

the progress and cost of our clinical trials, including payments of patient and clinical site cost, clinical investigator cost and payments to CROs that are assisting with our sponsored clinical trials, and other research and development activities;

 

   

the cost and timing of obtaining regulatory approval to commence further clinical trials;

 

   

the costs associated with any future investigator-sponsored clinical trials;

 

   

the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent applications, claims, patents and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

the cost and timing of obtaining sufficient quantities of our product candidates for clinical trials by establishing our contracted and/or own production capacities;

 

   

the terms and timing of any collaborative, licensing and other arrangements that we may establish;

 

   

the costs of any delays caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and associated restrictions;

 

86


Table of Contents
   

the cost of preparing for launch and commercialization of our product candidates; and

 

   

the cost of operating as a public company in the United States.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of public or private equity offerings, debt financings, convertible loans, warrants, collaborations or other means. We may consider raising additional capital to take advantage of favorable market conditions or other strategic considerations even if we have sufficient funds for planned operations.

To the extent that we raise additional funds by issuing and selling equity or equity-linked securities, shareholders will experience dilution. Debt financings, if available, may subject us to financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that we may believe to be in our long-term best interests. Additional financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Capital may become difficult or impossible to obtain due to poor market or other conditions outside of our control (including the COVID-19 pandemic). If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce, or terminate some or all of our development programs and clinical trials. We may also be required to sell or license to others technologies or our clinical product candidates that we would prefer to develop and commercialize ourselves.

Cash Flows

Comparison for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and September 20, 2019

The following table sets forth our primary sources and uses of our cash and cash equivalents for each of the periods set forth below:

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30,
             
     2020     2019     Change     %  
     (in €)        

Net cash flows used in operating activities

     (12,588,520     (3,529,943     (9,058,577     257

Net cash flows used in investing activities

     (35,657     (4,297     (31,360     730

Net cash flows provided by financing activities

     34,246,281       22,297,707       11,948,574       54

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     21,622,104       18,763,467       2,858,637       15

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     20,326,372       5,385,333       14,941,039       277

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     41,948,476       24,148,800       17,799,676       74

Operating Activities

Net cash flows used in operating activities reflects our results for the period adjusted for, among other things, depreciation, unrealized foreign exchange results, share-based payments, changes in working capital and accruals.

Net cash flows used in operating activities increased by €9,058,577, or 257%, from €3,529,943 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to €12,588,520 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, primarily reflecting the increase in costs related to outsourced preclinical, clinical development activities and manufacturing of PHA121, financing activities and the accompanying growth of the Group, in particular with respect to the increase in personnel.

Investing Activities

Net cash flows used in investing activities increased by €31,360 from €4,297 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to €35,657 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, primarily as a result of capital expenditure related to office equipment as a result of the increase in personnel and the number of offices rented.

 

87


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Net cash flows provided by financing activities increased by €11,948,574 from €22,297,707 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to €34,246,281 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, primarily as a result of the proceeds of €34,246,281 from the second tranche of the Series B financing.

Comparison for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

The following table sets forth our primary sources and uses of our cash and cash equivalents for each of the periods set forth below:

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
             
     2019     2018     Change     %  
     (in €)        

Net cash flows used in operating activities

     (6,677,011     (3,918,653     (2,758,358     70

Net cash flows used in investing activities

     (13,476           (13,476     n.m.  

Net cash flows provided by financing activities

     21,631,526       4,508,851       17,122,675       380

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     14,941,039       590,198       14,350,841       n.m.  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     5,385,333       4,795,135       590,198       12

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

     20,326,372       5,385,333       14,941,039       277

Operating Activities

Net cash flows used in operating activities reflects our results for the period adjusted for, among other things, depreciation, unrealized foreign exchange results, share-based payments, changes in working capital and accruals.

Net cash flows used in operating activities increased by €2,758,358, or 70%, from €3,918,653 for the year ended December 31, 2018 to €6,677,011 for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily reflecting the increase in costs related to outsourced clinical development activities and manufacturing of PHA121, due to the transition from a preclinical stage into a clinical stage company, financing activities and the accompanying growth of the Company, in particular with respect to the increase in personnel.

Investing Activities

Net cash flows used in investing activities increased by €13,476 from nil for the year ended December 31, 2018 to €13,476 for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily as a result of expenses related to capital expenditures related to office equipment. In 2018 no such expenses were incurred.

Financing Activities

Net cash flows provided by financing activities increased by €17,122,675, or 380%, from €4,508,851 for the year ended December 31, 2018 to €21,631,526 for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily as the result of net proceeds from the Series B preferred shares issued in 2019.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table sets forth information relating to our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2019:

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     Between 1
and 3 years
     More than
5 years
 
     (in €)  

Service contracts

     5,013,700        4,005,200        1,008,500         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,013,700        4,005,200        1,008,500         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

The table above does not include potential milestone fees, sublicense fees, royalty fees, licensing maintenance fees, and reimbursement of patent maintenance costs that we may be required to pay under agreements we have entered into with certain institutions to license intellectual property. We have not included such potential obligations in the table above because they are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the timing and likelihood of such potential obligations are not known with certainty. For further information regarding these agreements and amounts that could become payable in the future under these agreements, please see “Business—Significant Collaborations.”

Service Contracts

The commitments from service contracts mainly result from contracts with preclinical and clinical CROs and CDMOs.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of September 30, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements other than the disclosed commitments.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. Our management manages each risk as discussed below.

Currency Risk

We operate internationally and therefore are exposed to currency risk arising from various currency exposure, primarily with respect to the British pound and the US Dollar as we have agreements with CROs which are based in Great Britain, and consulting agreements with parties that are based in the United States. From these transactions, currency risk arises. We have not established a formal policy to manage the currency risk against our functional currency. At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had a limited amount of trade payables in foreign currency.

Price Risk

The market prices for the provision of preclinical and clinical materials and services, as well as external contracted research, may vary over time. The commercial prices of any of our products or product candidates are currently uncertain and we are not exposed to commodity price risk.

Interest Risk

We have no borrowings and are therefore not exposed to interest risk.

Credit Risk

Our only exposure to credit risk is the carrying amounts of bank balances.

Liquidity Risk

We have no revenues to date and have relied on the financing from shareholders in order to ensure sufficient liquidity. We ensure the availability of cash for operational activities through appropriate budget and liquidity planning. Additionally, we maintain a level of cash, which is managed centrally, to finance our operational activities. As of September 30, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of €41,948,476. Subsequent to September 30, 2020 we issued Series C preferred shares in November 2020 for net proceeds of approximately $80 million. We believe we have sufficient capital to continue operations for the next                  .

 

89


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

We believe that the following accounting policies involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of our operations. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of our other significant accounting policies. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in those financial statements and accompanying notes. Although we believe that the estimates we use are reasonable, due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those estimates, actual results reported in future periods could differ from those estimates.

Share-Based Payments

We adopted an equity-settled share-based compensation plan in 2016, pursuant to which certain participants are granted the right to acquire common shares or restricted stock units, or RSUs, of the Company. The grants made under this plan are accounted for in accordance with the policy as stated in Note 2.14 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options or RSUs granted.

Due to the lack of quoted market prices, we have determined the fair value for the measurement of the equity-settled transactions at the grant date with assistance of an external appraiser, considering certain assumptions relating to the volatility of stock price, the determination of an appropriate risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

We consider numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of the ordinary shares as of each grant date, including:

 

   

the progress of the research and development programs;

 

   

contemporaneous third-party valuations of the ordinary shares;

 

   

the rights and preferences of the preferred shares and the preferred shares relative to the ordinary shares;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a discrete liquidity event, such as a sale of the company or an initial public offering given prevailing market conditions; and

 

   

external market and economic conditions impacting the industry sector.

The fair value of an option or an RSU was measured based on the estimated fair value of an ordinary shares at grant date. An external valuation expert has estimated the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares as of the grant dates based on the pricing of the most recent financing round of the Company at the time. As we are a private company and the equity instruments are not marketable, an Option Pricing Model with estimated probabilities of two different exit scenarios (IPO and trade sale) was applied to back-solve the Company’s total equity value such that the value per Series A preferred share, Series B preferred share and Series C preferred share is equal to the investment price per share paid in the investment round.

This estimated total equity value has been used as input to the Option Pricing Model when determining the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares at the measurement dates of March 31, 2016, December 13, 2018, January 1, 2020, February 3, 2020, July 13, 2020 and September 30, 2020. The Option Pricing Model uses the Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model to determine the fair value of the Company’s different share classes based upon the Company’s total equity value.

 

90


Table of Contents

The inputs used in the measurement of the fair value per ordinary share at each grant/measurement date based upon the total equity value were as follows:

 

    September 30, 2020     July 13, 2020     February 3, 2020     January 1, 2020     December 13, 2018     March 31, 2016  

Number of options

    88,000       44,000       308,000       600,000       25,295       392,850  

Fair value of the options

  6.08     4.74     1.66     1.67     1.39     1.24  

Fair value of the ordinary shares

  7.25     5.82     2.38     2.38     1.39     1.24  

Exercise price

  2.38     2.38     2.38     2.38     0.01     0.01  

Expected volatility (%)

    85     85     85     85     80     90

Expected life (years)

    6.0       6.0       6.1       6.1       0.5       3.25  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

    -0.6     -0.6     -0.6     -0.4     -0.8     -0.5

Expected dividend yield

                                   

Expected volatility was based on an evaluation of the historical volatilities of comparable listed biotech-companies over the most recent historical period that is commensurate with the expected option life. The expected life is based on Management’s best estimate of when the options will be exercised. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on German government Strip bonds, with tenure equal to the expected life. The expected dividend yield is zero considering the stage of the Group.

On March 31, 2016, we granted 392,850 stock options to a consultant, with an exercise price of €0.01. The estimated fair value of the stock options at grant date was €1.24. On December 13, 2018, a total of 25,295 restricted stock units were granted to a consultant. The purchase price, as required under Dutch law, was €0.01 and the estimated fair value at the grant date was €1.39. On January 1, 2020, we granted a total of 600,000 stock options to certain members of our Senior Management, with an exercise price of €2.38. On February 3, 2020, we granted 440,000 stock options to a member of our Senior Management, with an exercise price of €2.38. 132,000 of the options in this grant have, in addition to the service condition, a performance condition. On July 13, 2020, the performance goals for 2020 were determined and the fair value of the related options was reassessed for the options subject to the performance goals for 2020. The fair value of the options related to the performance periods 2021 and 2022 was reassessed on September 30, 2020.

Research and Development Expenditures

Research and development expenses are currently not capitalized but are expensed because the criteria for capitalization are not met, see Note 2.15 and Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. At each balance sheet date, we estimate the level of services performed by the vendors and the associated costs incurred for the services performed. Although we do not expect the estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, the understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and could result in reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance

 

91


Table of Contents

regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS. As a result of becoming a public company, we will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by our management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our second annual report after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. This assessment will need to include disclosures of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be detected or prevented on a timely basis.

In connection with the preparation of our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, and as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we identified material weaknesses in the design of our internal control over financial reporting across the principles for each component of the COSO framework at the entity level (i.e. control environment, risk assessment, monitoring, information & communication and control activities) and accordingly, across our business and IT processes. The material weaknesses that we identified related to:

 

   

the lack of consistent and documented risk assessment procedures and control activities related to our financial reporting, among which a sufficient level of (management) review and approval, manual processes, roles and responsibilities, and adequate application and controls over information technology; and

 

   

our failure to maintain a sufficient complement of personnel commensurate with our accounting and reporting requirements as we continue to grow as a company, and ability to: (i) design and maintain formal accounting policies, procedures and controls over the fair presentation of our financial statements; (ii) analyze, record and disclose complex accounting matters timely and accurately, including share-based compensation arrangements and other non-routine transactions; and (iii) design and maintain controls over the preparation and review of journal entries and financial statements, including maintaining appropriate segregation of duties.

Although several oversight and control activities are performed, not all activities are formalized and documented properly. In addition, where control activities are dependent on information used in a control, we do not perform or document controls to determine the completeness and accuracy of such information. We also did not have controls in place to monitor control activities and identify control deficiencies.

To address these material weaknesses, we will need to add personnel and continue to develop and implement new financial processes. We intend to take steps to remediate the material weaknesses described above through hiring additional qualified accounting and financial reporting personnel, and further evolving our accounting processes and policies. We will not be able to fully remediate these material weaknesses until these steps have been completed and have been operating effectively for a sufficient period of time. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully remediate these material weaknesses or that other material weakness will not be discovered in the future.

JOBS Act

In April 2012, the U.S. Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. Given that we currently report and expect to continue to report under IFRS as issued by the IASB, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

 

92


Table of Contents

We intend to rely on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions, as an emerging growth company, we may rely on certain of these exemptions, including without limitation, (i) providing an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and (ii) complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual gross revenues; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700.0 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the issuance, in any three-year period, by our Company of more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt securities held by non-affiliates; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the global offering. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold equity securities.

 

93


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapies for rare diseases with significant unmet need, initially focused on angioedema and other bradykinin-mediated diseases. Our first molecule, PHA121, is a novel, small-molecule bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist for the treatment of hereditary angioedema, or HAE. Bradykinin-B2-receptor inhibition is a clinically validated mechanism for the treatment of HAE, as demonstrated by icatibant, which is a bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist approved in Europe in 2008 and in the United States in 2011 (as FIRAZYR). We designed PHA121 to improve upon the therapeutic profile of existing therapies and, through oral delivery, to provide patients with quality of life and convenience that is superior to current standard-of-care HAE treatments, which are injectables. We believe PHA121 has the potential to provide a safe, effective and convenient option for both acute and prophylactic treatments of HAE, in the form of our PHVS416 on-demand rapid exposure product candidate, and for prophylaxis of HAE, in the form of our PHVS719 small daily dose extended-release product candidate. We believe that our product candidates may address a broader range of angioedema attacks than other available treatments since PHA121 blocks the actual signal that leads to angioedema (the interaction of bradykinin, or BK, with the bradykinin B2 receptor), rather than an upstream signal. By blocking the action of bradykinin, we can prevent its aberrant signaling regardless of the pathway that generates it. In our Phase 1 completed trials to-date, we have observed that PHA121 was well tolerated and orally bioavailable. We also have successfully demonstrated proof-of-mechanism through a clinical pharmacodynamics, or PD, assessment with the bradykinin challenge, which had been utilized as a validated surrogate assessment for dose selection in the icatibant development program. The data also allowed us to compare the projected therapeutic performance of PHA121 with that of icatibant, but we do not yet have data from the PHA121 Phase 2 study. We plan to efficiently progress PHA121 through clinical development for on-demand and prophylactic use with our on-demand product candidate, PHVS416, and extended release product candidate, PHVS719, respectively. We anticipate commencing our RAPIDe-1 Phase 2 clinical trial of PHVS416 in 2021 and have Phase 2 data for the acute treatment of patients with HAE attacks in 2022. We are also planning to commence a Phase 2 clinical trial for prophylaxis in 2021.

PHA121 is a novel, highly potent inhibitor and selective small molecule bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist and, to our knowledge, the only orally available bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist currently in development. PHA121 has been observed to be a potent inhibitor in vitro as assessed using human recombinant bradykinin B2 receptors (150 pM); ex vivo as studied against endogenous bradykinin B2 receptors in a human umbilical vein model (350 pM); and in vivo in the human bradykinin-challenge model (170 pM). Potency as used in this prospectus refers to the amount of drug required to produce a pharmacological effect of given intensity and is not a measure of therapeutic efficacy. We do not yet have data from the PHA121 Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the potential therapeutic efficacy of PHA121 in HAE patients. PHA121 demonstrated 5000-fold selectivity for the bradykinin B2 receptor when compared to approximately 170 other molecular targets, including the bradykinin B1 receptor. We designed PHA121 as a new chemotype with properties compatible with oral delivery. We are developing PHA121 for the on-demand setting as PHVS416, which is delivered in a soft capsule designed to rapidly treat symptoms with a single dose. We are also developing PHA121 for the prophylactic setting as PHVS719, which is a small daily dose tablet with an extended release formulation designed for the patient to achieve a steady-state plasma concentration within 72 hours.

In our Phase 1 clinical trials to-date, we have observed rapid exposure and predictable linear pharmacokinetics, or PK, with and without food. In addition, we observed PHA121 to be a potent antagonist of the bradykinin B2 receptor, in vitro and in vivo with healthy volunteers. In our models based on PK data from our Phase 1 clinical trial of PHA121 and published data for icatibant, both in the BK challenge assessment, PHA121 was shown to be consistently 25-fold more potent at inhibiting the effects of administered bradykinin than icatibant on a molar basis. We have not conducted a head-to-head comparison of icatibant to PHA121 in a clinical trial but have compared the published data for icatibant to data from our Phase 1 clinical trial of PHA121.

 

94


Table of Contents

While we believe this comparison to icatibant to be useful and appropriate, the value of this and other comparisons to icatibant in this prospectus may be limited because they are not derived from a head-to-head trial and they are from trials that were conducted under different protocols at different sites and at different times. Without head-to-head data, we will be unable to make comparative claims for our product candidates, if approved.

HAE is a rare and potentially life-threatening genetic condition with symptoms that include episodes of debilitating and often painful swelling in the hands, feet, face (lips and tongue), gastrointestinal tract, urogenital region or airways. Attacks are unpredictable in frequency, location, timing, and severity, with multiple types of triggers. According to scientific publications, patients experience a median of 14 attacks per year, and half of patients experience a potentially life-threatening airway attack at least once in their lifetime. Airway attacks are particularly dangerous and can lead to asphyxiation. If left untreated, attacks can last multiple days and are commonly painful, leading to multiple sick days and even hospitalization. According to HAE International, as of October 2014, HAE affected from 1:50,000 to 1:10,000 individuals globally, or at least 6,600 patients in the U.S. and at least 8,900 patients in the EU.

Global sales of treatments for HAE achieved approximately $2 billion in 2018 and, according to public research reports, are forecast to grow at an approximately 9% compound annual growth rate to $4.3 billion through 2027. Current approved products treat acute HAE attacks in an on-demand setting or seek to prevent or reduce future HAE attacks in a prophylactic setting. Each of these products generally works in one of the following ways: inhibiting the bradykinin B2 receptor, replacing the deficiency in C1-INH activity or inhibiting plasma kallikrein. Currently all standard-of-care therapies are administered by injection, which patients can find challenging despite their efficacy because these therapies often result in painful injection-site reactions (leading some patients to delay treatment and risk attacks), are time consuming to receive (as some need to be administered in a clinic), and are difficult to carry and/or store. We believe HAE patients are in need of alternatives that better meet their objectives for ease of disease treatment, disease control and improved quality of life. We anticipate that there will be strong interest in safe and effective, orally delivered, small-molecule treatments that can match or improve upon the efficacy profile of existing therapies.

Based on results observed from our three completed and one ongoing clinical trials to-date, we believe our product candidates that contain PHA121 will demonstrate advantages and differentiation relative to currently approved HAE therapies and other oral therapies in clinical development. Namely, PHA121’s bradykinin- B2-receptor-inhibition mechanism has a well-established clinical therapeutic profile in a currently approved product in the rapid treatment of acute HAE attacks. We have observed greater potency for PHA121 compared to icatibant in our early clinical trials, potentially resulting in both a smaller therapeutic dose and a longer duration of effect. We evaluated the PD and PK of PHA121 in a bradykinin-challenge model in healthy subjects. The bradykinin challenge was validated as a surrogate assessment for dose selection in the original development program for icatibant, as reviewed by the FDA and the EMA. The clinical dose of icatibant established with the bradykinin challenge has demonstrated successful treatment of HAE attacks in multiple randomized clinical trials and over 10 years of clinical experience. We conducted a proof-of-concept clinical trial testing the effects of BK in healthy volunteers in our bradykinin-challenge trial, where we evaluated the effect of PHA121 on cardiovascular parameters affected by bradykinin such as blood pressure, heart rate and cardiac output in healthy volunteers. We observed that PHA121 was more potent in blocking the effects of BK in humans than icatibant, when comparing the PHA121 results of the trial to published data on icatibant. The data from this trial allowed us to generate a PK/PD correlation model. Based on this model and published data on icatibant, we predict the duration of effect for a single oral dose of 12 mg PHA121 will exceed that of 30 mg of icatibant and a single oral dose of 22 mg PHA121 will cover the same duration of effect as two icatibant injections of 30 mg administered six hours apart. Furthermore, analysis based on the results from this trial suggest that therapeutic doses of PHA121 may be at least 20 times smaller than the doses required for oral kallikrein inhibitors in development. In addition, we believe that the observed PK profile of our compound demonstrates the potential of PHVS719 as a prophylactic treatment of HAE by achieving steady-state plasma concentrations within 72 hours. The

 

95


Table of Contents

BK-challenge data was generated in a Phase 1 clinical trial, and we do not yet have data from the PHA121 Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the potential efficacy of PHA121 in HAE patients.

We are planning a Phase 2 clinical trial, RAPIDe-1, that will evaluate angioedema symptom relief within four hours of different doses of PHVS416 or placebo while treating acute attacks of patients. We anticipate having Phase 2 data from RAPIDe-1 in 2022. Additional trials may be required by the FDA, EMA or other regulators even if we receive positive data from RAPIDe-1. We are also planning to subsequently conduct a pivotal trial in the on-demand setting.

We are similarly planning two clinical trials in the prophylactic setting. In the first, subjects will be randomized to receive PHVS416 or placebo for three months. The primary objective is to assess the safety profile in HAE patients. For the second, we are planning a registration-directed trial with patients who will be randomized to receive PHVS719 or placebo to assess safety and efficacy in HAE patients. In addition, we also plan to run an open-label extension study in the prophylactic setting with both rollover and non-rollover subjects to collect longer duration safety data.

Differentiation of PHA121

We believe that PHA121, as the molecule underlying both PHVS416 and PHVS719, has the potential to be highly differentiated for both the on-demand and prophylactic settings with the key benefits below:

PHVS416. We believe that PHVS416, an on-demand, rapid exposure soft capsule, has potential to be highly differentiated for patients suffering from acute HAE attacks with the following benefits:

 

 

Complete Symptom Resolution

 

 

•   Clinically validated mechanism of bradykinin-B2-receptor antagonism

 

•   Utilizing same surrogate assessment for dose selection as the development program for icatibant

 

•   More potent inhibitor than icatibant

 

•   Longer half-life than icatibant

Rapid Onset of Activity

 

•   Exposure exceeds the anticipated threshold therapeutic plasma level (EC85) in 15 minutes, with or without food

Potential Reduced Treatment

Burden / Enhanced Patient

Convenience

 

•   No injection needed

 

•   Convenient oral formulation enables early treatment of acute HAE attacks

 

•   Capsule reduces treatment burden

 

•   Potential lowest dosage of any oral HAE on-demand treatment

 

96


Table of Contents

PHVS719. We believe that PHVS719, a prophylactic extended-release tablet designed to be taken in small, daily doses, has potential to be highly differentiated for HAE patients with the following benefits:

 

Protection From Attacks

 

•   Validated, proven mechanism to address all bradykinin, regardless of pathway

   

Ideal Release Profile for Prophylactic Use

 

 

•   Reaches and maintains steady-state concentration within 72 hours

 

•   Appropriate pharmacokinetic profile with standard meals

 

 

 

Potential Reduced Treatment

Burden / Enhanced Patient

Convenience

 

 

•   Convenient oral daily dosing with extended-release tablet

 

•   Twice-daily dosing with the potential for once a day

 

•   Potential lowest dosage of any oral HAE treatment; ease of administration

 

•   Well tolerated throughout therapeutic ranges as demonstrated by multiple clinical trials to-date

 

•   No injection needed

Our Pipeline

 

 

LOGO

Expansion of the Portfolio

Our ultimate goal is to expand our portfolio with additional programs addressing other BK-mediated diseases, building on our strategic strength and expertise in the bradykinin-B2-receptor pathway. Our approach is to identify additional disease areas and indications with strong scientific rationale, high unmet medical need, a defined target population and significant differentiation potential. We are actively pursuing new synthesis, medicinal chemistry and lead optimization to identify additional and/or follow-on product candidates. In collaboration and discussion with key opinion leaders, we are considering exploratory proof-of-concept studies to validate the potential of bradykinin-B2-receptor antagonism in new indications such as cardiovascular, allergy and immunology, neurological disease and others.

Our Team and Investors

We are led by a strong management team with extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry and rare disease drug development, most notably the development of drugs for the treatment of HAE. Our Chief Executive Officer, Berndt Modig, has extensive experience in the pharmaceutical industry, most recently as Chief Financial

 

97


Table of Contents

Officer of Prosensa Holding N.V. and Chief Financial Officer of Jerini AG, which developed and launched icatibant. Our Chief Scientific Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Jochen Knolle, Ph.D. has extensive experience in every aspect of drug discovery as the former Chief Science Officer and Head of R&D at Jerini AG, former Vice President for Medicinal Chemistry and Structural Biology at Axys Pharmaceuticals Inc., and Hoechst AG and Hoechst-Marion-Roussel where he co-invented icatibant. Our Chief Medical Officer, Peng Lu, M.D., Ph.D. previously served as Vice President, Global Program Lead for Rare Diseases at Shire PLC, now Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited, where she led the development and successful approval of TAKHZYRO for the prevention of HAE attacks in the U.S., the EU and the rest of the world. Our Chief Early Development Officer, Anne Lesage, Ph.D. brings in deep expertise in drug discovery and GPCR pharmacology, has held various leadership positions at Janssen Pharmaceutica and is inventor on nine patents and author on 45 publications. Our Chief Business Officer, Morgan Conn, Ph.D. has extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry including as the Head of Business Development at PTC Therapeutics, Inc. where he was instrumental to a variety of financing events and corporate transactions with leading pharma, biotech, and academic organizations. In addition, we are backed by a group of renowned institutional investors and have raised over $163 million of capital since our inception, including our recent financing that closed on November 5, 2020. Our investors include LSP, Kurma Partners, Idinvest Partners, Foresite Capital, Bain Capital Life Sciences, venBio Partners, Venrock Partners, Viking Global Investors, General Atlantic, and Cormorant Asset Management.

Our Strengths

Our company is built upon the following strengths:

 

   

Broad strength and expertise in the bradykinin-B2-receptor pathway. Members of the management team include an inventor of icatibant, the leadership team that developed icatibant through European approval, and a key member from the TAKHZYRO development team;

 

   

PHA121 is an orally available product candidate with a clinically validated mechanism of action that addresses serious unmet medical need in HAE;

 

   

PHA121 has demonstrated physicochemical properties suitable to formulations as both an on-demand product candidate, PHVS416, and a distinct prophylactic product candidate, PHVS719;

 

   

PHA121, compared to icatibant, the currently approved bradykinin B2-receptor inhibitor, demonstrated superior preclinical potency in blocking bradykinin signaling at the bradykinin B2-receptor, and good oral bioavailability and a longer half-life in humans, which has resulted in longer duration of the BK-blocking pharmacodynamic effect in humans;

 

   

We wholly own intellectual property – including allowed and in-process patent applications – covering PHA121 and additional molecules; and

 

   

Our scientific experience allows us to leverage deep insight and experience in the bradykinin- B2-receptor pathway to expand our portfolio into other BK-mediated angioedema and BK-mediated diseases beyond angioedema.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to develop and commercialize therapies that are superior to currently available treatment options and improve patient quality of life and convenience. Our initial approach for HAE and potential expansions into non-hereditary angioedema and other BK-mediated diseases is based upon extensive patient, physician and payer research to identify the key needs in the market. According to our analysis, oral therapy remains the highest unmet need for both on-demand and prophylactic use in HAE. More importantly, our research shows that patients are not willing to accept significantly reduced efficacy or safety with a switch to oral therapy, and so we place a high degree of emphasis on advancing product candidates that we believe can be comparable to or improve upon existing approved therapies in both safety and efficacy.

 

98


Table of Contents

The key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Continue to advance PHA121 through clinical development for on-demand treatment of HAE utilizing a fast-onset formulation, known as PHVS416. We intend to develop and commercialize PHVS416 as a fast-acting, orally available, potent inhibitor and selective treatment for acute HAE. If considered appropriate by the FDA, we plan to pursue an expedited regulatory pathway that could allow us to more quickly provide patients with a potentially more effective oral therapy that is also more convenient.

 

   

Advance the development of PHA121 for prophylactic treatment of HAE utilizing an extended-release formulation, known as PHVS719. We intend to advance PHVS719 through clinical development as an extended-release prophylactic treatment of HAE. We plan to leverage our clinical data and experience from the development of PHVS416 in the on-demand setting to expedite our efforts in the prophylactic setting. We expect the PK data from our Phase 2 trial RAPIDe-1 of PHVS416 to help select and refine our prophylactic dose for the PHVS719 clinical trials.

 

   

Expand the range of bradykinin-mediated angioedema indications to which PHVS416 and PHVS719 can be applied. In addition to Type 1 or Type 2 HAE, bradykinin is also an important mediator for other types of non-histaminergic angioedema, such as: non-histaminergic angioedema with normal C1-INH and acquired angioedema (AAE) due to C1-INH deficiency. Currently there are still no approved treatments for these angioedema patients who are unresponsive to conventional antihistamine/glucocorticoid treatment and have a high unmet medical need for effective therapies. Several clinical reports indicate that off-label use of icatibant has successfully treated acute attacks of non-histaminergic angioedema patients, which provides a strong rationale to expand the development PHVS416 and PHVS719 to address such a high unmet medical need.

 

   

Expand upon our expertise in the bradykinin-B2-receptor pathway. We intend to leverage the strategic strengths, insight, and deep experience of our team in the bradykinin-B2-receptor pathway to identify additional disease areas and indications with strong scientific rationale, high unmet medical need, a defined target population and significant differentiation potential. As such, we will seek to develop follow-on product candidates that serve additional BK-mediated diseases beyond angioedema, such as cardiovascular, allergy and immunology, neurological disease or others.

 

   

Commercialize our product candidates. We intend to retain economic and commercial ownership of our current product candidates. If approved, we expect to independently commercialize both PHVS416 and PHVS719 in the United States, Europe and certain other countries. As we advance towards regulatory approval for our product candidates, we will establish a focused commercialization and sales infrastructure suitable for HAE.

Hereditary Angioedema

Disease Overview

HAE is a rare and potentially life-threatening genetic condition. HAE is an autosomal dominant disease, meaning that a defect in only one copy of the gene leads to symptoms and that it occurs at similar rates in both males and females. It is mainly caused by one or more mutations (inherited or spontaneous) in the SERPING1 gene, which codes for the C1-esterase inhibitor protein C1-INH. Deficiency or malfunction of C1-INH leads to uncontrolled synthesis and activity of plasma kallikrein and unconstrained BK production. Excessive BK production is recognized to be the key mediator of symptoms in patients with HAE and manifests as edema attacks, most commonly in the limbs, face (lips and tongue), intestinal tract, urogenital region and airways. HAE patients with a deficiency in C1-INH activity are classified as Type 1 or Type 2. Type 1 is the most common form and results in low levels of circulating C1-INH, and Type 2 results in production of a low function protein. An additional form of HAE, called normal C1-INH HAE, can occur in patients with normal levels of C1-INH for a variety of reasons including mutations in genes for Factor XIIa, plasminogen, angiopoietin-1 or kininogen-1. Moreover, bradykinin-induced acute attacks of angioedema can occur idiopathically in individuals for which a

 

99


Table of Contents

hereditary cause has not yet been identified. Excessive amounts of BK can also be caused by increased circulation of estrogens, reduced C1-INH levels due to underlying diseases, reduced elimination of BK, or through use of medications such as angiotensin-converting enzyme, or ACE, inhibitors and tissue plasminogen activator, or tPA.

Excessive BK generation and increased risks for edema attacks in HAE may occur during conditions associated with inflammation, infections, ischemia and allergic reactions. Attacks often lead to discomfort, pain and nausea but can become life-threatening in the case of airway obstruction, with a 30% risk of asphyxiation if the attack remains untreated. The number and severity of attacks vary highly between patients, and the most severely affected patients can experience attacks every few days. Attacks can occur spontaneously although they often are associated with anxiety, stress, minor trauma, surgery, or illnesses. Commonly, patients are alerted to an impending attack by prodromal symptoms which include rash, fatigue, and muscle aches. The severity of attacks is unpredictable and not related to their underlying frequency. Airway swelling is particularly dangerous and can lead to death by asphyxiation. Although rare, at least half of HAE patients have experienced a life-threatening airway swelling attack and airway attacks remain a major cause of mortality in HAE patients. Swelling typically develops over 24 hours and resolves within five days without treatment. Symptoms typically present in young children and may take 5-10 years or until early adolescence or young adulthood to be diagnosed. HAE affects 1:50,000 to 1:10,000 individuals globally, or at least 6,600 patients in the U.S. and at least 8,900 patients in the EU.

As a result of the lifelong nature of HAE and the challenges related to the use of many of the injected therapies, patient surveys consistently indicate an overwhelming desire for an oral therapy. We believe that a safe and effective oral agent has the potential to transform treatment for this disease. We also believe that opportunities exist for both acute and prophylactic treatments, and we intend to develop drug candidates for both on-demand and prophylactic use with the goal of providing patients with a set of oral options to prevent and treat their disease.

Current Treatments and Their Limitations

There are currently two treatment approaches to the management of HAE: acute (on-demand) treatment of attacks and prevention of attacks with short- or long-term prophylactic therapy.

 

   

On-Demand Treatment: The currently approved products for treatment of acute HAE attacks are all injectable products and include C1-INH replacement products such as human plasma-derived C1-INH concentrates (BERINERT, CINRYZE, and CETOR) or recombinant human C1-INH (RUCONEST), the bradykinin-B2-receptor antagonist icatibant (FIRAZYR), and the plasma kallikrein inhibitor ecallantide (KALBITOR), which has been known to cause allergic reactions including anaphylaxis and must be administered by a doctor or nurse in a healthcare setting. The C1-INH concentrate products are isolated from donated human plasma and historically have been impacted by supply shortages. Subcutaneous, or s.c., icatibant is the only available bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist indicated for treatment of acute HAE attacks Type 1 or Type 2 with C1-INH deficiency. In acute HAE attacks, icatibant has been shown to provide a significantly faster onset of relief than placebo (2.0 h versus 19.8 h). Icatibant is recommended as a first-line treatment option for the treatment of acute HAE attacks in patients with HAE.

 

   

Prophylactic Treatment: Currently approved prophylactic therapies for HAE include C1-INH replacement products, such as intravenously delivered CINRYZE and subcutaneously delivered HAEGARDA/BERINERT 2000/3000 (both of which require twice-weekly injections), and the monoclonal antibody and plasma kallikrein inhibitor lanadelumab-flyo (TAKHZYRO). Current treatment guidelines recommend against the use of the traditional oral medications for HAE, such as antifibrinolytics (tranexamic acid or epsilon aminocaproic acid) for HAE due to their limited efficacy. Attenuated androgens (e.g. danazol, stanozolol, and oxandrolone) are recommended only as second-line treatments for the prevention of HAE attacks, since there are numerous contraindications,

 

100


Table of Contents
 

therapeutic class adverse events, or AEs, and overall suboptimal control of HAE in many patients. The use of attenuated androgens is limited by numerous safety issues, including seborrhea, altered libido, depression, fatigue, menstrual abnormalities, and masculinization.

To our knowledge, three other angioedema-specific oral medications for acute, as well as prophylactic, use are in clinical development, and one, ORLADEYO (also known as berotralstat or BCX7353), was approved in the U.S. in the fourth quarter of 2020. All of these are kallikrein inhibitors. The angioedema-specific oral medications which, to our knowledge, are currently in clinical development, include:

 

Company    Asset    Mechanism of Action    Route of
Administration
     Trial
Phase
  

Role in

Therapy

KalVista

   KVD900    Kallikrein inhibitor      Oral      2    Acute treatment
   KVD824    Kallikrein inhibitor      Oral      1    Prophylaxis

Attune

   ATN-249    Kallikrein inhibitor      Oral      1    Prophylaxis

We believe that the properties and mechanism of PHA121 enable us to develop oral product candidates that will be generally more convenient for patients to take, without sacrificing efficacy for treatment or prevention of angioedema attacks. For example, the known oral kallikrein inhibitors tested in on-demand settings to date have utilized doses that are more than twenty-fold higher than the dose we predict for PHVS416, and have not yet demonstrated efficacy matching the approved injectable products. In the prophylactic setting, oral kallikrein inhibitors have not yet demonstrated efficacy similar to the approved injectable products, and have used or are projected to use doses much higher than we project for PHVS719.

Related indications to BK

In addition to Type 1 or Type 2 HAE, bradykinin is also an important mediator for other types of non-histaminergic angioedema, such as: non-histaminergic angioedema with normal C1-INH and acquired angioedema (AAE) due to C1-INH deficiency. Unlike HAE Types 1/2, for the other forms of non-histaminergic angioedema, an unclear pathophysiology and lack of consistent diagnostic criteria have limited the opportunity for the clinical investigation and new treatment development. Consequently, there are still no approved treatments for non-histaminergic angioedema patients with normal C1-INH or AAE due to C1-INH deficiency, who are unresponsive to conventional antihistamine/glucocorticoid treatment and have a high unmet medical need for effective modern therapies. Recently the clinical research for non-histaminergic angioedema has made significant progress. Similar to Type 1 or 2 HAE, the kinin pathway potentially plays a critical role in the underlying pathophysiology of non-histaminergic angioedema, for example, bradykinin has been shown to be elevated in plasma from non-histaminergic angioedema patients during acute attacks and several clinical reports indicate that icatibant has successfully treated acute attacks in either non-histaminergic angioedema patients with normal C1-INH or AAE due to C1-INH deficiency patients. All these provide strong rationales to expand the development PHVS416 and PHVS719 to these types of BK-mediated angioedema and address the high unmet medical need.

PHA121

Overview

Since the 1990s, many companies have tried but failed to discover oral bradykinin-B2-receptor antagonists, as the bradykinin B2 receptor has proved to be a difficult target for the development of orally available antagonists. Historically, compounds targeting the bradykinin B2 receptor with adequate potency have had physicochemical properties inconsistent with oral bioavailability. The bradykinin B2 receptor is a G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) that binds to the peptide bradykinin in an elongated fashion. It has been challenging to identify a small molecule that can bind in this pocket potently enough to compete with bradykinin while still being small enough with appropriate properties to demonstrate oral bioavailability. Starting with modeled structures of the bradykinin-binding pocket of the bradykinin B2 receptor, we designed and synthesized a novel

 

101


Table of Contents

lead series (a set of molecules with the potential to be further optimized). Through our lead optimization program, we synthesized over 600 compounds to select a small molecule that is designed to fit in the bradykinin-binding pocket at the bradykinin B2 receptor, preventing or halting its signaling activity, while also possessing desirable physicochemical properties and other profiling characteristics.

Bradykinin is the principal mediator of the signs and symptoms that represent acute HAE and other bradykinin-mediated angioedema attacks. Bradykinin is a potent and selective agonist of the bradykinin B2 receptor.

In HAE and other bradykinin-mediated angioedema, contact activation triggers increased activity of plasma kallikrein, resulting in excessive breakdown of high-molecular-weight kininogen (HMWK) and increased production of cleaved HMWK (cHMWK) and bradykinin.

Excessive bradykinin generation, as in HAE, promotes vascular permeability by activating the bradykinin B2 receptor, leading to plasma extravasation and subcutaneous or submucosal tissue swelling typical of an angioedema attack.

As the figure below illustrates, treatment with PHA121, an orally bioavailable low-molecular weight, potent, competitive and selective antagonist of the human bradykinin B2 receptor, is intended to block and prevent activation of the bradykinin B2 receptor by elevated bradykinin levels and prevent or halt the angioedema process, with reduced or resolved swelling as a consequence. PHA121 therefore has the therapeutic potential for both acute on-demand treatment and long-term prevention of attacks in patients with bradykinin-mediated angioedema.

 

LOGO

PHA121 combines the preclinical effectiveness and selectivity of bradykinin-B2-receptor antagonism with oral bioavailability and extended exposure upon a single dose. PHA121 is being developed to become the first effective orally administered antagonist of BK activity with therapeutic potential for both acute on-demand treatment and long-term prevention of attacks in patients with HAE and other BK-mediated angioedema.

PHA121 is an orally bioavailable competitive antagonist of the bradykinin B2 receptor with high affinity and high antagonist potency. PHA121 has been observed to be a potent inhibitor in vitro as assessed using human

 

102


Table of Contents

recombinant bradykinin B2 receptors (150 pM); ex vivo as studied against endogenous bradykinin B2 receptors in a human umbilical vein model (350 pM); and in vivo in the human bradykinin-challenge model (170 pM). PHA121 demonstrated 5000-fold selectivity for the bradykinin B2 receptor when compared to approximately 170 other molecular targets, including the bradykinin B1 receptor. As shown in the graphs below depicting mean arterial blood pressure (MABP) in a bradykinin challenge study in monkeys (back-translated from human), PHA121 showed clear dose-dependent activity. While differences between human and monkey PK prevent direct extrapolation to human dose, PHA121 demonstrated longer duration and faster onset of activity than injected icatibant in the same study. We have not conducted a head-to-head comparison of icatibant to PHA121 in a clinical trial but have compared the published data for icatibant to data from our Phase 1 clinical trial of PHA121. While we believe this comparison to icatibant to be useful and appropriate, the value of this and other comparisons to icatibant in this prospectus may be limited because they are not derived from a head-to-head trial and they are from trials that were conducted under different protocols at different sites and at different times. Without head-to-head data, we will be unable to make comparative claims for our product candidates, if approved.

BK-Challenge in Pre-Clinical Animal Model

 

 

LOGO

 

103


Table of Contents

LOGO

In a published study conducted by the Company, a dose of 0.6mg/kg sc icatibant was used in monkeys, as PK data indicated that this dose would provide an exposure (Cmax 1,044 ng/ml, AUC 2,155 ng*h/ml, PHA0221-NC041) similar to the exposures seen in humans at a therapeutic dose of 30 mg sc (Cmax 979 ng/ml, AUC 2,191 ng*h/ml). The dose was found to effectively antagonize the BK challenge in monkeys up to six hours after dosing, similar to its duration of action in humans. The maximal effect of icatibant in this model was reached at the second measure time point, two hours after dosing. The vehicle in the icatibant study was saline.

PHA121 inhibited the BK-induced changes in MABP at all doses tested (0.1, 0.3, 1, 3 and 10 mg/kg given orally). The data show an early onset of activity, as the efficacy was already maximal at the first time point measured, one hour after oral dosing. This is a faster onset of action as compared to icatibant (0.6 mg/kg sc), which was maximally active on the BK-induced changes in MABP at two hours after dosing.

Preclinical Toxicology

We conducted secondary and safety pharmacology studies for PHA121 which did not reveal any safety concerns at exposure levels achieved or anticipated in conducted or planned clinical trials. In addition, PHA121 did not demonstrate any genotoxic or phototoxic potential. In repeat-dose general toxicity Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP studies in the rat and cynomolgus monkey of up to 3 months duration, and at doses up to the maximum tolerated in each species, no target organs of toxicity considered relevant to humans were observed. Functional assessment of male and female fertility is not yet complete but from repeat-dose GLP toxicity studies in rat and monkey, of up to 3 months duration, there are no organ weight or histopathological changes of concern in the reproductive tract of either gender. Furthermore, PHA121 has not demonstrated any adverse effects on embryo-fetal development in dose-range-finding embryo-fetal development studies in the humanized bradykinin-B2-receptor transgenic rat or in the rabbit.

 

104


Table of Contents

Clinical Trial Program

 

Study Number

 

  

Short Description

 

  

Design

 

  

Status

 

Phase 1

 

C001   

Single ascending dose (SAD) and BK challenge / SAD-proof of mechanism (POM)

 

  

Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, single ascending dose to assess safety and proof-of-mechanism through BK-challenge

 

   Completed
C002   

SAD extension

 

  

Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, single ascending dose to assess safety

 

   Completed
C003   

Absorption, metabolism and excretion (mass balance)

 

  

Open-label, single dose C-PHA121 to characterize the absorption, metabolism and excretion

 

   Planned
(2021)
C004   

Drug-drug interaction (DDI)—CYP3A4 inhibitor (itraconazole) interaction

 

  

Open-label, single-sequence, crossover DDI study

 

   Completed
C005   

DDI—CYP interaction (cocktail)

 

  

Open-label, single-sequence, crossover DDI study

 

   Planned
(2021)
C006   

Multiple ascending dose (MAD)

 

  

Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multiple ascending dose to assess safety and different doses

 

   Completed

Phase 2

 

C201 RAPIDe-1   

PHVS416 on-demand

 

  

Phase 2, randomized, double blind, placebo-controlled, dose ranging study to assess safety and efficacy

 

   Initiating
(2021)

PHA121-C001 (SAD and BK challenge / SAD-POM)

PHA121-C001 was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, single ascending dose and proof-of-mechanism study to examine the safety, tolerability, PK and PD of orally administered PHA121 in healthy subjects. A total of 52 subjects received single ascending oral doses of PHA121 up to 22 mg. The 16 remaining subjects received placebo. No adverse event, or AE, was reported as serious, no premature withdrawals due to AEs occurred and no severe AEs were reported. In addition, no clinically relevant fluctuations of blood pressure and no orthostatic hypotension linked to PHA121 groups occurred. The overall incidence of AEs was similar between the placebo and PHA121. Treatment-related AEs were reported for three subjects who received PHA121 (12 or 22 mg), all within the gastrointestinal system and of mild severity: upper abdominal pain, vomiting, and nausea. There were no apparent trends or dose-related changes in hematology, clinical chemistry, vital signs, or ECG.

Pharmacokinetics Analysis

Dose proportional PK was observed after single oral administration under fasting condition of PHA121 in the dose range of 1 mg to 22 mg for Cmax, AUClast and AUCinf. Median tmax in the dose range of 1 mg to 22 mg was between 0.50 hour and 1.00 hour, with comparable ranges of individual values (ranging between 0.25 hour and 1.02 hours). Less than 1% of the dose was excreted unchanged in urine within 72 hours after administration.

 

105


Table of Contents

Dose (mg)

  

Cmax (ng/mL)

  

C0.25h (ng/mL)

  

C12h (ng/mL)

  

Tmax (h)

  

t1/2 (h)

1

  

11

  

6

  

0.5

  

0.5

  

3.5

2

  

20

  

13

  

0.8

  

0.75

  

4.3

4.5

  

33

  

13

  

1.9

  

1.0

  

4.4

12

  

97

  

60

  

5.6

  

0.5

  

4.3

22

  

213

  

143

  

8.3

  

0.75

  

5.6

22 (high-fat, high cholesterol)

  

145

  

48

  

19.6

  

3.0

  

5.3

In this study, a high-calorie, high-fat meal reduced peak exposure and slightly increased overall exposure of PHA121: after a 22 mg dose, the mean Cmax of PHA121 was lower (~32%) while AUCinf was higher (~ 42%) when PHA121 was administered after a high calorie, high-fat breakfast (fed conditions) compared to administration under fasted conditions. While the median Tmax of PHA121 was delayed by approximately two hours after administration under fed conditions, the plasma concentration for PHA121 still reached the projected therapeutic levels (EC85, as determined in the bradykinin challenge described below) within 15 minutes. As shown in the table, the concentration of PHA121 twelve hours post-dosing at 12 mg or 22 mg remained above projected therapeutic levels under both fed and fasted conditions.

Bradykinin Challenge Study

 

 

LOGO

In addition, we also evaluated the PD of PHA121 in a bradykinin challenge model, which was designed to demonstrate PHA121-mediated inhibition of the drop in blood pressure and increase in heart rate resulting from injection of a bradykinin bolus in healthy subjects. The bradykinin challenge is administered at specific intervals after the PHA121 or placebo dose, and the inhibition of bradykinin-induced hemodynamic effects is a validated surrogate assessment that was used to select the dose in the original development program for icatibant, as reviewed by FDA and EMA. The clinical dose of icatibant established with the bradykinin challenge has demonstrated successful resolution of HAE attacks in randomized clinical trials and over 10 years of data post-approval.

In the bradykinin challenge, we assessed the inhibition of bradykinin effects at single doses of 12 and 22 mg PHA121. Bradykinin was injected intravenously before PHA121 to calibrate each subject’s response, and then at 1, 4, 8, 12 and 24 hours after dosing with PHA121. We monitored cardiovascular responses at each time point (see figure above). At the same time, blood samples were drawn for PK assessment. Bradykinin injection induced a short-term change in mean arterial blood pressure, or MABP, heart rate, or HR, and cardiac output. In the presence of PHA121, this cardiovascular response was dampened to an extent depending on the concentration of PHA121.

We conducted a PK/PD analysis using the same approach as used by FDA in their evaluation of icatibant. The composite EC50 and EC85 values estimated from the combination of each PD response associated with the BK challenge are provided in the table below. PHA121 demonstrated higher PD potency based on plasma concentrations (roughly four-fold) than icatibant relative to published data for icatibant. Adjusting for the differences between molecular weight and plasma protein binding, we found that PHA121 is 24-fold more potent (170 pM) in the bradykinin challenge than icatibant (4.1 nM) on a molecule-by-molecule basis, consistent with our preclinical in vitro measurements.

 

106


Table of Contents

Composite
average

  

PHA121

  

Icatibant

EC50 (ng/mL)

   2.4    9.5

EC85 (ng/mL)

   13.8    53.8

EC50: concentration at which compound induces a response half of its maximum possible response; EC85: concentration at which a compound induces 85% of its maximum response.

The data also allowed us to compare the projected therapeutic performance of PHA121 with that of icatibant, but we do not yet have data from the PHA121 Phase 2 study. In addition, we have not conducted a head-to-head comparison of icatibant to PHA121 in a clinical trial but have compared the published data for icatibant to data from our Phase 1 clinical trial of PHA121. While we believe this comparison to icatibant to be useful and appropriate, the value of this and other comparisons to icatibant in this prospectus may be limited because they are not derived from a head-to-head trial and they are from trials that were conducted under different protocols at different sites and at different times. Without head-to-head data, we will be unable to make comparative claims for our product candidates, if approved. Clinical trials have shown for icatibant that the therapeutic response to an acute HAE attack wanes approximately 6 hours after dosing, coinciding with the drop in icatibant concentration below therapeutic levels due to the short half-life (1.4 hours) of the drug. More precisely, it was shown that icatibant plasma concentrations with a 75% probability to be above EC50 and a 50% probability to be above EC85 correlate with therapeutic efficacy. Applying these criteria as exposure targets for PHA121 leads us to project that due to PHA121’s longer half-life, we believe PHA121 will stay above these therapeutic targets for much longer than icatibant. The 12 mg dose of PHA121 showed rapid absorption and then stayed above EC50 for 10-12 hours and above the EC85 for 7 hours, suggesting that this dose may be at least as effective as a 30 mg s.c. injection of icatibant. A 30 mg s.c. icatibant dose has been documented to effectively treat 93% of acute HAE attacks (Icatibant Outcome Survey, or IOS, study reference).

The table below compares 30 mg of icatibant to 12 mg and 22 mg of PHA121 based on BK-challenge modeling and simulation.

 

Response

  

Icatibant 30 mg

(s.c.)

  

PHA121 12 mg

(oral)

  

PHA121 22 mg

(oral)

    

Time (h) plasma level above EC50 at a 75% confidence level

Diastolic blood pressure (DBP)

   6    11.5    14

MABP

   6    12    15.5

Heart rate

   6.5    10    13
    

Time (h) plasma level above EC85 at a 50% confidence level

DBP

   5.5    7.5    10

MABP

   5.5    7    10

Heart rate

   5.5    6.5    9.5

The chart below shows the simulation of PK and PD resulting from single (left) or double (right) doses of icatibant as compared to single doses of PHA121 at 12 mg (left) or 22 mg (right), using a non-linear mixed-effect model built from published data of icatibant and our bradykinin challenge study. As shown in the bottom row, the modeled PD effect of PHA121 surpasses that of icatibant at less than half the dose, and equals two 30 mg injections of icatibant with a single oral dose of 22 mg. As demonstrated in a post-commercialization observational study (IOS study reference), a single dose of icatibant was shown to treat 93% of attacks and two doses treated 99% of over 5,000 attacks in the 10 year survey.

 

107


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

In conclusion, PHA121 was well tolerated when administered orally at the doses tested without any dose-limiting toxicity. PHA121 was rapidly absorbed in either fasting or fed conditions and showed dose proportional PK for PHA121. The BK challenge demonstrated that PHA121 potently blocks the effects of bradykinin-induced hemodynamic changes and provided the robust rationale for dose selection in future on-demand and prophylactic HAE trials.    

PHA121-C002 (SAD extension)

PHA121-C002 was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, single ascending dose extension trial designed to examine the safety, tolerability, and PK of single ascending oral doses of 22, 33, and 50 mg of PHA121 after a standard caloric meal and 40 mg in fasting conditions. A total of 32 subjects received either PHA121, with respect to 24 subjects, or placebo, with respect to 8 subjects.

The trial results showed that PHA121 was well tolerated at doses up to 40 mg under fasting and 50 mg under fed conditions. There were no SAEs reported. Treatment-related AEs that were reported as possibly related to PHA121 were mild nausea (22 mg) (one subject), mild headache (50 mg) (one subject), and moderate headache associated with vomiting (50 mg) (one subject). There were no clinically significant changes in vital signs, laboratory or ECG parameters.

 

LOGO

 

108


Table of Contents

Over the investigated dose range from 22 to 50 mg (factor 2.27 increase) after a standardized breakfast, PHA121 showed dose-proportional PK with a 2.4-fold increase for mean Cmax and AUC0-24h. Administration of PHA121 after a standardized breakfast resulted in 40-50% decrease in Cmax without a change in AUCinf as compared to administration under fasting conditions. As a result, C12h and C24h plasma concentration for PHA121 were higher under fed conditions. These observations support the potential use of this formulation for initial studies in a prophylactic setting by dosing with food.

 

 

LOGO

 

    

22 mg of PHA121

Fasted

  

22 mg of PHA121

HCHF

  

22 mg of PHA121

Standard Meal

C12h’ ng/mL

   8.3    19.6    17.3

C24h’ ng/mL

   1.1    5.4    2.5

Cmax’ ng/mL

   213    145    115

AUC0-24h’ ng.h/mL

   671    966    750

Tmax’ h

   0.25-1.02    2.00-3.00    0.50-4.00

t1/2’ h

   5.6    5.3    4.3

PHA121-C004 (DDI-CYP3A4 inhibitor, itraconazole, interaction)

Cytochrome P450 3A4 (CYP3A4) plays an important role in the metabolism of PHA121. PHA121-C004 was designed as an open-label, single sequence crossover drug-drug interaction trial to evaluate the effect of multiple doses of itraconazole, a potent CYP3A4 inhibitor, at steady-state on the PK of a single dose of PHA121 in healthy subjects. The primary objective of this study was to determine the effect of multiple doses of the strong CYP3A4 inhibitor itraconazole on the PK of PHA121 in healthy adult subjects. The secondary objective of this study was to evaluate the safety and tolerability of PHA121 alone and in combination with multiple doses of the CYP3A4 inhibitor itraconazole in healthy adult subjects. The study has been completed in 13 subjects and PHA121 was well tolerated with no drug-related adverse events reported. Preliminary analyses show that the exposure of PHA121 increased when co-administered with itraconazole, as expected from in vitro data showing that PHA121 is a substrate of CYP3A4. Other potential drug-drug interactions will be further assessed by the PHA121-C005 cocktail interaction study and in in vitro assays recommended by FDA guidance.

PHA121-C006 (MAD)

PHA121-C006 was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, multiple ascending dose trial to examine the safety, tolerability and PK of PHA121 in healthy subjects. The trial included 38 subjects and four cohorts of healthy subjects who were studied sequentially. Within each cohort, eight subjects received PHA121 and two subjects received placebo, except for the final cohort with six subjects receiving PHA121 and two subjects receiving placebo. The trial evaluated multiple ascending doses of twice daily for 10 days to establish

 

109


Table of Contents

safety and tolerability and to assess the PK characteristics of PHA121 after standard caloric meals. PHA121 was supplied as an oral solution.

During the study, there have been no SAEs or severe treatment-emergent adverse events, or TEAEs, reported. All reported TEAEs were mild in intensity and resolved completely. There were no clear differences between the different dosing regimens vs. placebo with respect to the total TEAEs and the frequency of TEAEs reported for the different system organ classes. Preliminary PK analyses revealed that, as expected based on the PHA121 half-life, steady-state plasma concentrations were reached within 72 hours.

Future Development Path

We intend to develop PHA121 for on-demand and prophylactic indications in parallel using two different product formulations, with clinical trials in the on-demand setting to commence first and provide critical data for further development for the prophylaxis indication.

RAPIDe-1 On-Demand

The availability of an immediate-release soft-capsule formulation, PHVS416, provides a good pharmacokinetic profile for on-demand treatment: rapid oral absorption independent of fed status resulting in almost immediate onset of action with longer expected duration of efficacy than subcutaneous injections of icatibant. We have observed in preclinical animal studies that the PHVS416 soft capsule provides the same pharmacokinetic profile as the solution formulation we used in Phase 1 trials.

 

 

LOGO    LOGO

We are planning an on-demand Phase 2 clinical trial in HAE patients, RAPIDe-1, that will evaluate angioedema symptom relief within four hours using different doses of PHVS416 versus placebo while treating acute attacks of patients with HAE Types 1 and 2. The primary endpoint will be the change in composite visual analogue scale, or composite VAS, a measure of symptom relief, at four hours post-dose. Composite and individual VAS, mean symptom complex severity, or MSCS, and treatment outcome score, or TOS, will be assessed up to 48-hours post-dose. We anticipate commencing the clinical trial in 2021 and plan to enroll approximately 54 patients from approximately 30 sites in Canada and certain European countries. We expect data in 2022.

Prophylaxis Trials

Currently there is no bradykinin B2-receptor antagonist available for HAE prophylaxis. Icatibant has a very short half-life and would require multiple injections each day, making it generally unsuitable for prophylactic use, especially with injection site pain reported for most patients.

 

110


Table of Contents

Unlike on-demand use, prophylaxis requires maintenance of drug concentration over long periods of time – rapid absorption is unnecessary. In order to project a potential dose for use in prophylactic trials using our projected dose from the bradykinin challenge model (an acute treatment model), we relied on a similar acute-to-prophylactic extrapolation utilized for products in the plasma kallikrein mechanism. Ecallantide is a polypeptide inhibitor of plasma kallikrein used for treatment of attacks. Similarly to icatibant, the short half-life of ecallantide makes it generally unsuitable for use in prophylaxis.

Lanadelumab-flyo is a monoclonal antibody with the same target as ecallantide but with higher potency and longer half-life. Lanadelumab-flyo is used for prevention of attacks. Clinical trials and published literature correlate the steady-state concentrations of lanadelumab-flyo (relative to its EC50) to the observed prophylactic control of attacks. Based on the observed potency of PHA121 in the bradykinin challenge, we believe we can utilize a similar concentration-above-EC50 approach to predict the required exposure of PHA121 to control attacks prophylactically.

We believe we can achieve the concentrations desired for prophylactic activity with twice-daily dosing of the PHVS416 soft capsules. Therefore, in addition to the RAPIDe-1 on-demand trial, we are also planning clinical trials of PHVS416 to evaluate its efficacy and safety for preventing HAE attacks (prophylaxis). These include an evaluation of patients randomized to placebo or active doses for a treatment period with the primary objective to assess the safety profile of PHVS416 dose regimens for prophylactic treatments in HAE patients.

We also intend to conduct a registration-directed randomized, placebo-controlled evaluation in HAE prophylaxis to provide the key efficacy and safety evaluation of prophylactic treatment. We anticipate that PHVS719, as described below, will be included in this pivotal trial, with doses selected based on the PK performance of PHVS719 in Phase 1 trials. We also expect that the data from RAPIDe-1 will support the final dose selection for the prophylactic trials. Additional trials may required by the FDA, EMA or other regulators even if we receive positive data from RAPIDe-1.

In order to provide a differentiated product featuring more consistent exposure of PHA121 for the prophylactic setting, we are developing an extended-release, or XR, formulation (PHVS719) that will feature continuous slow release maintaining PHA121 concentrations above the levels we predict to provide protection against attacks. PHA121 has demonstrated properties favorable to the development of XR formulations, and we believe that we will begin human pharmacokinetics trials with PHVS719 in 2021 to enable use of this product candidate in the pivotal prophylactic trial.

We believe that we have already identified a promising prototype formulation for extended release. The nonlinear mixed-mode model from our BK challenge trial allows us to simulate different formulations by changing certain formulation-related inputs, such as the in-vitro release rate, while utilizing the experimentally determined properties of PHA121, such as half-life, potency, and effect on BK-induced hemodynamic parameters (surrogate assessment). As shown in the graphs below, utilizing this mathematical model, we simulated the human PK/PD parameters of a prototype extended-release formulation, based on initial in vitro dissolution experiments. These modeling calculations suggest that this prototype may already support twice-a-day dosing in patients, and we are continuing to refine our formulation with the goal of achieving once-a-day dosing. We expect to conduct a bridging study between our formulation of PHVS719 and PHVS416 in a Phase 1 clinical trial starting in 2021.

 

111


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

In addition, we also plan to run an open-label extension study in the prophylactic setting with both rollover and non-rollover subjects to collect longer duration safety data, which will be further discussed with FDA and EMA.

Intellectual Property

We seek to protect and enhance the proprietary technologies, inventions, product candidates, methods of manufacture and methods of usage of our product candidates, and improvements thereof that are commercially important to the development of our business. We protect our proprietary intellectual property by, among other things, filing patent applications in the United States and internationally covering our proprietary technologies, inventions, product candidates, methods of manufacture and use, and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We will also seek to rely on regulatory protection afforded by orphan drug designations, inclusion in expedited development and review, data exclusivity, market exclusivity and patent term extensions where available.

As of November 6, 2020, we own one U.S. patent that expires on November 23, 2038 and 32 pending patent applications worldwide, including one pending U.S. continuation application, 29 pending non-U.S. applications, including applications in Europe and Japan, and two pending PCT applications. The U.S. patent and 31 of these pending patent applications contain composition-of-matter claims to the PHA121 small molecule and derivatives thereof; PHA121 is the active pharmaceutical ingredient in, and therefore extends our patent applications to, our PHVS416 and PHVS719 product candidates. Each such patent application can generally be categorized into one of three patent families: (1) those relating to the novel bradykinin-B2-receptor antagonists, (2) those relating to the cyclic bradykinin-B2-receptor antagonists, and (3) those relating to the new cyclic bradykinin-B2-receptor antagonists. One pending European patent application contains claims directed to the use of PHA121 in on-demand treatment of HAE and in prophylaxis for HAE, and accordingly extends the patent applications to methods of use of the PHVS416 and PHVS719 product candidates. Not accounting for any patent term adjustment, regulatory extension or terminal disclaimers, and assuming that all annuity and/or maintenance fees are paid timely, these patent applications, if granted, will not expire until November 24, 2038. We also rely upon trade secrets that may be important to the development of our business. Trade secrets are difficult to protect and provide us with only limited protection. There can be no assurance that any of our pending patent applications will issue or that we will benefit from any patent term extension or favorable adjustment to the term of any patents that may be issued in the future.

 

112


Table of Contents

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we have filed, including the U.S., the patent term is 20 years from the earliest filing date of a non-provisional patent application. In the U.S., a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier filed patent. The term of a patent that covers a drug or biological product may also be eligible for patent term extension when FDA approval is granted for a portion of the term effectively lost as a result of the FDA regulatory review period, subject to certain limitations and provided statutory and regulatory requirements are met. Any such patent term extension can be for no more than five years, only one patent per approved product can be extended, the extension cannot extend the total patent term beyond 14 years from approval and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing, it may be extended. We may not receive an extension if we fail to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, fail to apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the length of the extension could be less than we request. In the future, if and when our product candidates receive approval from the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on issued patents we may obtain in the future covering PHA121, depending upon the length of the clinical trials for each product and other factors.

As with other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, our ability to establish and maintain our proprietary and intellectual property position for our product candidates will depend on our success in obtaining effective patent claims and enforcing those claims if granted. There can be no assurance that any of our current or future patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or that our future issued patents (if any) will provide meaningful protection of our product candidates or technology. For more information regarding the risks related to our intellectual property, see the section entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

License Agreement

On March 31, 2016, we entered into a license agreement (the “AnalytiCon License”) and a research agreement with AnalytiCon to collaborate for the development of an orally available bradykinin B2 receptor antagonist. Pursuant to the AnalytiCon License, we acquired a worldwide, exclusive license from AnalytiCon to use (i) a certain proprietary substance class of bradykinin B2 receptor antagonist with the potential of oral activity (“OB2RA”) and (ii) any derivatives, improvements, analogs, isomers, metabolites, or conjugates therefrom (together “OB2RA Class”), in each case, for the purpose of developing, manufacturing and marketing compounds on a global basis from the OB2RA Class for the treatment of, among others, hereditary angioedema. In consideration for the license, we paid AnalytiCon a non-refundable up-front payment of €250,000.

Under the AnalytiCon License, we are required to pay AnalytiCon one-time payments in an aggregate amount of up to €11.4 million upon the achievement of certain development, regulatory, and sales milestones. In addition, we will be required to pay AnalytiCon low to medium single-digit tiered royalties on direct or indirect net sales of licensed products. The royalties that we are required to pay AnalytiCon under this agreement may be reduced on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis if sales of a generic version of a product account for 1% or more of the relevant market.

Our agreement with AnalytiCon will expire upon the expiry of the last patent of the licensed intellectual property. Either party may terminate the agreement prematurely for cause, in particular, for the other party’s (i) uncured material breach, (ii) bankruptcy or insolvency, or (iii) challenge to the validity or ownership of the intellectual property rights relating to the compounds that form the object of the collaboration with AnalytiCon. If AnalytiCon were to (a) terminate the AnalytiCon License for cause and (b) exercise contractual remedies available to it thereunder, then we could be required to grant to AnalytiCon an exclusive worldwide license to our intellectual property generated under the collaboration with AnalytiCon for use in all applications, including

 

113


Table of Contents

HAE. In addition, we could be prevented from competing with AnalytiCon until five years after the commercial launch of any product containing a compound from the OB2RA Class.

Manufacturing and Supply

We currently have a single contract CDMO for the production of PHA121 API. A robust and scalable synthetic route has been established. All raw materials can be purchased from multiple suppliers. We plan to identify and qualify a second CDMO. We also collaborate with a leading CDMO for the manufacturing of the on-demand treatment product PHVS416. With the same CDMO we are currently optimizing the prophylactic treatment product PHVS719. The CDMO is also responsible for packaging and worldwide distribution of commercial drug products.

Sales and Marketing

The Pharvaris team, including its founders, have experience developing and commercializing drug products for rare diseases including HAE specifically. We intend to develop a fully integrated sales and marketing organization ahead of marketing approval for PHA121. Even though HAE is a competitive market, orphan product companies have demonstrated successful first launches with excellent preparation and execution. We believe that our products will provide patients with significant new treatment options, and we will evaluate options to optimize the commercial opportunity.

Competition

The biotechnology industry is characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on intellectual property. We face competition from different sources, including from academic centers as well as from a number of large and specialty biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies.

Currently, there are several licensed therapies for HAE, including the following:

 

   

FIRAZYR: The BK receptor antagonist FIRAZYR (icatibant) is approved by the FDA in the U.S. and by regulators globally for the treatment of acute attacks and is administered by subcutaneous administration. Six generic forms of icatibant have been approved in the U.S. since July 2019 and more may be approved in the future.

 

   

C1-INH: C1-INH replacement therapy is available in the U.S. and globally as an acute therapy (BERINERT CINRYZE, and CETOR) and as a prophylactic therapy (HAEGARDA/BERINERT 2000/3000 and CINRYZE). These therapies are dosed subcutaneously and intravenously. Recombinant C1-INH (Ruconest) is also available in the U.S. and in Europe as an acute therapy.

 

   

Kallikrein Inhibitors: KALBITOR (ecallantide) is a specific recombinant plasma kallikrein inhibitor that is dosed subcutaneously by healthcare providers in the U.S. to treat acute HAE attacks. TAKHZYRO (lanadelumab-flyo) is a monoclonal antibody approved in the U.S. and a growing number of countries for prophylaxis of HAE attacks and can be self-administered as a subcutaneous injection. ORLADEYO (berotralstat) is an kallikrein inhibitor that was approved in the U.S. in the fourth quarter of 2020 and is dosed orally once-daily for the prevention of HAE attacks.

 

   

Other Medications:    Prophylactic administration of synthetic attenuated androgens (generically available as danazol or stanozolol) has been utilized to reduce the frequency or severity of attacks. However, long-term use of danazol or stanozolol may result in liver damage, virilization and arterial hypertension. Six-month liver function tests, annual lipid profiles, and biennial hepatic ultrasound are recommended for patients on chronic androgen therapy.

We are also aware of a number of HAE therapies in clinical development. Currently, there are three orally delivered plasma kallikrein inhibitors being developed clinically: Kalvista’s KVD900 for acute treatment and

 

114


Table of Contents

KVD824 for prophylactic treatment and Attune’s ATN-249 for prophylactic treatment. Additionally, CSL is developing garadacimab, an anti-factor XIIa mAb for prophylactic treatment, which is delivered subcutaneously or intravenously and Ionis’s IONIS-PKK-LRx, an antisense oligonucleotide inhibitor of prekallikrein for prophylactic treatment, which is delivered subcutaneously.

Many of our competitors and potential competitors have substantially greater scientific, research and product development capabilities as well as greater financial, manufacturing, commercialization and human resources than we do. In addition, there is intense competition on the clinical trial sites and the enrollment of HAE patients for clinical trials. Many specialized biotechnology firms have formed collaborations with large, established companies to support the research, development and commercialization of products that may be competitive with ours, and many other biotech and pharmaceutical companies are competing for the same potential employees. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than we may be in developing, manufacturing, commercializing their products and in achieving widespread market acceptance.

Government Regulation and Product Approval

In each country where we conduct our research and development, manufacture our products and intend to market our product candidates, if approved, we must comply with laws and regulations, including regulations issued by regulatory agencies and by other national or supra-national regulatory authorities, or collectively, the Competent Authorities, as well as industry standards, that govern nearly all aspects of our activities. Among others, the FDA, the EMA and the national Competent Authorities of each Member State of the European Union are the key regulatory agencies that exercise oversight over all aspects of our products.

Our pharmaceutical product candidates are subject to substantial requirements that govern, among other things, their research, development, testing, manufacturing, quality control, approval, safety, efficacy, labelling, storage, record keeping, commercialization, distribution, import and export, post-approval monitoring and reporting, advertising, promotion, reimbursement and pricing. The process of maintaining continued compliance with the regulatory requirements requires the expenditure of substantial amounts of time and money.

The nonclinical and clinical development paths for product candidates are broadly similar in the European Union and the United States.

Nonclinical Studies

Development of the product candidates starts with nonclinical studies, which include laboratory tests to develop a robust product manufacturing process, including formulation and stability. In addition, nonclinical studies are conducted to evaluate the mode of action and in vivo tests are conducted until adequate proof of safety is established (e.g., animal testing for reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity). The conduct of the nonclinical tests and formulation of the compounds for testing must comply with regulations and requirements set by the Competent Authorities, including compliance with GLP. Upon successful completion of nonclinical studies, clinical development can be initiated.

Clinical Studies

Prior to obtaining approval to commercialize a drug candidate, sponsors typically must demonstrate with substantial evidence from well-controlled clinical trials, and to the satisfaction of the Competent Authorities, that such drug candidates are safe and effective for their intended uses. Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to healthy volunteers or subjects under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with the requirements of the Competent Authorities; (ii) in compliance with GCP, an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of subjects and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors; as well as (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. The number of clinical studies and trials that will be required for approval varies depending on, e.g., the drug candidate and the disease or condition that the drug candidate is designed to address.

 

115


Table of Contents

Prior to initiating clinical trials, a request for clinical trial authorization (national Competent Authorities in the European Union) or an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application in the United States must be submitted to the relevant Competent Authorities. These submissions must be supported by an investigational medicinal product dossier or equivalent as detailed in applicable regulations and guidance documents from the Competent Authorities. Extensive information about the proposed clinical studies, as well as the results of the nonclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are included in these submissions. In the United States, a 30-day waiting period after the submission of an IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA, has neither commented on nor questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.

Manufacturing of investigational products is subject to authorization and must be carried out in accordance with cGMP. Furthermore, a clinical trial may only be started after an IRB (United States) or a competent Ethics Committee (European Union) has issued a favorable opinion on the clinical trial application.

During all phases of clinical development, Competent Authorities require extensive monitoring and auditing of all clinical activities, clinical data and clinical trial investigators. Annual progress reports detailing the progress of the clinical trials must be submitted to the Competent Authorities. Important new safety information, that suggests a significant risk for human patients, or any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure, must also be provided to clinical investigators.

The Competent Authorities, sponsor or its data safety monitoring board may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research exposes patients to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB or Ethics Committee can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the institutional requirements or if the drug candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

The following section describes specific regulatory regimes and regulations applicable in certain jurisdictions.

United States

U.S. Food and Drug Administration

In the United States, FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, and implementing regulations. These laws, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-marketing monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of drug products. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with the many statutory and regulatory provisions require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as clinical hold, FDA refusal to approve pending regulatory applications, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties, and criminal prosecution.

The FDA Approval Process

Clinical trials to support NDAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the product candidate is usually into healthy human subjects, and the product candidate is tested to assess metabolism, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, early evidence on effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine the effectiveness of the product candidate for a particular indication, dosage tolerance, and optimal dosage, and to identify common adverse effects and safety

 

116


Table of Contents

risks. If a product candidate demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 trials are undertaken to obtain additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of subjects, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit the FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the product candidate and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product candidate. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the product candidate. A single Phase 3 trial may be sufficient in certain circumstances.

During the development of a new product candidate, sponsors are given opportunities to meet with the FDA at certain points; specifically, prior to the submission of an IND, at the end of Phase 2 and before an NDA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date and for the FDA to provide advice on the next phase of development. Sponsors typically use the meeting at the end of Phase 2 to discuss their Phase 2 clinical results and present their plans for the pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials that they believe will support the approval of the new product candidate.

The results of drug candidate development, nonclinical testing, clinical trials and proposed labeling are submitted to the FDA as part of the New Drug Application, or NDA. An NDA must include all information regarding and data from pertinent nonclinical and clinical studies, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the drug’s chemistry, manufacturing and controls. The FDA will accept, as support for an IND or NDA a well-designed, well-conducted, non-IND foreign clinical trial if it was conducted in accordance with GCP and the FDA is able to validate the data from the trial through an on-site inspection, if necessary. Regulatory applications based solely on foreign clinical data meeting these criteria may be approved if the foreign data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice, the trials have been performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence, and the data may be considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection by FDA or, if FDA considers such an inspection to be necessary, FDA is able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate means. Failure of an application to meet any of these criteria may result in the application not being approvable based on the foreign data alone. To support marketing approval and authorization, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and effectiveness of the investigational drug to the FDA’s satisfaction.

The cost of preparing and submitting an NDA is substantial. The submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee payment to FDA, and the manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved NDA are also subject to certain annual program user fees. The FDA typically increases these fees annually.

The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether it will accept the application for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may refuse to file any NDA that it deems incomplete or not properly reviewable at the time of submission and may request additional information. In this event, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information and the resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the FDA accepts the filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of NDAs. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, the FDA has a goal of responding to standard review NDAs within ten months after the 60-day filing review period, but this timeframe is often extended. The FDA reviews most applications for standard review drugs within twelve months. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission. This late-submitted information is typically requested by FDA.

The FDA may also refer applications for novel drugs or product candidates that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an FDA Advisory Committee. An Advisory Committee is an outside panel that typically includes clinicians and other experts in the field that will review and evaluate the questions posed by FDA, and

 

117


Table of Contents

provide recommendations, sometimes including whether the FDA should approve the application. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an Advisory Committee, but it generally follows such recommendations.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical study sites to assure compliance with GCP. The FDA may also inspect one or more nonclinical study sites. In addition, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities involved in the manufacture of the drug to determine if the facilities, processes and quality are compliant with cGMP. The FDA will not approve an NDA unless compliance with cGMP is satisfactory.

After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter indicates that the FDA has completed its review of the NDA, and the agency has determined that it will not approve the application in its present form. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the NDA, which may be minor or substantial, and may delineate the requirements needed to successfully progress the NDA to approval. This may require substantial additional clinical data and/or other significant, expensive, and time-consuming requirements related to clinical studies, preclinical studies and/or manufacturing. If a complete response letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the NDA, addressing the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. The FDA has committed to reviewing resubmissions of the NDA addressing such deficiencies in two or six months, depending on the type of information included. Even if such data is submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval.

An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug, with specific prescribing information for specific indications. Even if FDA approves the NDA, the approval may be significantly limited to specific indications and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling. The FDA may impose restrictions and conditions on product distribution, prescribing, or dispensing in the form of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, or otherwise limit the scope of any approval. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. In addition, the FDA may require confirmatory post-marketing trials, sometimes referred to as “Phase 4” clinical trials, designed to further assess a product’s safety and effectiveness, and testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized.

Expedited Approval in the U.S.

The FDA has a number of programs that are intended to facilitate and expedite development and review of new drugs to address unmet medical need in the treatment of a serious or life threatening condition. These are: Fast Track Designation, Breakthrough Therapy Designation, Accelerated Approval and Priority Review Designation.

Fast Track Designation can be requested early in the development process, if evidence of activity in a nonclinical model, a mechanistic rationale or pharmacologic data demonstrates the potential to address an unmet medical need. In the later stages of development, available clinical data should demonstrate the potential to address an unmet medical need. Fast Track Designation provides opportunities for applicants to have frequent interactions with the relevant FDA review teams. In addition, a fast track product can be eligible for priority review if supported by clinical data at the time of NDA submission. If the FDA determines that a fast track product may be effective after preliminary evaluation of the NDA, it may consider reviewing portions of a marketing application before the sponsor submits the complete application. Fast Track Designation can be requested when the IND is first submitted or at any time thereafter but before receiving approval of the NDA. As a practical matter, the FDA should ordinarily receive a Fast Track Designation request no later than the sponsor’s

 

118


Table of Contents

pre-NDA meeting with the agency because many of the features of Fast Track Designation will not apply after that time. The FDA will respond to Fast Track Designation requests within 60 calendar days of receipt of the request.

The FDA’s Breakthrough Therapy Designation is intended to expedite the development and review of drugs which may demonstrate substantial improvement over available therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. A drug that receives Breakthrough Therapy Designation is eligible for all Fast Track Designation features, intensive guidance from FDA on an efficient drug development program, beginning as early as Phase 1, and organizational commitment involving senior managers. Breakthrough Therapy Designation is requested by the manufacturer. A sponsor needs to submit a request to the agency for Breakthrough Therapy Designation, but in some cases the FDA may suggest that the sponsor consider submitting a request after reviewing submitted data and information (including preliminary clinical evidence), the FDA thinks the drug development program may meet the criteria for Breakthrough Therapy Designation; and the remaining drug development program can benefit from the designation. Ideally, a Breakthrough Therapy Designation request should be received by the FDA no later than the End-of-Phase 2 meetings if any of the features of the designation are to be obtained. The FDA will respond to Breakthrough Therapy Designation requests within 60 days of receipt of the request.

Accelerated approval may be granted for a product based upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality (IMM), that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. For drugs granted accelerated approval, post-marketing confirmatory trials will be required to verify and describe the anticipated effect on the IMM or other clinical benefit. The accelerated approval pathway has been used primarily in settings in which the disease course is long and an extended period of time would be required to measure the intended clinical benefit of a drug. Accelerated approval is also potentially useful in acute disease settings where the intended clinical benefit can be demonstrated only in a very large study because the clinical event that would need to be evaluated to demonstrate clinical benefit occurs rarely.

The FDA may withdraw approval of a drug or indication approved under the accelerated approval pathway if e.g., the confirmatory trial fails to verify the predicted clinical benefit, the evidence demonstrates that the product is not shown to be safe and effective under the conditions of use, the applicant fails to conduct the post-approval trials with due diligence or the applicant disseminates false or misleading promotional materials related to the product.

A priority review designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of an application for a drug that treats, prevents or is used in the diagnosis of a serious condition and if approved would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. Eligibility for priority review is determined by the FDA at the time of an NDA or efficacy supplement filing. Where an application receives a priority review designation, the FDA’s goal is to take action on the marketing application within six months of receipt (as compared to within 10 months under standard review). The FDA determines whether an application qualifies for priority review (versus standard review) for every application it reviews, not just when priority review is requested by the applicant. However, an applicant may expressly request priority review. The FDA will inform the applicant in writing of a priority review designation by day 60 of the review.

Orphan Designation

An orphan drug designation qualifies the manufacturer for certain tax credits and may lead to market exclusivity for seven years following the date of the drug’s approval by the FDA. The FDCA provides that a drug shall be designated as an orphan drug if its manufacturer can establish that the drug is for a condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States or when there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of

 

119


Table of Contents

developing and making available the drug for the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the drug in the United States. More than one manufacturer may receive orphan drug designation for the same drug for the same rare disease or condition, but each manufacturer seeking orphan drug designation must file a complete request for designation.

In the United States, a manufacturer may request orphan drug designation of a previously unapproved drug or new orphan indication for a different use for an already marketed drug. In addition, a manufacturer of a drug that is otherwise the same drug as an already approved orphan drug may seek and obtain orphan drug designation for the subsequent drug for the same rare disease or condition if it can present a plausible hypothesis that its drug may be clinically superior to the first drug. FDA may grant the drug orphan exclusivity upon approval, if clinical superiority is demonstrated. Orphan drug exclusivity cannot otherwise be granted for the same drug made by another manufacturer for the same indication during the market exclusivity period unless the original manufacturer consents or the original manufacturer is unable to ensure the availability of sufficient quantities of the drug to meet the needs of persons with the disease or condition for which the drug was designated.

An application for orphan drug designation can be made any time prior to the filing of an application for approval to market the product. The period of orphan exclusivity, if granted, begins on the date that the marketing application is approved. The exclusivity is limited to the indication for which the drug has been approved.

Post-Marketing Requirements

FDA may withdraw approval of an NDA if compliance with regulatory requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product, product recalls or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market.

After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further FDA review and approval; such changes may require the approval of a new NDA or an NDA supplement. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing new NDAs. As with new NDAs, the FDA often significantly extends the review process with requests for additional information or clarification. In addition, the FDA may, under some circumstances, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effect of approved products that have been commercialized, and the FDA under some circumstances has the power to prevent or limit further commercialization of a product based on the results of these post-marketing programs.

In addition, drug products manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals, are subject to additional and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things:

 

   

record-keeping requirements;

 

   

reporting of adverse experiences associated with the product;

 

   

providing the FDA with updated safety and efficacy information;

 

   

distribution of drug samples;

 

   

notifying the FDA and gaining its approval of specified manufacturing or labeling changes;

 

   

drug establishment registration and drug listing requirements; and

 

   

complying with FDA promotion and advertising requirements, which include, among other things, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, restrictions on promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved labeling, limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and requirements for promotional activities involving the internet.

 

120


Table of Contents

Drug manufacturers are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements and other laws. There are strict regulations regarding changes to the manufacturing process, and, depending on the significance of the change, it may require prior FDA approval before it can be implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon drug manufacturers. Drug manufacturers must also satisfy the product tracing, verification and reporting requirements in the Drug Quality and Security Act and have procedures in place to identify and properly handle suspect and illegitimate product. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production, distribution and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, trial sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to disclose the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed in certain circumstances for up to two years after the date of completion of the trial. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

Although rare, the FDA may withdraw approval of an NDA if a company does not comply with its extensive regulatory requirements or if significant safety, efficacy or manufacturing issues arise after the drug reaches the market. More typically, if a company or the FDA discovers previously unknown problems with a drug, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency or issues with manufacturing processes, the FDA may revise the approved labeling to add new safety information; require additional clinical studies to assess new safety risks; or impose distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences may include:

 

   

restrictions on the commercialization or manufacturing of the drug, market withdrawals or recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical studies;

 

   

the FDA refusal to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs;

 

   

drug seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of drugs; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

From time to time, legislation is drafted, introduced and passed in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the testing, approval, manufacturing and marketing of products regulated by the FDA. In addition to new legislation, FDA regulations and policies are often revised or interpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and product candidates. It is impossible to predict whether further legislative changes will be enacted or whether FDA regulations, guidance, policies or interpretations will be changed or what the effect of such changes, if any, may be.

U.S. Patent Term Restoration

A patent claiming a new product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act, which permits a patent restoration of up to five years for patent term lost during product development and FDA regulatory review. The restoration period granted on a patent covering a product is typically one-half the time between the effective date of a clinical investigation involving human beings is begun and the submission date of an application, plus the time between the submission date of an application and the ultimate approval date. Patent term restoration cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved product and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. In addition, the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in

 

121


Table of Contents

question. A patent that covers multiple products for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The USPTO reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA.

Other U.S. Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

In the United States, our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including but not limited to, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the DOJ, and state and local governments. For example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs are subject to anti-fraud and abuse provisions of the Social Security Act, the false claims laws, the privacy provisions of HIPAA (defined below), transparency reporting laws, and similar state laws, each as amended. Healthcare providers and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of drug products that are granted marketing approval. Arrangements with providers, consultants, third-party payors and customers are subject to these broadly applicable healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain our business and/or financial arrangements.

The applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include, without limitation, the following:

 

   

The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute – An intent-based federal criminal statute that prohibits, among other things, any person or entity, from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order, recommendation, or arranging of, any item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, by a federal health care program such as Medicare or Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been interpreted broadly to include anything of value. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, “PPACA”), among other things, amended the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute to clarify that a person or entity need not have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. The Anti-Kickback Statute applies to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and individuals, such as prescribers, patients, purchasers, and formulary managers on the other hand, including, for example, consulting/speaking arrangements, discount and rebate offers, grants, charitable contributions, and patient support offerings, among others. A conviction for violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in criminal fines and/or imprisonment and requires mandatory exclusion from participation in federal health care programs. Exclusion may also be imposed if the government determines that an entity has committed acts that are prohibited by the Anti-Kickback Statute. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute that protect certain common industry activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly and arrangements may be subject to scrutiny or penalty if they do not fully satisfy all elements of an available exception of safe harbor. The Anti-Kickback Statute safe harbors are the subject of possible regulatory reforms. Any changes to the safe harbors may impact our future contractual and other arrangements with pharmacy benefit managers, group purchasing organizations, third-party payors, wholesalers and distributors, healthcare providers and prescribers, and other entities, as well as our future pricing strategies.

 

   

The Federal Civil False Claims Act—Imposes civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment to a federal health care program or knowingly making using or causing to be made or used a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government, with potential liability including mandatory treble damages and significant per-claim penalties, currently set at $11,665 to $22,331 per false claim or statement for penalties assessed after

 

122


Table of Contents
 

June 19, 2020, with respect to violations occurring after November 2, 2015. Pharmaceutical companies have been investigated and/or subject to government enforcement actions asserting liability under the federal civil False Claims Act in connection with their alleged off-label promotion of drugs, purportedly concealing price concessions in the pricing information submitted to the government for government price reporting purposes (e.g., under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program), and allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal health care programs for the product. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act. As a result of a modification made by the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009, a claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government. In addition, manufacturers can be held liable under the federal False Claims Act even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. There is also the Federal Criminal False Claims Act, which is similar to the Federal Civil False Claims Act and imposes criminal liability on those that make or present a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim to the federal government.

 

   

The Federal Criminal Statute on False Statements Relating to Health Care Matters—Makes it a crime to knowingly and willfully falsify, conceal, or cover up a material fact, make any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statements or representations, or make or use any materially false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or entry in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services.

 

   

Criminal Health Care Fraud Statute—Enacted as part of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), makes it a crime to knowingly and willfully execute, or attempt to execute, a scheme or artifice to defraud any health care benefit program or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any money or property owned by, or under the control or custody of, any healthcare benefit program in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

 

   

The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law—Authorizes the imposition of substantial civil monetary penalties against an entity, such as a pharmaceutical manufacturer, that engages in activities including, among others (1) knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a claim for services not provided as claimed or that is otherwise false or fraudulent in any way; (2) arranging for or contracting with an individual or entity that is excluded from participation in federal health care programs to provide items or services reimbursable by a federal health care program; (3) violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute; or (4) failing to report and return a known overpayment.

 

   

HIPAA Health Information Privacy and Security—HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (“HITECH”), imposes privacy, security, and breach reporting obligations on certain covered entity healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouse as well as their business associates that perform certain services involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information, including, among other requirements, mandatory contractual terms and technical safeguards to protect the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information, and require notification to affected individuals and regulatory authorities of certain breaches of security of individually identifiable health information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in U.S. federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in specified circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

 

   

The Federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act—Requires “applicable manufacturers” of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or

 

123


Table of Contents
 

the State Children’s Health Insurance Program, among others, to track and report annually to the federal government (for disclosure to the public) certain payments and other transfers of value they make to “covered recipients.” The term covered recipients includes U.S.-licensed physicians, teaching hospitals, and, for reports submitted on or after January 1, 2022, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists, and certified nurse midwives. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties.

 

   

Analogous State Laws—There are state law equivalents of the above federal laws, such as the Anti-Kickback Statute and the False Claims Act, which may apply to items and services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers (i.e., so-called “all-payor anti-kickback laws”).

 

   

State Laws Regulating Pharmaceutical Manufacturer Compliance Programs, Drug Price Transparency, and Other Practices—Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to implement compliance programs, comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or to track and report gifts, compensation, or other remuneration to physicians and other healthcare providers. Several U.S. states and localities have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports, and/or make periodic public disclosures on sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials, and other activities. Other state laws prohibit certain marketing-related activities including the provision of gifts, meals or other items to certain healthcare providers, and restrict the ability of manufacturers to offer co-pay support to patients for certain prescription drugs. In addition, several recently passed state laws require disclosures related to state agencies and/or commercial purchasers with respect to certain price increases that exceed a certain level as identified in the relevant statutes. Some of these laws and regulations contain ambiguous requirements that government officials have not yet clarified. Given the lack of clarity in the laws and their implementation, our reporting actions could be subject to the penalty provisions of the pertinent federal and state laws and regulations.

 

   

We are also required to satisfy the product tracing, verification and reporting requirements set out in the Drug Quality and Security Act.

We expect that one or more of our products, if approved, may be eligible for coverage under Medicare, the federal health care program that provides health care benefits to the aged and disabled, including coverage for outpatient services and supplies, such as certain drug products, that are medically necessary to treat a beneficiary’s health condition. In addition, one or more of our products, if approved, may be covered and reimbursed under other federal health care programs, such as Medicaid and the 340B Drug Pricing Program. The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services and pay quarterly rebates based on utilization of the manufacturer’s drugs under the program as a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. Under the 340B Drug Pricing Program, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities that participate in the program. As part of the requirements to participate in these government programs, many pharmaceutical manufacturers must calculate and report certain price reporting metrics to the government, such as average manufacturer price and best price.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, guidance, case law or other applicable law. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, individual imprisonment, exclusion from participation in federal health care programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, disgorgement, reputational harm, additional oversight and reporting obligations pursuant to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with applicable

 

124


Table of Contents

laws and regulations, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to market our products, if approved, and adversely impact our financial results. Although effective compliance programs can mitigate the risk of investigation and prosecution for violations of these laws and regulations, these risks cannot be entirely eliminated. Any action against us for an alleged or suspected violation could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and could divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business, even if our defense is successful. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, it may be costly to us in terms of money, time and resources, and they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government-funded healthcare programs.

U.S. Healthcare Reform

In the United States, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability, or the ability of our future collaborators, to effectively sell any drugs for which we, or they, obtain marketing approval. We expect that current laws, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and additional downward pressure on the price that we, or our future collaborators, may receive for any approved drugs. For example, the PPACA substantially changed and continues to impact healthcare financing and delivery by both government payors and private insurers. Among the PPACA provisions of importance to the pharmaceutical industry, in addition to those otherwise described above, are the following:

 

   

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs;

 

   

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to 23.1% and 13.0% of the average manufacturer price for branded and generic drugs, respectively;

 

   

expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the False Claims Act and the Anti-Kickback Statute, which include, among other things, new government investigative powers and enhanced penalties for non-compliance;

 

   

establishment of the Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program that, as a condition for the manufacturers’ outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D, requires manufacturers to provide a now 70% point-of-sale discount off the negotiated price of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period;

 

   

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals, thereby potentially increasing manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

 

   

expansion of the types of entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program (i.e., the 340B program);

 

   

reporting of certain financial arrangements between manufacturers of drugs, biologics, devices, and medical supplies and physicians and teaching hospitals under the Physician Payments Sunshine Act;

 

   

a requirement to annually report certain information regarding drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to licensed practitioners; and

 

   

creation of the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

Since its enactment there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the PPACA, as well as efforts by the Trump Administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the PPACA.

 

125


Table of Contents

While Congress has not enacted legislation to comprehensively repeal the PPACA, at least two bills affecting the implementation of the PPACA have been signed into law, including the repeal, effective January 1, 2019, of the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the PPACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year, which is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” In December 2018, a federal district court in Texas ruled that the PPACA’s individual mandate, without the penalty that was repealed effective January 1, 2019, was unconstitutional and could not be severed from the PPACA. As a result, the court ruled the remaining provisions of the PPACA were also invalid. The Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the district court’s ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional, but it remanded the case back to the district court for further analysis of whether the mandate could be severed from the PPACA (i.e., whether the entire PPACA was therefore also unconstitutional). The Supreme Court of the United States granted certiorari on March 2, 2020, is scheduled to hear oral arguments on November 10, 2020 and the case is expected to be decided in 2021.

Since January 2017, President Trump has also signed several Executive Orders, directives, and legislation affecting certain provisions of the PPACA. For example, effective January 1, 2019, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or the BBA, among other things, further amended portions of the Social Security Act implemented as part of the PPACA to increase from 50% to 70% the point-of-sale discount that pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in the Medicare Part D Coverage Gap Discount Program must provide to eligible Medicare Part D beneficiaries during the coverage gap phase of the Part D benefit, commonly referred to as the “donut hole,” and to reduce standard beneficiary cost sharing in the coverage gap from 30% to 25% in most Medicare Part D plans. In the future, there may be additional challenges and/or amendments to the PPACA. Additionally, on December 20, 2019, President Trump signed appropriations legislation for fiscal year 2020 that repealed the PPACA’s so-called “Cadillac” tax on certain high-cost employer-sponsored health insurance plans, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2019; the annual fee imposed on certain health insurance providers, for calendar years beginning after December 31, 2020; and the medical device excise tax on non-exempt medical devices, for sales after December 31, 2019. In the future, there may be additional challenges and/or amendments to the PPACA. It remains to be seen precisely what any new legislation will provide, when or if it will be enacted, and what impact it will have on the availability and cost of healthcare items and services, including drug products.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, led to aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year effective April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislation, will stay in effect through 2030 unless additional Congressional action is taken, with the exception of a temporary suspension of the payment reduction from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 enacted as part of the CARES Act. Further, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments from providers from three to five years. These legislative changes may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their marketed products in the United States. Congress is considering various legislative proposals, and the Trump Administration has proposed and begun implementing regulatory reforms to further increase transparency around prices and price increases, lower out-of-pocket costs for consumers, and decrease spending on prescription drugs by government programs. On September 13, 2020, President Trump issued an executive order directing the Secretary of Health and Human Services to pursue implementation of two new payment models under which Medicare would test whether paying no more than the “most-favored-nation” price for certain included drugs and biological products covered under Part B and Part D, respectively, would mitigate poor clinical outcomes and increased Medicare expenditures associated with high drug costs. If implemented, the “most-favored-nation” price would generally reflect the lowest price, after certain adjustments, for a pharmaceutical product sold in an economically-comparable member country of the Organisation for

 

126


Table of Contents

Economic Co-operation and Development. Congress has also continued to conduct inquiries into the prescription drug industry’s pricing practices. While several proposed reform measures will require Congress to pass legislation to become effective, Congress and the Trump Administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or regulatory measures to address prescription drug costs. At the state level, legislatures are increasingly passing legislation and states are implementing regulations designed to control spending on, and patient out-of-pocket costs for, drug products. Implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms that affect the pricing and/or availability of drug products may impact our ability to generate revenue, attain or maintain profitability, or commercialize products for which we may receive regulatory approval in the future.

We expect that these, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved drug. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our drugs.

Privacy and Information Security

We may be subject to privacy and data security regulations and legal requirements in the United States and Europe. As we become more dependent on information technologies to conduct our operations, cyber incidents, including deliberate attacks and attempts to gain unauthorized access to computer systems and networks, may increase in frequency and sophistication. Our systems, servers and platforms and those of our service providers may be vulnerable to privacy and information security incidents such as data breaches, viruses or other malicious code, coordinated attacks, data loss, phishing attacks, ransomware, denial of service attacks, or other security or IT incidents caused by threat actors, technological vulnerabilities or human error. If we, or any of our vendors that support our IT or have access to our data, including any third party vendors that collect, process and store personal data on our behalf, fail to comply with laws requiring the protection of personal information, or fail to safeguard and defend personal information or other critical data assets or IT systems, we may be subject to regulatory enforcement and fines as well as private civil actions. We may be required to expend significant resources in the response, containment, mitigation of cybersecurity incidents as well as in defense against claims that our information security was unreasonable or otherwise violated applicable laws or contractual obligations.

In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including federal health information privacy laws, state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws and federal and state consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), that govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our collaborators.

Domestic laws in this area are complex and developing rapidly. Many state legislatures have adopted legislation relating to privacy, data security and data breaches. Laws in all 50 states require businesses to provide notice to customers whose personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. The laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is costly. States are also frequently amending existing laws, requiring attention to frequently changing regulatory requirements.

Additionally, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) and state attorneys general enforce consumer protection laws that prohibit unfair and deceptive acts and practices, including Section 5 of the FTC Act, which creates standards for the collection, use, dissemination and security of health-related and other personal information. Claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices regarding privacy and security can lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including regulatory investigations, penalties, fines and orders as well as civil claims, which could impact our data practices and operations or cause reputational damage.

 

127


Table of Contents

Further, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, imposes requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s security standards directly applicable to business associates, independent contractors or agents of covered entities that receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in specified circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

We also may be subject to privacy and data security requirements in Europe. Any clinical trial programs we conduct or research collaborations we enter into in the European Economic Area, or EEA, may subject us to European data protection laws, including the EU General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679, or GDPR. We are subject to the GDPR (as implemented by countries in the EEA), which applies extra-territorially and imposes onerous requirements on controllers (e.g., sponsors) and processors (e.g., CROs, laboratories) of personal data, including, for example: (i) accountability and transparency requirements, and enhanced requirements for obtaining valid consent; (ii) obligations to consider data protection as any new products or services are developed and to limit the amount of personal data processed; (iii) obligations to comply with data protection rights of data subjects; and (iv) reporting of personal data breaches to the supervisory authority without undue delay (and no later than 72 hours). The GDPR also prohibits the international transfer of personal data from the EEA to countries outside of the EEA unless made to a country deemed to have adequate data privacy laws by the European Commission or where a data transfer mechanism has been put in place. Until recently, one such data transfer mechanism was the EU-US Privacy Shield. However, in July 2020 the Court of Justice of the European Union, or CJEU declared the Privacy Shield to be invalid. The CJEU upheld the validity of the standard contractual clauses, or SCCs, as a legal mechanism to transfer personal data but companies relying on SCCs will—subject to additional guidance from regulators in the EEA—need to evaluate and implement supplementary measures that provide privacy protections additional to those provided under SCCs. Further, the GDPR provides that countries in the EEA may establish their own laws and regulations further restricting the processing of certain personal data, including genetic data, biometric data, and health data.

Failure to comply with the GDPR requirements could result in regulatory investigations, enforcement notices requiring us to stop or change the way we use personal data and/or fines of up to 20 million Euros or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, as well as compensation claims for financial or non-financial loss by affected individuals, negative publicity, reputational harm and a potential loss of business and goodwill.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the data protection laws described above or any other laws that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, injunctions, private qui tam actions brought by individual whistleblowers in the name of the government, class action litigation and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, as well as additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corrective action plan or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to

 

128


Table of Contents

assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Additional Regulation

In addition to the foregoing, state and federal laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Resource Conservancy and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act, affect our business. These and other laws govern our use, handling and disposal of various biological, chemical and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, our operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and that continued compliance therewith will not have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict, however, how changes in these laws may affect our future operations.

European Union

European Medicines Agency

Marketing approvals under the European Union regulatory system may be obtained through a centralized or the national marketing authorization procedures. The EMA and the European Commission administer the centralized authorization procedure. Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004 and Regulation (EC) 1394/2007, as amended, this procedure is compulsory for human medicines containing a new active substance to treat for which the therapeutic indication is the treatment of any of the following diseases: acquired immune deficiency syndrome, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune diseases and other immune dysfunctions, viral diseases and all drugs that are designated as orphan drugs pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000, as amended. Drugs for other indications may be granted a centralized authorization in accordance with Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004 if the drug contains a new active substance and is of a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or where the granting of authorization in accordance with Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004 is in the interests of patients or animal health at EU level.

When a centralized authorization is granted, the authorization is automatically valid in all Member States of the European Union and by extension in the European Economic Area, or EEA, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein. According to Article 2 of Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, the marketing authorization holder must be established in the EEA. This means for the UK that as of the end of the transition period (end of 2020), a marketing authorization holder currently established in the UK has to have transferred its marketing authorization to a holder established in the EEA. The transfer of the marketing authorization must be fully completed and implemented by the marketing authorization holder before the end of the transition period. Also, any application for marketing authorizations must be made by applicants established in the EEA. Therefore, applications made by applicants established in the UK will need to change to an applicant established in the EEA.

Under the centralized authorization procedure, the EMA’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, serves as the scientific committee that evaluates applications and renders opinions about the safety, efficacy and quality of human products on behalf of the EMA. The CHMP is composed of experts nominated by the Competent Authority of each European Union Member State, one of which is appointed to act as rapporteur for the coordination of the evaluation with the possible assistance of a further member acting as a co-rapporteur. The CHMP has 210 days to give its opinion to the EMA as to whether a marketing authorization should be granted. This period will be suspended until such time as the supplementary information requested by the CHMP has been provided by the applicant. Likewise, this time-limit will be suspended for the time allowed

 

129


Table of Contents

for the applicant to prepare oral or written explanations. The evaluation process is complex and involves extensive consultation with the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the European Union and a number of experts. It is possible to appeal the opinion within 15 days of receipt of the notification of the opinion. At the end of the re-examination, which lasts up to 60 active days, the CHMP adopts a final opinion. The European Commission usually takes its decision to grant a legally binding authorization within 67 days after obtaining the CHMP decision.

A marketing authorization that has been granted in the European Union may be suspended or withdrawn if ongoing regulatory requirements are not met or if safety problems are identified. Among other things, marketing authorization holders are required to have risk management plans that use risk minimization strategies beyond product labelling to ensure that the benefits of certain prescription drugs outweigh their risks.

Accelerated Assessment Procedures

When an application is submitted for a marketing authorization in the European Union in respect of drugs for human use which is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation, the applicant may request an accelerated assessment procedure pursuant to Article 14 (9) of Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004, as amended. Based on the request, the justifications presented, and the recommendations of the rapporteurs, the CHMP will formulate a decision. Such a decision will be taken without prejudice to the CHMP opinion (positive or negative) on the granting of a marketing authorization. If the CHMP accepts the request, the timeframe for the evaluation will be reduced from the standard 210 days for the centralized procedure to 150 days, but it is possible that the CHMP can revert to the standard time limit for the centralized procedure if it considers that it is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment.

Conditional Marketing Authorization and Authorization under Exceptional Circumstances

A conditional marketing authorization is valid for one year, can be renewed annually and may be requested by an applicant or proposed by the CHMP for medicinal products which aim at:

 

   

the treatment, prevention or medical diagnosis of seriously debilitating or life-threatening diseases;

 

   

medicinal products to be used in emergency situations in response to public health threats recognized either by the World Health Organization or by the European Union in the framework of Decision No. 1082/2013/EU (e.g. COVID-19 treatments); or

 

   

medicinal products designated as orphan medicinal products in accordance with Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000, as amended.

A conditional marketing authorization may be requested by an applicant or proposed by the CHMP for medicinal products if all of the following requirements are met:

 

   

the risk-benefit balance of the medicinal product, as defined in Article 1(28a) of Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended, is positive;

 

   

it is likely that the applicant will be in a position to provide comprehensive clinical data;

 

   

unmet medical needs will be fulfilled (no existing satisfactory methods or the medicinal product provides major therapeutic advantage); and

 

   

the benefit to public health of the immediate availability on the market of the medicinal product concerned outweighs the risk inherent in the fact that additional data are still required.

The legal basis for a conditional marketing authorization is Article 14-a of Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004, as amended. The provisions for the granting of such an authorization are further elaborated in Regulation (EC) No. 507/2006. The holder will be required to complete ongoing studies or to conduct new studies within a specified period of time with a view to confirming that the benefit-risk balance is positive. In addition, specific obligations may be imposed in relation to the collection of pharmacovigilance data.

 

130


Table of Contents

In addition, authorization under exceptional circumstances may be requested when it is not possible to provide comprehensive data on the efficacy and safety under normal conditions of use, because:

 

   

the indications for which the product in question is intended are encountered so rarely that the applicant cannot reasonably be expected to provide comprehensive evidence;

 

   

in the present state of scientific knowledge, comprehensive information cannot be provided; or

 

   

it would be contrary to generally accepted principles of medical ethics to collect such information.

The legal basis for the marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances is Article 14 (8) of Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004, as amended, and the relevant documentation for applications in exceptional circumstances are laid down in Part II of Annex I of Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended. The authorization under exceptional circumstances is granted subject to a requirement for the applicant to meet certain conditions, in particular concerning the safety of the medicinal product, notification to the Competent Authorities of any incident relating to its use, and action to be taken. The renewal of the marketing authorization of a medicinal product under exceptional circumstances follows the same rules as a “normal” marketing authorization. After five years, the marketing authorization will then be renewed under exceptional circumstances for an unlimited period, unless the Competent Authority decides, on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one additional five-year renewal.

Manufacturing and Manufacturers’ Authorization

Directive 2003/94/EC, as amended, requires that the manufacturing of investigational medicinal products and approved drugs in the EEA is subject to a separate manufacturing authorization and must be conducted in strict compliance with GMP requirements, which mandate the methods, facilities, and controls used in manufacturing, processing, and packing of drugs to assure their safety and identity. Manufacturers must have at least one Qualified Person, or QP, permanently and continuously at their disposal. Although the ultimate responsibility for the performance of a medicinal product over its lifetime, its safety, quality and efficacy, lies with the marketing authorization holder, the QP is responsible for ensuring that each batch of finished product released onto the market has been manufactured in accordance with GMP, in compliance with EU laws and the specifications set out in the marketing authorization or investigational medicinal product dossier. Certification can only be performed by a QP of the manufacturer and/or importer, which are described in the marketing authorization. GMP requirements are enforced through mandatory registration of facilities and inspections of those facilities. Failure to comply with these requirements could interrupt supply and result in delays, unanticipated costs and lost revenues, and subject the applicant to potential legal or regulatory action, including but not limited to warning letters, suspension of manufacturing, seizure of product, injunctive action or possible civil and criminal penalties.

Commercialization and Promotion

The commercialization and promotion of authorized medicinal products, including industry-sponsored continuing medical education and advertising directed toward the prescribers of drugs, are strictly regulated in the European Union, notably under, among others, Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended, guidance published by the European Commission and the EMA, laws, regulations and guidance set out by the Member States of the European Union and industry wide codes of conduct. The applicable regulatory framework aims to ensure that information provided by holders of marketing authorizations regarding their products is truthful, balanced and accurately reflects the safety and efficacy claims authorized by the EMA or by the Competent Authority of the authorizing Member State. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Commercialization and promotion of prescription only medicinal products to consumers or patients (directly or indirectly) is strictly forbidden. Advertising of medicines pre-approval or off-label is also prohibited.

 

131


Table of Contents

Regulatory Data Protection and Market Exclusivity

In the European Union, all new active substances approved on the basis of a complete independent data package benefit from an 8+2+1 year data/market exclusivity regime. This regime consists of (i) a regulatory data protection period and market exclusivity period of eight years, (ii) a market exclusivity period of an additional two years after the eight-year period and (iii) an extended market exclusivity period of one year after the 10-year period if, during the first eight years of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an approval for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their approval, are determined to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Under the current rules, a third party may reference the preclinical and clinical data of the original innovator beginning eight years after notification of the grant of the approval in the European Union, but the third party may market a generic version after only 10 or, where applicable, 11 years have lapsed from the notification of the grant of the approval.

Orphan Designation

Medicines that meet the criteria for orphan designation benefit from the incentive of 10 years of market exclusivity once they are approved for commercialization in the European Union. This protects them from market competition with similar medicines with the same indication once they are approved. Market exclusivity is awarded by the European Commission and is specifically linked to one specific orphan designation for which a marketing authorization has been granted. Each orphan designation carries the potential for one market exclusivity for a particular indication. A medicine that has several separate orphan designations for different indications can have several separate market exclusivities if these refer to separate designated conditions. A designated orphan medicinal product shall be removed from the European Union’s Community register of orphan medicinal products at the end of the period of market exclusivity.

The period of market exclusivity is extended by two years for medicines that also have complied with an agreed pediatric investigational plan, or PIP. This period may, however, be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation, including among other things, if the product is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a marketing authorization may be granted, for the same therapeutic indication, to a similar drug if:

 

   

the holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan drug has given its consent to the second applicant;

 

   

the holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan drug is unable to supply sufficient quantities of the drug; or

 

   

the second applicant can establish in the application that the second drug, although similar to the orphan drug already authorized, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior.

Regulation (EC) No 847/2000 lays down definitions of the concepts “similar drug” and “clinical superiority.”

In order to be eligible for incentives made available by the European Union and by the Member States to support research into, and the development and availability of, orphan drugs, the medicinal product needs to be designated as an orphan drug pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000, as amended. Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000, as amended, states that a medicinal product shall be designated as an orphan medicinal product if its manufacturer can establish:

 

   

that it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in the European Union when the application is made or that it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening,

 

132


Table of Contents
 

seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition in the European Union and that without incentives it is unlikely that the commercialization of the medicinal product in the European Union would generate sufficient return to justify the necessary investment; and

 

   

that there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of the condition in question that has been authorized in the community or, if such method exists, the medicinal product will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition.

Small- or Medium-Sized Enterprise Status

In the European Union, manufacturers may benefit from further incentives, including administrative and procedural assistance and fee reductions when they are classified as a small- or medium-sized enterprises, or SME. Within the SMEs, medium enterprises are defined as those which employ between 50 to 249 persons and which have an annual turnover not exceeding €50 million or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding €43 million; a small enterprise is defined as an enterprise which employs between 10 to 49 persons and whose annual turnover or annual balance sheet total does not exceed €10 million; and a microenterprise is defined as an enterprise which employs fewer than 10 persons and whose annual turnover or annual balance sheet total does not exceed €2 million.

Administrative, regulatory and financial support is available to companies assigned the SME status by the EMA, including:

 

   

direct assistance by phone, email, teleconference or through briefing meetings on regulatory aspects of the pharmaceutical legislation;

 

   

fee exemptions and reductions for pre- and post-authorization regulatory procedures, including scientific advice, inspections and pharmaco-vigilance;

 

   

assistance with translations of product information into all official European Union languages;

 

   

inclusion in an online SME register, which is an important source of information on the EU-based SMEs involved in the manufacturing, development or marketing of medicines and promotes partnering and networking between the SMEs;

 

   

guidance on clinical data publication and a free redaction tool license;

 

   

liaison with academic investigators in pediatric-medicine research through the European Network of Pediatric Research at the EMA; and

 

   

workshops and training sessions.

Development of Medicines for Children

Several incentives for the development of medicines for children are available in the European Union:

 

   

medicines that have been authorized across the European Union with the results of PIP studies included in the product information are eligible for an extension of their patent protection by six months even when the studies’ results are negative;

 

   

for orphan medicines, the incentive is an additional two years of market exclusivity;

 

   

scientific advice and protocol assistance at the EMA are free of charge for questions relating to the development of medicines for children; and

 

   

medicines developed specifically for children that are already authorized but are not protected by a patent or supplementary protection certificate, can apply for a pediatric-use marketing authorization, or PUMA, which provides 10 years of market protection.

 

133


Table of Contents

Pediatric Regulation

On January 26, 2007, the Pediatric Regulation (Regulation (EC) No. 1901/2006 and Regulation (EC) No. 1902/2006) came into force in the European Union. Its objective is to improve the health of children in the European Union by facilitating the development and availability of medicines for children from birth up to 18 years of age, ensuring that medicines for use in children are of high quality, ethically researched and authorized appropriately and improving the availability of information on the use of medicines for children. The aim is to achieve this without subjecting children to unnecessary trials or delaying the authorization of medicines for use in adults. The Pediatric Regulation established the Pediatric Committee, or PDCO, which is responsible for coordinating the EMA’s work on medicines for children. The Committee’s main role is to determine the studies that companies must carry out on children as part of PIPs. At least an approved PIP needs to be in place before applying for marketing authorization. The PDCO grants deferrals for some medicines, allowing a company to delay development of the medicine in children until there is enough information to demonstrate its effectiveness and safety in adults. The PDCO also grants waivers when development of a medicine in children is not needed or is not appropriate, such as for diseases that only affect the elderly population. When the approved PIP contains studies that need to be performed, the proposed study design and timelines need to be adhered to.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval. Countries have different pricing and reimbursement schemes. In the European Union, the United States and markets in other countries, sales of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors provide coverage and establish adequate reimbursement levels for such products.

In the European Union, governments influence the price of pharmaceutical products through their pricing and reimbursement rules and control of national health care systems that fund a large part of the cost of those products to consumers. Some jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may only be marketed once a reimbursement price has been agreed. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines but monitor and control company profits. Special pricing and reimbursement rules may apply to orphan drugs. Inclusion of orphan drugs in reimbursement systems tends to focus on the medical usefulness, need, quality and economic benefits to patients and the healthcare system as for any drug. The downward pressure on health care costs has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert a commercial pressure on pricing within a country.

In the United States, third-party payors include federal and state healthcare programs, private managed care providers, health insurers and other organizations. Even if our product candidates are approved, sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors provide coverage and establish adequate reimbursement levels for such products. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price of a product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that such a payor will pay for the product. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved products for a particular indication. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products, therapies and services, in addition to questioning their safety and efficacy. We may need to conduct expensive pharmaco-economic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of our product candidates, in addition to the costs required to obtain the FDA approvals. Our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does

 

134


Table of Contents

not assure that other payors will also provide coverage for the product. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

In addition, prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by federal health care programs (such as the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and the 340B Drug Pricing Program) or discounts and rebates requested by private payors. In addition, any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States may also impact the pricing of drugs. It is difficult to predict how Medicare coverage and reimbursement policies will be applied to products for which the company receives marketing approval in the future and coverage and reimbursement under different federal health care programs is not always consistent. Further, private payors often follow the coverage and reimbursement policies established under Medicare. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our products for which we receive marketing approval.

The containment of healthcare costs also has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit a company’s revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which a company or its collaborators receive marketing approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

The marketability of any product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, emphasis on managed care in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on healthcare pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Facilities

We have offices in Waltham, Massachusetts; Zug, Switzerland; and, Leiden, The Netherlands. Our office in Massachusetts is rented on a monthly basis; our Switzerland office is rented on an annual basis; and our office in the incubator at the Bioscience Park in Leiden is sub-leased on a yearly basis.

Employees

As of January 11, 2021, we had 14 employees. We believe our relations with our employees are good.

The table below sets out the number of employees by geography as of January 11, 2021:

 

Geography

   As of January 11,
2021
 

Switzerland

     1  

The Netherlands

     8  
  

 

 

 

United States

     5  

Total

     14  
  

 

 

 

 

135


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

We are incorporated as a Dutch private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap) with operating subsidiaries in the Netherlands, Switzerland and the United States. We have raised more than $163 million of invested capital from LSP, Kurma Partners, Idinvest Partners, Foresite Capital, Bain Capital Life Sciences, venBio Partners, VenRock Partners, Viking Global Investors, General Atlantic, and Cormorant Asset Management.

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure immediately following the consummation of this offering:

 

LOGO

 

136


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Board and Senior Management

The following table presents information about our Board and Senior Management upon consummation of this offering.

 

Name

 

Position

  Age     Initial
year of
appointment
    Term  

Board

       

Berndt Modig

 

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

    62       2015    

Rémi Droller

 

Non-Executive Director

    45       2016    

Richard Gaster, M.D., Ph.D.

 

Non-Executive Director

    36       2019    

Hans Schikan, PharmD.

 

Non-Executive Director

    62       2019    

Martijn Kleijwegt

 

Non-Executive Director

    65       2016    

David Meeker, M.D.

 

Non-Executive Director

    66       2021    

Robert Glassman, M.D.

 

Non-Executive Director

    59       2021    

Senior Management

       

Berndt Modig

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

    62       2015       N/A  

Jochen Knolle, Ph.D.

 

Chief Scientific Officer and Chief Operating Officer

    71       2015       N/A  

Peng Lu, M.D., Ph.D.

 

Chief Medical Officer

    43       2020       N/A  

Anne Lesage, Ph.D.

 

Chief Early Development Officer

    59       2015       N/A  

Morgan Conn, Ph.D.

 

Chief Business Officer

    52       2017       N/A  

Anna Nijdam, MSc RA

 

Finance Director and Principal Accounting Officer

    39       2020       N/A  

Unless otherwise indicated, the current business address for members of our Board and Senior Management is Pharvaris B.V., J.H. Oortweg 21, 2333 CH Leiden, The Netherlands.

Family Relationships

No family relationships or other arrangements exist among any member of our Board or Senior Management.

Board and Senior Management

Board Structure

The Board as a collective is responsible for our management, strategy, policy and operations. The executive director(s) manage(s) our day-to-day business and operations and implement our strategy. The non-executive directors focus on the supervision of the policy and functioning of the performance of the duties of all directors and our general state of affairs. Each director has a statutory duty to act in the corporate interest of the Company and its business. Under Dutch law, the corporate interest extends to the interests of all corporate stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers. The duty to act in the corporate interest of the Company also applies in the event of a proposed sale or break-up of the Company, provided that the circumstances generally dictate how such duty is to be applied and how the respective interests of various groups of stakeholders should be weighed. Any resolution of the Board regarding a material change in our identity or character, as defined under Dutch law, requires approval of our general meeting.

Upon completion of this offering, the Board may consist of one or more executive directors and one or more non-executive directors. The Board shall be composed of individuals.

Under our Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering, the directors are appointed by the general meeting upon binding nomination by our Board based on a recommendation of our

 

137


Table of Contents

nomination and corporate governance committee. However, the general meeting may at all times overrule the binding nomination by a resolution adopted by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital. If the general meeting overrules the binding nomination, the Board shall make a new nomination.

At a general meeting, a resolution to appoint a director can only be passed in respect of candidates whose names are stated for that purpose in the agenda of that general meeting or in the explanatory notes thereto. Upon the appointment of a person as a director, the general meeting shall determine whether that person is appointed as executive director or as non-executive director.

The general meeting shall at all times be entitled to suspend or remove a director. Under our Articles of Association that will be effective upon the consummation of this offering, the general meeting may only adopt a resolution to suspend or remove a director by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital, unless the resolution is passed at the proposal of the Board, in which latter case a simple majority of the votes cast is sufficient. The Board may also suspend, but may not remove, an executive director. The Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering will not contain limitations on the period of a term of appointment nor on the number of consecutive terms, but we will be subject to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, or DCGC, which provides the following best practice recommendations on the terms for directors’ service:

 

   

executive directors should be appointed for a maximum period of four years, without limiting the number of consecutive terms executive directors may serve; and

 

   

non-executive directors should be appointed for two consecutive periods of no more than four years, after which non-executive directors may be reappointed for a maximum of two consecutive periods of no more than two years, provided that in the event of reappointment after an eight-year term of office the reasons thereof should be disclosed in the Company’s statutory annual Board report.

Board of Directors

The following is a brief summary of the business experience of our Board.

Berndt Modig

Mr. Modig is a co-founder of the Company and has served as Chief Executive Officer since its inception. Mr. Modig is also a director of the Company. Prior to co-founding the Company, Mr. Modig served as Chief Financial Officer of Prosensa Holding N.V., a biopharmaceutical company focusing on novel RNA modulating treatments for rare diseases like Duchenne muscular dystrophy, from March 2010 through its IPO on the NASDAQ in 2013 until its acquisition by BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc. in January 2015.

From October 2003 to November 2008, Mr. Modig was Chief Financial Officer at Jerini AG through its IPO on the Frankfurt exchange in 2005 and sale to Shire plc in 2008. Jerini developed and launched icatibant for the treatment of HAE, now currently marketed by Shire plc under the FIRAZYR brand name. Before Jerini AG, Mr. Modig served as Chief Financial Officer at Surplex AG from 2001 to 2003 and as Finance Director Europe of U.S.-based Hayward Industrial Products Inc. from 1999 to 2001. In previous positions, Mr. Modig was a Partner in the Brussels-based private equity firm Agra Industria from 1994 to 1999 and a Senior Manager in the Financial Services Industry Group of Price Waterhouse LLP in New York from 1991 to 1994.

Mr. Modig also serves as a director, chair of the compensation committee and member of the audit committee of Sio Gene Therapies Inc., as vice chairman and chair of the audit committee of Kiadis Pharma N.V., and as a member of the supervisory board and chair of the audit committee of Centogene N.V., all publicly held pharmaceutical companies. Mr. Modig received a bachelor’s degree in business administration, economics and German from the University of Lund, Sweden, and an MBA from INSEAD, Fontainebleau, France. Mr. Modig is

 

138


Table of Contents

a certified public accountant (inactive). We believe that Mr. Modig is qualified to serve on our Board because of his extensive international experience in finance and operations, private equity and mergers and acquisitions, and his service on the boards of directors of other biopharmaceutical companies.

Rémi Droller

Mr. Droller has been a director since April 2016. Mr. Droller has been working as Managing Partner with Kurma Partners since 2010 and is in charge of investments in AM Pharma, Orphazyme, Oxthera (Sweden), ImCheck (France), Stat Dx, Zealand Pharma, Vico Therapeutics, Flamingo Therapeutics and Dynacure. Mr. Droller started at CDC Innovation (now bpi France) from 2000 to 2003, later joining AGF Private Equity (now Idinvest Partners) where he developed the investment activity in the life sciences and made investments such as Novagali Pharma, Prosensa Holding N.V., Vivacta, IntegraGen, and Onxeo.

Mr. Droller holds a Master in Molecular Biology (Paris VI) and Master in Finance and Innovation Management (Masternova – AgroPariTech). We believe that Mr. Droller is qualified to serve on our Board because of his extensive experience as a venture capital investor and his service on the boards of directors of other biopharmaceutical companies.

Richard Gaster, M.D., Ph.D.

Dr. Gaster has been a director since in August 2019. Dr. Gaster currently is a partner at venBio and serves on the boards of Arrakis Therapeutics, NorthSea Therapeutics, Attralus, Stargazer Pharmaceuticals and Aeovian Pharmaceuticals, and served as a board observer for Akero Therapeutics and Harmony Biosciences. Dr. Gaster joined venBio in 2017 with experience as a physician, entrepreneur, and life sciences investor. Prior to joining venBio, Dr. Gaster served as the head of translational medicine at Pliant Therapeutics. Dr. Gaster began his career as a resident physician in Harvard’s Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery Program. Dr. Gaster has published numerous articles in top-tier peer-reviewed journals including Nature Medicine and Nature Nanotechnology, holds more than a dozen patents, and in 2014 was named one of Forbes “30 Under 30” in Science and Healthcare.

Dr. Gaster holds a BSE in Bioengineering from the University of Pennsylvania where he graduated summa cum laude. Dr. Gaster received his MD and PhD in Bioengineering from Stanford University in the Medical Scientist Training Program. We believe that Mr. Gaster is qualified to serve on our Board because of his experience in the pharmaceutical industry and his service on the boards of directors of other biopharmaceutical companies.

Hans Schikan

Mr. Schikan is a co-founder of the Company and has been a director since August 28, 2019. Mr. Schikan is the former CEO of Prosensa Holding N.V., a biopharmaceutical company focusing on novel RNA modulating treatments for rare diseases including Duchenne muscular dystrophy.

Mr. Schikan was previously at Genzyme, most recently serving as VP for Global Marketing and Strategic Development of Genzyme’s product portfolio for rare genetic diseases. He is currently Chairman of the Board of Complix and InteRNA, Board Member of Vicore Pharma and VectivBio.

Mr. Schikan is also member of the Top Team of the Dutch Top Sector Life Sciences & Health. Previously, he served on the boards of Sobi, Hansa Biopharma, Asceneuron, Wilson Therapeutics (acquired by Alexion) and Therachon (acquired by Pfizer). Mr. Schikan has a Pharm.D. degree from Utrecht University. We believe that Mr. Schikan is qualified to serve on our Board because of his extensive senior managerial experience in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, his role as CEO of Prosensa Holding N.V. and his service on the boards of directors of other biopharmaceutical companies.

 

139


Table of Contents

Martijn Kleijwegt

Mr. Kleijwegt has been a director since April 2016. Mr. Kleijwegt founded LSP in 1998 and is currently a Managing Partner and co-owner of LSP. Mr. Kleijwegt brings over 30 years of hands-on finance and investment experience to the Company. We believe that Mr. Kleijwegt is qualified to serve on our Board because of his experience in the biopharmaceutical industry as a venture capital investor, a founder of Life Sciences Partners and a member of the boards of directors of other biopharmaceutical companies.

David Meeker, M.D.

Dr. Meeker has been a director since January 2021. Dr. Meeker is the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of Rhythm Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prior to joining Rhythm Pharmaceuticals, Dr. Meeker served as President and Chief Executive Officer of KSQ Therapeutics, Inc. from 2017 to 2020. Prior to joining KSQ, Dr. Meeker worked at Sanofi Genzyme from 2011 to 2017, in a variety of roles, including as President and Chief Executive Officer of Genzyme, a Sanofi Company, as a member of Sanofi’s Executive Committee, and as Executive Vice President and Head of Sanofi Genzyme, Sanofi’s specialty care unit with responsibility for rare diseases, multiple sclerosis, oncology and immunology franchises. Prior to joining Genzyme, Dr. Meeker was Director of the Pulmonary Critical Care Fellowship at the Cleveland Clinic. Dr. Meeker has served as Chair of Trevi Therapeutics since 2017. He also served as a Director of MyoKardia, Inc. until its acquisition by Bristol Myers Squibb. Dr. Meeker holds a medical degree from the University of Vermont Medical School and completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School in 2000. We believe that Dr. Meeker is qualified to serve on our Board because of his extensive experience in the healthcare industry and as a member of the board of directors of other biopharmaceutical companies.

Robert Glassman, M.D.

Dr. Glassman has been a director since January 2021. Dr. Glassman is currently the Public Equity Venture Partner at OrbiMed Advisors. Previously, Dr. Glassman had been working as a senior investment banker for 17 years, most recently serving as Vice Chairman at Credit Suisse Securities since 2015. Prior to joining Credit Suisse Securities, Dr. Glassman served as a Managing Director at Bank of America Merrill Lynch between 2010-2015. Earlier in his career, Dr. Glassman was with Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity where he oversaw a very successful healthcare portfolio and at McKinsey & Co. for four years, where he consulted for a wide range of clients within their Pharmaceutical and Medical Products practice.

Dr. Glassman is a board certified hematologist-oncologist who remains on the faculty as a Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine at Weill Cornell. He has co-authored numerous articles in peer-reviewed journals and spoken widely in industry and academic forums on clinical development, reimbursement, and data interpretation. Dr. Glassman holds an AB from Harvard College and an MD from Harvard Medical School. He completed his residency in internal medicine at the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, and his fellowship in hematology and oncology at Weill Cornell. He also spent several years as a basic science investigator at Rockefeller University in the laboratory of Hidesaburo Hanafusa, where he received Howard Hughes Medical Institute and American Cancer Society awards. We believe that Dr. Glassman is qualified to serve on our Board because of his extensive experience as an investment banker and in the healthcare industry.

Senior Management

The following is a brief summary of the business experience of members of our Senior Management.

Jochen Knolle, Ph.D.

Dr. Knolle is a co-founder of the Company and has served as Chief Scientific Officer and Chief Operating Officer since our inception. Dr. Knolle’s experience spans 40 years in the pharmaceutical industry. Dr. Knolle is named as an author of many publications and as an inventor for many patents, including the approved therapeutics Quinapril, a marketed ACE inhibitor and icatibant.

 

140


Table of Contents

From 1978 to 1998, Dr. Knolle worked in several functions in the central pharmaceutical research unit of Hoechst AG and Hoechst-Marion-Roussel (HMR). In 1998, Dr. Knolle left HMR to join Axys Pharmaceuticals (now Celera) in San Francisco, where he served as VP for Medicinal Chemistry and structural biology. From 2001 to 2008, Dr. Knolle was the Chief Scientific Officer and Head of R&D in the management board of Jerini AG in Berlin, Germany. In 2008, Dr. Knolle left the management of Jerini AG and established JCK Consult.

In addition to his consultancy activities, Dr. Knolle was a co-founder of Kosa Pharma and 3B Pharmaceuticals and acts as a board member for the Charité Research Organisation GmbH, and Thermosome, and as Senior Advisor for Kurma Partners. Dr. Knolle studied chemistry in Göttingen and Münster. After a post-doc in the laboratory of the Nobel Laureate E.J. Corey at Harvard University, he joined the pharmaceutical unit of Hoechst AG in 1978.

Peng Lu, M.D., Ph.D.

Dr. Lu joined the Company in 2020, bringing 15 years of protein therapeutics and small molecule drug development experience including within genetic rare diseases.

Previously, Dr. Lu served as the Vice President, Global Program Lead for rare diseases at Takeda (via acquisition of Shire). During Dr. Lu’s time at Takeda/Shire, she was instrumental in leading project teams that successfully completed two Phase 3 pivotal HAE studies and achieved global approval of TAKHZYRO (lanadelumab-flyo) for the prevention of HAE attacks in the U.S., EU, and the rest of the world. In addition, she has also led the life-cycle management of TAKHZYRO beyond HAE, looking to broaden indications in other plasma-kallikrein-mediated diseases.

Prior to Takeda/Shire, Dr. Lu held roles in clinical development, translational research and clinical pharmacology with increasing levels of responsibility at AbbVie and Roche/Genentech, where she was responsible for the design and implementation of early and late development clinical strategy across a broad range of indications including autoimmune, respiratory, and genetic diseases leading to multiple approvals. Dr. Lu received her medical degree from Beijing Medical University and Ph.D. from The University of Texas, Austin, in systems biology.

Anne Lesage, Ph.D.

Dr. Lesage is a co-founder of Pharvaris and has led the translational science, preclinical and non-clinical development since its inception. Dr. Lesage has over 25 years’ experience in drug discovery, preclinical and early development and scientific and strategic project management.

From 1992 until 2010, Dr. Lesage held different leadership positions with increasing responsibility in the neuroscience drug discovery unit at Johnson & Johnson. Dr. Lesage started as project team lead, and moved to head of exploratory research and biology head of psychiatry. Dr. Lesage is an inventor on 9 patents and an author of 45 publications. Dr. Lesage founded GrayMatters Consulting in 2010, and advised early and late stage biotech companies, venture capital organisations, and government agencies and initiatives. In 2013, Dr. Lesage co-founded Kosa Pharma.

Dr. Lesage is trained as a biochemist and holds a Ph.D. in molecular biology. Dr. Lesage studied biochemistry at the University of Ghent, received her Ph.D. in the group of Professor Walter Fiers, and was a post-doctoral fellow in the Child Psychiatry department of Stanford University Medical School and in the CNRS Laboratory of Viral Oncology of Hospital Paul Brousse in Paris.

Morgan Conn, Ph.D.

Dr. Conn joined the Company in 2017, with over 15 years of experience in the biopharmaceutical industry.

 

141


Table of Contents

Previously, Dr. Conn worked at PTC Therapeutics from 2001-2017, initially in Research and subsequently helping to build the Business Development function, holding positions of increasing responsibility including global head and Vice President, Business Development. During this time, Dr. Conn was instrumental to all corporate transactions, including collaborations, licenses, and acquisitions with leading pharma, biotech, and academic organizations, and supported private and public financing events behind the company’s growth from a discovery organization to a global commercial entity. Dr. Conn’s portfolio includes transactions and financings supporting three rare pediatric neuromuscular medicines now commercialized: TRANSLARNA (ataluren), EMFLAZA (deflazacort), and EVRYSDI (risdiplam). In 2017, Dr. Conn founded CallisBio, a consulting firm offering strategic and implementation services in biopharma business and corporate development including transactions and financing.

Early in his career, Dr. Conn served as an Assistant Professor in Chemistry at Amherst College, with a cross appointment in the Graduate Molecular and Cellular Biology program at the University of Massachusetts (Amherst). Dr. Conn holds a B.Sc. (Hons) in Chemistry and Biochemistry from the University of Toronto, a Ph.D. in Organic Chemistry from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology as both an NSF and NSERC pre-doctoral fellow, and studied as a post-doctoral Research Fellow of the Miller Institute for Basic Research in Science at the University of California, Berkeley.

Anna Nijdam, MSc RA

Ms. Nijdam joined the Company in 2020, with over 12 years’ experience in the financial industry as a chartered accountant. From 2008 until 2020, Ms. Nijdam worked in the Assurance Services group at Ernst & Young Accountants LLP in Rotterdam, the Netherlands, where she held various leadership positions, including most recently serving as a Senior Manager. Ms. Nijdam is a member of the Associations Audit Committee of Hockey Club Rotterdam and previously served as a member of the supervisory board of Access to Seeds Foundation. Ms. Nijdam holds a masters in economics from the Erasmus University of Rotterdam and a Register Accountant title (Dutch Certified Public Accountant) from Nivra Nyenrode in the Netherlands.

Board Composition and Election of Directors after this Offering

Our Board is comprised of six members. The members of our Board do not have a retirement age requirement under our Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering.

Corporate Governance Practices

As a “foreign private issuer,” as defined by the SEC, we are permitted to follow certain governance practices of the Netherlands instead of those otherwise required under the Nasdaq Stock Market, or Nasdaq, rules for domestic issuers. We intend to take advantage of the following limited exemptions:

 

   

Exemption from filing quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K disclosing significant events within four days of their occurrence.

 

   

Exemption from Section 16 rules regarding sales of ordinary shares by insiders, which will provide less data in this regard than to shareholders of U.S. companies that are subject to the Exchange Act.

 

   

Exemption from the Nasdaq rules applicable to domestic issuers requiring disclosure within four business days of any determination to grant a waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics to directors and officers.

 

   

Exemption from the requirements that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors and that we have independent director oversight of director nominations.

 

   

Exemption from the requirement that we provide in our bylaws for a generally applicable quorum and that such quorum not be less than one-third of the outstanding voting stock.

 

142


Table of Contents
   

Exemption from the requirement that we solicit proxies and provide proxy statements for all meetings of Shareholders and shall provide copies of such proxy solicitation to Nasdaq.

 

   

Exemption from the requirement for shareholder approval for the issuance of securities in connection with certain events such as the acquisition of shares or assets of another company, the establishment of or amendments to equity-based compensation plans for employees, a change of control of us and certain private placements.

Nasdaq Rule 5615(a)(3) provides that a foreign private issuer may rely on home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain of the rules in the Nasdaq Rule 5600 Series, Rule 5250(b)(3) and Rule 5250(d).

We intend to take all actions necessary to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules adopted by the SEC and the Nasdaq corporate governance rules and listing standards.

Because we are a foreign private issuer, our directors and senior management are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. They will, however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

Board Committees

Our Board will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nomination and corporate governance committee prior to the consummation of this offering.

Audit Committee

The audit committee, which is expected to consist of                 , will assist the Board in overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements.                 will serve as Chairman of the committee. In addition, the audit committee will be responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our Board has determined that                  satisfies the “independence” requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and expects that upon the consummation of this offering                  will satisfy such “independence” requirements. Our Board has determined that                  qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in the rules of the SEC.

We may rely on the phase-in rules of the SEC and Nasdaq with respect to the independence of our audit committee. These rules require that all members of our audit committee must meet the independence standard for audit committee membership within one year of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Compensation Committee

The compensation committee, which is expected to consist of                  , will assist our Board in overseeing compensation for our executive officers and our directors.                 will serve as Chairman of the committee. In accordance with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5615(a)(3), we will follow home country requirements with respect to the compensation committee. As a result, our practice will vary from the requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(d), which sets forth certain requirements as to the responsibilities, composition and independence of compensation committees.

Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee

The nomination and corporate governance committee, which is expected to consist of                  , will assist our Board in identifying individuals qualified to become members of our Board consistent with criteria

 

143


Table of Contents

established by our Board and in developing our code of conduct.                 will serve as Chairman of the committee. As permitted by the listing requirements of Nasdaq, we may opt out of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(e) which requires independent director oversight of director nominations.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We intend to adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which covers a broad range of matters including the handling of conflicts of interest, compliance issues and other corporate policies such as insider trading and equal opportunity and non-discrimination standards.

Compensation and Other Benefits of Members of Our Board

As a foreign private issuer, in accordance with Nasdaq listing requirements, we will comply with home country compensation requirements and certain exemptions thereunder rather than complying with Nasdaq compensation requirements. Dutch law does not provide for limitations with respect to the aggregate annual compensation paid to our directors, provided that such compensation is consistent with our compensation policy. Such compensation policy requires approval by our general meeting by a simple majority of votes cast. The Board determines the compensation of individual directors with due observance of the compensation policy. A proposal with respect to compensation schemes in the form of shares or rights to shares in which directors may participate is subject to approval by our general meeting by a simple majority of votes cast. Such a proposal must set out at least the maximum number of shares or rights to subscribe for shares to be granted to the directors and the criteria for granting or amendment.

Our compensation policy will authorize our Board to determine the amount, level and structure of the compensation packages of our directors at the recommendation of our compensation committee. These compensation packages may consist of a mix of fixed and variable compensation components, including base salary, short-term incentives, long-term incentives, fringe benefits, severance pay and pension arrangements, as determined by our Board.

Disclosure of Compensation of our Board and Senior Management

For so long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer, we are not required to comply with the proxy rules applicable to U.S. domestic companies, including the requirement applicable to emerging growth companies to disclose the compensation of our chief executive officer and other two most highly compensated executive officers on an individual, rather than an aggregate, basis. However, under Dutch law, we are required to disclose the compensation of our chief executive officer, being a member of our Board, on an individual basis.

The aggregate compensation, including benefits in kind, accrued or paid to members of our Board and Senior Management with respect to the year ended December 31, 2019 for services in all capacities was approximately €1,311,572. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we paid Berndt Modig, our Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director, €283,300 in compensation and benefits in kind.

The table below shows the remuneration paid to certain individual members of the Board for the year ended December 31, 2019 in such capacity.

 

     Base salary      Total remuneration  

Mr. Modig

   267,000      283,300  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share Ownership of our Board and Senior Management

The table below sets forth the share ownership of our Board and Senior Management as of September 30, 2020. Messrs. Droller, Gaster, Kleijwegt and Rome have agreed or are otherwise obligated to transfer all or a

 

144


Table of Contents

portion of the compensation they receive for their service as directors to the shareholders with which they are affiliated. The below table gives effect to the automatic conversion of preferred shares outstanding on September 30, 2020, but does not give effect to the Series C preferred shares that were issued on November 5, 2020.

 

     Number of
Ordinary
Shares
     Percentage
of Shares
Outstanding
    Voting Rights  

Mr. Modig(1)

     1,200,000        6.76          (6) 

Dr. Knolle

     1,200,000        6.76          (6) 

Mr. Schikan

     500,000        2.82          (6) 

Dr. Lesage(2)

     250,000        1.41          (6) 

Mr. Droller(3)

     1,339,243        7.55          (6) 

Mr. Gaster

                       (6) 

Mr. Kleijwegt(4)

     3,607,566        20.33          (6) 

Dr. Rome(5)

                       (6) 

 

(1)

Represents ordinary shares held by Schoodic Management B.V., an entity controlled by Mr. Modig.

(2)

Represents ordinary shares held by GrayMatters Consulting BVBA, an entity controlled by Dr. Lesage.

(3)

Represents 1,339,243 preferred shares which will be automatically converted into 1,339,243 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. KURMA BIOFUND II is managed by its management company, Kurma Partners S.A and Mr. Droller controls Kurma Partners S.A.

(4)

Represents 3,607,566 preferred shares which will be automatically converted into 3,607,566 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The managing director of LSP V Coöperatieve U.A. is LSP V Management B.V. Mr. Kleijwegt is a managing director of LSP V Management B.V. and may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held by LSP V Coöperatieve U.A. Mr. Kleijwegt disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

(5)

Dr. Rome stepped down from his position as Member of the Board effective December 31, 2020.

(6)

Each ordinary share carries one vote per share.

Option Ownership of our Board and Senior Management

The table below sets forth the option ownership of our Board and Senior Management as of September 30, 2020.

 

     Options      Percentage
of Shares
Outstanding
    Percentage of
Fully Diluted
 

Mr. Modig

     150,000        0.845     0.76

Dr. Knolle

     150,000        0.845     0.76

Dr. Lesage

     150,000        0.845     0.76

Dr. Conn

     150,000        0.845     0.76

Dr. Lu

     440,000        2.480     2.24

Equity Incentive Plan

In 2016, the Company adopted an Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan in order to advance the interests of the Company and its stakeholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and provide a means by which eligible individuals may benefit from increases in the value of the Company’s shares. The Company anticipates amending and restating the Plan in connection with the offering. As of September 30, 2020, there were 462,569 shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

145


Table of Contents

The Plan provides for the grant of the following types of Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, or ISOs, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, or NSOs, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, or SARs, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, or RSAs, (v) RSUs, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, or PSAs, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, or PCAs, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

As of September 30, 2020, the total number of ISOs and NSOs held by the Board and Senior Management and other employees is 1,432,850 with a weighted average exercise price of €1.73 per share. None of these options have been exercised.

As of September 30, 2020, the total number of RSUs held by the Board and Senior Management and other (former) employees is 25,295.

Employment and Consulting Agreements with Senior Management

We have entered into written employment or service agreements with each member of our Senior Management. See “Related Party Transactions—Agreements and Arrangements with Senior Management” for additional information.

Board Service Contracts

There are no arrangements or understandings between us, on the one hand, and any of our directors, on the other hand, providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service as directors of the Company.

Insurance and Indemnification

Under Dutch law, members of the Board may be held liable for damages in the event of improper or negligent performance of their duties. They may be held jointly and severally liable for damages to the Company and to third parties for infringement of the Articles of Association or of certain provisions of Dutch law. In certain circumstances, they may also incur additional specific civil and criminal liabilities.

Members of the Board, Senior Management, certain other of our officers and certain subsidiaries are insured under an insurance policy against damages resulting from their conduct when acting in the capacities as such members or officers.

The Articles of Association provide for an indemnity for current and former members of the Board and such current and former officers and employees of the Company as designated by the Board, collectively, the Indemnified Persons. The Company shall indemnify all Indemnified Persons against any financial losses or damages incurred by such person and any expense reasonably paid or incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed suit, claim, action or legal proceedings of a civil, criminal, administrative or other nature, formal or informal, in which such person becomes involved to the extent this relates to his current or former position with the Company and/or a group company and in each case to the extent permitted by applicable law. No indemnification shall be given to an Indemnified Person: (a) if a competent court or arbitral tribunal has established, without having (or no longer having) the possibility for appeal, that the acts or omissions of such Indemnified Person that led to the financial losses, damages, expenses, suit, claim, action or legal proceedings are of an unlawful nature (including acts or omissions which are considered to constitute malice, gross negligence, intentional recklessness and/or serious culpability attributable to such Indemnified Person); (b) to the extent that the Indemnified Person’s financial losses, damages and expenses are covered under insurance and the relevant insurer has settled, or has provided reimbursement for, these financial losses, damages and expenses (or has irrevocably undertaken to do so); (c) in relation to proceedings brought by such Indemnified Person against the Company, except for proceedings brought to enforce indemnification to which the Indemnified Person is entitled pursuant to the Articles of Association of the Company, any indemnification agreement entered into with such Indemnified Person which has been approved by the Board, or pursuant to

 

146


Table of Contents

insurance taken out by the Company for the benefit of such Indemnified Person; or (d) for any financial losses, damages, or expenses incurred in connection with a settlement of any proceedings effected without the Company’s prior consent.

Dutch Corporate Governance

As a listed Dutch public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap), we will be subject to the DCGC. The DCGC contains both principles and best practice provisions for boards of directors, shareholders and general meetings, financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards. A copy of the DCGC can be found on www.mccg.nl. The DCGC is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, as a Dutch company listed on a stock exchange, we will be required to disclose in our statutory annual Board report to what we extent comply with the principles and best practice provisions of the DCGC, and where we do not (for example, because of a conflicting Nasdaq requirement or otherwise), we must state why and to what extent we deviate in our statutory annual Board report. Our most substantial deviations from the DCGC are summarized below, but we cannot exclude the possibility of deviating from additional provisions of the DCGC, including after the date hereof and including in order to follow market practice or governance practices in the United States.

Under our Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering, directors are be appointed on the basis of a binding nomination prepared by the Board. This means that the nominee will be appointed to the Board, unless the general meeting overrules the binding nature of the nomination (in which case a new nomination will be prepared for a subsequent general meeting). Our Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering will provide that the general meeting can only pass such resolution by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital. However, the DCGC recommends that the general meeting should be capable of passing such a resolution by a simple majority of votes cast, representing no more than one-third of the issued share capital.

Under the Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering, directors can only be dismissed by the general meeting by simple majority of votes cast, provided that the Board proposes the dismissal. In other cases, the general meeting can only pass such resolution by a two-thirds majority representing more than half of the issued share capital. The DCGC recommends that the general meeting can pass a resolution to dismiss a director by simple majority, representing no more than one-third of the issued share capital.

The DCGC recommends against providing equity awards as part of the compensation of a non-executive director. However, we expect to deviate from this recommendation and grant equity awards to our non-executive directors, consistent with U.S. market practice.

Our Plan allows us to set the terms and conditions of equity awards granted thereunder. Under the Plan, we may grant ordinary shares that are not subject to a lock-up period of at least five years after the date of grant, and we may grant options without restricting the exercisability of those options during the first three years after the date of grant. In those cases, this would cause additional deviations from the DCGC.

 

147


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table presents information relating to the beneficial ownership of Pharvaris’ ordinary shares as of January 11, 2021, by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares;

 

   

each member of our Board and Senior Management; and

 

   

all members of our Board and Senior Management as a group.

The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by each entity, person and member of Pharvaris’ Board or Senior Management is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any ordinary shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any ordinary shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of January 11, 2021 through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares held by that person.

The percentage of outstanding ordinary shares is computed on the basis of 23,569,276 ordinary shares outstanding as of January 11, 2021, which reflects automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into an aggregate of 18,719,276 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of Pharvaris’ initial public offering. Ordinary shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of January 11, 2021 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all members of the Board and Senior Management as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Pharvaris B.V., J.H. Oortweg 21, 2333 CH Leiden, The Netherlands.

 

148


Table of Contents
     Ordinary Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior
to the Offering
    Ordinary Shares Beneficially
Owned
Following the Offering
Assuming No Exercise of
Underwriters’
Overallotment Option
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Shares
     Percentage
of Class
    Number of
Shares
     Percentage
of Class
 

5% Beneficial Owner:

          

LSP V Coöperatieve U.A.(1)

     3,607,566        15.31     3,607,566            

KURMA BIOFUND II(2)

     1,339,243        5.68     1,339,243            

Entities affiliated with Foresite Capital(3)

     3,626,068        15.38     3,626,068            

Entities affiliated with Bain Capital Life Sciences Investors, LLC(4)

     2,930,601        12.43     2,930,601            

venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P.(5)

     2,003,310        8.50     2,003,310            

Entities affiliated with Idinvest Partners S.A(6)

     1,455,153        6.17     1,455,153            

Jens Schneider-Mergener

     1,200,000        5.09     1,200,000            

Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP(7)

     1,420,155        6.03     1,420,155            

General Atlantic PH B.V.(8)

     1,420,155        6.03     1,420,155            

Board and Senior Management:

                 

Mr. Modig(9)

     1,243,750        5.27     1,243,750            

Mr. Droller(2)

     1,339,243        5.68     1,339,243            

Dr. Gaster

                             

Mr. Schikan.

     500,000        2.12     500,000            

Mr. Kleijwegt(1)

     3,607,566        15.31     3,607,566            

Dr. Meeker

                             

Dr. Glassman

                             

Dr. Knolle(10)

     1,243,750        5.27     1,243,750            

Dr. Lu(11)

     127,417                 127,417            

Dr. Lesage(12)

     293,750        1.24     293,750            

Dr. Conn(13)

     69,045                 69,045            

Ms. Nijdam

                             

All executive officers and board members as a group (12 persons)

     8,424,521        35.25     8,424,521            

 

*

Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of total outstanding ordinary shares.

(1)

Represents 3,607,566 preferred shares which will be automatically converted into 3,607,566 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The managing director of LSP V Coöperatieve U.A. is LSP V Management B.V. The managing directors of LSP V Management B.V. are Martijn Kleijwegt, Rene Kuijten and Joachim Rothe, each of whom may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held by LSP V Coöperatieve U.A. Each of Mr. Kleijwegt, Mr. Kuijten and Mr. Rothe disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of LSP V Coöperatieve U.A. is Johannes Vermeerplein 9, 1071 DV Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

(2)

Represents 1,339,243 preferred shares which will be automatically converted into 1,339,243 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. KURMA BIOFUND II is managed by its management company, Kurma Partners S.A. and Mr. Droller controls Kurma Partners S.A. The address of Kurma Partners S.A and Mr. Droller. is 24 Rue Royale, 75008, Paris, France.

(3)

Represents (i) 3,261,926 preferred shares held by Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P. (“Foresite IV”), which will be automatically converted into 3,261,926 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and (ii) 364,142 preferred shares held by Foresite Capital Fund V, L.P. (“Foresite V” and, together with Foresite IV, “Foresite”), which will be automatically converted into 364,142 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Foresite Capital Management IV, LLC (“FCM IV”) is the general partner of Foresite IV and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over shares held by Foresite IV. Foresite Capital Management V, LLC (“FCM V”) is the general partner of

 

149


Table of Contents
  Foresite V and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over shares held by Foresite V. Dr. Jim Tananbaum is the sole managing member of FCM IV and FCM V and may be deemed to have sole voting and dispositive power over share held by Foresite. Each of FCM IV, FCM V and Dr. Tananbaum disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by Foresite except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of Foresite, FCM IV, FCM V and Dr. Tananbaum is 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500, San Francisco, CA 94111.
(4)

Represents (i) 2,658,480 preferred shares held by Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P. (“BCLS”), which will be automatically converted into 2,658,480 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and (ii) 272,121 preferred shares held by BCIP Life Sciences Associates, L.P. (“BCIP LS” and, together with BCLS, the “Bain Capital Life Sciences Entities”), which will be automatically converted into 272,121 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Bain Capital Life Sciences Investors, LLC, whose managers are Jeffrey Schwartz and Adam Koppel, is the ultimate general partner of BCLS and governs the investment strategy and decision-making process with respect to investments held by BCIP LS. As a result, each of Bain Capital Life Sciences Investors, LLC, Mr. Schwartz and Dr. Koppel may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bain Capital Life Sciences Entities. The address of the Bain Capital Life Sciences Entities is c/o Bain Capital Life Sciences, LP 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116.

(5)

Represents 2,003,310 preferred shares which will be automatically converted into 2,003,310 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The address of venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P. (“venBio”) is 1700 Owens Street Suite 595 San Francisco, CA 94158.

(6)

Represents (i) 84,410 preferred shares held by Idinvest Patrimoine n°4 IR (“Idinvest I”), which will be automatically converted into 84,410 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; (ii) 451,409 preferred shares held by Objectif Innovation Patrimoine n°8 (“Idinvest II”), which will be automatically converted into 451,409 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; (iii) 447,739 preferred shares held by Idinvest Patrimoine n°5 (“Idinvest III”), which will be automatically converted into 447,739 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; (iv) 239,773 preferred shares held by Idinvest Patrimoine 2015 (“Idinvest IV”), which will be automatically converted into 239,773 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; (v) 49,328 preferred shares held by Objectif Innovation Patrimoine n°9 (“Idinvest V”), which will be automatically converted into 49,328 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; (vi) 41,684 preferred shares held by Idinvest Patrimoine n°6 (“Idinvest VI”), which will be automatically converted into 41,684 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; (vii) 76,460 preferred shares held by Idinvest Patrimoine 2019 (“Idinvest VII”), which will be automatically converted into 76,460 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and (viii) 64,350 preferred shares held by Objectif Innovation 2019 (“Idinvest VIII” and, together with Idinvest I, Idinvest II, Idinvest III, Idinvest IV, Idinvest V, Idinvest VI and Idinvest VII, the “Idinvest Entities”), which will be automatically converted into 64,350 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The Idinvest Entities are controlled and managed by Idinvest Partners S.A. The address of Idinvest Partners S.A. is 117 Avenue des Champs Elysees, 75008, Paris, France.

(7)

Represents 1,420,155 preferred shares which will be automatically converted into 1,420,155 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP (the “Opportunities Fund”) has the authority to dispose of and vote the shares directly owned by it, which power may be exercised by its general partner, Viking Global Opportunities Portfolio GP LLC (“Opportunities GP”), and by Viking Global Investors LP (“VGI”), which provides managerial services to the Opportunities Fund. O. Andreas Halvorsen, David C. Ott and Rose Shabet, as Executive Committee members of Viking Global Partners LLC (the general partner of VGI) and Opportunities GP, have shared authority to direct the voting and disposition of investments beneficially owned by VGI and the Opportunities GP. The business address of the Opportunities Fund is c/o Viking Global Investors LP, 55 Railroad Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

(8)

Represents 1,420,155 preferred shares which will be automatically converted into 1,420,155 ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. General Atlantic PH B.V. (“GA PH”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of General Atlantic Coöperatief U.A. (“GA Coop UA”). The members that share

 

150


Table of Contents
  beneficial ownership of the shares held by GA PH through GA Coop UA are the following General Atlantic investment funds (the “GA Funds”): General Atlantic Partners (Bermuda) IV, L.P. (“GAP Bermuda IV”), General Atlantic Partners (Bermuda) EU, L.P. (“GAP Bermuda EU”), General Atlantic Partners (Lux) SCSp (“GAP Lux”) and General Atlantic Cooperatief, L.P. (“GA Coop LP”). The general partner of GAP Lux is General Atlantic GenPar, (Lux) SCSp (“GA GenPar Lux”) and the general partner of GA GenPar Lux is General Atlantic (Lux) S.à r.l. (“GA Lux”). The general partner of GAP Bermuda IV and GAP Bermuda EU and the sole shareholder of GA Lux is General Atlantic GenPar (Bermuda), L.P. (“GenPar Bermuda”). GAP (Bermuda) Limited (“GAP (Bermuda) Limited”) is the general partner of GenPar Bermuda and GA Coop LP. There are eight members of the management committee of GAP (Bermuda) Limited (the “GA Management Committee”). GAP (Bermuda) Limited, GenPar Bermuda, GA Lux, GA GenPar Lux, and the GA Funds (collectively, the “GA Group”) are a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act. The address of GA Coop LP, GAP Bermuda IV, GAP Bermuda EU, GenPar Bermuda, and GAP (Bermuda) Limited is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. The address of GA Coop UA is Raamplein 1, 1016 XK, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. The address of GAP Lux, GA GenPar Lux and GA Lux is Luxembourg is 412F, Route d’Esch, L-2086 Luxembourg. Each of the members of the GA Management Committee disclaims ownership of the shares except to the extent that he has a pecuniary interest therein.
(9)

Represents ordinary shares held by Schoodic Management B.V., an entity controlled by Mr. Modig. Consists of 43,750 options that vest within 60 days of January 11, 2021. See “Management—Equity Incentive Plan.”

(10)

Consists of 43,750 options that vest within 60 days of January 11, 2021. See “Management—Equity Incentive Plan.”

(11)

Consists of 127,417 options that vest within 60 days of January 11, 2021. See “Management—Equity Incentive Plan.”

(12)

Represents ordinary shares held by GrayMatters Consulting BVBA, an entity controlled by Dr. Lesage. Consists of 43,750 options that vest within 60 days of January 11, 2021. See “Management—Equity Incentive Plan.”

(13)

Consists of 25,295 RSUs that will vest upon consummation of this offering and 43,750 options that vest within 60 days of January 11, 2021.

As of                 , 2021, approximately                  of our outstanding ordinary shares are held by                  record holders in the United States. Upon the consummation of this offering, all ordinary shares will carry one voting right. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.

 

151


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of related-party transactions we have entered into since January 1, 2018 with any of the members of the Board, our Senior Management and the holders of more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

Transactions with Our Principal Shareholders

In August 2019 and July 2020, pursuant to that certain Share Subscription Agreement dated July 26, 2019 as amended on July 29, 2019 (the “2019 Share Subscription Agreement”), we issued to investors in two tranches a total of 7,650,147 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $66,000,000. Under the 2019 Share Subscription Agreement, we issued to Foresite IV a total of 2,897,783 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $25,000,000, to BCLS a total of 1,997,820 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $17,235,757, to BCIP LS a total of 204,496 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $1,764,243, to venBio a total of 1,275,025 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $11,000,000, to Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P. (“Venrock I”) a total of 105,374 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $909,090.91, to VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC (“Venrock II”) a total of 10,537 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $90,909.09, to LSP V Coöperatieve U.A. a total of 811,379 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $7,000,000, to KURMA BIOFUND II a total of 115,911 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $1,000,000, to Idinvest V a total of 49,328 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $410,602.55, to Idinvest VI a total of 41,684 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $346,974.47, to Idinvest VII 76,460 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $674,632.61 and to Idinvest VIII 64,350 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $567,784.72.

In November 2020, pursuant to the Share Subscription Agreement dated November 3, 2020 (the “2020 Share Subscription Agreement”), we issued to investors a total of 5,826,279 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of approximately $80 million. Under the 2020 Share Subscription Agreement, we issued to Foresite IV a total of 364,143 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $5,000,011.12, to Foresite V, a total of 364,142 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $4,999,997.39, to BCLS a total of 660,660 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $9,071,456.39, to BCIP LS a total of 67,625 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $928,552.11, to venBio a total of 728,285 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $10,000,008.51, to Venrock I a total of 197,118 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $ 2,706,607.55, to Venrock II a total of 19,707 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $270,594.85, to Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners Eg, L.P., a total of 220,146 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $3,022,802.71, to Opportunities Fund a total of 1,420,155 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $19,500,006.29, to General Atlantic PH B.V. a total of 1,420,155 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $19,500,006.29, to Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP a total of 67,840 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $931,504.26, to Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund III, LP a total of 291,460 Series C Shares for an aggregate investment amount of $4,002,008.11, and to CRMA SPV, L.P. a total of 4,843 Series C Shares for an aggregate investment amount of $66,498.75.

Shareholders Agreement

On November 5, 2020, all of the then existing shareholders entered into the Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”), which governs board composition, transfer restrictions, preemptive rights and registration rights, among other matters. The Shareholders Agreement will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

152


Table of Contents

Board composition. Our board is to consist of the chief executive officer, two members of appointed by the founders (however, provided that if the chief executive officer is a founder, the founders may only appoint one member), two members nominated by the holders of the Series A preferred shares, two members nominated by the holders of the Series B preferred shares and one additional non-executive member appointed by the general meeting with the approval of a majority the board.

Transfer restrictions. Certain transfer restrictions, including a right of first refusal as well as drag-along rights by holders of certain of our existing preferred shares, are provided for.

Anti-dilution/preemptive rights. Holders of preferred shares have anti-dilution protection in the event we issue shares at a price that is less than the original purchase price per preferred share. In the event such shares are issued, we are required to issue to the holders of the Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares and Series C preferred shares, unless waived, additional Series A preferred shares, Series B preferred shares and Series C preferred shares. This right does not apply in the event of an underwritten public offering of our shares. All existing shareholders also have preemptive rights in the event of any issuance of new shares. These rights are expected to be waived in connection with this offering.

Agreements and Arrangements with Senior Management

Dr. Knolle, who has served as Chief Scientific Officer and Chief Operating Officer since its inception, is a member of the board of Charité Research Organisation GmbH, or Charité CRO. The Company has entered into a service contract with Charité CRO according to which Charité CRO provides services supporting research for the Company. In fiscal years 2018 and 2019, payments to Charité CRO with respect to this service contract amounted to €49,600 and €1,238,355, respectively.

The Company engages several management entities for the purpose of providing key management services to the Company. These management entities are considered related parties, as they provide key management services and the key management personnel exercise key management functions within these entities. Certain key management personnel are also shareholders of the Company. In fiscal years 2018 and 2019 the aggregate amounts payable to these related parties was €103,777 and €55,250, respectively.

We have entered into Management Service Agreements with JCK-Consult/Dr. Knolle and GrayMatters Consulting B.V. dated August 1, 2020 (the “Consulting Agreements”). The Consulting Agreements provide for daily fixed fees up to a maximum amount per annum and an additional discretionary annual fee with a target based on a percentage of the maximum annual fee amount, determined at the discretion of the Company. The Consulting Agreements are for a term of four years but may be earlier terminated by either party without notice. Upon a termination of the agreement by the Company without cause, the consultant is entitled to (i) an amount equal to the expected sum of the services fee for the remaining period until the termination date, up to a specified amount, (ii) any unpaid discretionary fee for the prior year, and (iii) pro rata discretionary fee for the then-current year, subject to approval of the Company. The Consulting Agreements also contain certain restrictive covenants, including a perpetual confidentiality provision and covenants regarding non-solicitation of employees, consultants, independent contractors, suppliers and customers during the term of the agreement and for a period of one year thereafter. In the event a consultant breaches any of these covenants and does not remedy such breach within five business days of receiving written notice, such consultant will be required to pay the Company a lump sum penalty, plus an additional penalty for each day such breach continues.

We have also entered into employment agreements with Mr. Modig (Chief Executive Officer), Dr. Lu (Chief Medical Officer), Ms. Nijdam (Director of Finance) and Dr. Conn (Chief Business Officer) (collectively, the “Employment Agreements”). The Employment Agreements generally provide for base salary, sign-on bonuses, discretionary annual bonuses based on a percentage of base salary and eligibility to receive equity awards and to participate in the Company’s benefits plans. The Employment Agreements for Dr. Lu, Mr. Modig and Dr. Conn also provide that upon a termination by the Company without cause, by the executive for good

 

153


Table of Contents

reason, or as a result of the executive’s death or disability, the executive is entitled to the following (subject to execution of a general release of claims in favor of the Company): (i) 12 months of base salary, (ii) with respect to Dr. Lu and Dr. Conn, for one year after termination, the right to continue health care benefits under COBRA at active employee rates, (iii) any unpaid discretionary bonus for the prior year and (iv) pro rata discretionary bonus for the current year, subject to Board approval. In addition, the employment agreements with Mr. Modig and Dr. Conn also entitle each executive to a special bonus upon the consummation of a change in control (or a qualified IPO for Dr. Conn) on or before the 18-month anniversary of each executive’s start date, with the amount of the bonus to be equal to the excess of the fair market value of the Company’s shares on the date of such change in control (or the public offering price of the Company’s shares set forth in the final prospectus filed with the SEC in the event of a qualified IPO) over $2.65 (for Dr. Conn) or 2.38 Euros (for Mr. Modig), multiplied by 30,000 (subject to adjustment to reflect any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Company’s common stock or share capital).

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with the members of our Board. The indemnification agreements and our Articles of Association require us to indemnify the members of our Board against financial losses or damages or any expense reasonable paid or incurred in connection with any threatened, pending, or completed suit, claim, action or legal proceeding, in each case to the extent permitted by law, subject to certain exceptions.

 

154


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

General

We were incorporated pursuant to the laws of the Netherlands as Pharvaris B.V. on September 30, 2015. Prior to the listing of our ordinary shares on Nasdaq, we will convert into a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap) under Dutch law and our legal name will change to Pharvaris N.V.

We are registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce (Kamer van Koophandel) under number 64239411. Our corporate seat is in Leiden, the Netherlands, and our registered office is also in Leiden, the Netherlands.

The following is a summary of material information relating to our share capital upon and following the consummation of this offering. The summaries of the Articles of Association as set forth in this prospectus are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the Articles of Association included in this registration statement.

Share Capital

Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized share capital will amount to €            , divided into                    ordinary shares, each with a nominal value of €0.12, and              preferred shares, each with a nominal value of €0.12, and our issued share capital will amount to €            . We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PHVS.”

Under Dutch law, our authorized share capital is the maximum capital that we may issue without amending our Articles of Association. An amendment of our Articles of Association would require a resolution of the general meeting upon proposal by the Board.

Initial settlement of the ordinary shares issued in this offering will take place at the consummation of this offering through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities. Each person owning ordinary shares held through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the ordinary shares.

Upon the consummation of this offering, our Articles of Association will provide that, for as long as any of our ordinary shares are admitted to trading on Nasdaq, the New York Stock Exchange or on any other regulated stock exchange operating in the United States, the laws of the State of New York shall apply to the property law aspects of the ordinary shares reflected in the register administered by our transfer agent, subject to certain overriding exceptions under the Dutch Civil Code.

Articles of Association and Dutch law

Set forth below is a summary of relevant information concerning our share capital and material provisions of our Articles of Association that will be effective upon the consummation of this offering and applicable Dutch law. This summary does not constitute legal advice regarding those matters and should not be regarded as such.

Ordinary Shares

The following summarizes the main rights of holders of our ordinary shares:

 

   

each holder of ordinary shares is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the appointment of directors;

 

   

there are no cumulative voting rights;

 

155


Table of Contents
   

the holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions as may be declared from time to time by us out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any, following payment of the preferred dividend if any preferred shares are or have been outstanding (to the extent holders or former holders of preferred shares are entitled to such distribution under our Articles of Association);

 

   

upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of ordinary shares will be entitled to share ratably in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities, following payment of the preferred dividend if any preferred shares are or have been outstanding (to the extent holders or former holders of preferred shares are entitled to such distribution under our Articles of Association); and

 

   

the holders of ordinary shares have preemptive rights in case of share issuances or the grant or rights to subscribe for shares, except if such rights are limited or excluded by the corporate body authorized to do so and except in such cases as provided by Dutch law and our Articles of Association.

Company’s Shareholders’ Register

We must keep our shareholders’ register accurate and current. The Board keeps our shareholders’ register and records names and addresses of all holders of shares, showing the date on which the shares were acquired, the date of the acknowledgement by or notification of us as well as the amount paid on each share. The register also includes the names and addresses of those with a right of usufruct (vruchtgebruik) in shares belonging to another or a pledge (pandrecht) in respect of such shares. The ordinary shares offered in this offering will be held through DTC, therefore DTC or its nominee will be recorded in the shareholders’ register as the holder of those ordinary shares.

Our ordinary shares and preferred shares shall be in registered form (op naam). We may issue share certificates (aandeelbewijzen) for registered shares in such form as may be approved by our Board.

Corporate Objectives

Pursuant to the Articles of Association, our main corporate objectives are:

 

   

to discover, develop and commercialize treatments, including for hereditary angioedema;

 

   

to engage, in any way whatsoever, in trading activities (retail and wholesale), the import, export, purchase, sale and distribution of products, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutical products, and other related (raw material) products and to render operational and supporting services to its group companies in connection herewith;

 

   

to develop and trade in patents, trademarks, licenses, knowhow, copyrights, data base rights and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

to participate in, finance or hold any other interest in, or to conduct the management of, other legal entities, partnerships or enterprises;

 

   

to furnish guarantees, to provide security, to warrant performance in any other way and to assume liability, whether jointly and severally or otherwise, in respect of obligations of group companies or other parties; and

 

   

to do anything which, in the widest sense, is connected with or may be conducive to the objects described above.

Limitations on the Rights to Own Ordinary Shares

Our ordinary shares may be issued to individuals, corporations, trusts, estates of deceased individuals, partnerships and unincorporated associations of persons. Our Articles of Association contain no limitation on the

 

156


Table of Contents

rights to own our ordinary shares and no limitation on the rights of nonresidents of the Netherlands or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights. Following the consummation of this offering, our preferred shares shall only be issued to the protective foundation, if and when incorporated.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Under Dutch law, directors may be held liable for damages in the event of improper or negligent performance of their duties. They may be held jointly and severally liable for damages to the Company and to third parties for infringement of the Articles of Association or of certain provisions of Dutch law. In certain circumstances, they may also incur additional specific civil and criminal liabilities. Subject to certain exceptions, our Articles of Association provide for indemnification of our current and former directors (and other current and former officers and employees as designated by our Board). No indemnification shall be given to an indemnified person:

 

   

if a competent court or arbitral tribunal has established, without having (or no longer having) the possibility for appeal, that the acts or omissions of such indemnified person that led to the financial losses, damages, expenses, suit, claim, action or legal proceedings as described above are of an unlawful nature (including acts or omissions which are considered to constitute malice, gross negligence, intentional recklessness and/or serious culpability attributable to such indemnified person);

 

   

to the extent that his or her financial losses, damages and expenses are covered under insurance and the relevant insurer has settled, or has provided reimbursement for, these financial losses, damages and expenses (or has irrevocably undertaken to do so);

 

   

in relation to proceedings brought by such indemnified person against the Company, except for proceedings brought to enforce indemnification to which he is entitled pursuant to our Articles of Association, pursuant to an agreement between such indemnified person and the Company which has been approved by the Board or pursuant to insurance taken out by the Company for the benefit of such indemnified person; or

 

   

for any financial losses, damages or expenses incurred in connection with a settlement of any proceedings effected without the Company’s prior consent.

Under our Articles of Association, our Board may stipulate additional terms, conditions and restrictions in relation to the indemnification described above.

Shareholders’ Meetings and Consents

General meeting

General meetings may be held in Amsterdam, Arnhem, Assen, The Hague, Haarlem, s-Hertogenbosch, Groningen, Leeuwarden, Lelystad, Leiden, Maastricht, Middelburg, Rotterdam, Schiphol (Haarlemmermeer), Utrecht or Zwolle, all in the Netherlands. The annual general meeting must be held within six months of the end of each financial year. Additional extraordinary general meetings may also be held, whenever considered appropriate by the Board and shall be held within three months after our Board has considered it to be likely that our equity has decreased to an amount equal to or lower than half of its paid-up and called-up share capital, in order to discuss the measures to be taken if so required.

Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders or others with meeting rights under Dutch law who jointly represent at least one-tenth of the issued share capital may request us to convene a general meeting, setting out in detail the matters to be discussed. If our Board has not taken the steps necessary to ensure that such meeting can be held within six weeks after the request, the requesting party/parties may, on their application, be authorized by the competent Dutch court in preliminary relief proceedings to convene a general meeting. The court shall disallow the application if it does not appear that the applicants have previously requested our Board to convene a general meeting and our Board has not taken the necessary steps so that the general meeting could be held within six weeks after the request.

 

157


Table of Contents

General meetings can be convened by an announcement published in a Dutch daily newspaper with national distribution. The notice must state the agenda, the time and place of the meeting, the record date (if any), the procedure for participating in the general meeting by proxy, as well as other information as required by Dutch law. The notice must be given at least 15 days prior to the day of the meeting. The agenda for the annual general meeting shall include, among other things, the adoption of the annual accounts, appropriation of our profits and proposals relating to the composition of the Board, including the filling of any vacancies in the Board. In addition, the agenda shall include such items as have been included therein by the Board. The agenda shall also include such items requested by one or more shareholders, or others with meeting rights under Dutch law, representing at least 3% of the issued share capital. Requests must be made in writing or by electronic means and received by the Board at least 60 days before the day of the meeting. No resolutions shall be adopted on items other than those that have been included in the agenda.

In accordance with the DCGC, and our Articles of Association, shareholders having the right to put item on the agenda under the rules described above, shall exercise such right only after consulting the Board in that respect. If one or more shareholders intend to request that an item be put on the agenda that may result in a change in the Company’s strategy (for example, the removal of directors), the Board must be given the opportunity to invoke a reasonable period to respond to such intention. Such period shall not exceed 180 days (or such other period as may be stipulated for such purpose by Dutch law and/or the DCGC from time to time). If invoked, the Board must use such response period for further deliberation and constructive consultation, in any event with the shareholders concerned, and must explore alternatives. At the end of the response time, the Board must report on this consultation and the exploration of alternatives to the general meeting. The response period may be invoked only once for any given general meeting and does not apply: (a) in respect of a matter for which a response period has been previously invoked; or (b) if a shareholder holds at least 75% of the Company’s issued share capital as a consequence of a successful public bid. The response period may also be invoked in response to shareholders or others with meeting rights under Dutch law requesting that a general meeting be convened, as described above.

The general meeting is presided over by the chairman of the Board. If no chairman has been elected or if he or she is not present at the meeting, the general meeting shall be presided over by the vice-Chairman. If no vice-Chairman has been elected or if he or she is not present at the meeting, the general meeting shall be presided over by the chief executive officer. If no chief executive officer has been elected or if he or she is not present at the meeting, the general meeting shall be presided over by another director present at the meeting. If no director is present at the meeting, the general meeting shall be presided over by any other person appointed by the general meeting. In each case, the person who should chair the general meeting pursuant to the rules described above may appoint another person to chair the general meeting instead. Directors may always attend a general meeting. In these meetings, they have an advisory vote. The chairman of the meeting may decide at his or her discretion to admit other persons to the meeting.

All shareholders and others with meeting rights under Dutch law are authorized to attend the general meeting, to address the meeting and, in so far as they have such right, to vote pro rata to his or her shareholding. Shareholders may exercise these rights, if they are the holders of shares on the record date, if any, as required by Dutch law, which is currently the 28th day before the day of the general meeting. Under our Articles of Association, shareholders and others with meeting rights under Dutch law must notify us in writing or by electronic means of their identity and intention to attend the general meeting. This notice must be received by us ultimately on the seventh day prior to the general meeting, unless indicated otherwise when such meeting is convened.

Quorum and voting requirements

Each ordinary share and each preferred share confers the right on the holder to cast one vote at the general meeting. Shareholders may vote by proxy. No votes may be cast at a general meeting on shares held by us or our subsidiaries or on shares for which we or our subsidiaries hold depository receipts. Nonetheless, the holders of a

 

158


Table of Contents

right of usufruct (vruchtgebruik) and the holders of a right of pledge (pandrecht) in respect of shares held by us or our subsidiaries in our share capital are not excluded from the right to vote on such shares, if the right of usufruct (vruchtgebruik) or the right of pledge (pandrecht) was granted prior to the time such shares were acquired by us or any of our subsidiaries. Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries may cast votes in respect of a share on which we or such subsidiary holds a right of usufruct (vruchtgebruik) or a right of pledge (pandrecht). Shares which are not entitled to voting rights pursuant to the preceding sentences will not be taken into account for the purpose of determining the number of shareholders that vote and that are present or represented, or the amount of the share capital that is provided or that is represented at a general meeting.

Decisions of the general meeting are taken by a simple majority of votes cast, except where Dutch law or our Articles of Association provide for a qualified majority or unanimity.

Board

Appointment of directors

Under our Articles of Association, the directors are appointed by the general meeting upon binding nomination by our Board, on a recommendation of our nomination and corporate governance committee. However, the general meeting may at all times overrule the binding nomination by a resolution adopted by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital. If the general meeting overrules the binding nomination, the Board shall make a new nomination.

At a general meeting, a resolution to appoint a director can only be passed in respect of candidates whose names are stated for that purpose in the agenda of that general meeting or in the explanatory notes thereto. Upon the appointment of a person as a director, the general meeting shall determine whether that person is appointed as executive director or as non-executive director.

Duties and liabilities of directors

Under Dutch law, the Board as a collective is responsible for our management, strategy, policy and operations. The executive directors manage our day-to-day business and operations and implement our strategy. The non-executive directors supervise the performance of the duties of our directors, our policy and our general course of affairs. Subject to certain limitations under Dutch law, the directors may divide their tasks among themselves in or pursuant to the internal rules applicable to the Board. Each director has a statutory duty to act in the corporate interest of the Company and its business. Under Dutch law, the corporate interest extends to the interests of all corporate stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers. The duty to act in the corporate interest of the Company also applies in the event of a proposed sale or break-up of the Company, provided that the circumstances generally dictate how such duty is to be applied and how the respective interests of various groups of stakeholders should be weighed. Any resolution of the Board regarding a material change in our identity or character requires approval of the general meeting.

Dividends and Other Distributions

Amount available for distribution

We may only make distributions, whether of profits or from our reserves, to our shareholders to the extent our shareholders’ equity (eigen vermogen) exceeds the sum of the paid-up and called-up share capital plus any reserves required by Dutch law or by our Articles of Association. Under our Articles of Association, if any preferred shares are or have been outstanding, the preferred dividend is first paid out of the profit, if available for distribution, to the holders or former holders, as applicable, of those preferred shares to the extent they are entitled to such distribution under our Articles of Association. Our Board may decide that all or part of our remaining profits are carried to reserves. After such reservation, any remaining profit will be at the disposal of the general meeting at the proposal of our Board for distribution on our ordinary shares, subject to the applicable restrictions of Dutch law.

 

159


Table of Contents

We only make a distribution of dividends to our shareholders after the adoption of our annual accounts demonstrating that such distribution is legally permitted. The Board is permitted, subject to certain requirements, to declare interim dividends without the approval of the general meeting.

Dividends and other distributions shall be made payable not later than the date determined by the Board. Claims to dividends and other distributions not made within five years from the date that such dividends or distributions became payable, will lapse and any such amounts will be considered to have been forfeited to us (verjaring).

Exchange controls

Under Dutch law, there are no exchange controls applicable to the transfer to persons outside of the Netherlands of dividends or other distributions with respect to, or of the proceeds from the sale of, shares of a Dutch company, subject to applicable restrictions under sanctions and measures, including those concerning export control, pursuant to European Union regulations, the Sanctions Act 1977 (Sanctiewet 1977) or other legislation, applicable anti-boycott regulations and similar rules. There are no special restrictions in the Articles of Association or Dutch law that limit the right of shareholders who are not citizens or residents of the Netherlands to hold or vote shares.

Squeeze-out procedures

A shareholder who alone or together with group companies holds at least 95% of our issued share capital for his or her own account may initiate proceedings against the other shareholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to such shareholder. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal, or the Enterprise Chamber (Ondernemingskamer), and can be instituted by means of a writ of summons served upon each of the other shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure (Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering). The Enterprise Chamber may grant the claim for squeeze-out in relation to the other shareholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value to be paid for the shares of the other shareholders. Once the order to transfer becomes final before the Enterprise Chamber, the person acquiring the shares shall give written notice of the date and place of payment and the price to the holders of the shares to be acquired whose addresses are known to him. Unless the addresses of all of them are known to the acquiring person, such person is required to publish the same in a daily newspaper with a national circulation.

Dissolution and Liquidation

Under our Articles of Association, we may be dissolved by a resolution of the general meeting, subject to a proposal of the Board. In the event of a dissolution, the liquidation shall be effected by the Board, unless the general meeting decides otherwise. During liquidation, the provisions of our Articles of Association will remain in force as far as possible. To the extent that any assets remain after payment of all debts, if any preferred shares are or have been outstanding, a liquidation distribution equal to the preferred dividend is first paid out to the holders or former holders of those preferred shares (to the extent they are entitled to such distribution under our Articles of Association). Any remaining assets shall be distributed to the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to their ordinary shares.

Dutch Corporate Governance Code

As a listed Dutch public company (naamloze vennootschap), we will be subject to the DCGC. The DCGC contains both principles and best practice provisions on corporate governance that regulate relations between the Board and the general meeting and matters in respect of financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards. The DCGC is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are

 

160


Table of Contents

required to disclose in their statutory annual reports, filed in the Netherlands, whether they comply with the provisions of the DCGC. If they do not comply with these provisions (for example, because of a conflicting Nasdaq requirement), the Company is required to give the reasons for such noncompliance. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering—We are not obligated to, and do not, comply with all best practice provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.”

We do not comply with all principles and best practice provisions of the DCGC. As of the date of this prospectus, we deviate from the DCGC as summarized below, but cannot exclude the possibility of deviating from additional provisions of the DCGC, including after the date hereof in order to follow market practice or governance practices in the United States.

Under our Articles of Association, directors are to be appointed on the basis of a binding nomination prepared by the Board. This means that the nominee will be appointed to the Board, unless the general meeting removes the binding nature of the nomination (in which case a new nomination will be prepared for a subsequent general meeting). Our Articles of Association will provide that the general meeting can only pass such resolution by a two-thirds majority representing more than half of the issued share capital. However, the DCGC recommends that the general meeting can pass such a resolution by simple majority, representing no more than one-third of the issued share capital.

Under our Articles of Association, directors can only be dismissed by the general meeting by simple majority, provided that the Board proposes the dismissal. In other cases, the general meeting can only pass such resolution by a two-thirds majority representing more than half of the issued share capital. The DCGC recommends that the general meeting can pass a resolution to dismiss a director by simple majority, representing no more than one-third of the issued share capital.

The DCGC recommends against providing equity awards as part of the compensation of a non-executive director. However, we expect to deviate from this recommendation and grant equity awards to our non-executive directors, consistent with U.S. market practice.

Our Equity Incentive Plan allows us to set the terms and conditions of equity awards granted thereunder. Under the Equity Incentive Plan, we may grant ordinary shares that are not subject to a lock-up period of at least five years after the date of grant, and we may grant options without restricting the exercisability of those options during the first three years after the date of grant. In those cases, this would cause additional deviations from the DCGC.

Dutch Financial Reporting Supervision Act

On the basis of the Dutch Financial Reporting Supervision Act (Wet toezicht financiële verslaggeving), or the FRSA, the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets (Stichting Autoriteit Financiële Markten), or AFM supervises the application of financial reporting standards by Dutch companies whose securities are listed on a Dutch or foreign stock exchange.

Pursuant to the FRSA, the AFM has an independent right to (i) request an explanation from us regarding our application of the applicable financial reporting standards if, based on publicly known facts or circumstances, it has reason to doubt that the Company’s financial reporting meets such standards and (ii) recommend to us the making available of further explanations. If we do not comply with such a request or recommendation, the AFM may request that the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal (Ondernemingskamer) order us to (i) make available further explanations as recommended by the AFM (ii) provide an explanation of the way we have applied the applicable financial reporting standards to our financial reports or (iii) prepare or restate our financial reports in accordance with the Enterprise Chamber’s orders.

 

161


Table of Contents

Comparison of Dutch Corporate Law and U.S. Corporate Law

The following comparison between Dutch corporate law, which applies to us, and Delaware corporation law, the law under which many publicly listed corporations in the United States are incorporated, discusses additional matters not otherwise described in this prospectus. Although we believe this summary is materially accurate, the summary is subject to Dutch law, including Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code and the DCGC and Delaware corporation law, including the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Corporate Governance

Duties of directors

The Netherlands. We have a one-tier board structure consisting of one or more executive directors and one or more non-executive directors.

Under Dutch law, the board of directors as a collective is responsible for our management, strategy, policy and operations. The executive directors manage our day-to-day business and operations and implement our strategy. The non-executive directors supervise the performance of the duties of our directors, our policy and our general course of affairs. Subject to certain limitations under Dutch law, the directors may divide their tasks among themselves in or pursuant to the internal rules applicable to the board of directors. Each director has a statutory duty to act in the corporate interest of the Company and its business. Under Dutch law, the corporate interest extends to the interests of all corporate stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers. The duty to act in the corporate interest of the Company also applies in the event of a proposed sale or break-up of the Company, provided that the circumstances generally dictate how such duty is to be applied and how the respective interests of various groups of stakeholders should be weighed. Any resolution of the board of directors regarding a material change in our identity or character requires approval of the general meeting.

Delaware. The board of directors bears the ultimate responsibility for managing the business and affairs of a corporation. In discharging this function, directors of a Delaware corporation owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and to its stockholders. Delaware courts have decided that the directors of a Delaware corporation are required to exercise informed business judgment in the performance of their duties. Informed business judgment means that the directors have informed themselves of all material information reasonably available to them. The duty of loyalty may be summarized as the duty to act in good faith, not out of self-interest, and in a manner that the director reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the stockholders. Under certain circumstances (such as defensive actions in response to a change of control), Delaware courts may also impose more rigorous standards of conduct upon directors of a Delaware corporation.

Director terms

The Netherlands. The DCGC provides the following best practice recommendations on the terms for directors’ service:

 

   

Executive directors should be appointed for a maximum period of four years, without limiting the number of consecutive terms executive directors may serve.

 

   

Non-executive directors should be appointed for two consecutive periods of no more than four years. Thereafter, non-executive directors may be reappointed for a maximum of two consecutive periods of no more than two years, provided that in the event of reappointment after an eight-year term of office the reasons for such reappointment should be disclosed in the Company’s statutory annual Board report.

The general meeting shall at all times be entitled to suspend or remove a director. Under our Articles of Association, the general meeting may only adopt a resolution to suspend or remove such director by at least a

 

162


Table of Contents

two-thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital, unless the resolution is passed at the proposal of the board of directors, in which case a simple majority of the votes cast is sufficient.

Delaware. The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides for a one-year term for directors, but permits directorships to be divided into up to three classes with up to three-year terms, with the years for each class expiring in different years, if permitted by the certificate of incorporation, an initial bylaw or a bylaw adopted by the stockholders. A director elected to serve a term on a “classified” board may not be removed by stockholders without cause. There is no limit in the number of terms a director may serve.

Director vacancies

The Netherlands. Our Board can temporarily fill vacancies in its midst caused by temporary absence or incapacity of directors without requiring a shareholder vote. If all of our directors are absent or incapacitated, our management shall be attributed to the person who most recently ceased to hold office as the chairman of our Board. If such former chairman would be unwilling or unable to accept that position, our management would be attributed to the person who most recently ceased to hold office as our chief executive officer. If such former chief executive officer would also be unwilling or unable to accept that position, our management would be attributed to one or more persons whom the general meeting would designate for that purpose. The person(s) charged with our management in this manner, may designate one or more persons to be charged with our management instead of, or together with, such person(s).

Under Dutch law, directors are appointed and reappointed by the general meeting, on a recommendation of our nomination and corporate governance committee. Under our Articles of Association, directors are appointed by the general meeting upon the binding nomination by our Board. However, the general meeting may at all times overrule the binding nomination by a resolution adopted by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital. If the general meeting overrules the binding nomination, the Board shall make a new nomination.

Delaware. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (even though less than a quorum) unless (i) otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation or (ii) the certificate of incorporation directs that a particular class of stock is to elect such director, in which case any other directors elected by such class, or a sole remaining director elected by such class, will fill such vacancy.

Conflict-of-interest transactions

The Netherlands. Under Dutch law and our Articles of Association, our directors shall not take part in any discussion or decision-making that involves a subject or transaction in relation to which he or she has a direct or indirect personal conflict of interest with us. Such a conflict of interest would generally arise if the director concerned is unable to serve our interests and the business connected with it with the required level of integrity and objectivity due to the existence of the conflicting personal interest. Our Articles of Association provide that if as a result of conflicts of interests no resolution of the Board can be adopted, the resolution may nonetheless be adopted by the Board as if none of the directors had a conflict of interest. In that case, each director is entitled to participate in the discussion and decision-making process and to cast a vote.

The DCGC provides the following best practice recommendations in relation to conflicts of interests:

 

   

a director should report any potential conflict of interest in a transaction that is of material significance to the Company and/or to such director to the other directors without delay, providing all relevant information in relation to the conflict;

 

   

the board of directors should then decide, outside the presence of the director concerned, whether there is a conflict of interest;

 

163


Table of Contents
   

transactions in which there is a conflict of interest with a director should be agreed on arms’ length terms; and

 

   

a decision to enter into such a transaction in which there is a conflict of interest with a director that is of material significance to the Company and/or to such director shall require the approval of the board of directors, and such transactions should be disclosed in the Company’s annual board report.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law transactions involving a Delaware corporation and an interested director of that corporation would not be voidable if:

 

   

the material facts as to the director’s relationship or interest are disclosed or known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors;

 

   

the material facts are disclosed or known as to the director’s relationship or interest and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote thereon; or

 

   

the transaction is fair to the corporation at the time it is authorized by the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors or the stockholders.

Proxy voting by directors

The Netherlands. An absent director may issue a proxy for a specific board meeting but only to another director in writing or by electronic means.

Delaware. A director of a Delaware corporation may not issue a proxy representing the director’s voting rights as a director.

Shareholder Rights

Voting rights

The Netherlands. In accordance with Dutch law and our Articles of Association, each issued ordinary share and each issued preferred share confers the right to cast one vote at the general meeting. Each holder of shares may cast as many votes as it holds shares. No votes may be cast on shares that are held by us or our direct or indirect subsidiaries or on shares for which we or our subsidiaries hold depository receipts. Nonetheless, the holders of a right of usufruct (vruchtgebruik) and the holders of a right of pledge (pandrecht) in respect of shares held by us or our subsidiaries in our share capital are not excluded from the right to vote on such shares, if the right of usufruct (vruchtgebruik) or the right of pledge (pandrecht) was granted prior to the time such shares were acquired by us or any of our subsidiaries. Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries may cast votes in respect of a share on which we or such subsidiary holds a right of usufruct (vruchtgebruik) or a right of pledge (pandrecht).

In accordance with our Articles of Association, for each general meeting, the Board may determine that a record date will be applied in order to establish which shareholders are entitled to attend and vote at the general meeting. Such record date shall be the 28th day prior to the day of the general meeting. The record date and the manner in which shareholders can register and exercise their rights will be set out in the notice of the meeting which must be published in a Dutch daily newspaper with national distribution at least 15 days prior to the meeting (and such notice may therefore be published after the record date for such meeting). Under our Articles of Association, shareholders and others with meeting rights under Dutch law must notify us in writing or by electronic means of their identity and intention to attend the general meeting. This notice must be received by us ultimately on the seventh day prior to the general meeting, unless indicated otherwise when such meeting is convened.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, each stockholder is entitled to one vote per share of stock, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. In addition, the certificate of incorporation

 

164


Table of Contents

may provide for cumulative voting at all elections of directors of the corporation, or at elections held under specified circumstances. Either the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws may specify the number of shares and/or the amount of other securities that must be represented at a meeting in order to constitute a quorum, but in no event will a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.

Stockholders as of the record date for the meeting are entitled to vote at the meeting, and the board of directors may fix a record date that is no more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of the meeting, and if no record date is set then the record date is the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived then the record date is the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The determination of the stockholders of record entitled to notice or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, but the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Shareholder proposals

The Netherlands. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, extraordinary general meetings will be held whenever required under Dutch law or whenever our Board deems such to be appropriate or necessary. Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders or others with meeting rights under Dutch law representing at least one-tenth of the issued share capital may request us to convene a general meeting, setting out in detail the matters to be discussed. If our Board has not taken the steps necessary to ensure that such meeting can be held within six weeks after the request, the requesting party or parties may, on their application, be authorized by the competent Dutch court in preliminary relief proceedings to convene a general meeting.

Also, the agenda for a general meeting shall include such items requested by one or more shareholders, and others entitled to attend general meetings, representing at least 3% of the issued share capital, except where the Articles of Association state a lower percentage. Our Articles of Association do not state such lower percentage. Requests must be made in writing or by electronic means and received by the Board at least 60 days before the day of the meeting.

In accordance with the DCGC, and our Articles of Association, shareholders having the right to put item on the agenda under the rules described above, shall exercise such right only after consulting the Board in that respect. If one or more shareholders intend to request that an item be put on the agenda that may result in a change in the Company’s strategy (for example, the removal of directors), the Board must be given the opportunity to invoke a reasonable period to respond to such intention. Such period shall not exceed 180 days (or such other period as may be stipulated for such purpose by Dutch law and/or the DCGC from time to time). If invoked, the Board must use such response period for further deliberation and constructive consultation, in any event with the shareholders concerned, and must explore alternatives. At the end of the response time, the Board must report on this consultation and the exploration of alternatives to the general meeting. The response period may be invoked only once for any given general meeting and does not apply: (a) in respect of a matter for which a response period has been previously invoked; or (b) if a shareholder holds at least 75% of the Company’s issued share capital as a consequence of a successful public bid. The response period may also be invoked in response to shareholders or others with meeting rights under Dutch law requesting that a general meeting be convened, as described above.

Delaware. Delaware law does not specifically grant stockholders the right to bring business before an annual or special meeting. Delaware law provides that stockholders have the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of stockholders, so long as it complies with the notice provisions in the corporation’s governing documents. In addition, if a Delaware corporation is subject to the SEC’s proxy rules, a stockholder who satisfies certain specified criteria with respect to the amount and length of ownership of the corporation’s securities, such stockholder may be eligible to have its proposal included in the corporation’s proxy statement for consideration by all of the corporation’s shareholders.

 

165


Table of Contents

Action by written consent

The Netherlands. Under Dutch law, shareholders’ resolutions may be adopted in writing without holding a meeting of shareholders, provided that (i) the Articles of Association allow such action by written consent, (ii) the Company has not issued bearer shares or, with its cooperation, depository receipts for shares in its capital, and (iii) the resolution is adopted unanimously by all shareholders that are entitled to vote. Although our Articles of Association allow for shareholders’ resolutions to be adopted in writing, the requirement of unanimity renders the adoption of shareholder resolutions without holding a meeting not feasible for us as a publicly traded Company.

Delaware. Although permitted by Delaware law, publicly listed companies do not typically permit stockholders of a corporation to take action by written consent.

Appraisal rights

The Netherlands. Subject to certain exceptions, Dutch law does not recognize the concept of appraisal or dissenters’ rights. However, Dutch law does provide for squeeze-out procedures as described under “—Dividends and Other Distributions—Squeeze-out procedures.” Also, Dutch law provides for cash exit rights in certain situations for dissenting shareholders of a company organized under Dutch law entering into certain types of mergers. In those situations, a dissenting shareholder may file a claim with the Dutch company for compensation. Such compensation shall then be determined by one or more independent experts. The shares of such shareholder that are subject to such claim will cease to exist as of the moment of entry into effect of the merger.

Delaware. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides for stockholder appraisal rights, or the right to demand payment in cash of the judicially determined fair value of the stockholder’s shares, in connection with certain mergers and consolidations.

Shareholder suits

The Netherlands. In the event a third-party is liable to a Dutch company, only the Company itself can bring a civil action against that party. The individual shareholders do not have the right to bring an action on behalf of the Company. Only in the event that the cause for the liability of a third-party to the Company also constitutes a tortious act directly against a shareholder does that shareholder have an individual right of action against such third-party in its own name. Dutch law provides for the possibility to initiate such actions collectively, in which a foundation or an association can act as a class representative and has standing to commence proceedings and claim damages if certain criteria are met. The court will first determine if those criteria are met. If so, the case will go forward as a class action on the merits after a period allowing class members to opt out from the case has lapsed. All members of the class who are residents of the Netherlands and who did not opt-out will be bound to the outcome of the case. Residents of other countries must actively opt in in order to be able to benefit from the class action. The defendant is not required to file defenses on the merits prior to the merits phase having commenced. It is possible for the parties to reach a settlement during the merits phase. Such a settlement can be approved by the court, which approval will then bind the members of the class, subject to a second opt-out. This new regime applies to claims brought after January 1, 2020 and which relate to certain events that occurred prior to that date. For other matters, the old Dutch class actions regime will apply. Under the old regime, no monetary damages can be sought. Also, a judgment rendered under the old regime will not bind individual class members. Even though Dutch law does not provide for derivative suits, directors and officers can still be subject to liability under U.S. securities laws.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a stockholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce the rights of the corporation. An individual also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself and other similarly situated stockholders where the requirements for maintaining

 

166


Table of Contents

a class action under Delaware law have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a suit only if that person was a stockholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit. In addition, under Delaware case law, the plaintiff normally must be a stockholder at the time of the transaction that is the subject of the suit and throughout the duration of the derivative suit. Delaware law also requires that the derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the derivative plaintiff in court, unless such a demand would be futile.

Repurchase of shares

The Netherlands. Under Dutch law, when issuing shares, a public company with limited liability such as ours may not subscribe for newly issued shares in its own capital. Such company may, however, subject to certain restrictions of Dutch law and its Articles of Association, acquire shares in its own capital. A listed public company with limited liability such as ours may acquire fully paid shares in its own capital at any time for no valuable consideration. Furthermore, subject to certain provisions of Dutch law and its Articles of Association, such company may repurchase fully paid shares in its own capital if (i) the company’s shareholders’ equity less the payment required to make the acquisition does not fall below the sum of paid-up and called-up share capital plus any reserves required by Dutch law or its Articles of Association and (ii) the aggregate nominal value of shares of the company which the company acquires, holds or on which the company holds a right of pledge (pandrecht) or which are held by a subsidiary of the company, would not exceed 50% of its then current issued share capital. Such company may only acquire its own shares if its general meeting has granted the board of directors the authority to effect such acquisitions.

An acquisition of ordinary shares for a consideration must be authorized by our general meeting. Such authorization may be granted for a maximum period of 18 months and must specify the number of ordinary shares that may be acquired, the manner in which ordinary shares may be acquired and the price limits within which ordinary shares may be acquired. The actual acquisition may only be effected pursuant to a resolution of our Board. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board will be authorized, for a period of 18 months after our conversion into Pharvaris N.V., to cause the repurchase of ordinary shares by us of up to 10% of our issued share capital, for a price per share not exceeding 110% of the average market price of our ordinary shares on Nasdaq (such average market price being the average of the closing prices on each of the five consecutive trading days preceding the date the acquisition is agreed upon by us). These shares may be used to deliver shares underlying awards granted pursuant to our equity-based compensation plans. No authorization of the general meeting is required if ordinary shares are acquired by us with the intention of transferring such ordinary shares to our employees under an applicable employee stock purchase plan.

Our Board will also be authorized, for a period of 18 months after our conversion into Pharvaris N.V. to cause the repurchase of preferred shares, for a price which is higher than nil and does not exceed the nominal value thereof.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may generally purchase or redeem its own shares unless the capital of the corporation is impaired or the purchase or redemption would cause an impairment of the capital of the corporation. A Delaware corporation may, however, purchase or redeem out of capital any of its own shares which are entitled upon any distribution of its assets to a preference over another class or series of its stock, or if no shares entitled to such a preference are outstanding, any of its own shares, if such shares will be retired upon acquisition and the capital of the corporation will be reduced in accordance with specified limitations.

 

167


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Netherlands. Under Dutch law, various protective measures are possible and permissible within the boundaries set by Dutch law and Dutch case law. We have adopted several provisions that may have the effect of making a takeover of our Company more difficult or less attractive, including:

 

   

the authorization of a class of preferred shares that may be issued to a protective foundation pursuant to a call option to that effect, see “Risk factors—Dutch corporate law and our Articles of Association contain or may contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a takeover attempt, which could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares”;

 

   

a provision that our directors may only be removed at the general meeting by a two-thirds majority of votes cast representing more than half of our issued share capital if such removal is not proposed by our Board;

 

   

our directors being appointed on the basis of a binding nomination by our Board, which can only be overruled by the general meeting by a resolution adopted by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, provided such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital (in which case the Board shall make a new nomination);

 

   

a provision which allows the former chairman of our Board or our former chief executive officer to be charged with our management if all of our directors are absent or incapacitated; and

 

   

requirements that certain matters, including an amendment of our Articles of Association, may only be brought to our shareholders for a vote upon a proposal by our Board.

In addition, Dutch law allows for staggered multi-year terms of our directors, as a result of which only part of our directors may be subject to appointment or re-appointment in any one year.

Delaware. In addition to other aspects of Delaware law governing fiduciary duties of directors during a potential takeover, the Delaware General Corporation Law also contains provisions that protect Delaware companies from hostile takeovers and from actions following the takeover by prohibiting some transactions once an acquirer has gained a significant holding in the corporation.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits “business combinations,” including mergers, sales and leases of assets, issuances of securities and similar transactions with an “interested stockholder” (which could include a shareholder that beneficially owns 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock) for a period of three years following the time that such person becomes an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

after the completion of the transaction in which the person becomes an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder holds at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation not including shares owned by persons who are directors and officers of interested stockholders and shares owned by specified employee benefit plans; or

 

   

after the person becomes an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and holders of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting stock, excluding shares held by the interested stockholder.

A Delaware corporation may elect not to be governed by Section 203 by a provision contained in the original certificate of incorporation of the corporation or an amendment to the original certificate of incorporation or to the bylaws of the Company, which amendment must be approved by a majority of the shares entitled to vote and may not be further amended by the board of directors of the corporation. In most cases, such an amendment is not effective until 12 months following its adoption.

 

168


Table of Contents

Access to Books and Records

The Netherlands. The board of directors provides the general meeting, within a reasonable amount of time with all information that the shareholders require for the exercise of their powers, unless this would be contrary to an overriding interest of our Company. If the board of directors invokes such an overriding interest, it must give reasons.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any stockholder may inspect for any proper purpose certain of the corporation’s books and records during the corporation’s usual hours of business.

Removal of Directors

The Netherlands. Under our Articles of Association, the general meeting shall at all times be entitled to suspend or dismiss a director. The general meeting may only adopt a resolution to suspend or dismiss a director by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, if such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital, unless the proposal was made by the board of directors, in which latter case a simple majority is sufficient.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except (i) unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (ii) in the case of a corporation having cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director’s removal would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there are classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he is a part.

Issuance of Shares

The Netherlands. Under Dutch law, a company’s general meeting is the corporate body authorized to resolve on the issuance of shares and the granting of rights to subscribe for shares. The general meeting can delegate such authority to another corporate body of the company, such as the board of directors, for a period not exceeding five years; this authorization may only be extended from time to time for a maximum period of five years.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board will be authorized, for a period of five years after our conversion into Pharvaris N.V., to issue shares or grant rights to subscribe for shares up to our authorized share capital from time to time. We may not subscribe for our own shares on issue.

Delaware. The issuance of shares requires the board of directors to adopt a resolution or resolutions, authorizing the issuance, pursuant to authority expressly vested in the board of directors by the provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

Preemptive Rights

The Netherlands. Under Dutch law, in the event of an issuance of ordinary shares, each shareholder will have a pro rata preemptive right in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the ordinary shares held by such holder (with the exception of ordinary shares to be issued to employees or ordinary shares issued against a contribution other than in cash or pursuant to the exercise of a previously acquired right to subscribe for shares). Under our Articles of Association, the preemptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares may be restricted or excluded by a resolution of the general meeting upon proposal of the board of directors. Our preferred shares carry no preemptive rights.

 

169


Table of Contents

The board of directors may restrict or exclude the preemptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares if it has been designated as the authorized body to do so by the general meeting. Such designation can be granted for a period not exceeding five years. A resolution of the general meeting to restrict or exclude the preemptive rights or to designate the board of directors as the authorized body to do so requires a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast, if less than one-half of our issued share capital is represented at the meeting.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board will be authorized, for a period of five years after our conversion into Pharvaris N.V. to limit or exclude preemptive rights in relation to an issuance of shares or a grant of rights to subscribe for shares that the Board is authorized to resolve upon. See above under “—Issuance of Shares.”

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, stockholders have no preemptive rights to subscribe for additional issues of stock or to any security convertible into such stock unless, and to the extent that, such rights are expressly provided for in the certificate of incorporation.

Dividends

The Netherlands. Dutch law provides that dividends may be distributed after adoption of the annual accounts by the general meeting from which it appears that such dividend distribution is allowed. Moreover, dividends may be distributed only to the extent the shareholders’ equity exceeds the amount of the paid-up and called-up issued share capital and the reserves that must be maintained under the law or the Articles of Association. Interim dividends may be declared as provided in the Articles of Association and may be distributed to the extent that the shareholders’ equity exceeds the amount of the paid-up and called-up issued share capital plus any reserves as described above as apparent from our financial statements. Under Dutch law, the Articles of Association may prescribe that the board of directors decide what portion of the profits are to be held as reserves.

Under the Articles of Association, first, if any preferred shares are or have been outstanding, a dividend is first paid out of the profit, if available for distribution, to the holders or former holders, as applicable, of those preferred shares to the extent they are entitled to such distribution under our Articles of Association. Any remaining profit is carried to the reserve as the board of directors determines. After reservation by the board of directors of any profit, the remaining profit will be at the disposal of the general meeting at the proposal of our Board for distribution on our ordinary shares, subject to the applicable restrictions of Dutch law. We only make a distribution of dividends to our shareholders after the adoption of our annual accounts demonstrating that such distribution is legally permitted. The board of directors is permitted, subject to certain requirements, to declare interim dividends without the approval of the general meeting.

Dividends and other distributions shall be made payable not later than the date determined by the board of directors. Claims to dividends and other distributions not made within five years from the date that such dividends or distributions became payable, will lapse and any such amounts will be considered to have been forfeited to us (verjaring).

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to any restrictions contained in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, a Delaware corporation may pay dividends out of its surplus (the excess of net assets over capital), or in case there is no surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year (provided that the amount of the capital of the corporation is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets). Dividends may be paid in the form of shares of the corporation’s capital stock, property or cash.

 

170


Table of Contents

Shareholder Vote on Certain Reorganizations

The Netherlands. Under Dutch law, the general meeting must approve resolutions of the board of directors relating to a significant change in the identity or the character of the Company or the business of the Company, which includes:

 

   

a transfer of the business or virtually the entire business to a third-party;

 

   

the entry into or termination of a long-term cooperation of the Company or a subsidiary with another legal entity or Company or as a fully liable partner in a limited partnership or general partnership, if such cooperation or termination is of a far-reaching significance for the Company; and

 

   

the acquisition or divestment by the Company or a subsidiary of a participating interest in the capital of a Company having a value of at least one-third of the amount of its assets according to its balance sheet and explanatory notes or, if the Company prepares a consolidated balance sheet, according to its consolidated balance sheet and explanatory notes in the last adopted annual accounts of the Company.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon generally is necessary to approve a merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation. The Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a provision requiring for any corporate action the vote of a larger portion of the stock or of any class or series of stock than would otherwise be required.

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, no vote of the stockholders of a surviving corporation to a merger is needed, however, unless required by the certificate of incorporation, if (i) the agreement of merger does not amend in any respect the certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation, (ii) the shares of stock of the surviving corporation are not changed in the merger, and (iii) the number of shares of common stock of the surviving corporation into which any other shares, securities or obligations to be issued in the merger may be converted does not exceed 20% of the surviving corporation’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger. In addition, stockholders may not be entitled to vote in certain mergers with other corporations that own 90% or more of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of such corporation, but the stockholders will be entitled to appraisal rights.

Compensation of Directors

The Netherlands. Under Dutch law and our Articles of Association, we must adopt a compensation policy for our Board. Such compensation policy shall be adopted by the general meeting upon the proposal of the board of directors. The board of directors determines the compensation of individual directors with due observance of the compensation policy. Our executive directors may not participate in the discussions or decision-making regarding the compensation of executive directors. A proposal by the board of directors with respect to compensation schemes in the form of shares or rights to shares is submitted by the board of directors to the general meeting for its approval. This proposal must set out at least the maximum number of shares or rights to subscribe for shares to be granted to the board of directors and the criteria for granting or amendment.

Delaware. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the stockholders do not generally have the right to approve the compensation policy for directors or the senior management of the corporation, although certain aspects of executive compensation may be subject to stockholder vote due to the provisions of U.S. federal securities and tax law, as well as exchange requirements.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to the board of directors and all employees.

 

171


Table of Contents

Listing

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PHVS.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The U.S. transfer agent and registrar for the ordinary shares is                 .

 

172


Table of Contents

ORDINARY SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our ordinary shares. Future sales of ordinary shares in the public market after this offering, and the availability of ordinary shares for future sale, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares prevailing from time to time. As described below, a significant number of currently outstanding ordinary shares will not be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual restrictions on transfers of ordinary shares. However, future sales of substantial numbers of our ordinary shares, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our ordinary shares and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital.

Based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding on September 30, 2020, after giving effect to the closing of the Series C financing and upon completion of this offering and the conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares,                ordinary shares will be outstanding, assuming no outstanding options or warrants are exercised. All of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any ordinary shares sold to our “affiliates,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining ordinary shares held by existing shareholders are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if their resale qualifies for exemption from registration described below under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Additionally, of the options to purchase                ordinary shares outstanding as of                , 2020 and assuming no outstanding options or warrants are exercised and no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option,                 options exercisable for                ordinary shares will be vested and eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to Dutch law.

Under the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

approximately                ordinary shares will be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

            ordinary shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements 180 days after the date of this prospectus, provided that ordinary shares held by our affiliates will remain subject to volume, manner of sale, and other resale limitations set forth in Rule 144, as described below and subject to Dutch law.

Rule 144

In general, non-affiliate and affiliates, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Non-Affiliates

Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

 

   

the restricted securities have been held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates (subject to certain exceptions);

 

   

we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale; and

 

   

during the first year the person has held the shares, we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

 

173


Table of Contents

Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting. Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Affiliates

Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above. They are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately                shares immediately after the consummation of this offering based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2020, after giving effect to the closing of the Series C financing and the conversion of all of our preferred shares into ordinary shares; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Additionally, persons who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell unrestricted securities under the requirements of Rule 144 described above, without regard to the six month holding period of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of ordinary shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased ordinary shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 ordinary shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their ordinary shares subject also to Dutch law. However, all Rule 701 ordinary shares are subject to lockup agreements as described below and in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting” and will not become eligible for sale until the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Options to Purchase Ordinary Shares

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the U.S. Securities Act to register all ordinary shares issued or issuable pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options and other equity awards to purchase ordinary shares shortly after the date of this prospectus. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing. Ordinary shares covered by this registration statement will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions and any applicable holding periods, any applicable lockup agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Regulation S

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, restricted securities may be sold in offshore transactions in compliance with Regulation S. Offshore transactions are issuances of securities by an issuer, underwriters, affiliates of the issuer and individuals, outside of the United States. As such, the sale of shares by

 

174


Table of Contents

us, or our shareholders, outside of the United States could be an “offshore” transaction and not subject to the Securities Act registration requirements, in certain circumstances and subject to specified conditions.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, the members of our Board, our Senior Management and certain of our other existing security holders have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and SVB Leerink LLC, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, or establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act;

 

   

otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into ordinary shares currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially; or

 

   

publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing.

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of our ordinary shares on and including the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and SVB Leerink LLC may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of ordinary shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

 

175


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES AND DUTCH INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The information presented under the caption “—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders” below is a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) of investing in our ordinary shares. The information presented under the caption “—Dutch Tax Consequences” is a discussion of the material Dutch tax consequences of investing in our ordinary shares.

You should consult your tax advisor regarding the applicable tax consequences to you of investing in our ordinary shares under the laws of the United States (federal, state and local), the Netherlands, and any other applicable jurisdiction.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders, as defined below, of owning and disposing of our ordinary shares. It does not describe all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire our ordinary shares. This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that purchases our ordinary shares in connection with this offering and holds such ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and this discussion applies only to such ordinary shares. This discussion is general in nature and it does not describe all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax, estate or gift tax consequences, any tax consequences other than U.S. federal income tax consequences, and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

   

certain financial institutions;

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, or expatriated entities subject to Section 7874 of the Code;

 

   

dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

   

persons holding ordinary shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to ordinary shares;

 

   

persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities or investors in such entities;

 

   

tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA”;

 

   

any persons directly or indirectly acquiring ordinary shares in connection with the performance of services;

 

   

persons who are subject to Section 451(b) of the Code;

 

   

persons that own or are deemed to own ten percent or more of our ordinary shares (by vote or value);

 

   

S corporations, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, real estate mortgage investment conduits; or

 

   

persons holding ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities

 

176


Table of Contents

of the partner and the partnership. Partnerships holding ordinary shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.

This discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, and the income tax treaty between the Netherlands and the United States, or the Treaty, all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not sought, and do not expect to seek, any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the Service, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the Service or a court would agree with our statements and conclusions or that a court would not sustain any challenge by the Service in the event of litigation.

A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares, who is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and who is:

 

   

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if either (1) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF U.S. NON-INCOME TAX LAWS AND THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. JURISDICTION, IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION.

Taxation of Distributions

As discussed above under “Dividend Policy,” we do not expect to make distributions on our ordinary shares in the near future. In the event that we do make distributions of cash or other property, subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, distributions paid on our ordinary shares will generally be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, we expect that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. If and for so long as our ordinary shares are listed on the Nasdaq or another established securities market in the United States or if and for so long as we are eligible for benefits under the Treaty, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for taxation as “qualified dividend income” if we are not treated as a PFIC with respect to the U.S. Holder and were not treated as a PFIC with respect to the U.S. Holder in the preceding taxable year, and if certain other requirements are met. Therefore, subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at rates not in excess of the long-term capital gain rate applicable to such U.S. Holders. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances. The amount of a dividend will include any amounts withheld by us in respect of Dutch income taxes. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, the amount of the dividend will be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available

 

177


Table of Contents

to U.S. corporations under the United States Internal Revenue Code. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend. The amount of any dividend income paid in euros will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt.

Subject to applicable limitations, some of which vary depending upon the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, Dutch income taxes withheld from dividends on our ordinary shares at a rate not exceeding the rate provided by the Treaty will be creditable against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Dutch taxes withheld in excess of the rate applicable under the Treaty will not be eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability of foreign taxes in their particular circumstances. In lieu of claiming a foreign tax credit, U.S. Holders may, at their election, deduct foreign taxes, including any Dutch income tax, in computing their taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all foreign taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year.

Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules described below, gain or loss realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ordinary shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

Under the Code, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after the application of certain “look-through” rules with respect to subsidiaries, either (i) 75% or more of our gross income consists of “passive income,” or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of our assets consist of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” For purposes of the above calculations, we will be treated as if we hold our proportionate share of the assets of, and receive directly our proportionate share of the income of, any other corporation in which we directly or indirectly own at least 25%, by value, of the shares of such corporation. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents, certain non-active royalties and capital gains. Based on the nature of our business, our financial statements, our expectations about the nature and amount of our income, assets and activities and the expected price of our ordinary shares in this offering, we do not believe we were a PFIC in 2019 and we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year in the foreseeable future. In addition, we may, directly or indirectly, hold equity interests in other PFICs, or Lower-tier PFICs. Whether we or any of our subsidiaries will be a PFIC in 2020 or any future year is a factual determination that must be made annually at the close of each taxable year, and, thus, is subject to significant uncertainty, because among other things (i) a determination of whether a company is a PFIC must be made annually after the end of each taxable year and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets from time to time and (ii) we will hold a substantial amount of cash following this offering, we cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in 2020 or any future taxable year. If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds or is deemed to hold ordinary shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to that U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds or is deemed to hold ordinary shares, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status, unless under certain circumstances the U.S.

 

178


Table of Contents

Holder makes a valid deemed sale or deemed dividend election under the applicable Treasury regulations with respect to its ordinary shares.

Under certain attribution rules, assuming we are a PFIC, U.S. Holders will be deemed to own their proportionate shares of any Lower-tier PFICs and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax according to the rules described in the following paragraphs on (i) certain distributions by a Lower-tier PFIC and (ii) a disposition of shares of a Lower-tier PFIC, in each case as if the U.S. Holder held such shares directly, even if the U.S. Holder has not received the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions.

Generally, if we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held or is deemed to have held ordinary shares, gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of such ordinary shares, or an indirect disposition of shares of a Lower-tier PFIC, would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for such ordinary shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to that taxable year. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder with respect to its ordinary shares (or a distribution by a Lower-tier PFIC to its shareholder that is deemed to be received by a U.S. Holder) exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the ordinary shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain, described immediately above.

A U.S. Holder can avoid certain of the adverse rules described above by making a mark-to-market election with respect to its ordinary shares, provided that the ordinary shares are “marketable.” Ordinary shares will be marketable if they are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” or other market within the meaning of applicable Treasury regulations. If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, it generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect the income or loss amounts recognized. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares, as applicable, in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). A mark-to-market election generally cannot be made for equity interests in any Lower-tier PFIC unless shares of such Lower-tier PFIC are themselves “marketable.” As a result, if a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder would nevertheless be subject to the PFIC rules described above with respect to its indirect interest in any Lower-tier PFIC unless the U.S. Holder makes a QEF Election with respect to such Lower-tier PFIC, as discussed below. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability and advisability of making a mark-to-market election in their particular circumstances.

In addition, in order to avoid the application of the foregoing rules, a United States person that owns stock in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes may make a QEF Election with respect to such PFIC, and each PFIC in which the PFIC holds equity interests, if the PFIC provides the information necessary for such election to be made. In order to make such an election, a United States person would be required to make the QEF Election for each PFIC by attaching a separate properly completed IRS Form 8621 for each PFIC to the United States person’s timely filed U.S. federal income tax return generally for the first taxable year that the entity is treated as a PFIC with respect to the United States person. A U.S. Holder generally may make a separate election to defer payment of taxes on the undistributed income inclusion under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes are subject to an interest charge. If a United States person makes a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC, the United States person will be currently taxable on its pro rata share of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each taxable year that the entity is classified as a

 

179


Table of Contents

PFIC and will not be required to include such amounts in income when actually distributed by the PFIC. There is no assurance that we will provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make QEF Elections. If a U.S. Holder makes a QEF Election with respect to us, any distributions paid by us out of our earnings and profits that were previously included in the U.S. Holder’s income under the QEF Election will not be taxable to the U.S. Holder. A U.S. Holder will increase its tax basis in its ordinary shares by an amount equal to any income included under the QEF Election and will decrease its tax basis by any amount distributed, if any, on the ordinary shares that is not included in its income. In addition, a U.S. Holder will recognize capital gain or loss on the disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and its adjusted tax basis in our ordinary shares. U.S. Holders should note that if they make QEF Elections with respect to us and Lower-tier PFICs, if any, they may be required to pay U.S. federal income tax with respect to their ordinary shares for any taxable year significantly in excess of any cash distributions, if any, received on the ordinary shares, as applicable, for such taxable year. If we determine that any of our subsidiaries is a Lower-tier PFIC for any taxable year, there is no assurance that we will provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make a QEF Election with respect to such Lower-tier PFIC. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding making QEF Elections in their particular circumstances.

In addition, if we were a PFIC or, with respect to a particular U.S. Holder, were treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or for the prior taxable year, the preferential dividend rates discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

If a U.S. Holder owns ordinary shares during any year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder generally must file annual reports, containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require on IRS Form 8621 (or any successor form) with respect to us, generally with the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax return for that year, unless otherwise specified in the instructions with respect to such form.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors concerning our potential PFIC status and the potential application of the PFIC rules. The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are very complex. U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the impact of PFIC status on the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, as applicable, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC (and any Lower-tier PFICs), any elections available with respect to the ordinary shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares of a PFIC.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Information Reporting With Respect to Foreign Financial Assets

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals and certain entities may be required to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain U.S. financial institutions). U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding whether or not they are obligated to report information relating to their ownership and disposition of ordinary shares.

 

180


Table of Contents

Dutch Tax Consequences

Scope of Discussion

The following summary outlines certain material Dutch tax consequences of the acquisition, holding and disposal of our ordinary shares. This summary does not purport to describe all possible tax considerations or consequences that may be relevant to a holder or prospective holder of our ordinary shares and does not purport to deal with the tax consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which (such as trusts or similar arrangements) may be subject to special rules. In view of its general nature, this general summary should be treated with corresponding caution.

This summary is based on the tax laws of the Netherlands, published regulations thereunder and published authoritative case law, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Where the summary refers to “the Netherlands” or “Dutch” it refers only to the part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands located in Europe.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT DUTCH TAX ADVICE OR A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF ALL DUTCH TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSAL OF THE SHARES. HOLDERS OR PROSPECTIVE HOLDERS OF ORDINARY SHARES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE DUTCH TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSAL OF THE ORDINARY SHARES IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Please note that the summary does not describe the Dutch tax consequences for:

 

  i.   holders of our ordinary shares if such holders, and in the case of individuals, such holder’s partner or certain of its relatives by blood or marriage in the direct line (including foster children), have a substantial interest (aanmerkelijk belang) or deemed substantial interest (fictief aanmerkelijk belang) in us under the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001). Generally speaking, a holder of securities in a company is considered to hold a substantial interest in such company, if such holder alone or, in the case of individuals, together with such holder’s partner (as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001), directly or indirectly, holds (i) an interest of 5% or more of the total issued and outstanding capital of that company or of 5% or more of the issued and outstanding capital of a certain class of shares of that company; or (ii) rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, such interest; or (iii) certain profit sharing rights in that company that relate to 5% or more of the company’s annual profits or to 5% or more of the company’s liquidation proceeds. A deemed substantial interest may arise if a substantial interest (or part thereof) in a company has been disposed of, or is deemed to have been disposed of, on a non-recognition basis;

 

  ii.   holders of our ordinary shares, if the ordinary shares held by such holders qualify or qualified as a participation (deelneming) for purposes of the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969). Generally, a holder’s shareholding of 5% or more in a company’s nominal paid-up share capital qualifies as a participation. A holder may also have a participation if such holder does not have a shareholding of 5% or more but a related entity (statutorily defined term) has a participation or if the company in which the shares are held is a related entity (statutorily defined term);

 

  iii.   pension funds, investment institutions (fiscale beleggingsinstellingen), exempt investment institutions (vrijgestelde beleggingsinstellingen) (as defined in the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969) and other entities that are, in whole or in part, not subject to or exempt from Dutch corporate income tax as well as entities that are exempt from corporate income tax in their country of residence, such country of residence being another state of the European Union, Norway, Liechtenstein, Iceland or any other state with which the Netherlands has agreed to exchange information in line with international standards;

 

181


Table of Contents
  iv.   holders who may be deemed an owner of ordinary shares for Dutch tax purposes pursuant to specific statutory attribution rules in Dutch tax law;

 

  v.   holders who are for Dutch tax purposes taxable as a corporate entity and resident of Aruba, Curaçao or Sint Maarten; and

 

  vi.   holders of our ordinary shares who are individuals for whom the ordinary shares or any benefit derived from the ordinary shares are a remuneration or deemed to be a remuneration for activities performed by such holders or certain individuals related to such holders (as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001).

Dividend Withholding Tax

General

Dividends distributed by us generally are subject to Dutch dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15%. Generally, we are responsible for the withholding of such dividend withholding tax at source; the Dutch dividend withholding tax is for the account of the holder of our ordinary shares.

The expression “dividends distributed” includes, among other things:

 

   

distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive distributions and repayments of paid-in capital not recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

   

liquidation proceeds, proceeds of redemption of our ordinary shares, or proceeds of the repurchase of ordinary shares by us or one of our subsidiaries or other affiliated entities to the extent such proceeds exceed the average paid-in capital of those ordinary shares as recognized for purposes of Dutch dividend withholding tax;

 

   

an amount equal to the par value of our ordinary shares issued or an increase of the par value of ordinary shares, to the extent that it does not appear that a contribution, recognized for purposes of Dutch dividend withholding tax, has been made or will be made; and

 

   

partial repayment of the paid-in capital, recognized for purposes of Dutch dividend withholding tax, if and to the extent that we have net profits (zuivere winst), unless (i) the general meeting has resolved in advance to make such repayment and (ii) the par value of the ordinary shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of an amendment of the Articles of Association.

Individuals and corporate legal entities who are resident or deemed to be resident of the Netherlands for Dutch tax purposes (“Dutch Resident Individuals” and “Dutch Resident Entities,” as the case may be), generally are entitled to an exemption of or a credit for any Dutch dividend withholding tax against their income tax or corporate income tax liability and to a refund of any residual Dutch dividend withholding tax. The same generally applies to holders of ordinary shares that are neither resident nor deemed to be resident of the Netherlands if the ordinary shares are attributable to a Dutch permanent establishment of such non-resident holder.

A holder of our ordinary shares resident of a country other than the Netherlands may, depending on such holder’s specific circumstances, be entitled to exemptions from, reductions of, or full or partial refunds of, Dutch dividend withholding tax under Dutch national tax legislation or a double taxation convention in effect between the Netherlands and such other country.

Remittance to the Dutch tax authorities

In general, we will be required to remit all amounts withheld as Dutch dividend withholding tax to the Dutch tax authorities. However, under certain circumstances, we are allowed to reduce the amount to be remitted to the Dutch tax authorities by the lesser of:

 

   

3% of the portion of the distribution paid by us that is subject to Dutch dividend withholding tax; and

 

182


Table of Contents
   

3% of the dividends and profit distributions, before deduction of foreign withholding taxes, received by us from qualifying foreign subsidiaries in the current calendar year (up to the date of the distribution) and the two preceding calendar years, as far as such dividends and profit distributions have not yet been taken into account for purposes of establishing the above mentioned reduction.

Although this reduces the amount of Dutch dividend withholding tax that we are required to remit to the Dutch tax authorities, it does not reduce the amount of tax that we are required to withhold on dividends distributed.

Dividend stripping

Pursuant to legislation to counteract “dividend stripping”, a reduction, exemption, credit or refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax is denied if the recipient of the dividend is not the beneficial owner as described in the Dutch Dividend Withholding Tax Act 1965 (Wet op de dividendbelasting 1965). This legislation generally targets situations in which a shareholder retains its economic interest in shares but reduces the withholding tax costs on dividends by a transaction with another party. It is not required for these rules to apply that the recipient of the dividends is aware that a dividend stripping transaction took place. The Dutch State Secretary of Finance takes the position that the definition of beneficial ownership introduced by this legislation will also be applied in the context of a double taxation convention.

Taxes on Income and Capital Gains

Holders of Ordinary Shares Resident in the Netherlands: Individuals

If the holder of our ordinary shares is an individual resident or deemed to be resident of the Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes (a “Dutch Resident Individual”), any payment on the ordinary shares or any gain or loss realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the ordinary shares is taxable at the progressive Dutch income tax rates (with a maximum of 49.50% in 2020), if:

 

  i.   the ordinary shares are attributable to an enterprise from which the holder of ordinary shares derives a share of the profit, whether as an entrepreneur (ondernemer) or as a person who has a co-entitlement to the net worth (medegerechtigd tot het vermogen) of such enterprise without being a shareholder (as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001); or

 

  ii.   the holder of ordinary shares is considered to perform activities with respect to the ordinary shares that go beyond ordinary asset management (normaal, actief vermogensbeheer) or derives benefits from the Shares that are taxable as benefits from other activities (resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden).

If the above-mentioned conditions (i) and (ii) do not apply to the individual holder of our ordinary shares, such holder will be taxed annually on a deemed return (with a maximum of 5.28% in 2020) on the individual’s net investment assets (rendementsgrondslag) for the year, insofar the individual’s net investment assets for the year exceed a statutory threshold (heffingvrij vermogen). The deemed return on the individual’s net investment assets for the year is taxed at a rate of 30%. Actual income, gains or losses in respect of the ordinary shares are as such not subject to Dutch income tax.

The net investment assets for the year are the fair market value of the investment assets less the allowable liabilities on 1 January of the relevant calendar year. Our ordinary shares are included as investment assets. For the net investment assets on 1 January 2020, the deemed return ranges from 1.7893% up to 5.28% (depending on the aggregate amount of the net investment assets of the individual on 1 January 2020). The deemed return will be adjusted annually on the basis of historic market yields.

 

183


Table of Contents

Holders of Ordinary Shares Resident in the Netherlands: Corporate Entities

Generally speaking, if the holder of ordinary shares is an entity that is a resident or deemed to be resident of the Netherlands for Dutch corporate income tax purposes (a “Dutch Resident Entity”), any payment under the ordinary shares or any gain or loss realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the ordinary shares is subject to Dutch corporate income tax at a rate of 16.5% with respect to taxable profits up to €200,000 and 25% with respect to taxable profits in excess of that amount (rates and brackets for 2020).

Holders of Ordinary Shares Resident Outside the Netherlands

A holder of our ordinary shares that is neither a Dutch Resident Entity nor a Dutch Resident Individual will not be subject to Dutch taxes on income or capital gains in respect of any payment under our ordinary shares or in respect of any gain or loss realized on the disposal or deemed disposal of the ordinary shares, provided that:

 

  i.   such holder does not have interest in an enterprise or deemed enterprise (as defined in the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 and the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969) which, in whole or in part, is either effectively managed in the Netherlands or carried on through a permanent establishment, a deemed permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands and to which enterprise or part of an enterprise the ordinary shares are attributable; and

 

  ii.   in the event the holder is an individual, such holder does not carry out any activities in the Netherlands with respect to the ordinary shares that go beyond ordinary asset management and does not derive benefits from the ordinary shares that are taxable as benefits from other activities in the Netherlands.

Gift and Inheritance Taxes

Holders of Ordinary Shares Resident in the Netherlands

Gift or inheritance taxes will arise in the Netherlands with respect to a transfer of ordinary shares by way of a gift by, or on the death of, a holder of such ordinary shares who is resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands at the time of the gift or the holders death.

Holders of Ordinary Shares Resident Outside the Netherlands

No gift or inheritance taxes will arise in the Netherlands with respect to a transfer of our ordinary shares by way of gift by, or on the death of, a holder of ordinary shares who is neither resident nor deemed to be resident of the Netherlands, unless:

 

  i.   in the case of a gift of our ordinary shares by an individual who at the date of the gift was neither resident nor deemed to be resident of the Netherlands, such individual dies within 180 days after the date of the gift, while being resident or deemed to be resident of the Netherlands; or

 

  ii.   the transfer is otherwise construed as a gift or inheritance made by, or on behalf of, a person who, at the time of the gift or death, is or is deemed to be resident of the Netherlands.

For purposes of Dutch gift and inheritance taxes, amongst others, a person that holds the Dutch nationality will be deemed to be resident of the Netherlands if such person has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or such person’s death. Additionally, for purposes of Dutch gift tax, amongst others, a person not holding the Dutch nationality will be deemed to be resident of the Netherlands if such person has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the twelve months preceding the date of the gift.

 

184


Table of Contents

Value Added Tax

No Dutch value added tax will arise in respect of any payment in consideration for the holding or disposal of our ordinary shares.

Other Taxes and Duties

No Dutch registration tax, transfer tax, stamp duty or any other similar documentary tax or duty will be payable in the Netherlands in respect of any payment in consideration for the holding or disposal of our ordinary shares.

Residency

A holder of our ordinary shares will not be treated as a resident, or a deemed resident, of the Netherlands by reason only of the acquisition, or the holding, of our ordinary shares or the performance by us under our ordinary shares.

 

185


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF JUDGMENTS

The ability of shareholders in certain countries other than the Netherlands, in particular in the United States, to bring an action against us may be limited under Dutch law. We are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and have our statutory seat (statutaire zetel) in Leiden, the Netherlands.

The majority of the members of the Board are resident of countries other than the United States. All or a substantial proportion of the assets of these individuals are located outside the United States. Our assets are predominantly located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons, or to enforce against them or us in U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

There is currently no treaty between the United States and the Netherlands for the mutual recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be enforceable in the Netherlands unless the underlying claim is relitigated before a Dutch court of competent jurisdiction. Under current practice, however, a Dutch court will generally, subject to compliance with certain procedural requirements, grant the same judgment without a review of the merits of the underlying claim if such judgment (i) is a final judgment and has been rendered by a court, which has established its jurisdiction vis-à-vis the relevant Dutch companies or Dutch company, as the case may be, on the basis of internationally accepted grounds of jurisdiction, (ii) has not been rendered in violation of principles of proper procedure (behoorlijke rechtspleging), (iii) is not contrary to the public policy of the Netherlands, and (iv) is not incompatible with (a) a prior judgment of a Dutch court rendered in a dispute between the same parties or (b) a prior judgment of a foreign court rendered in a dispute between the same parties, concerning the same subject matter and based on the same cause of action, provided that such prior judgment is capable of being recognized in the Netherlands and except to the extent that the foreign judgment contravenes Dutch public policy (openbare orde). Dutch courts may deny the recognition and enforcement of punitive damages or other awards. Moreover, a Dutch court may reduce the amount of damages granted by a U.S. court and recognize damages only to the extent that they are necessary to compensate actual losses or damages. Enforcement and recognition of judgments of U.S. courts in the Netherlands are solely governed by the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure (Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering). Based on the foregoing, there can be no assurance that U.S. investors will be able to enforce any judgments obtained in U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the U.S. federal securities laws.

 

186


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc. and SVB Leerink LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

                       

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

SVB Leerink LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Kempen & Co U.S.A., Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

Certain of the underwriters may offer and sell the ordinary shares through one or more of their respective affiliates or other registered broker-dealers or selling agents.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ordinary shares directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $                 per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the ordinary shares, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                  additional ordinary shares at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional ordinary shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of ordinary shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                  ordinary shares.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $        $        $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us:

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $                . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $                .

 

187


Table of Contents

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of ordinary shares offered by them.

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PHVS.”

We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the restricted period):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares;

 

   

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares.

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to us in certain circumstances, subject to certain limitations and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement.

Our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, they will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the restricted period): (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares, (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any ordinary shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares. These restrictions do not apply in certain circumstances, subject to certain limitations and conditions set forth in the lock-up agreements, including:

a) the registration of the offer and sale of ordinary shares pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

b) transactions relating to ordinary shares or other securities acquired in this offering (other than any issuer-directed shares purchased in this offering), in a private placement from us consummated concurrently with the completion of this offering or open market transactions after the completion of this offering;

c) transfers of ordinary shares or any security convertible into ordinary shares as a bona fide gift or gifts or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession;

d) distributions of ordinary shares or any security convertible into ordinary shares to limited partners, members, trust beneficiaries or stockholders of such director, officer or holder;

e) if such director, officer or holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, to any direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of such party or any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by, or under common control or management with, such party or any investment fund or other entity that controls such party;

f) solely by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

g) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of such party (for purposes of this agreement “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), provided that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value;

 

188


Table of Contents

h) facilitating the establishment of a trading plan on behalf of a shareholder, officer or director of us pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of ordinary shares, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of ordinary shares during the restricted period and to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of such party or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of ordinary shares may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

i) transfers to us of ordinary shares or any security convertible into ordinary shares in connection with the “net” or “cashless” exercise of options or warrants or the vesting, exercise or settlement of any other equity-based award during the restricted period, in each case, granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans described in this prospectus, including any ordinary shares withheld by us or any of our subsidiaries to pay the applicable exercise price or tax withholding associated with such awards; provided (i) the restrictions contained in this agreement shall apply to ordinary shares issued upon such exercise, conversion, vesting or settlement and (ii) for any options or other awards that expire, vest or become settled during the restricted period while we are unable to transfer shares for purposes of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligations, the restrictions contained in this agreement shall not apply to shares sold or otherwise withheld for that purpose;

j) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our securities involving a change of control of us and approved by our board of directors, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such securities held by the undersigned shall remain subject to the provisions of this agreement (for purposes hereof “change of control” shall mean the transfer, whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other such transaction, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter pursuant to this offering), of our voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of us (or the surviving entity));

k) to us pursuant to arrangements under which we have the option to repurchase such party’s ordinary shares, which arrangements are described in this prospectus; and

l) transfers made with the prior written consent of the representatives, on behalf of the underwriters.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the ordinary shares and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the ordinary shares, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ordinary shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option described above. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, ordinary shares in the open market to stabilize the price of the ordinary shares. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the ordinary shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

189


Table of Contents

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of ordinary shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The address of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is 1585 Broadway New York, New York 10036. The address of BofA Securities, Inc. is One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036. The address of SVB Leerink LLC is 1301 Avenue of the Americas, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

Canada

The ordinary shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of our ordinary shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation,

 

190


Table of Contents

provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area and the United Kingdom

This prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares is not a prospectus for the purposes of the Prospectus Regulation (as defined below). This prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares and any offer if made subsequently is directed only at persons in Member States of the European Economic Area (the “EEA”) or in the United Kingdom (each, a “Relevant State”) who are “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. This prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares has been prepared on the basis that any offer of ordinary shares in any Relevant State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Regulation from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of ordinary shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant State of ordinary shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation in relation to such offer. Neither us nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of ordinary shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

In relation to each Relevant State, no securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares to the public may be made in that Relevant State other than:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the representatives and us that it is a “qualified investor” as defined in the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a nondiscretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined in the Prospectus Regulation or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

191


Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended).

United Kingdom

This prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares may not be distributed or circulated to any person in the United Kingdom other than to (i) persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”); and (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares is directed only at relevant persons. Other persons should not act on this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares. This prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares is confidential and is being supplied to you solely for your information and may not be reproduced, redistributed or passed on to any other person or published, in whole or in part, for any other purpose.

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of the ordinary shares may only be communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us.

All applicable provisions of the FSMA must be complied with in respect to anything done by any person in relation to the ordinary shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

Our ordinary shares have not been and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong). No advertisement, invitation or document relating to our ordinary shares have been or will be issued or have been or will be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to our ordinary shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Israel

In the State of Israel this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase ordinary shares under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, including, inter alia, if: (i) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions (the “Addressed Investors”); or (ii) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968,

 

192


Table of Contents

subject to certain conditions (the “Qualified Investors”). The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. The Company has not and will not take any action that would require it to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or direct an offer to subscribe for our ordinary shares to any person within the State of Israel, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEL, has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the ordinary shares.

Accordingly, the ordinary shares have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.

For Qualified Institutional Investors or QII

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the ordinary shares constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the ordinary shares. The ordinary shares may only be transferred to QIIs.

For Non-QII Investors

Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the ordinary shares constitutes either a “small number private placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the ordinary shares. The ordinary shares may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus under the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”) by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, and the offer of our ordinary shares in Singapore is made primarily pursuant to the exemptions under Section 274 and 275 of the SFA. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ordinary shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our ordinary shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA (an “Institutional Investor”) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA (an “Accredited Investor”) or other relevant person as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA (a “Relevant Person”) and pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA and (where applicable) Regulation 3 of the Securities and Futures (Classes of Investors) Regulations 2018, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with, the conditions of any other applicable exemption or provision of the SFA.

 

193


Table of Contents

It is a condition of the offer that where our ordinary shares are subscribed for or acquired pursuant to an offer made in reliance on Section 275 of the SFA by a Relevant Person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an Accredited Investor), the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an Accredited Investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an Accredited Investor), the sole purpose of which is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an Accredited Investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation and the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has subscribed for or acquired our ordinary shares except:

1. to an Institutional Investor, an Accredited Investor, a Relevant Person, or which arises from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) of the SFA (in the case of that corporation) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA (in the case of that trust);

2. where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

3. where the transfer is by operation of law;

4. as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

5. as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Switzerland

The ordinary shares may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”) and no application has or will be made to admit the ordinary shares to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ordinary shares constitute a prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ordinary shares may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

194


Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, which are expected to be incurred in connection with our sale of ordinary shares in the offering. With the exception of the registration fee payable to the SEC, the filing fee payable to Nasdaq and the filing fee payable to FINRA, all amounts are estimates.

 

     Amount to Be
Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,910  

Nasdaq listing fee

         

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Printing and engraving expenses

         

Legal fees and expenses

         

Accounting fees and expenses

             

Miscellaneous

         
  

 

 

 

Total

   $      
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be completed by amendment.

All amounts in the table are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq listing fee and the FINRA filing fee. We will pay all of the expenses of this offering.

 

195


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York is representing us in connection with this offering. NautaDutilh N.V. will pass upon the validity of our ordinary shares offered hereby and other legal matters concerning this offering relating to Dutch law. Sidley Austin LLP, San Francisco, California, is counsel to the underwriters in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The current address of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. is Boschdijktunnel 10, 5611 AG Eindhoven, The Netherlands.

 

196


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement (including any amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to our ordinary shares offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. Certain information is omitted and you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for that information. With respect to references made in this prospectus to any contract or other document of Pharvaris B.V., such references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

We maintain a corporate website at www.pharvaris.com. The information contained on, or accessible from, or hyperlinked to our website is not a part of this prospectus and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

197


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

     F-3  

Consolidated statements of financial position as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

     F-4  

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

     F-5  

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

     F-6  

Notes to the audited consolidated financial statements

     F-7  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

     F-28  

Condensed consolidated statements of financial position as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019

     F-29  

Condensed consolidated statements of changes in equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

     F-30  

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

     F-31  

Notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

     F-32  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors and shareholders of Pharvaris B.V.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Pharvaris B.V. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and January 1, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and January 1, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ R.M.N. Admiraal RA

PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.

Eindhoven, the Netherlands

November 10, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

            Years ended December 31,  
            2019     2018  
     Notes           

Research and development expenses

     4        (5,684,562     (3,645,413

General and administrative expenses

     5        (2,325,719     (668,121
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

        (8,010,281     (4,313,534
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net foreign exchange loss

        (16,881     (380
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

        (8,027,162     (4,313,914
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

     11               
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

        (8,027,162     (4,313,914
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

        (8,027,162     (4,313,914
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss attributable to:

       

Equity holders of the Company

        (8,027,162     (4,313,914
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

       

Equity holders of the Company

        (8,027,162     (4,313,914
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company during the year

       

Basic and diluted loss per share:

     17        (1.66     (0.89

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

            As at
December 31,
2019
    As at
December 31,
2018
    As at
January 1,
2018
 
     Notes               

Assets

         

Non-current assets

         

Property, plant and equipment

     7        12,927              

Current assets

         

Receivables

     8        258,379       49,044       1,056  

Cash and cash equivalents

     14        20,326,372       5,385,333       4,795,135  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        20,597,678       5,434,377       4,796,191  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

         

Equity

     15         

Share capital

        130,962       100,928       100,928  

Share premium

        36,624,697       15,023,205       10,514,354  

Other reserves

        392,139       275,992       175,247  

Accumulated loss

        (18,474,250     (10,447,088     (6,133,174
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        18,673,548       4,953,037       4,657,355  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

         

Trade and other payables

     9        517,771       246,983       61,408  

Accrued liabilities

     12        1,406,359       234,357       77,428  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        1,924,130       481,340       138,836  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

        20,597,678       5,434,377       4,796,191  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

     Notes      Share
capital
     Share
premium
    Other
reserves
     Accumulated
losses
    Total
equity
 
                          

Balance at January 1, 2018

        100,928        10,514,354       175,247        (6,133,174     4,657,355  

Total comprehensive loss

                            (4,313,914     (4,313,914

Issue of share capital

     15               4,508,851                    4,508,851  

Share-based payments

     16                     100,745              100,745  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

        100,928        15,023,205       275,992        (10,447,088     4,953,037  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2019

        100,928        15,023,205       275,992        (10,447,088     4,953,037  

Total comprehensive loss

                        (8,027,162     (8,027,162

Issue of share capital

     15        30,034        22,437,673                    22,467,707  

Transaction costs on issue of shares

               (836,181                  (836,181

Share-based payments

     16                     116,147              116,147  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

        130,962        36,624,697       392,139        (18,474,250     18,673,548  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

            Years ended December 31,  
            2019     2018  
     Notes           

Operating activities

       

Loss before tax

        (8,027,162     (4,313,914

Non-cash adjustments to reconcile loss before tax to net cash flows from operations:

       

Share-based payment expense

     16        116,147       100,745  

Depreciation expenses

     7        549        

Net foreign exchange (gain) / loss

        (3,693     2,969  

Changes in working capital:

       

Increase in receivables

        (209,335     (47,988

Increase in trade and other payables

        274,481       182,606  

Increase in accrued liabilities

        1,172,002       156,929  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

        (6,677,011     (3,918,653
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

       

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     7        (13,476      
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

        (13,476      

Financing activities

       

Proceeds from issue of shares

     15        22,467,707       4,508,851  

Transaction costs on issue of shares

        (836,181      
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by financing activities

        21,631,526       4,508,851  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        14,941,039       590,198  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

        5,385,333       4,795,135  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

     14        20,326,372       5,385,333  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 Corporate and Group information

This section provides general corporate and group information about Pharvaris B.V. and its subsidiaries.

1.1 Corporate information

The consolidated financial statements of Pharvaris B.V. (the “Company” or “Pharvaris”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, “The Group”) for the year ended December 31, 2019 were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the directors on November 10, 2020.

Pharvaris B.V. was incorporated on September 30, 2015 and is based in Leiden, the Netherlands. The address of its registered office is J.H. Oortweg 21, Leiden. It has been registered at the Chamber of Commerce under file number 64239411.

Pharvaris is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapies for orphan diseases with significant unmet need, initially focused on angioedema.

1.2 Group information

Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements of the Group include:

 

Name

   Legal seat      Country of
incorporation
     % of equity
interest
 
   2019     2018  

Pharvaris Holdings B.V.

     Leiden        The Netherlands        100     n/a  

Pharvaris Netherlands B.V.

     Leiden        The Netherlands        100     n/a  

Pharvaris Holdings B.V. and Pharvaris Netherlands B.V. were incorporated on September 24, 2019.

The ultimate parent company

The ultimate parent company of the Group is Pharvaris B.V., which is based in the Netherlands.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

2.1 Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

These consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 are the first the Group has prepared in accordance with IFRS. Refer to note 3 for information on how the Group adopted IFRS for the first time.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis. Unless otherwise stated, the consolidated financial statements are presented in euros and all values are rounded to the nearest EUR (€), except per share amounts.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

2.2 Going concern

Pharvaris is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapies for orphan diseases with significant unmet need, initially focused on angioedema. These therapies will need to go through clinical development trials to achieve regulatory approval for commercialization. Therefore, Pharvaris is incurring annual research and development and other operating costs, and has no revenues to date (as is typical in the biotech industry for development stage and early commercial stage companies). As such, Pharvaris anticipates on-going negative operating cash flows for several years before the company has a product candidate ready for commercialization, if ever. This makes the Group dependent on external capital sources, being subsidies, debt capital and equity capital. The Group is currently fully financed by equity capital.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Group had cash of €20.3 million and €5.4 million, respectively. The Group incurred net losses of €8.0 million in 2019 and €4.3 million in 2018, and negative operating cash flows of €6.7 million in 2019 and €3.9 million in 2018.

On August 1, 2019, the Group completed a $66 million Series B equity financing of which $41 million was received in July 2020.

On November 3, 2020, the Group signed a $80 million Series C equity financing against issuance of 5,826,279 preferred shares C, which financing was completed on November 5, 2020. The preferred shares C automatically convert into ordinary shares upon the consummation of a qualified Initial Public Offering, combination transaction or request of the investor majority. The holders of the outstanding preferred shares C are entitled to convert the preferred shares, at any time, without payment of additional consideration into ordinary shares at a conversion rate of 1:1, which conversion rate shall be adjusted so as to reflect this ratio after any amendment of the nominal value by means of any stock splits, reclassification of shares and similar events. No obligations were agreed upon in the shareholders’ agreements to make any redemption on a certain fixed date and to transfer an amount (dividend) independent of the entity’s available economic resources.

The Group does not expect positive operating cash flows in the foreseeable future and remains dependent on additional financings to fund its research and development expenses, general and administrative expenses and financing costs. However, the Group believes that the available cash balances and the completed Series B and Series C financing, are sufficient to execute the Group’s operating plan and strategies and to meet the anticipated working capital requirements and settle all expected liabilities for a period of at least twelve months after the signing date of these financial statements.

Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

Impact of COVID-19

The outbreak of a novel strain of the coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has spread globally. Originating in China and spreading globally, COVID-19 is a virus causing potentially deadly respiratory tract infections and has impacted the global economy. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic.

The Group has taken appropriate measures to protect the safety of the employees and continuously monitors and evaluates the situation regarding COVID-19. The impact of COVID-19 to date is limited. COVID-19 ultimately may impact the clinical trials, including potential delays and restrictions on the ability to recruit and retain patients, principal investigators and healthcare employees. COVID-19 could also affect the operations of contract research organizations (CRO), or other contracted suppliers which may result in delays or disruptions in the supply of product candidates. The Group continuously monitors the situation regarding COVID-19, and the possible impact on the CROs, contract manufacturing organizations and clinical sites performing research and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

development activities for the Group. All efforts are made to develop alternatives to limit the impact of COVID-19 going forward.

Management concluded that the COVID-19 is expected to have some impact but would not have material adverse effect on the financial condition or liquidity of the Group.

2.3 Basis of consolidation

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases. Intra-group balances and transactions are eliminated in the consolidation.

2.4 Segment reporting

Operating segments are identified based on whether the allocation of resources and/ or the assessment of performance of a particular component of Group’s activities are regularly reviewed as a separate operating segment by Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). By these criteria, the activities of Pharvaris are considered to be one segment which comprises the discovery, development and commercialization of oral bradykinin B2 receptor antagonists and the segmental analysis is the same as the analysis for Pharvaris as a whole. The Board of directors is identified as the CODM and reviews the consolidated operating results regularly to make decisions about the resources and to assess overall performance.

2.5 Foreign currencies

The Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in euros, which is also the Group’s functional currency.

Transactions and balances

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group’s entities at their respective functional currency spot rates at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date. Differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are recognized in profit or loss.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions.

2.6 Notes to the cash flow statement

The cash flow statement has been prepared using the indirect method. The cash and cash equivalents disclosed in the cash flow statement comprises of cash at bank.

2.7 Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment comprises office equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost over their estimated useful lives, as follows:’

 

   

Office equipment 3-5 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is larger than its estimated recoverable amount.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and comprehensive income (loss).

2.8 Financial instruments—Recognition and measurement

Financial assets

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial assets are initially measured at fair value. After the initial measurement, the financial assets are subsequently classified as either measured at amortized cost, fair value through the consolidated statements of profit or loss and comprehensive income (loss).

The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and the Group’s business model for managing them. The Group initially measures a financial asset at its fair value. Financial assets are included in Group’s statements of financial position when Pharvaris becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Subsequent measurement

Financial assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Financial assets at amortized cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest method and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) when the asset is derecognized, modified or impaired.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Group had the following financial assets to be measured at amortized cost:

 

   

Cash and cash equivalents

 

   

Receivables

Derecognition

Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

Financial liabilities

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through other comprehensive income, or fair value through the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss), as payables.

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Group’s financial liabilities include trade payables and accrued liabilities.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Subsequent measurement

After initial recognition, trade payables and accrued liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Gains and losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss).

Derecognition

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or is expired.

2.9 Receivables

Receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost. If payment of the receivable is postponed under an extended payment deadline, fair value is measured on the basis of the discounted value of the expected payments. When a receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account for receivables.

2.10 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise bank balances.

2.11 Equity

The Group classifies an instrument, or its component parts, on initial recognition as a financial liability or an equity instrument in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

An instrument is classified as a financial liability when it is either (i) a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to another entity or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another entity under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Group; or (ii) a contract that will or may be settled in the Group’s own equity instruments and is a non-derivative for which the Group is or may be obliged to deliver a variable number of the Group’s own equity instruments or a derivative that will or may be settled other than by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of the Group’s own equity instruments. An equity instrument is defined as any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. An instrument is an equity instrument only if the issuer has an unconditional right to avoid settlement in cash or another financial asset.

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Preferred shares

Preferred shares are equity classified as result of:

 

   

The lack of contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to another entity, or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another entity under conditions that are potentially unfavourable to the Group.

 

   

No contractual obligation to transfer an amount (dividend) independent of the entity’s available economic resources.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the shareholders’ agreement, all of the outstanding preferred shares will automatically convert into ordinary shares upon the consummation of a qualified Initial Public Offering (IPO) or on request of the majority of the issued and outstanding preferred shares. The conversion rate for the preferred shares is calculated by reference to the original issue price of relevant preferred shares, adjusted for certain anti-dilution protections.

The holders of the outstanding preferred shares are entitled to convert the preferred shares, at any time, without payment of additional consideration into ordinary shares at a conversion rate of 1:1 which conversion rate shall be adjusted so as to reflect this ratio after any amendment of the nominal value by means of any stock splits, reclassification of shares and similar events.

The Group issued two classes of preferred shares, convertible preferred shares A and convertible preferred shares B. The dividend preference is noncumulative and is only applicable when the general meeting of shareholder’s decides to make a profit distribution (Note 15).

Convertible Preferred shares A and convertible preferred shares B

Preferred shares A and preferred shares B have a dividend preference over ordinary shares. In addition, preferred shares A and preferred shares B have an anti-dilution protection that is not applicable for ordinary shares. The anti-dilution protection is under the full control of the Group and does not affect the equity classification of the preferred shares A and preferred shares B.

Preferred shares A and preferred shares B both qualify as equity. Dividends paid on the preference shares are treated as profit appropriation.

2.12 Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Trade and other payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

2.13 Current and deferred income tax

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax effects are recognized in the consolidated statements of income or loss and comprehensive income (loss), except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Company’s subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

2.14 Share-based payment

The Company operates an equity-settled share-based compensation plan, under which it receives services as consideration for equity instruments (options or restricted stock units) of the Company. The fair value of these equity instruments granted in exchange for the services received from the participants is recognized as an expense against a credit in equity. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the grant date fair value of the equity instruments granted, including the impact of any market performance vesting conditions and non-vesting conditions.

Service and non-market performance vesting conditions are included in the assumptions about the number of equity instruments that are expected to vest. The total expense is recognized over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. If the length of the vesting period varies depending on when a non-market performance condition is satisfied, the total expense is recognized over the expected vesting period. The Group recognizes the impact of the revision to previous estimates, if any, in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss), with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

When options are exercised, the Company issues new shares. The proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options are exercised.

2.15 Expenses

Research and development expenses

Research activities undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific knowledge and understanding are expensed as incurred. Development expenses are capitalized only if the cost involved can be measured reliably, the product or process under development is technically feasible, future economic benefits are probable and the Group has the intention and resources to complete development and use or sell it. Due to the regulatory environment and other types of uncertainty, management has determined that the criteria for capitalizing development costs to intangible assets, as set out in IAS 38, have not been met and therefore the Group has not capitalized any development expenses in 2019 or 2018. See Note 4 for information relating to research and development expenses incurred in the reporting period.

At each balance sheet date, the Group estimates the level of services performed by the vendors and the associated cost incurred for the services performed.

General and administrative expenses

Expenses are recognized in Group’s consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) as expenses when incurred.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

2.16 New and amended standards and interpretations

IFRS 16 Leases

General impact and transition

In the current year, the Group has applied IFRS 16 Leases (as issued by the IASB effective January 1, 2019). IFRS 16 introduces new or amended requirements with respect to lease accounting. It introduces significant changes to lessee accounting by removing the distinction between operating and finance leases and requiring the recognition of a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement for all leases, except for short term leases and leases of low value assets. Details of the Group’s accounting policies under IFRS 16 are set out as below.

The Group adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective method of adoption with the date of initial application of January 1, 2019. Under this method, the standard is applied retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized at the date of initial application. The Group elected to use certain transition practical expedients, described below:

 

  i)   To not reassess upon transition whether an existing contract contains a lease; and

 

  ii)   The recognition exemptions for short-term leases (less than 12 months of lease term) and leases of low-value assets.

Impact on lessee accounting

Applying IFRS 16 for all leases, the Group:

 

  i)   Recognizes a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability in the consolidated statement of financial position, initially measured at the present value of future lease payments;

 

  ii)   Recognizes depreciation of right-of-use assets and interest on lease liabilities in the consolidated statement of profit or loss; and

 

  iii)   Separates the total amount of cash paid into a principal portion (presented within financing activities) and interest (presented within operating activities) in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Under IFRS 16, right-of-use assets will be tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets. This replaces the previous requirement to recognize a provision for onerous lease contracts.

For short-term leases (a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low-value assets, the Group has opted to recognize a lease expense on a straight-line basis as permitted by IFRS 16. This expense is presented within general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income and (loss).

As at December 31, 2018, the Group did not hold any finance leases with terms greater than 12 months. As at January 1, 2019, the date of initial application of IFRS 16, the Group had no leases with terms greater than 12 months. The Group is not subject to retrospective application of IFRS 16 nor restatement of comparative information.

2.17 Standards issued but not yet effective

The standards and interpretations that are issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of the Group’s financial statements are disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt these standards, if applicable, when they become effective.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Definition of a Business—Amendments to IFRS 3

The IASB issued amendments to the definition of a business in IFRS 3 Business Combinations to help entities determine whether an acquired set of activities and assets is a business or not. They clarify the minimum requirements for a business, remove the assessment of whether market participants are capable of replacing any missing elements, add guidance to help entities assess whether an acquired process is substantive, narrow the definitions of a business and of outputs, and introduce an optional fair value concentration test. New illustrative examples were provided along with the amendments.

The amendments must be applied to transactions that are either business combinations or asset acquisitions for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2020. Consequently, entities do not have to revisit such transactions that occurred in prior periods. Earlier application is permitted and must be disclosed. The Group has assessed amendments IFRS 3’s full impact and concludes that the amendments to the definition of a business in IFRS to have no impact on Group’s consolidated financial statements. The Group intends to adopt it no later than the accounting period beginning on January 1, 2020.

Definition of Material—Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8

In October 2018, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 8 to align the definition of ‘material’ across the standards and to clarify certain aspects of the definition. The new definition states that, ’Information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity.’

The amendments clarify that materiality will depend on the nature or magnitude of information, or both. An entity will need to assess whether the information, either individually or in combination with other information, is material in the context of the financial statements.

Although the amendments to the definition of material is not expected to have a significant impact on an entity’s financial statements, the introduction of the term ‘obscuring information’ in the definition could potentially impact how materiality judgements are made in practice, by elevating the importance of how information is communicated and organised in the financial statements.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. The amendments must be applied prospectively. Early application is permitted and must be disclosed. The Group has assessed amendments IAS 1 and IAS 8’s full impact and intends to adopt it no later than the accounting period beginning on January 1, 2020. The amendments are not expected to have material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

2.18 Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of expenses, income, assets and liabilities, and the accompanying disclosures. Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets or liabilities affected in future periods.

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made various judgements. Those which management has assessed to have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements have been discussed below.

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities

 

F-15


Table of Contents

within the next financial year, are also described in the individual notes. The Group based its assumptions and estimates on parameters available when the consolidated financial statements were prepared. Existing circumstances and assumptions about future developments, however, may change due to market changes or circumstances arising that are beyond the control of the Group. Such changes are reflected in the assumptions when they occur.

Share-based payments

The Group has adopted an equity-settled share-based compensation plan, pursuant to which certain participants are granted the right to acquire ordinary shares of the Company. The grants made under this plan are accounted for in accordance with the policy as stated in Note 2.14. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options or restricted stock units granted. The fair value is measured at the date of grant using an Option Pricing model as further explained in Note 16.

Due to the lack of quoted market prices, the Group has determined the fair value for the measurement of the equity-settled transactions at the grant date with assistance of an external appraiser, considering certain assumptions relating to the volatility of stock price, the determination of an appropriate risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses are currently not capitalized but are expensed because the criteria for capitalization are not met (Note 2.15 and Note 4). At each balance sheet date, the Group estimates the level of services performed by the vendors and the associated costs incurred for the services performed. Although we do not expect the estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, the understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and could result in reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period.

3. First-time adoption of IFRS

These financial statements, for the year ended December 31, 2019, are the first the Group has prepared in accordance with IFRS. For periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2018, the Group prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with the provisions of Title 9, Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code and the firm pronouncements in the Dutch Accounting Standards, as published by the Dutch Accounting Standards Board (‘Raad voor de Jaarverslaggeving’) (Dutch GAAP) as local generally accepted accounting principles.

Accordingly, the Group has prepared consolidated financial statements that comply with IFRS applicable as at December 31, 2019, together with the comparative period data for the year ended December 31, 2018. In preparing the financial statements, the Group’s opening statement of financial position was prepared as at January 1, 2018, the Group’s date of transition to IFRS.

The Group did not identify any differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS.

This note explains the adjustments made by the Group in restating its Dutch GAAP consolidated financial statements, including the consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2018 and the financial statements as of, and for the year ended December 31, 2018, as disclosed in note 3.3.

3.1 Exemptions applied

IFRS 1 allows first-time adopters certain exemptions from the retrospective application of certain requirements under IFRS.

The Group has not applied any exemption.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

3.2 Estimates

The estimates at January 1, 2018 and at December 31, 2018 are consistent with those made for the same dates in accordance with Dutch GAAP. The estimates used by the Group to present these amounts in accordance with IFRS reflect conditions at January 1, 2018, the date of transition to IFRS and as at December 31, 2018.

3.3 Adjustments to Dutch GAAP financial statements as of January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, the following errors were identified in the Dutch GAAP financial statements:

 

  a)   Adjustments in the consolidated statement of financial position as at January 1, 2018

 

    Transaction costs for issuance of preferred shares A of €95,418 were expensed instead of recorded through equity (share premium), resulting in a revision in equity of the same amount, from accumulated losses to share premium.

 

    Share based payment expenses of €175,247 were omitted from the Dutch GAAP financial statements and as such are adjusted by revision between accumulated losses and other reserves.

 

    An additional accrual of €21,366 has been recorded in accrued liabilities due to timing of expenses.

 

  b)   Adjustments in the consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2018

 

    Share based payment expenses of €100,745 were omitted from the Dutch GAAP financial statements and as such are adjusted in the research and development expenses, general and administrative expenses and other reserves.

 

    An additional accrual of €218,919 has been recorded in trade payables and accrued liabilities due to timing of expenses.

 

    A cut-off error of €25,895 has been recorded in the receivables.

4. Research and development expenses

 

     2019     2018  
          

Personnel expenses (Note 6)

     (131,544     (99,946

Clinical expenses

     (2,009,892     (205,873

Pre-clinical expenses

     (1,850,444     (2,449,046

Manufacturing costs

     (1,379,590     (870,933

License costs

     (300,000      

Intellectual Property costs

     (13,092     (19,615
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

     (5,684,562     (3,645,413
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Development expenses are currently not capitalized but are recorded in consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income or loss because the recognition criteria for capitalisation are not met.

Clinical expenses, which includes costs of conducting and managing our sponsored clinical trials, including clinical investigator cost, costs of clinical sites, and costs for CRO’s assisting with our clinical development programs.

Pre-clinical expenses, which include costs of our outsourced discovery, preclinical and nonclinical development studies.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

5. General and administrative expenses

 

     2019     2018  
          

Personnel expenses (Note 6)

     (49,601     (799

Consulting fees

     (990,730     (333,160

Professional fees

     (495,326     (62,958

Accounting and auditing fees

     (300,841     (111,852

Travel expenses

     (236,904     (84,970

Facilities, communication & office expenses

     (167,062     (47,536

Other expenses

     (85,255     (26,846
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expenses

     (2,325,719     (668,121
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2019 the Group entered into a lease arrangement, which was assessed to be a short-term lease (with a lease term of 12 months equalling its non-cancellable period). The total outflow for the leases in 2019 was € 78,897 (2018: €0) and is included in the Facilities, communication & office expenses.

Depreciation expenses of €549 (2018: €0) is included in the other expenses.

6. Personnel expenses

 

     2019     2018  
          

Wages and salaries

     (50,573      

Pension charges

     (1,750      

Other social security charges

     (12,675      

Share-based payments

     (116,147     (100,745
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (181,145     (100,745
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Workforce

The average number of staff (in FTEs) employed by the Group in 2019 was 3 (2018: 0). No employees were employed by the Group in 2018, as the Group had contracted consultants for the operations in 2018.

7. Property, plant and equipment

 

     Notes      Office
equipment
    Total  
                 

Balance at January 1, 2019

       

Opening net book amount

               

Additions

        13,476       13,476  

Depreciation expenses

     5        (549     (549
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

        12,927       12,927  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

       

Cost

        13,476       13,476  

Accumulated depreciation

        (549     (549
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

        12,927       12,927  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

8. Receivables

 

     2019      2018      As at
January 1, 2018
 
                

VAT receivables

     210,843        26,423        1,056  

Prepayments

     47,536        22,621         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     258,379        49,044        1,056  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepayments mainly relate to prepaid rent, insurance and general and administrative expenses.

No amounts have been written off during the year.

9. Trade and other payables

 

     2019      2018      As at
January 1, 2018
 
                

Trade payables

     509,948        246,356        60,472  

Tax and social security liabilities

     7,823        627        936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     517,771        246,983        61,408  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Financial assets and liabilities fair value

Fair values of cash, receivables, and current liabilities approximate their carrying amounts due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

11. Income taxes

No tax charge or income has been recognized in the years 2019 and 2018 since the Group is in a loss-making position and has a history of losses.

The Group has tax loss carry-forwards of approximately €5.9 million (2018: €2.7 million). Pharvaris has tax losses in the Netherlands that are available for offsetting against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses arose. Under Dutch tax law, for years prior to 2019, profits in a given year can be offset against tax loss carry forwards for up to nine years. In 2019, the Dutch tax law was revised to limit the carry forward period to six years. Tax loss carry-forwards incurred in prior years will expire as follows:

 

Year

   Tax losses  
     € million  

2025

     3.9  

2026

     0.9  

2027

     1.1  
  

 

 

 

Total carry-forward losses

     5.9  
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets on tax loss carry forwards and deductible temporary differences in excess of taxable temporary differences have not been recognized as management concluded that there is not sufficient probability as per IAS 12 that there will be future taxable profits available in the foreseeable future against which the unused tax losses can be utilized. The accumulated unused tax losses relate entirely to the Netherlands.

The total unrecognized deferred tax assets from temporary differences amounts to €2.9 million (2018: €1.6 million).

 

F-19


Table of Contents

12. Accrued liabilities

 

     2019      2018      As at
January 1, 2018
 
                

Consulting and accounting fee accruals

     436,768        129,243        27,434  

Clinical accrued liabilities

     357,719                

Manufacturing accrued liabilities

     283,115                

Pre-clinical accrued liabilities

     275,460        104,549        38,774  

Other accrued liabilities

     53,297        565        11,220  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,406,359        234,357        77,428  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Financial risk management

The Group’s principal financial instruments consist of receivables, trade and other trade payables. The financial instruments represent the Group’s working capital to serve the Group’s day-to-day operations.

The Group is exposed to market risk (including currency risk, interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s management manages each risk as discussed below.

Market risk

Currency risk

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to currency risk arising from various currency exposure, primarily with respect to the British pound and the US Dollar as the Group has agreements with Contract Research Organizations (‘CRO’s) which are based in Great Britain, and consulting agreements with parties that are based in the United States of America. From these transactions, currency risk arises. No formal policy has been set-up to manage the currency risk against the functional currency of the Group. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the amount of trade payables in foreign currency was limited. Foreign currency trade payables are short term in nature (generally 30 days). As a result, currency rate movements during the years presented had an immaterial effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Price risk

The market prices for the provision of preclinical and clinical materials and services, as well as external contracted research may vary over time. The commercial prices of any of the Group’s products or product candidates are currently uncertain. The Group is not exposed to commodity price risk.

Interest risk

The Group is not largely exposed to interest risk, since the Group has no borrowings.

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from cash and other financial assets, including deposits with banks and financial institutions. Cash deposits and investments are placed only with accredited financial institutions. Credit risk is further limited by investing only in liquid instruments.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk for the components of the statements of financial position on December 31, 2019 and 2018 are the carrying amounts as illustrated in Note 14.

There are no financial assets past due date or impaired.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash. Cash deposits are placed only with reputable financial institutions with a credit rating of not less than A- (Standard & Poor’s). Credit risk is further limited by investing only in liquid instruments.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group might encounter difficulties in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities, which are normally settled by delivering cash. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has cash of €20.3 million and received the second tranche ($41 million) of its Series B equity financing in July 2020.

On November 3, 2020, the Group completed a $80 million Series C equity financing which was received on November 5, 2020.

Based on the existing operating plan, anticipated working capital requirements and available capital sources, the Company believes that it can execute on strategy and realize liquidity planning and it is able to finance its activities for twelve months following the date of these financial statements.

The Company may need additional funding in the future, which could possibly not be available to the Group at all or not at acceptable or favourable terms. This could lead to a situation where the Group would have to delay the execution of parts of its business plan.

The Group manages liquidity risks by holding appropriate reserves, taking timely action for future funding, as well as by monitoring forecasted and actual cash flows and reconciling the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

The below table summarizes the maturity profile of the Group’s accrued liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

 

     Less than
12 months
     1 to 5 years      Total  

December 31, 2019

                    

Trade and other payables

     517,771               517,771  

Accrued liabilities

     1,406,359               1,406,359  

 

     Less than
12 months
     1 to 5 years      Total  

December 31, 2018

                    

Trade and other payables

     246,983               246,983  

Accrued liabilities

     234,357               234,357  

 

     Less than
12 months
     1 to 5 years      Total  

January 1, 2018

                    

Trade and other payables

     61,408               61,408  

Accrued liabilities

     77,428               77,428  

 

F-21


Table of Contents

14. Cash and cash equivalents

 

     2019      2018      As at
January 1, 2018
 
                

Cash and cash equivalents

     20,326,372        5,385,333        4,795,135  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     20,326,372        5,385,333        4,795,135  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Cash and cash equivalents balance are not subject to any restriction.

15. Equity

The capital of the Company is divided into Ordinary shares, preferred shares A and B respectively. The nominal value of each share is one eurocent (€ 0.01). Preferred shares A and B are convertible into Ordinary shares. All issued shares are fully paid.

Issued shares

 

     2019      2018      As at
January 1, 2018
 

Preferred shares A

     5,242,850        5,242,850        5,242,850  

Preferred shares B

     3,003,391                

Ordinary shares

     4,850,000        4,850,000        4,850,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13,096,241        10,092,850        10,092,850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2018 the third tranche of the preferred shares A was received after reaching milestones described within the shareholders’ agreement. For this final tranche and as per the shareholders’ agreement, no new shares were issued and as such the proceeds from the third tranche are fully reported as share premium.

Holders of preferred shares A and B shall be entitled to a non-cumulative, non-compounded dividend of 8% per annum of aggregate subscription price paid on such preferred shares A and B, respectively, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any dividend, share split, combination or similar recapitalization with respect to such preferred shares. Dividend distribution is at discretion of the Board of the Group. No dividend was distributed in 2018 or in 2019.

Preferred shares A and B shares have an anti-dilution protection. In the event of an issue of shares to any person, at a price per such share which is lower than the applicable subscription price paid for the preferred shares A or preferred Shares B, respectively then the Company shall issue, in accordance with applicable requirements to each of holder of preferred shares, such number of new shares, based upon a broad-based weighted average anti-dilution adjustment, which reduces the subscription price of the relevant preferred shares, to a weighted average price.

The anti-dilution protection is under the full control of the Company and does not affect the equity classification of the preferred shares A and preferred shares B.

16. Share-based payments

In 2016, the Group implemented an Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) in order to advance the interests of the Company’s shareholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s shareholders.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Valuation of ordinary shares

The fair value of ordinary shares is determined by the Board of directors and takes into account the most recently available valuation of ordinary shares performed by an independent valuation firm and the assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believe are relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant.

The Board of directors consider numerous objective and subjective factors to determine their best estimate of the fair value of the ordinary shares as of each grant date, including:

 

   

the progress of the research and development programs;

 

   

contemporaneous third-party valuations of the ordinary shares for the share issuances in 2016 and 2019;

 

   

the rights and preferences of the preferred shares and the preferred shares relative to the ordinary shares;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a discrete liquidity event, such as a sale of the company or an initial public offering given prevailing market conditions; and

 

   

external market and economic conditions impacting the industry sector

In determining the fair values of the ordinary shares as of each award grant date, the Option Pricing Model was used. The Option Pricing Model was applied to estimate the implied total equity value of the Company using a reference price. The reference price was the investment price paid in the preferred A shares financing round, which was the most recent financing round at the time. The total equity value of the Company is then allocated to the various underlying instruments.

The main terms and conditions of the separate award agreements entered into under this Plan are provided below.

Stock Option Agreement

On March 31, 2016, the Company granted consultants an option to purchase 392,850 shares with an exercise price of € 0.01 per share with a final exercise date of March 30, 2026 unless forfeited or exercised on an earlier date. The options are equity-settled and may only be exercised in the event of a merger, sale or wind-up of the Company (the “Exercise Event”) and certain milestones have been achieved. Further, the participant must have a specific function with the Group at the time of the Exercise Event.

As at January 1, 2018, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, none of the options were vested since services are required until the occurrence of an Exercise Event. As at December 31, 2019, none of the options were forfeited or have expired.

Measurement of Fair Value

The Company determined that fair value of the stock options at the date of grant to be € 1.24. The share-based payment expense are recognized over a 5-year service period in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income or (loss). For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 an amount of € 99,946 and € 99,946, respectively has been recognized.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of outstanding share options

 

     2019      Weighted
average
exercise
price
     2018      Weighted
average

exercise
price
     2017      Weighted
average
exercise
price
 
                                     

Outstanding January 1,

     392,850        0.01        392,850        0.01        392,850        0.01  

Granted

                                         

Exercised

                                         

Forfeited

                                         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding December 31,

     392,850        0.01        392,850        0.01        392,850        0.01  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restricted Award Agreement

On December 13, 2018, the Company granted 25,295 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to consultants, with an exercise price of €0.01 per RSU. The RSUs shall vest upon the occurrence of an IPO or the completion of a business arrangement involving an acquisition or the option to acquire all or majority of the Company, and which arrangement is entered into as a consequence of the services rendered by the participant to the Company during the term of service or within 9 months after termination of this agreement.

As at December 31, 2019 and 2018 none of the RSUs are vested. The Company determined that fair value of the restricted stock units at the date of grant to be €1.39 per share and is recognized over the service period in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income or loss. The share-based payment expense recorded the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income or (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 amounted to €16,201 and €799, respectively.

Reconciliation of outstanding RSUs

 

     2019      Weighted
average
purchase
price
     2018      Weighted
average
purchase
price
 
                         

Outstanding January 1,

     25,295        0.01                

Granted

                   25,295        0.01  

Exercised

                           

Forfeited

                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding December 31,

     25,295        0.01        25,295        0.01  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Measurement of Fair Value

The grant date fair value of an option or an RSU is equal to the value of an ordinary share. An external valuation expert has estimated the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares, as of the grant dates based on the pricing of the most recent financing round of the Company at the time. As Pharvaris is a private company and the equity instruments are not marketable, an Option Pricing Model (“OPM”) was applied to back-solve the Company’s total equity value such that the value per preferred A and B Share is equal to the investment price per share paid in the investment round.

This estimated total equity value has been used as input to the OPM when determining the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares at the grant dates of March 31, 2016 (options) and December 13, 2018. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model to determine the fair value of the Company’s different share classes based upon the Company’s total equity value.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The inputs used in the measurement of the fair value per ordinary share at each grant date based upon the total equity value were as follows:

 

     December 13,
2018
    March 31,
2016
 

Expected volatility (%)

     80     90

Expected life (years)

     0.5       3.25  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     -0.8     -0.5

Expected dividend yield

            

Expected volatility was based on an evaluation of the historical volatilities of comparable listed biotech-companies over the historical period commensurate with the expected life. The expected life is based on Management’s best estimate on an expected exit date (such as a sale of the company or an initial public offering given prevailing market conditions). The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on German government Strip bonds, with tenure equal to the expected life. The expected dividend yield is zero considering the stage of the Group.

17. Loss per share

Basic and diluted

Basic and diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares during the year.

The Company’s potential dilutive securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to ordinary stockholders as the effect of including them would be antidilutive.

Potentially dilutive shares that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were 5,242,850 Series A preferred shared and 3,003,391 Series B preferred shares and 5,242,850 Series A preferred shared and 3,003,391 Series B preferred shares as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

     December 31,
2019
    December 31,
2018
 
          

Loss attributable to equity holders of the Company

     (8,027,162     (4,313,914

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

     4,850,000       4,850,000  

Basic and diluted loss per share

     (1.66     (0.89

18. Related parties

Note 1.2 provides information about the Group’s structure, including details of the subsidiaries and the holding company. The following provides the total amount of transactions that have been entered into with related parties for the relevant financial year.

Charité Research Organisation GmbH (Charité CRO)

Dr. Knolle, who has served as Chief Scientific Officer and Chief Operating Officer since its inception, is a member of the board of Charité CRO. The Company has entered into a service contract with Charité CRO according to which Charité CRO provides services supporting research for the Company. In fiscal years 2018 and 2019 payments to Charité CRO with respect to this service contract amounted to €49,600 and €1,238,355 respectively.

The amount of outstanding payable was €0 at both December 2019 and 2018.

Key management personnel compensation

The Group engages several management entities for the purpose of providing key management services to the Group. These management entities are considered related parties, as they provide key management services

 

F-25


Table of Contents

and the key management personnel have key management functions within these entities. Certain key management personnel are also shareholder of the Company. The aggregate amount of expense recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income or loss related to these related parties were €1,311,572 (2018: €1,070,616). The aggregate amounts payable to the related parties were €55,250 (2018: €103,777).

19. Commitments and contingencies

This section provides additional information about items not recognized in the financial statements but could potentially have a significant impact on the Group’s financial position and performance.

Non-cancellable service contracts

The group has entered into research and development commitments in relation to the developments of Group’s oral bradykinin B2 receptor antagonist. The future aggregate minimum payments under these research and development commitments are as follows:

Commitment for the minimum payments in relation to the non-cancellable service contracts are payable as follows:

 

     2019      2018  
           

Within one year

     4,005,200        853,200  

Later than one year but not later than five years

     1,008,500        10,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,013,700        864,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

20. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

The Group had no contingent liabilities and no contingent assets at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

21. Events after the reporting period

The outbreak of a novel strain of the coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has spread globally. Originating in China and spreading globally, COVID-19 is a virus causing potentially deadly respiratory tract infections and has impacted the global economy. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. The Company has taken appropriate measures to protect the safety of the employees and continuously monitors and evaluates the situation regarding COVID-19 (see note 2.2). The impact of COVID-19 to date is limited. Management concluded that the COVID-19 is expected to have some impact but would not have material adverse effect on the financial condition or liquidity.

On January 1, 2020 and February 3, 2020, a total of 600,000 and 440,000 share options have been granted to key management personnel. The exercise price of €2.38 is equal to the fair value at the grant dates.

In 2020 the Group established Pharvaris GmbH in Switzerland and Pharvaris, Inc. in the United States of America. Pharvaris, Inc. acts as a service provider to the principal Company of the Group. Pharvaris GmbH is the principal Company of the Group starting April 1, 2020. The principal Company faces the market/external parties and making all operational group decisions.

In July 2020, the Group received a $41 million Series B equity financing, with the same terms as the existing Series B financing.

On November 3, 2020, the Company completed a $80 million Series C equity financing, which was received on November 5, 2020, pursuant to which the Company issued 5,826,279 preferred shares C.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Signatories to the financial statements

Leiden, November 10, 2020

Pharvaris B.V.

Board of directors

 

/s/ B.A.E. Modig    /s/ M. Kleijwegt
B.A.E. Modig    M. Kleijwegt

 

/s/ R.P.L. Droller    /s/ M.E. Rome
R.P.L. Droller    M.E. Rome

 

/s/ R.S. Gaster    /s/ J.G.C.P. Schikan
R.S. Gaster    J.G.C.P. Schikan

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

 

            2020     2019  
     Notes           

Research and development expenses

     3        (11,797,986     (3,154,877

General and administrative expenses

     4        (3,447,208     (1,409,972
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

        (15,245,194     (4,564,849
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net foreign exchange loss

        (176,602     (3,927
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

        (15,421,796     (4,568,776
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

     6               
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

        (15,421,796     (4,568,776
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period, net of tax

        (15,421,796     (4,568,776
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss attributable to:

       

Equity holders of the Company

        (15,421,796     (4,568,776
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

       

Equity holders of the Company

        (15,421,796     (4,568,776
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company during the periods

       

Basic and diluted loss per share:

     16        (3.18     (0.94

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

 

            September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
     Notes           

Assets

       

Non-current assets

       

Property, plant and equipment

     7        43,766       12,927  

Current assets

       

Receivables

     8        1,062,009       258,379  

Cash and cash equivalents

     9        41,948,476       20,326,372  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        43,054,251       20,597,678  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

       

Equity

     10       

Share capital

        177,430       130,962  

Share premium

        70,824,510       36,624,697  

Other reserves

        1,442,563       392,139  

Currency translation reserve

        361        

Accumulated loss

        (33,754,742     (18,474,250
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

        38,690,122       18,673,548  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

       

Trade and other payables

     11        2,819,594       517,771  

Accrued liabilities

     12        1,544,535       1,406,359  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        4,364,129       1,924,130  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

        43,054,251       20,597,678  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020

 

    Notes     Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Other
reserves
    Currency
translation
reserve
    Accumulated
losses
    Total
Equity
 
                               

Balance at January 1, 2019

      100,928       15,023,205       275,992             (10,447,088     4,953,037  

Total comprehensive loss

                              (4,568,776     (4,568,776

Issue of share capital

    10       30,034       22,437,673                         22,467,707  

Transaction costs on issue of shares

            (836,181                       (836,181

Share-based payments

    15                   81,534                   81,534  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2019

      130,962       36,624,697       357,526             (15,015,864     22,097,321  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2020

      130,962       36,624,697       392,139             (18,474,250     18,673,548  

Total comprehensive loss

                              (15,421,796     (15,421,796

Issue of share capital

    10       46,468       34,986,290                         35,032,758  

Transaction costs on issue of shares

            (786,477                       (786,477

Currency translation reserve

                        361       141,304       141,665  

Share-based payments

    15                   1,050,424                   1,050,424  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2020

      177,430       70,824,510       1,442,563       361       (33,754,742     38,690,122  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

            Nine months ended
September 30,
 
            2020     2019  
     Notes           

Operating activities

       

Loss before tax

        (15,421,796     (4,568,776

Non-cash adjustments to reconcile loss before tax to net cash flows from operations:

       

Share-based payment expense

     15        1,050,424       81,534  

Net foreign exchange loss

        141,665       405  

Depreciation expense

     4        4,818       107  

Changes in working capital:

       

Increase in receivables

        (803,630     (9,804

Increase in trade and other payables

        2,301,823       761,453  

Increase in accrued liabilities

        138,176       205,138  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

        (12,588,520     (3,529,943
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

       

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     7        (35,657     (4,297
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

        (35,657     (4,297

Financing activities

       

Proceeds from issue of shares

     10        35,032,758       22,467,707  

Transaction costs on issue of shares

        (786,477     (170,000
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by financing activities

        34,246,281       22,297,707  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        21,622,104       18,763,467  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

        20,326,372       5,385,333  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

     9        41,948,476       24,148,800  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements

1. Corporate and Group information

This section provides general corporate and group information about Pharvaris B.V. and its subsidiaries.

1.1 Corporate information

The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of Pharvaris B.V. (the “Company” or “Pharvaris”) and its subsidiaries (collectively, “The Group”) as at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the directors on December 18, 2020.

Pharvaris B.V. was incorporated on September 30, 2015 and is based in Leiden, the Netherlands. The address of its registered office is J.H. Oortweg 21, Leiden. It has been registered at the Chamber of Commerce under file number 64239411.

Pharvaris is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapies for rare diseases with significant unmet need, initially focused on angioedema.

1.2 Group information

Subsidiaries

The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of the Group include:

 

Name

   Legal seat    Country of incorporation    % of equity interest
as September 30,
 
   2020     2019  

Pharvaris Holdings B.V.

   Leiden    The Netherlands      100     100

Pharvaris Netherlands B.V.

   Leiden    The Netherlands      100     100

Pharvaris GmbH

   Zug    Switzerland      100     n/a  

Pharvaris, Inc.

   Delaware    United States of America      100     n/a  

Pharvaris, Inc. and Pharvaris GmbH were incorporated on January 31, 2020 and March 27, 2020 respectively.

The ultimate parent company

The ultimate parent company of the Group is Pharvaris B.V., which is based in the Netherlands.

Major developments during the nine months ended September 30, 2020

On January 31, 2020 the Group established Pharvaris, Inc. in the United States of America and on March 27, 2020 the Group established Pharvaris GmbH in Switzerland. Pharvaris, Inc. acts as a service provider to the principal Company of the Group. Pharvaris GmbH is the principal Company of the Group starting April 1, 2020. The principal Company faces the market/external parties and makes all operational group decisions.

In July 2020, the Group received a $41 million (equivalent of €35 million) Series B equity financing, with the same terms as the existing Series B financing.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

2.1 Basis of preparation

The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting, and should be read in conjunction with the Group’s annual consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2019 (‘last annual financial statements’). These unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements do not include all the information required for a complete set financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. However, selected explanatory notes are included to explain events and transactions that are significant to an understanding of the changes in the Group’s financial position and performance since the last annual financial statements.

The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis. Unless otherwise stated, the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements are presented in euros and all values are rounded to the nearest EUR (€), except per share amounts.

2.2 Going concern

Pharvaris is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of innovative therapies for rare diseases with significant unmet need, initially focused on angioedema. These therapies will need to go through clinical development trials to achieve regulatory approval for commercialization. Therefore, Pharvaris is incurring annual research and development and other operating costs and has no revenues to date (as is typical in the biotech industry for development stage and early commercial stage companies). As such, Pharvaris anticipates on-going negative operating cash flows for several years before the company has a product candidate ready for commercialization, if ever. This makes the Group dependent on external capital sources, being subsidies, debt capital and equity capital. The Group is currently fully financed by equity capital.

As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Group had cash of €41.9 million and €20.3 million, respectively. The Group incurred net losses of €15.4 million and €4.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, and negative operating cash flows of €12.6 million and €3.5million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 respectively.

On November 3, 2020, the Group signed a $80 million Series C equity financing against issuance of 5,826,279 preferred shares C, which was completed on November 5, 2020. The preferred shares C automatically convert into ordinary shares upon the consummation of a qualified Initial Public Offering, combination transaction or request of the investor majority. The holders of the outstanding preferred shares C are entitled to convert the preferred shares, at any time, without payment of additional consideration into ordinary shares at a conversion rate of 1:1, which conversion rate shall be adjusted so as to reflect this ratio after any amendment of the nominal value by means of any stock splits, reclassification of shares and similar events. No obligations were agreed upon in the shareholders’ agreements to make any redemption on a certain fixed date and to transfer an amount (dividend) independent of the entity’s available economic resources.

The Group does not expect positive operating cash flows in the foreseeable future and remains dependent on additional financings to fund its research and development expenses, general and administrative expenses and financing costs. However, the Group believes that the available cash balances and the completed Series B and Series C financing, are sufficient to execute the Group’s operating plan and strategies and to meet the anticipated working capital requirements and settle all expected liabilities for a period of at least twelve months after the issuance of these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

Accordingly, the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

Impact of COVID-19

The outbreak of a novel strain of the coronavirus, specifically identified as “COVID-19”, has spread globally. COVID-19 is a virus causing potentially deadly respiratory tract infections and has impacted the global economy. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The Group has taken appropriate measures to protect the safety of the employees and continuously monitors and evaluates the situation regarding COVID-19. The impact of COVID-19 to date is limited. COVID-19 ultimately may impact the clinical trials, including potential delays and restrictions on the ability to recruit and retain patients, principal investigators, and healthcare employees. COVID-19 could also affect the operations of contract research organizations (CRO), or other contracted suppliers which may result in delays or disruptions in the supply of product candidates. The Group continuously monitors the situation regarding COVID-19, and the possible impact on the CROs, contract manufacturing organizations and clinical sites performing research and development activities for the Group. All efforts are made to develop alternatives to limit the impact of COVID-19 going forward.

Management expects that COVID-19 will have some impact on the Company’s business and operations, but this is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or liquidity of the Company.

2.3 Use of judgements and estimates

In preparing these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements, management has made judgements and estimates that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The significant judgements made by management in applying the Group’s accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty were the same as those described in the last annual financial statements, except for the performance based share options granted, refer to note 15.

2.4 Change in significant accounting policies

Except as described below, the accounting policies applied in these unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements are the same as those applied in the last annual financial statements.

Changes in accounting policies are also expected to be reflected in the Group’s consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ending December 31, 2020.

Foreign currency translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group’s entities at their respective functional currency spot rates at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date. Differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are recognized in profit or loss.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions.

Upon consolidation, the assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into Euro at the rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date and their statements of operations are translated at the average exchange rate of the fiscal period. The exchange differences arising on translation for consolidation are recognized in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss).

Personnel expenses

Wages and salaries, social security contributions, paid leave and bonuses, and other employee benefits are recognized in the financial year in which the employee provide the associated services.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The Group’s pension plans are classified as defined contribution plans, and, accordingly, no pension obligations are recognized in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of financial position. Costs relating to defined contribution plans are included in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) in the period in which they are accrued and outstanding contributions are included in other payables.

The accounting policies on personnel expenses do not reflect a change in the accounting policies. The accounting policies became applicable as the underlying transactions and balances are material for the Group in the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Definition of a Business—Amendments to IFRS 3

The IASB issued amendments to the definition of a business in IFRS 3 Business Combinations to help entities determine whether an acquired set of activities and assets is a business or not. They clarify the minimum requirements for a business, remove the assessment of whether market participants are capable of replacing any missing elements, add guidance to help entities assess whether an acquired process is substantive, narrow the definitions of a business and of outputs, and introduce an optional fair value concentration test. New illustrative examples were provided along with the amendments.

The amendments must be applied to transactions that are either business combinations or asset acquisitions for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after January 1, 2020. Consequently, entities do not have to revisit such transactions that occurred in prior periods. The Group has assessed amendments IFRS 3’s full impact and concludes that the amendments to the definition of a business in IFRS to have no impact on Group’s unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

Definition of Material—Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8

In October 2018, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 8 to align the definition of ‘material’ across the standards and to clarify certain aspects of the definition. The new definition states that, ’Information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity.’

The amendments clarify that materiality will depend on the nature or magnitude of information, or both. An entity will need to assess whether the information, either individually or in combination with other information, is material in the context of the financial statements.

Although the amendments to the definition of material is not expected to have a significant impact on an entity’s financial statements, the introduction of the term ‘obscuring information’ in the definition could potentially impact how materiality judgements are made in practice, by elevating the importance of how information is communicated and organised in the financial statements.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. The amendments must be applied prospectively. The Group has assessed amendments IAS 1 and IAS 8’s full impact and concludes that the amendments have no material effect on the Group’s unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

IFRS 16 Leases: COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions

In May 2020, the International Accounting Standards Board (Board) issued COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions, which amended IFRS 16 Leases. The amendment permits lessees, as a practical expedient, not to assess whether particular rent concessions occurring as a direct consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic are lease modifications and instead to account for those rent concessions as if they are not lease modifications. The amendment became effective on June 30, 2020. The Group has assessed the amendment of IFRS 16 Leases’ full impact and concludes that the amendment has had no effect on the Group’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial interim statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

3. Research and development expenses

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30
 
     2020     2019  
          

Personnel expenses (Note 5)

     (1,677,630     (69,417

Clinical expenses

     (5,293,514     (886,152

Pre-clinical expenses

     (2,065,658     (1,056,826

Manufacturing costs

     (2,624,638     (830,088

License costs

           (300,000

Intellectual Property costs

     (136,546     (12,394
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

     (11,797,986     (3,154,877
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Development expenses are currently not capitalized but are recorded in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income or loss because the recognition criteria for capitalization are not met.

Clinical expenses include costs of conducting and managing our sponsored clinical trials, including clinical investigator cost, costs of clinical sites, and costs for CRO’s assisting with our clinical development programs.

Pre-clinical expenses include costs of our outsourced discovery, preclinical and nonclinical development studies.

4. General and administrative expenses

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30
 
     2020     2019  
          

Personnel expenses (Note 5)

     (708,645     (12,117

Consulting fees

     (732,915     (796,447

Professional fees

     (656,798     (175,937

Accounting, Tax- and auditing fees

     (778,696     (134,606

Facilities, communication & office expenses

     (419,879     (78,100

Travel expenses

     (25,161     (143,232

Other expenses

     (125,114     (69,533
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expenses

     (3,447,208     (1,409,972
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2020 the Group entered into a number of lease arrangements, which were assessed to be short-term leases (with a lease term of 12 months equalling its non-cancellable period). The total outflow for the leases in 2020 was €101,002 (2019: €25,009) and is included in the Facilities, communication & office expenses.

Depreciation expense of €4,818 (2019: €107) related to property, plant and equipment is included in the other expenses.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

5. Personnel expenses

 

     For the nine months ended
September 30
 
     2020     2019  
          

Wages and salaries

     (1,190,877      

Pension charges

     (46,246      

Other social security charges

     (98,728      

Share-based payments

     (1,050,424     (81,534
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (2,386,275     (81,534

The average number of staff (in FTEs) employed by the Group in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was 6 (2019: 0). No employees were employed by the Group in nine months ended September 30, 2019, as the Group had contracted consultants for the operations in that period.

6. Income taxes

No tax charge or income has been recognized in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 since the Group is in a loss-making position and has a history of losses. Pharvaris B.V. is the head of the fiscal unity including Pharvaris Netherlands B.V. and Pharvaris Holdings B.V.

The Group has tax loss carry-forwards of approximately €19.9 million and €5.9 million at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 respectively. The Group has tax losses that are available for offsetting against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses arose. Under Dutch tax law, for years prior to 2019, profits in a given year can be offset against tax loss carry forwards for up to nine years. In 2019, the Dutch tax law was revised to limit the carry forward period to six years. Under Swiss law, losses can be offset against future income or capital gains for seven years.

Deferred tax assets on tax loss carry forwards and deductible temporary differences in excess of taxable temporary differences have not been recognized as management concluded that there is not sufficient probability as per IAS 12 that there will be future taxable profits available in the foreseeable future against which the unused tax losses can be utilized.

The total unrecognized deferred tax assets from temporary differences amounts to €3.2 million and €2.9 million at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 respectively.

7. Property, plant and equipment

 

     Notes      Office equipment     Total  
                 

Balance at January 1, 2020

       

Opening net book amount

        12,927       12,927  

Additions

        35,657       35,657  

Depreciation expense

     4        (4,818     (4,818
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2020

        43,766       43,766  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2020

       

Cost

        49,133       49,133  

Accumulated depreciation

        (5,367     (5,367
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

        43,766       43,766  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Group acquired assets with a cost of €35,657 (December 31, 2019: €13,467). The acquisitions during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 were related to equipment, tools and installations.

8. Receivables

 

     September 30, 2020      December 31, 2019  
           

Prepayments

     504,438        47,536  

VAT receivables

     302,571        210,843  

Other assets

     255,000         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,062,009        258,379  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepayments mainly relates to prepaid retention bonus to personnel, prepaid rent, insurance and general and administrative expenses.

Other assets consist of deferred transaction costs related to Group’s Series C preferred shares financing and in-process equity financing.

9. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise of cash in bank and are not subject to any restriction.

10. Equity

Issued shares

 

     September 30, 2020      December 31, 2019  

Preferred shares A

     5,242,850        5,242,850  

Preferred shares B

     7,650,147        3,003,391  

Ordinary shares

     4,850,000        4,850,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     17,742,997        13,096,241  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Company issued 4,646,576 Series B preferred shares to the existing and new investors upon completion of milestones. Each share has a par value of €0.01. As a result the issued capital of Group was increased by €46,468 and the share premium was increased by €34,199,813, net of transaction costs during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

11. Trade and other payables

 

     September 30, 2020      December 31, 2019  
           

Trade payables

     2,729,473        509,948  

Tax and social security liabilities

     90,121        7,823  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,819,594        517,771  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

12. Accrued liabilities

 

     September 30, 2020      December 31, 2019  
           

Consulting and accounting fee accruals

     665,854        436,768  

Clinical accrued liabilities

     522,180        357,719  

Manufacturing accrued liabilities

     205,025        283,115  

Pre-clinical accrued liabilities

     53,333        275,460  

Personnel related accruals

     98,143         

Other accrued liabilities

            53,297  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,544,535        1,406,359  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Risk management activities

No changes have occurred regarding our risk management activities as disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019.

14. Fair values

Fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables, and other current liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

15. Share-based payments

In 2016, the Company implemented an Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) in order to advance the interests of the Company’s shareholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s shareholders.

Set out below is an overview of changes in the Stock Options and RSUs during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

     Stock Options      RSUs  
     Outstanding
options
     Weighted
average
purchase
price
     Outstanding
RSUs
     Weighted
average
purchase
price
 

Outstanding December 31,2019

     392,850        0.01        25,290        0.01  

Granted

     1,040,000        2.38                

Exercised

                           

Forfeited

                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding September 30,2020

     1,432,850        1.73        25,290        0.01  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

On January 1, 2020 the Company has granted a total of 600,000 stock options to members of key management with an exercise price of €2.38 per share with a final exercise date of December 31, 2029 unless forfeited or exercised on an earlier date. On February 3, 2020 a total of 308,000 share options was granted to a member of key management with an exercise price of €2.38 per share with a final exercise date of February 2, 2030 unless forfeited or exercised on an earlier date. 25% of the aggregate number of share options shall vest on the 12-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and thereafter 1/48th of the aggregate number of share options shall vest on each subsequent monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date until either the option is fully vested or the option holders’ continuous service terminates.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

On February 3, 2020 a total of 132,000 share options was granted to a member of key management with an exercise price of €2.38 per share with a final exercise date of February 2, 2030 unless forfeited or exercised on an earlier date. Each of 2020, 2021, 2022 is a performance period. The Board of directors needs to determine the performance goals for the related performance period before September 30 of the respective year. On July 13, 2020 the performance goals for 2020 were determined and the fair value of the related options was reassessed for the options subject to the performance goals for 2020. The fair value of the options related to the performance periods 2021 and 2022 was reassessed on September 30, 2020. One-third of the aggregate number of share options shall vest on the last day of each performance period if (i) the performance condition for the applicable performance period is achieved, as determined by the Board, and (ii) option holder remains in continuous service through the last day of such performance period.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, the Group has recognized €1,050,424 of share-based payment expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of income or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) (nine month ended September 30, 2019: €81,534).

None of the granted Stock options and RSUs are vested as at September 30, 2020.

As Pharvaris is a private company and the equity instruments are not marketable, an Option Pricing Model (‘OPM’), with estimated probabilities of two different exit scenarios (IPO and Trade Sale), was applied to back-solve the Company’s total equity value such that the value per preferred B and C share is equal to the investment price per share paid in the investment round, which has been used for the fair value per ordinary share at January 1, 2020 and February 3, 2020. This estimated total equity value has been used as input to the OPM when determining the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares at the measurement dates. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model to determine the fair value of the Company’s different share classes based upon the Company’s total equity value.

The inputs used in the measurement of the fair value per ordinary share at each grant/measurement date based upon the total equity value were as follows:

 

     September 30,
2020
    July 13,
2020
    February 3,
2020
    January 1,
2020
 

Expected volatility (%)

     90     90     80     80

Expected life (years)

     1.6       1.6       3.0       3.0  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     -0.8     -0.8     -0.6     -0.6

Expected dividend yield

                        

The inputs used in the measurement of the fair value per option at each grant/measurement date using the Black-Scholes formula (including the related number of options and the fair value of the options) were as follows:

 

     September 30,
2020
    July 13,
2020
    February 3,
2020
    January 1,
2020
 

Number of options

     88,000       44,000       308,000       600,000  

Fair value of the options

   6.08     4.74     1.66     1.67  

Fair value of the ordinary shares

   7.25     5.82     2.38     2.38  

Exercise price

   2.38     2.38     2.38     2.38  

Expected volatility (%)

     85     85     85     85

Expected life (years)

     6.0       6.0       6.1       6.1  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

     -0.6     -0.6     -0.6     -0.4

Expected dividend yield

                        

Expected volatility was based on an evaluation of the historical volatilities of comparable listed biotech-companies over the most recent historical period that commensurate with the expected option life. The expected life is based on Management’s best estimate of when the options will be exercised. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on German government Strip bonds, with tenure equal to the expected life. The expected dividend yield is zero considering the stage of the Group.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Reference is made to Note 5 for allocation of expenses in lines of the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of income or loss and other comprehensive income (loss).

16. Loss per share

Basic and diluted

Basic and diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

The Company’s potential dilutive securities have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to ordinary stockholders as the effect of including them would be antidilutive.

Potentially dilutive shares that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive were 5,242,850 Series A preferred shared and 7,650,147 Series B preferred shares as of September 30, 2020 and 5,242,850 Series A preferred shared and 3,003,391 Series B preferred shares as of September 30, 2019.

 

     September 30, 2020     September 30, 2019  
          

Loss attributable to equity holders of the Company

     (15,421,796     (4,568,776

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

     4,850,000       4,850,000  

Basic and diluted loss per share

     (3.18     (0.94

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Claims

There are no material claims known to management related to the activities of the Group.

Research and development commitments

The Group’s research and development commitments amounted to €7,621,000 as at September 30, 2020 (December 31, 2019: €5,013,700), all of which is due within 3 years.

Contingencies

The Group had no contingent liabilities and no contingent assets at September 30, 2020.

18. Related parties

Note 1.2 provides information about the Group’s structure, including details of the subsidiaries and the holding company. The following provides the total amount of transactions that have been entered into with related parties for the relevant financial period.

Charité Research Organisation GmbH (Charité CRO)

Dr. Knolle, who has served as Chief Scientific Officer and Chief Operating Officer since its inception, is a member of the board of Charité CRO. The Group has entered into a service contract with Charité CRO according to which Charité CRO provides services supporting research for the Group. The aggregate transaction value of the transactions with Charité CRO during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 were €1,018,625 and €504,607, respectively. The outstanding balances with Charité CRO amounts €662,022 and €0 on September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 respectively.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Key management personnel compensation

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
     2020      2019  

Short term employee benefits

     1,022,417         

Post employee benefits

     31,203         

Share-based payments

     607,543         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,661,163         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

An amount of €220,000 of the short term employee benefits is capitalized on the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of financial position, and will be recognized in the Group’s statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (loss) in the period between October 2020 and June 2021.

A total of 1,040,000 stock options are granted to key management during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Refer to note 15 for disclosure on the share-based payments.

The Group engages several management entities for the purpose of providing key management services to the Group. The aggregate value of transactions related to key management personnel, or entities which they control were €1,217,298 and €937,753 in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The outstanding balances payable to key management personnel, or entities which they control, as per September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were €194,509 and €55,250 respectively.

19. Events after the reporting period

On November 3, 2020, the Company completed a $80 million Series C equity financing, which financing was received on November 5, 2020, pursuant to which the Company issued 5,826,279 preferred shares C.

On December 17, 2020 the Board of directors has approved a total grant of 129,650 restricted stock units (RSUs) and 32,445 share options to Group’s employees and consultants.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Signatories to the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements

 

Leiden, December 18, 2020

Pharvaris B.V.

Board of directors

/s/ B.A.E. Modig       /s/ M. Kleijwegt
B.A.E. Modig       M. Kleijwegt
/s/ R.P.L. Droller       /s/ M.E. Rome
R.P.L. Droller       M.E. Rome
/s/ R.S. Gaster       /s/ J.G.C.P. Schikan
R.S. Gaster       J.G.C.P. Schikan

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Ordinary Shares

 

 

LOGO

Preliminary Prospectus

Joint Book-Running Managers

Morgan Stanley

BofA Securities

SVB Leerink

Co-Managers

Oppenheimer & Co.

Kempen & Co

            , 2021

Through and including                , 2021 (the 25th calendar date after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under Dutch law, members of the Board may be liable for damages in the event of improper or negligent performance of their duties. They may be jointly and severally liable for damages to the Company and to third parties for infringement of the Articles of Association or of certain provisions of Dutch law. In certain circumstances, they may also incur additional specific civil and criminal liabilities. Members of the Board and Senior Management and certain other officers of the Company and certain subsidiaries are insured under an insurance policy against damages resulting from their conduct when acting in the capacities as such members or officers.

The Articles of Association provide for an indemnity for current and former members of the Board and such current and former officers and employees of the Company as designated by the Board (collectively, the “Indemnified Persons”). The Company shall indemnify all Indemnified Persons against any financial losses or damages incurred by such person and any expense reasonably paid or incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed suit, claim, action or legal proceedings of a civil, criminal, administrative or other nature, formal or informal, in which such person becomes involved to the extent this relates to his current or former position with the Company and/or a group company and in each case to the extent permitted by applicable law. No indemnification shall be given to an Indemnified Person: (a) if a competent court or arbitral tribunal has established, without having (or no longer having) the possibility for appeal, that the acts or omissions of such Indemnified Person that led to the financial losses, damages, expenses, suit, claim, action or legal proceedings are of an unlawful nature (including acts or omissions which are considered to constitute malice, gross negligence, intentional recklessness and/or serious culpability attributable to such Indemnified Person); (b) to the extent that the Indemnified Person’s financial losses, damages and expenses are covered under insurance and the relevant insurer has settled, or has provided reimbursement for, these financial losses, damages and expenses (or has irrevocably undertaken to do so); (c) in relation to proceedings brought by such Indemnified Person against the Company, except for proceedings brought to enforce indemnification to which the Indemnified Person is entitled pursuant to the Articles of Association of the Company, any indemnification agreement entered into with such Indemnified Person which has been approved by the Board, or pursuant to insurance taken out by the Company for the benefit of such Indemnified Person; or (d) for any financial losses, damages, or expenses incurred in connection with a settlement of any proceedings effected without the Company’s prior consent.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding share capital issued by us since January 1, 2018 that were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

   

In December 2018, we granted 25,295 restricted stock units with an exercise price of €0.01 per unit to Morgan Conn, our Chief Business Officer.

 

   

In August 2019, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P. a total of 1,137,649 Series B preferred shares, and in July 2020 a total of 1,760,134 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $25,000,000.

 

   

In August 2019, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P. a total of 784,330 Series B preferred shares, and in July 2020 a total of 1,213,490 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $17,235,757.

 

   

In August 2019, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to BCIP Life Sciences Associates, L.P. a total of 80,284 Series B preferred shares, and in July 2020 a total of 124,212 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $1,764,243.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
   

In August 2019, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P., a total of 500,565 Series B preferred shares, and in July 2020 a total of 774,460 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $11,000,000.

 

   

In August 2019, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P. a total of 41,369 Series B preferred shares, and in July 2020 a total of 64,005 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $909,090.91.

 

   

In August 2019, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC a total of 4,136 Series B preferred shares, and in July 2020 a total of 6,401 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $90,909.09.

 

   

In August 2019, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to LSP V Coöperatieve U.A. a total of 318,541 Series B preferred shares, and in July 2020 a total of 492,838 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $7,000,000.

 

   

In August 2019, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to KURMA BIOFUND II a total of 45,505 Series B preferred shares, and in July 2020 a total of 70,406 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $1,000,000.

 

   

In August 2019, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Objectif Innovation Patrimoine no9 a total of 49,328 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $410,602.55.

 

   

In August 2019, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Idinvest Patrimoine no6 a total of 41,684 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $346,974.47.

 

   

In July 2020, following the execution of an amendment to a share subscription agreement, we issued to Idinvest Patrimoine 2019 76,460 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $674,632.61.

 

   

In July 2020, following the execution of an amendment to a share subscription agreement, we issued to Objectif Innovation 2019 64,350 Series B preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $567,784.72.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P. a total of 364,143 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $5,000,011.12.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Foresite Capital Fund V, L.P., a total of 364,142 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $4,999,997.39.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P. a total of 660,660 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $9,071,456.39.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to BCIP Life Sciences Associates, L.P. a total of 67,625 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $928,552.11.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P., a total of 728,285 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $10,000,008.51.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P. a total of 197,118 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $ 2,706,607.55.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC a total of 19,707 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $270,594.85.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners Eg, L.P., a total of 220,146 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $3,022,802.71.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP a total of 1,420,155 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $19,500,006.29.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to General Atlantic PH B.V. a total of 1,420,155 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $19,500,006.29.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP a total of 67,840 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $931,504,26.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund III, LP, a total of 291,460 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $4,002.008,11.

 

   

In November 2020, following the execution of a share subscription agreement, we issued to CRMA SPV, L.P. a total of 4,843 Series C preferred shares for an aggregate investment amount of $66,498,75.

 

   

In December 2020, we granted 129,650 restricted stock units to certain employees and consultants of the Company.

These sales were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Rule 701 and/or Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Option Grants

The table below summarizes the share options we granted to our employees within the past three years. The grant of the options and the issuance of ordinary shares upon the exercise of options described in the table below were or will be made pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act or Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Grant Date

   Number of underlying
options
     Exercise price per
share
 

January 1, 2020

     600,000      2.38  

February 3, 2020

     440,000      2.38  

December 17, 2020

     32,445      7.25  

January 1, 2021

     107,000      7.25  

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(i) The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1    Form of Articles of Association of Pharvaris N.V.
3.2    Articles of Association of Pharvaris B.V.
5.1**    Form of Opinion of NautaDutilh N.V., Dutch counsel of Pharvaris B.V., as to the validity of Ordinary Shares
8.1**   

Form of Opinion of NautaDutilh N.V., Dutch counsel of Pharvaris B.V., as to certain matters of Dutch tax law

8.2**    Form of Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, as to U.S. tax matters

 

II-3


Table of Contents
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.2   

Share Subscription Agreement, dated July 26, 2019, between Pharvaris B.V. and certain of its shareholders

10.3   

Amendment Agreement, dated July 29, 2020, between Pharvaris B.V. and certain of its shareholders

10.4   

Share Subscription Agreement, dated November 3, 2020, between Pharvaris B.V. and certain of its shareholders

10.5   

Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated November 5, 2020, between Pharvaris B.V. and its shareholders

10.6**    License Agreement between Pharvaris B.V. and AnalytiCon Discovery GmbH dated as of March 31, 2016 †
10.7**    Amendment 1, between Pharvaris Netherlands B.V. and AnalytiCon Discovery GmbH dated as of January 8, 2021, to the License Agreement between Pharvaris B.V. and AnalytiCon Discovery GmbH dated as of March 31, 2016 †
21.1**   

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.
23.2*    Consent of NautaDutilh N.V. (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1)
23.3*    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 8.2)
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)
99.1**    Pharvaris B.V.’s representation under Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F

 

*

To be filed by amendment

**

Previously submitted

Certain information has been excluded from the exhibit because it both (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Company if publicly disclosed.

Item 9. Undertakings

(a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Amsterdam, The Netherlands on January 15, 2021.

 

PHARVARIS B.V.
By:   /s/ Berndt Modig
  Name: Berndt Modig
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Member of the Board

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Berndt Modig his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on January 15, 2021 in the capacities indicated:

 

Name

  

Title

/s/ Berndt Modig

Berndt Modig

  

Chief Executive Officer and Member of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Anna Nijdam

Anna Nijdam

  

Finance Director and Principal Accounting Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ David Meeker

David Meeker, M.D.

  

Chairman of the Board

/s/ Remi Droller

Rémi Droller

  

Member of the Board

/s/ Richard Gaster

Richard Gaster, M.D., Ph.D.

  

Member of the Board

/s/ Robert Glassman

Robert Glassman, M.D.

  

Member of the Board

/s/ Martijn Kleijwegt

Martijn Kleijwegt

  

Member of the Board

/s/ Hans Schikan

Hans Schikan, Pharm.D.

  

Member of the Board

/s/ Morgan Conn

Morgan Conn

  

Authorized Representative in the United States

Exhibit 3.1

 

LOGO

This is a translation into English of the official Dutch version of the articles of association of a public company with limited liability under Dutch law. Definitions included in Article 1 below appear in the English alphabetical order, but will appear in the Dutch alphabetical order in the official Dutch version. In the event of a conflict between the English and Dutch texts, the Dutch text shall prevail.

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

PHARVARIS N.V.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Article 1

 

1.1

In these articles of association the following definitions shall apply:

 

Article

   An article of these articles of association.

Board

   The Company’s board of directors.

Board Rules

   The internal rules applicable to the Board, as drawn up by the Board.

CEO

   The Company’s chief executive officer.

Chairman

   The chairman of the Board.

Class Meeting

   The meeting formed by the Persons with Meeting Rights with respect to shares of a certain class.

Company

   The company to which these articles of association pertain.

DCC

   The Dutch Civil Code.

Director

   A member of the Board.

Euribor

   The Euribor rate (or a European reference rate that has replaced the Euribor rate) published by Thomson Reuters or another institution chosen by the Board, for loans with a maturity of three, six, nine or twelve months, whichever had the highest mathematical average over the financial year (or the relevant part thereof) in respect of which the relevant distribution is made, but in any event no less than zero percent.

Executive Director

   An executive Director.

General Meeting

   The Company’s general meeting.

Group Company

   An entity or partnership which is organisationally connected with the Company in an economic unit within the meaning of Section 2:24b DCC.

 

1


LOGO

 

Indemnified Officer

   A current or former Director or such other current or former officer or employee of the Company or its Group Companies as designated by the Board.

Meeting Rights

   With respect to the Company, the rights attributed by law to the holders of depository receipts issued for shares with a company’s cooperation, including the right to attend and address a General Meeting.

Non-Executive Director

   A non-executive Director.

Person with Meeting Rights

   A shareholder, a usufructuary or pledgee with voting rights or a holder of depository receipts for shares issued with the Company’s cooperation.

Preferred Distribution

  

A distribution on the preferred shares for an amount equal to the Preferred Interest Rate calculated over the aggregate amount paid up on those preferred shares, whereby:

 

a.  any amount paid up on those preferred shares (including as a result of an issue of preferred shares) during the financial year (or the relevant part thereof) in respect of which the distribution is made shall only be taken into account proportionate to the number of days that elapsed during that financial year (or the relevant part thereof) after the payment was made on those preferred shares;

 

b.  any reduction of the aggregate amount paid up on preferred shares during the financial year (or the relevant part thereof) in respect of which the distribution is made shall be taken into account proportionate to the number of days that elapsed during that financial year (or the relevant part thereof) until such reduction was effected; and

 

c.   if the distribution is made in respect of part of a financial year, the amount of the distribution shall be proportionate to the number of days that elapsed during that part of the financial year.

Preferred Interest Rate

   The mathematical average, calculated over the financial year (or the relevant part thereof) in respect of which a distribution is made on preferred shares, of the relevant Euribor interest rate, plus a margin not exceeding five

 

2


LOGO

 

   hundred basis points (500bps) to be determined by the Board each time when, or before, preferred shares are issued without preferred shares already forming part of the Company’s issued share capital.

Record Date

   The date of registration for a General Meeting as provided by law.

Simple Majority

   More than half of the votes cast.

Subsidiary

   A subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Section 2:24a DCC.

 

1.2

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “shares” or “shareholders” without further specification are to shares in the Company’s capital, irrespective of their class, or to the holders thereof, respectively.

 

1.3

References to statutory provisions are to those provisions as they are in force from time to time.

 

1.4

Terms that are defined in the singular have a corresponding meaning in the plural.

 

1.5

Words denoting a gender include each other gender.

 

1.6

Except as otherwise required by law, the terms “written” and “in writing” include the use of electronic means of communication.

NAME AND SEAT

Article 2

 

2.1

The Company’s name is Pharvaris N.V.

 

2.2

The Company has its corporate seat in Amsterdam.

OBJECTS

Article 3

The Company’s objects are:

 

a.

to discover, develop and commercialize treatments, including for hereditary angioedema;

 

b.

to engage, in any way whatsoever, in trading activities (retail and wholesale), the import, export, purchase, sale and distribution of products, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutical products, and other related (raw material) products and to render operational and supporting services to its Group Companies in connection herewith;

 

c.

to incorporate, to participate in, to finance, to hold any other interest in and to conduct the management or supervision of other entities, companies, partnerships and businesses;

 

3


LOGO

 

d.

to acquire, to manage, to invest, to exploit, to encumber and to dispose of assets and liabilities;

 

e.

to furnish guarantees, to provide security, to warrant performance in any other way and to assume liability, whether jointly and severally or otherwise, in respect of obligations of Group Companies or other parties; and

 

f.

to do anything which, in the widest sense, is connected with or may be conducive to the objects described above.

SHARES - AUTHORISED SHARE CAPITAL AND DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS

Article 4

 

4.1

The Company’s authorised share capital amounts to [amount] euro (EUR [amount]).

 

4.2

The authorised share capital is divided into:

 

  a.

[number] ([number]) ordinary shares; and

 

  b.

[number] ([number]) preferred shares,

each having a nominal value of [twelve eurocents] (EUR [0.12]).

 

4.3

The Board may resolve that one or more shares are divided into such number of fractional shares as may be determined by the Board. Unless specified differently, the provisions of these articles of association concerning shares and shareholders apply mutatis mutandis to fractional shares and the holders thereof, respectively.

 

4.4

The Company may cooperate with the issue of depository receipts for shares in its capital.

SHARES - FORM AND SHARE REGISTER

Article 5

 

5.1

All shares are in registered form. The Company may issue share certificates for shares in registered form as may be approved by the Board. Each Director is authorised to sign any such share certificate on behalf of the Company.

 

5.2

Shares shall be numbered consecutively per class of shares, starting from 1.

 

5.3

The Board shall keep a register setting out the names and addresses of all shareholders and all holders of a usufruct or pledge in respect of shares. The register shall also set out any other particulars that must be included in the register pursuant to applicable law. Part of the register may be kept outside the Netherlands to comply with applicable local law or pursuant to stock exchange rules.

 

5.4

Shareholders, usufructuaries and pledgees shall provide the Board with the necessary particulars in a timely fashion. Any consequences of not, or incorrectly, notifying such particulars shall be borne by the party concerned.

 

4


LOGO

 

5.5

All notifications may be sent to shareholders, usufructuaries and pledgees at their respective addresses as set out in the register.

SHARES - ISSUE

Article 6

 

6.1

The Company can only issue shares pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting or of another body authorised by the General Meeting for this purpose for a specified period not exceeding five years. When granting such authorisation, the number of shares that may be issued must be specified. The authorisation may be extended, in each case for a period not exceeding five years. Unless stipulated differently when granting the authorisation, the authorisation cannot be revoked. For as long as and to the extent that another body has been authorised to resolve to issue shares, the General Meeting shall not have this authority.

 

6.2

In order for a resolution of the General Meeting on an issuance or an authorisation as referred to in Article 6.1 to be valid, a prior or simultaneous approval shall be required from each Class Meeting of shares whose rights are prejudiced by the issuance.

 

6.3

The preceding provisions of this Article 6 apply mutatis mutandis to the granting of rights to subscribe for shares, but do not apply in respect of issuing shares to a party exercising a previously acquired right to subscribe for shares.

 

6.4

The Company may not subscribe for shares in its own capital.

SHARES - PRE-EMPTION RIGHTS

Article 7

 

7.1

Upon an issue of ordinary shares, each shareholder shall have a pre-emption right in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of his ordinary shares. No pre-emption rights are attached to preferred shares.

 

7.2

In deviation of Article 7.1, shareholders do not have pre-emption rights in respect of:

 

  a.

preferred shares;

 

  b.

shares issued against non-cash contribution; or

 

  c.

shares issued to employees of the Company or of a Group Company.

 

7.3

The Company shall announce an issue with pre-emption rights and the period during which those rights can be exercised in the State Gazette and in a daily newspaper with national distribution, unless the announcement is sent in writing to all shareholders at the addresses submitted by them.

 

7.4

Pre-emption rights may be exercised for a period of at least two weeks after the date of announcement in the State Gazette or after the announcement was sent to the shareholders.

 

5


LOGO

 

7.5

Pre-emption rights may be limited or excluded by a resolution of the General Meeting or of the body authorised as referred to in Article 6.1, if that body was authorised by the General Meeting for this purpose for a specified period not exceeding five years. The authorisation may be extended, in each case for a period not exceeding five years. Unless stipulated differently when granting the authorisation, the authorisation cannot be revoked. For as long as and to the extent that another body has been authorised to resolve to limit or exclude pre-emption rights, the General Meeting shall not have this authority.

 

7.6

A resolution of the General Meeting to limit or exclude pre-emption rights, or to grant an authorisation as referred to in Article 7.5, shall require a majority of at least two thirds of the votes cast if less than half of the issued share capital is represented at the General Meeting.

 

7.7

The preceding provisions of this Article 7 apply mutatis mutandis to the granting of rights to subscribe for shares, but do not apply in respect of issuing shares to a party exercising a previously acquired right to subscribe for shares.

SHARES - PAYMENT

Article 8

 

8.1

Without prejudice to Section 2:80(2) DCC, the nominal value of a share and, if the share is subscribed for at a higher price, the difference between these amounts must be paid up upon subscription for that share. However, it may be stipulated that part of the nominal value of a preferred share, not exceeding three quarters thereof, need not be paid up until the Company has called for payment. The Company shall observe a reasonable notice period of at least one month with respect to any such call for payment.

 

8.2

Shares must be paid up in cash, except to the extent that payment by means of a contribution in another form has been agreed.

 

8.3

Payment in a currency other than the euro can only be made with the Company’s consent. Where such a payment is made, the payment obligation is satisfied for the amount in euro for which the paid amount can be freely exchanged. Without prejudice to the last sentence of Section 2:80a(3) DCC, the date of the payment determines the exchange rate.

SHARES - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

Article 9

 

9.1

The Company may not provide security, give a price guarantee, warrant performance in any other way or commit itself jointly and severally or otherwise with or for others with a view to the subscription for or acquisition of shares or depository receipts for shares in its capital by others. This prohibition applies equally to Subsidiaries.

 

9.2

The Company and its Subsidiaries may not provide loans with a view to the subscription for or acquisition of shares or depository receipts for shares in the Company’s capital by others, unless the Board resolves to do so and Section 2:98c DCC is observed.

 

6


LOGO

 

9.3

The preceding provisions of this Article 9 do not apply if shares or depository receipts for shares are subscribed for or acquired by or for employees of the Company or of a Group Company.

SHARES - ACQUISITION OF OWN SHARES

Article 10

 

10.1

The acquisition by the Company of shares in its own capital which have not been fully paid up shall be null and void.

 

10.2

The Company may only acquire fully paid up shares in its own capital for no consideration or if and to the extent that the General Meeting has authorised the Board for this purpose and all other relevant statutory requirements of Section 2:98 DCC are observed.

 

10.3

An authorisation as referred to in Article 10.2 remains valid for no longer than eighteen months. When granting such authorisation, the General Meeting shall determine the number of shares that may be acquired, how they may be acquired and within which range the acquisition price must be. An authorisation shall not be required for the Company to acquire ordinary shares in its own capital in order to transfer them to employees of the Company or of a Group Company pursuant to an arrangement applicable to them, provided that these ordinary shares are included on the price list of a stock exchange.

 

10.4

Without prejudice to Articles 10.1 through 10.3, the Company may acquire shares in its own capital for cash consideration or for consideration satisfied in the form of assets. In the case of a consideration being satisfied in the form of assets, the value thereof, as determined by the Board, must be within the range stipulated by the General Meeting as referred to in Article 10.3.

 

10.5

The previous provisions of this Article 10 do not apply to shares acquired by the Company under universal title of succession.

 

10.6

In this Article 10, references to shares include depository receipts for shares.

SHARES - REDUCTION OF ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

Article 11

 

11.1

The General Meeting can resolve to reduce the Company’s issued share capital by cancelling shares or by reducing the nominal value of shares by virtue of an amendment to these articles of association. The resolution must designate the shares to which the resolution relates and it must provide for the implementation of the resolution.

 

7


LOGO

 

11.2

A resolution to cancel shares can only relate to:

 

  a.

shares held by the Company itself or in respect of which the Company holds the depository receipts; and

 

  b.

all preferred shares, with repayment of the amounts paid up in respect thereof and provided that, to the extent allowed under Articles 30.1 and 30.2, a distribution is made on those preferred shares, in proportion to the amounts paid up on those preferred shares, immediately prior to such cancellation becoming effective, for an aggregate amount of:

 

  i.

the total of all Preferred Distributions (or parts thereof) in relation to financial years prior to the financial year in which the cancellation occurs, to the extent that these should have been distributed but have not yet been distributed as described in Article 32.1; and

 

  ii.

the Preferred Distribution calculated in respect of the part of the financial year in which the cancellation occurs, for the number of days that have elapsed during such part of the financial year.

 

11.3

A resolution to reduce the Company’s issued share capital, shall require a prior or simultaneous approval from each Class Meeting of shares whose rights are prejudiced. However, if such a resolution relates to preferred shares, such resolution shall always require the prior or simultaneous approval of the Class Meeting concerned.

 

11.4

A resolution of the General Meeting to reduce the Company’s issued share capital shall require a majority of at least two thirds of the votes cast if less than half of the issued share capital is represented at the General Meeting. The previous sentence applies mutatis mutandis to a resolution as referred to in Article 11.3.

SHARES - ISSUE AND TRANSFER REQUIREMENTS

Article 12

 

12.1

Except as otherwise provided or allowed by Dutch law, the issue or transfer of a share shall require a deed to that effect and, in the case of a transfer and unless the Company itself is a party to the transaction, acknowledgement of the transfer by the Company.

 

12.2

The acknowledgement shall be set out in the deed or shall be made in such other manner as prescribed by law.

 

12.3

For as long as any ordinary shares are admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Stock Market or on any other regulated stock exchange operating in the United States of America, the laws of the State of New York shall apply to the property law aspects of the ordinary shares reflected in the register administered by the relevant transfer agent, without prejudice to the applicable provisions of Chapters 4 and 5 of Title 10 of Book 10 DCC.

 

8


LOGO

 

SHARES - USUFRUCT AND PLEDGE

Article 13

 

13.1

Shares can be encumbered with a usufruct or pledge. The creation of a pledge on preferred shares shall require the prior approval of the Board.

 

13.2

The voting rights attached to a share which is subject to a usufruct or pledge vest in the shareholder concerned.

 

13.3

In deviation of Article 13.2:

 

  a.

the holder of a usufruct or pledge on ordinary shares shall have the voting rights attached thereto if this was provided when the usufruct or pledge was created; and

 

  b.

the holder of a usufruct or pledge on preferred shares shall have the voting rights attached thereto if this was provided when the usufruct or pledge was created and this was approved by the Board.

 

13.4

Usufructuaries and pledgees without voting rights shall not have Meeting Rights.

SHARES - TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Article 14

 

14.1

A transfer of preferred shares shall require the prior approval of the Board. A shareholder wishing to transfer preferred shares must first request the Board to grant such approval. A transfer of ordinary shares is not subject to transfer restrictions under these articles of association.

 

14.2

A transfer of the preferred shares to which the request for approval relates must take place within three months after the approval of the Board has been granted or is deemed to have been granted pursuant to Article 14.3.

 

14.3

The approval of the Board shall be deemed to have been granted:

 

  a.

if no resolution granting or denying the approval has been passed by the Board within three months after the Company has received the request for approval; or

 

  b.

if the Board, when denying the approval, does not notify the requesting shareholder of the identity of one or more interested parties willing to purchase the relevant preferred shares.

 

14.4

If the Board denies the approval and notifies the requesting shareholder of the identity of one or more interested parties, the requesting shareholder shall notify the Board within two weeks after having received such notice whether:

 

  a.

he withdraws his request for approval, in which case the requesting shareholder cannot transfer the relevant preferred shares; or

 

  b.

he accepts the interested party(ies), in which case the requesting shareholder shall promptly enter into negotiations with the interested party(ies) regarding the price to be paid for the relevant preferred shares.

 

9


LOGO

 

If the requesting shareholder does not notify the Board of his choice in a timely fashion, he shall be deemed to have withdrawn his request for approval, in which case he cannot transfer the relevant preferred shares.

 

14.5

If an agreement is reached in the negotiations referred to in Article 14.4 paragraph b. within two weeks after the end of the period referred to in Article 14.4, the relevant preferred shares shall be transferred for the agreed price within three months after such agreement having been reached. If no agreement is reached in these negotiations in a timely fashion:

 

  a.

the requesting shareholder shall promptly notify the Board thereof; and

 

  b.

the price to be paid for the relevant preferred shares shall be equal to the value thereof, as determined by one or more independent experts to be appointed by the requesting shareholder and the interested party(ies) by mutual agreement.

 

14.6

If no agreement is reached on the appointment of the independent expert(s) as referred to in Article 14.5 paragraph b. within two weeks after the end of the period referred to in Article 14.5:

 

  a.

the requesting shareholder shall promptly notify the Board thereof; and

 

  b.

the requesting shareholder shall promptly request the president of the district court in whose district the Company has its corporate seat to appoint three independent experts to determine the value of the relevant preferred shares.

 

14.7

If and when the value of the relevant preferred shares has been determined by the independent expert(s), irrespective of whether he/they was/were appointed by mutual agreement or by the president of the relevant district court, the requesting shareholder shall promptly notify the Board of the value so determined. The Board shall then promptly inform the interested party(ies) of such value, following which the/each interested party may withdraw from the sale procedure by giving notice thereof to the Board within two weeks.

 

14.8

If any interested party withdraws from the sale procedure in accordance with Article 14.7, the Board:

 

  a.

shall promptly inform the requesting shareholder and the other interested party(ies), if any, thereof; and

 

  b.

shall give the opportunity to the/each other interested party, if any, to declare to the Board and the requesting shareholder, within two weeks, his willingness to acquire the preferred shares having become available as a result of the withdrawal, for the price determined by the independent expert(s) (with the Board being entitled to determine the allocation of such preferred shares among any such willing interested party(ies) at its absolute discretion).

 

14.9

If it becomes apparent to the Board that all relevant preferred shares can be transferred to one or more interested parties for the price determined by the independent expert(s), the

 

10


LOGO

 

  Board shall promptly notify the requesting shareholder and such interested party(ies) thereof. Within three months after sending such notice the relevant preferred shares shall be transferred.

 

14.10

If it becomes apparent to the Board that not all relevant preferred shares can be transferred to one or more interested parties for the price determined by the independent expert(s):

 

  a.

the Board shall promptly notify the requesting shareholder thereof; and

 

  b.

the requesting shareholder shall be free to transfer all relevant preferred shares, provided that the transfer takes place within three months after having received the notice referred to in paragraph a.

 

14.11

The Company may only be an interested party under this Article 14 with the consent of the requesting shareholder.

 

14.12

All notices given pursuant to this Article 14 shall be provided in writing.

 

14.13

The preceding provisions of this Article 14 do not apply:

 

  a.

to the extent that a shareholder is under a statutory obligation to transfer preferred shares to a previous holder thereof;

 

  b.

if it concerns a transfer in connection with an enforcement of a pledge pursuant to Section 3:248 DCC in conjunction with Section 3:250 or 3:251 DCC; or

 

  c.

if it concerns a transfer to the Company, except in the case that the Company acts as an interested party pursuant to Article 14.11.

 

14.14

This Article 14 applies mutatis mutandis in case of a transfer of rights to subscribe for preferred shares.

BOARD - COMPOSITION

Article 15

 

15.1

The Company has a Board consisting of:

 

  a.

one or more Executive Directors, being primarily charged with the Company’s day-to-day operations; and

 

  b.

one or more Non-Executive Directors, being primarily charged with the supervision of the performance of the duties of the Directors.

The Board shall be composed of individuals.

 

15.2

The Board shall determine the number of Executive Directors and the number of Non-Executive Directors.

 

15.3

The Board shall elect an Executive Director to be the CEO. The Board may dismiss the CEO, provided that the CEO so dismissed shall subsequently continue his term of office as an Executive Director without having the title of CEO.

 

11


LOGO

 

15.4

The Board shall elect a Non-Executive Director to be the Chairman. The Board may dismiss the Chairman, provided that the Chairman so dismissed shall subsequently continue his term of office as a Non-Executive Director without having the title of Chairman.

 

15.5

If a Director is absent or incapacitated, he may be replaced temporarily by a person whom the Board has designated for that purpose and, until then, the other Director(s) shall be charged with the management of the Company. If all Directors are absent or incapacitated, the management of the Company shall be attributed to the person who most recently ceased to hold office as the Chairman. If such former Chairman is unwilling or unable to accept that position, the management of the Company shall be attributed to the person who most recently ceased to hold office as the CEO. If such former CEO is also unwilling or unable to accept that position, the management of the Company shall be attributed to one or more persons whom the General Meeting has designated for that purpose. The person(s) charged with the management of the Company in this manner, may designate one or more persons to be charged with the management of the Company instead of, or together with, such person(s).

 

15.6

A Director shall be considered to be unable to act within the meaning of Article 15.5:

 

  a.

during the existence of a vacancy on the Board, including as a result of:

 

  i.

his death;

 

  ii.

his dismissal by the General Meeting, other than at the proposal of the Board; or

 

  iii.

his voluntary resignation before his term of office has expired;

 

  iv.

not being reappointed by the General Meeting, notwithstanding a (binding) nomination to that effect by the Board,

provided that the Board may always decide to decrease the number of Directors such that a vacancy no longer exists; or

 

  b.

during his suspension;

 

  c.

in a period during which the Company has not been able to contact him (including as a result of illness), provided that such period lasted longer than five consecutive days (or such other period as determined by the Board on the basis of the facts and circumstances at hand); or

 

  d.

in connection with and during the deliberations and decision-making of the Board on matters in relation to which he has declared to have, or in relation to which the Board has established that he has, a conflict of interests as described in Article 18.7.

 

12


LOGO

 

BOARD - APPOINTMENT, SUSPENSION AND DISMISSAL

Article 16

 

16.1

The General Meeting shall appoint the Directors and may at any time suspend or dismiss any Director. In addition, the Board may at any time suspend an Executive Director.

 

16.2

The General Meeting can only appoint Directors upon a nomination by the Board. The General Meeting may at any time resolve to render such nomination to be non-binding by a majority of at least two thirds of the votes cast representing more than half of the issued share capital. If a nomination is rendered non-binding, a new nomination shall be made by the Board. If the nomination comprises one candidate for a vacancy, a resolution concerning the nomination shall result in the appointment of the candidate, unless the nomination is rendered non-binding. A second meeting as referred to in Section 2:120(3) DCC cannot be convened.

 

16.3

At a General Meeting, a resolution to appoint a Director can only be passed in respect of candidates whose names are stated for that purpose in the agenda of that General Meeting or the explanatory notes thereto.

 

16.4

Upon the appointment of a person as a Director, the General Meeting shall determine whether that person is appointed as Executive Director or as Non-Executive Director.

 

16.5

A resolution of the General Meeting to suspend or dismiss a Director shall require a majority of at least two thirds of the votes cast representing more than half of the issued share capital, unless the resolution is passed at the proposal of the Board. A second meeting as referred to in Section 2:120(3) DCC cannot be convened.

 

16.6

If a Director is suspended and the General Meeting does not resolve to dismiss him within three months from the date of such suspension, the suspension shall lapse.

BOARD - DUTIES AND ORGANISATION

Article 17

 

17.1

The Board is charged with the management of the Company, subject to the restrictions contained in these articles of association. In performing their duties, Directors shall be guided by the interests of the Company and of the business connected with it.

 

17.2

The Board shall draw up Board Rules concerning its organisation, decision-making and other internal matters, with due observance of these articles of association. In performing their duties, the Directors shall act in compliance with the Board Rules.

 

17.3

The Directors may allocate their duties amongst themselves in or pursuant to the Board Rules or otherwise pursuant to resolutions adopted by the Board, provided that:

 

  a.

the Executive Directors shall be charged with the Company’s day-to-day operations;

 

  b.

the task of supervising the performance of the duties of the Directors cannot be taken away from the Non-Executive Directors;

 

  c.

the Chairman must be a Non-Executive Director; and

 

13


LOGO

 

  d.

the making of proposals for the appointment of a Director and the determination of the compensation of the Executive Directors cannot be allocated to an Executive Director.

 

17.4

The Board may determine in writing, in or pursuant to the Board Rules or otherwise pursuant to resolutions adopted by the Board, that one or more Directors can validly pass resolutions in respect of matters which fall under his/their duties.

 

17.5

The Board shall establish the committees which the Company is required to have and otherwise such committees as are deemed to be appropriate by the Board. The Board shall draw up (and/or include in the Board Rules) rules concerning the organisation, decision-making and other internal matters of its committees.

 

17.6

The Board may perform the legal acts referred to in Section 2:94(1) DCC without the prior approval of the General Meeting.

BOARD - DECISION-MAKING

Article 18

 

18.1

Without prejudice to Article 18.5, each Director may cast one vote in the decision-making of the Board.

 

18.2

A Director can be represented by another Director holding a written proxy for the purpose of the deliberations and the decision-making of the Board.

 

18.3

Resolutions of the Board shall be passed, irrespective of whether this occurs at a meeting or otherwise, by Simple Majority unless the Board Rules provide differently.

 

18.4

Invalid votes, blank votes and abstentions shall not be counted as votes cast. Directors who casted an invalid or blank vote or who abstained from voting shall be taken into account when determining the number of Directors who are present or represented at a meeting of the Board.

 

18.5

Where there is a tie in any vote of the Board, the Chairman shall have a casting vote, provided that there are at least three Directors in office. Otherwise, the relevant resolution shall not have been passed.

 

18.6

The Executive Directors shall not participate in the decision-making concerning:

 

  a.

the determination of the compensation of Executive Directors; and

 

  b.

the instruction of an auditor to audit the annual accounts if the General Meeting has not granted such instruction.

 

18.7

A Director shall not participate in the deliberations and decision-making of the Board on a matter in relation to which he has a direct or indirect personal interest which conflicts with the interests of the Company and of the business connected with it. If, as a result thereof, no resolution can be passed by the Board, the resolution may nevertheless be passed by the Board as if none of the Directors has a conflict of interests as described in the previous sentence.

 

14


LOGO

 

18.8

Meetings of the Board can be held through audio-communication facilities, unless a Director objects thereto.

 

18.9

Resolutions of the Board may, instead of at a meeting, be passed in writing, provided that all Directors are familiar with the resolution to be passed and none of them objects to this decision-making process. Articles 18.1 through 18.6 apply mutatis mutandis.

 

18.10

The approval of the General Meeting is required for resolutions of the Board concerning a material change to the identity or the character of the Company or the business, including in any event:

 

  a.

transferring the business or materially all of the business to a third party;

 

  b.

entering into or terminating a long-lasting alliance of the Company or of a Subsidiary either with another entity or company, or as a fully liable partner of a limited partnership or general partnership, if this alliance or termination is of significant importance for the Company; and

 

  c.

acquiring or disposing of an interest in the capital of a company by the Company or by a Subsidiary with a value of at least one third of the value of the assets, according to the balance sheet with explanatory notes or, if the Company prepares a consolidated balance sheet, according to the consolidated balance sheet with explanatory notes in the Company’s most recently adopted annual accounts.

 

18.11

The absence of the approval of the General Meeting of a resolution as referred to in Article 18.10 shall result in the relevant resolution being null and void pursuant to Section 2:14(1) DCC but shall not affect the powers of representation of the Board or of the Directors.

BOARD - COMPENSATION

Article 19

 

19.1

The General Meeting shall determine the Company’s policy concerning the compensation of the Board with due observance of the relevant statutory requirements.

 

19.2

The compensation of Directors shall be determined by the Board with due observance of the policy referred to in Article 19.1.

 

19.3

The Board shall submit proposals concerning compensation arrangements for the Board in the form of shares or rights to subscribe for shares to the General Meeting for approval. This proposal must at least include the number of shares or rights to subscribe for shares that may be awarded to the Board and which criteria apply for such awards or changes thereto. The absence of the approval of the General Meeting shall not affect the powers of representation.

 

15


LOGO

 

BOARD - REPRESENTATION

Article 20

 

20.1

The Board is entitled to represent the Company.

 

20.2

The power to represent the Company also vests in the CEO individually, as well as in any other two Executive Directors acting jointly.

 

20.3

The Company may also be represented by the holder of a power of attorney to that effect. If the Company grants a power of attorney to an individual, the Board may grant an appropriate title to such person.

INDEMNITY

Article 21

 

21.1

The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each of its Indemnified Officers against:

 

  a.

any financial losses or damages incurred by such Indemnified Officer; and

 

  b.

any expense reasonably paid or incurred by such Indemnified Officer in connection with any threatened, pending or completed suit, claim, action or legal proceedings of a civil, criminal, administrative or other nature, formal or informal, in which he becomes involved,

to the extent this relates to his current or former position with the Company and/or a Group Company and in each case to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

21.2

No indemnification shall be given to an Indemnified Officer:

 

  a.

if a competent court or arbitral tribunal has established, without having (or no longer having) the possibility for appeal, that the acts or omissions of such Indemnified Officer that led to the financial losses, damages, expenses, suit, claim, action or legal proceedings as described in Article 21.1 are of an unlawful nature (including acts or omissions which are considered to constitute malice, gross negligence, intentional recklessness and/or serious culpability attributable to such Indemnified Officer);

 

  b.

to the extent that his financial losses, damages and expenses are covered under insurance and the relevant insurer has settled, or has provided reimbursement for, these financial losses, damages and expenses (or has irrevocably undertaken to do so);

 

  c.

in relation to proceedings brought by such Indemnified Officer against the Company, except for proceedings brought to enforce indemnification to which he is entitled pursuant to these articles of association, pursuant to an agreement between such Indemnified Officer and the Company which has been approved by the Board or pursuant to insurance taken out by the Company for the benefit of such Indemnified Officer; or

 

16


LOGO

 

  d.

for any financial losses, damages or expenses incurred in connection with a settlement of any proceedings effected without the Company’s prior consent.

 

21.3

The Board may stipulate additional terms, conditions and restrictions in relation to the indemnification referred to in Article 21.1.

GENERAL MEETING - CONVENING AND HOLDING MEETINGS

Article 22

 

22.1

Annually, at least one General Meeting shall be held. This annual General Meeting shall be held within six months after the end of the Company’s financial year.

 

22.2

A General Meeting shall also be held:

 

  a.

within three months after the Board has considered it to be likely that the Company’s equity has decreased to an amount equal to or lower than half of its paid up and called up capital, in order to discuss the measures to be taken if so required; and

 

  b.

whenever the Board so decides.

 

22.3

General Meetings must be held in the place where the Company has its corporate seat or in Arnhem, Assen, The Hague, Haarlem, ‘s-Hertogenbosch, Groningen, Leeuwarden, Leiden, Lelystad, Maastricht, Middelburg, Rotterdam, Schiphol (Haarlemmermeer), Utrecht or Zwolle.

 

22.4

If the Board has failed to ensure that a General Meeting as referred to in Articles 22.1 or 22.2 paragraph a. is held, each Person with Meeting Rights may be authorised by the court in preliminary relief proceedings to do so.

 

22.5

One or more Persons with Meeting Rights who collectively represent at least the part of the Company’s issued share capital prescribed by law for this purpose may request the Board in writing to convene a General Meeting, setting out in detail the matters to be discussed. If the Board has not taken the steps necessary to ensure that the General Meeting could be held within the relevant statutory period after the request, the requesting Person(s) with Meeting Rights may be authorised, at his/their request, by the court in preliminary relief proceedings to convene a General Meeting.

 

22.6

Any matter of which the discussion has been requested in writing by one or more Persons with Meeting Rights who, individually or collectively, represent at least the part of the Company’s issued share capital prescribed by law for this purpose shall be included in the convening notice or announced in the same manner, if the Company has received the substantiated request or a proposal for a resolution no later than on the sixtieth day prior to that of the General Meeting.

 

22.7

Persons with Meeting Rights who wish to exercise their rights as described in Articles 22.5 and 22.6 must first consult the Board. If the intended exercise of such rights might result in

 

17


LOGO

 

  a change to the Company’s strategy, including by dismissing one or more Directors, the Board must be given the opportunity to invoke a reasonable period to respond to such intention with due observance of the applicable provisions of Dutch law and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. The Person(s) with Meeting Rights concerned must respect any such response period stipulated by the Board. This Article 22.7 does not prejudice any rights which the Company or the Board may have under Dutch law with regard to invoking a similar period or deliberation time.

 

22.8

A General Meeting must be convened with due observance of the relevant statutory minimum convening period.

 

22.9

All Persons with Meeting Rights must be convened for the General Meeting in accordance with applicable law. The shareholders may be convened for the General Meeting by means of convening letters sent to the addresses of those shareholders in accordance with Article 5.5. The previous sentence does not prejudice the possibility of sending a convening notice by electronic means in accordance with Section 2:113(4) DCC.

GENERAL MEETING - PROCEDURAL RULES

Article 23

 

23.1

The General Meeting shall be chaired by one of the following individuals, taking into account the following order of priority:

 

  a.

by the Chairman, if there is a Chairman and he is present at the General Meeting;

 

  b.

by the vice-Chairman, if there is a vice-Chairman and he is present at the General Meeting;

 

  c.

by the CEO, if there is a CEO and he is present at the General Meeting;

 

  d.

by another Director who is chosen by the Directors present at the General Meeting from their midst; or

 

  e.

by another person appointed by the General Meeting.

The person who should chair the General Meeting pursuant to paragraphs a. through d. may appoint another person to chair the General Meeting instead of him.

 

23.2

The chairman of the General Meeting shall appoint another person present at the General Meeting to act as secretary and to minute the proceedings at the General Meeting. The minutes of a General Meeting shall be adopted by the chairman of that General Meeting or by the Board. Where an official report of the proceedings is drawn up by a civil law notary, no minutes need to be prepared. Every Director may instruct a civil law notary to draw up such an official report at the Company’s expense.

 

18


LOGO

 

23.3

The chairman of the General Meeting shall decide on the admittance to the General Meeting of persons other than:

 

  a.

the persons who have Meeting Rights at that General Meeting, or their proxyholders; and

 

  b.

those who have a statutory right to attend that General Meeting on other grounds.

 

23.4

The holder of a written proxy from a Person with Meeting Rights who is entitled to attend a General Meeting shall only be admitted to that General Meeting if the proxy is determined to be acceptable by the chairman of that General Meeting.

 

23.5

The Company may direct that any person, before being admitted to a General Meeting, identify himself by means of a valid passport or driver’s license and/or should be submitted to such security arrangements as the Company may consider to be appropriate under the given circumstances. Persons who do not comply with these requirements may be refused entry to the General Meeting.

 

23.6

The chairman of the General Meeting has the right to eject any person from the General Meeting if he considers that person to disrupt the orderly proceedings at the General Meeting.

 

23.7

The General Meeting may be conducted in a language other than the Dutch language, if so determined by the chairman of the General Meeting.

 

23.8

The chairman of the General Meeting may limit the amount of time that persons present at the General Meeting are allowed to take in addressing the General Meeting and the number of questions they are allowed to raise, with a view to safeguarding the orderly proceedings at the General Meeting. The chairman of the General Meeting may also adjourn the meeting if he considers that this shall safeguard the orderly proceedings at the General Meeting.

GENERAL MEETING - EXERCISE OF MEETING AND VOTING RIGHTS

Article 24

 

24.1

Each Person with Meeting Rights has the right to attend, address and, if applicable, vote at General Meetings, whether in person or represented by the holder of a written proxy. Holders of fractional shares together constituting the nominal value of a share of the relevant class shall exercise these rights collectively, whether through one of them or through the holder of a written proxy.

 

24.2

The Board may decide that each Person with Meeting Rights is entitled, whether in person or represented by the holder of a written proxy, to participate in, address and, if applicable, vote at the General Meeting by electronic means of communication. For the purpose of applying the preceding sentence it must be possible, by electronic means of communication, for the Person with Meeting Rights to be identified, to observe in real time the proceedings at the General Meeting and, if applicable, to vote. The Board may impose conditions on the use of the electronic means of communication, provided that these conditions are reasonable and necessary for the identification of the Person with Meeting Rights and the reliability and security of the communication. Such conditions must be announced in the convening notice.

 

19


LOGO

 

24.3

The Board can also decide that votes cast through electronic means of communication or by means of a letter prior to the General Meeting are considered to be votes that are cast during the General Meeting. These votes shall not be cast prior to the Record Date.

 

24.4

For the purpose of Articles 24.1 through 24.3, those who have voting rights and/or Meeting Rights on the Record Date and are recorded as such in a register designated by the Board shall be considered to have those rights, irrespective of whoever is entitled to the shares or depository receipts at the time of the General Meeting. Unless Dutch law requires otherwise, the Board is free to determine, when convening a General Meeting, (i) whether the previous sentence applies and (ii) that the Record Date is applied with respect to shares of a specific class only.

 

24.5

Each Person with Meeting Rights must notify the Company in writing of his identity and his intention to attend the General Meeting. This notice must be received by the Company ultimately on the seventh day prior to the General Meeting, unless indicated otherwise when such General Meeting is convened. Persons with Meeting Rights that have not complied with this requirement may be refused entry to the General Meeting. When a General Meeting is convened the Board may stipulate not to apply the previous provisions of this Article 24.5 in respect of the exercise of Meeting Rights and/or voting rights attached to preferred shares at such General Meeting.

GENERAL MEETING - DECISION-MAKING

Article 25

 

25.1

Each share, irrespective of which class it concerns, shall give the right to cast one vote at the General Meeting. Fractional shares of a certain class, if any, collectively constituting the nominal value of a share of that class shall be considered to be equivalent to such share.

 

25.2

No vote can be cast at a General Meeting in respect of a share belonging to the Company or a Subsidiary or in respect of a share for which any of them holds the depository receipts. Usufructuaries and pledgees of shares belonging to the Company or its Subsidiaries are not, however, precluded from exercising their voting rights if the usufruct or pledge was created before the relevant share belonged to the Company or a Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor a Subsidiary can vote shares in respect of which it holds a usufruct or a pledge.

 

25.3

Unless a greater majority is required by law or by these articles of association, all resolutions of the General Meeting shall be passed by Simple Majority. If applicable law requires a greater majority for resolutions of the General Meeting and allows the articles of association to provide for a lower majority, those resolutions shall be passed with the lowest possible majority, except if these articles of association explicitly provide otherwise.

 

25.4

Invalid votes, blank votes and abstentions shall not be counted as votes cast. Shares in respect of which an invalid or blank vote has been cast and shares in respect of which an abstention has been made shall be taken into account when determining the part of the issued share capital that is represented at a General Meeting.

 

20


LOGO

 

25.5

Where there is a tie in any vote of the General Meeting, the relevant resolution shall not have been passed.

 

25.6

The chairman of the General Meeting shall decide on the method of voting and the voting procedure at the General Meeting.

 

25.7

The determination during the General Meeting made by the chairman of that General Meeting with regard to the results of a vote shall be decisive. If the accuracy of the chairman’s determination is contested immediately after it has been made, a new vote shall take place if the majority of the General Meeting so requires or, where the original vote did not take place by response to a roll call or in writing, if any party with voting rights who is present so requires. The legal consequences of the original vote shall lapse as a result of the new vote.

 

25.8

The Board shall keep a record of the resolutions passed. The record shall be available at the Company’s office for inspection by Persons with Meeting Rights. Each of them shall, upon request, be provided with a copy of or extract from the record, at no more than the cost price.

 

25.9

Shareholders may pass resolutions outside a meeting, unless the Company has cooperated with the issuance of depository receipts for shares in its capital. Such resolutions can only be passed by a unanimous vote of all shareholders with voting rights. The votes shall be cast in writing and may be cast through electronic means.

 

25.10

The Directors shall, in that capacity, have an advisory vote at the General Meetings.

GENERAL MEETING - SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

Article 26

 

26.1

The following resolutions can only be passed by the General Meeting at the proposal of the Board:

 

  a.

the issue of shares or the granting of rights to subscribe for shares;

 

  b.

the limitation or exclusion of pre-emption rights;

 

  c.

the designation or granting of an authorisation as referred to in Articles 6.1, 7.5 and 10.2, respectively;

 

  d.

the reduction of the Company’s issued share capital;

 

  e.

the making of a distribution on the ordinary shares from the Company’s profits or reserves;

 

  f.

the making of a distribution in the form of shares in the Company’s capital or in the form of assets, instead of in cash;

 

21


LOGO

 

  g.

the amendment of these articles of association;

 

  h.

the entering into of a merger or demerger;

 

  i.

the instruction of the Board to apply for the Company’s bankruptcy; and

 

  j.

the Company’s dissolution.

 

26.2

A matter which has been included in the convening notice or announced in the same manner by or at the request of one or more Persons with Meeting Rights pursuant to Articles 22.5 and/or 22.6 shall not be considered to have been proposed by the Board for purposes of Article 26.1, unless the Board has expressly indicated that it supports the discussion of such matter in the agenda of the General Meeting concerned or in the explanatory notes thereto.

CLASS MEETINGS

Article 27

 

27.1

A Class Meeting shall be held whenever a resolution of that Class Meeting is required by Dutch law or under these articles of association and otherwise whenever the Board so decides.

 

27.2

Without prejudice to Article 27.1, for Class Meetings of ordinary shares, the provisions concerning the convening of, drawing up of the agenda for, holding of and decision-making by the General Meeting apply mutatis mutandis.

 

27.3

For Class Meetings of preferred shares, the following shall apply:

 

  a.

Articles 22.3, 22.9, 23.3, 25.1, 25.2 through 25.10 apply mutatis mutandis;

 

  b.

a Class Meeting must be convened no later than on the eighth day prior to that of the meeting;

 

  c.

a Class Meeting shall appoint its own chairman; and

 

  d.

where the rules laid down by these articles of association in relation to the convening, location of or drawing up of the agenda for a Class Meeting have not been complied with, legally valid resolutions may still be passed by that Class Meeting by a unanimous vote at a meeting at which all shares of the relevant class are represented.

REPORTING - FINANCIAL YEAR, ANNUAL ACCOUNTS AND MANAGEMENT REPORT

Article 28

 

28.1

The Company’s financial year shall coincide with the calendar year.

 

28.2

Annually, within the relevant statutory period, the Board shall prepare the annual accounts and the management report and deposit them at the Company’s office for inspection by the shareholders.

 

22


LOGO

 

28.3

The annual accounts shall be signed by the Directors. If any of their signatures is missing, this shall be mentioned, stating the reasons.

 

28.4

The Company shall ensure that the annual accounts, the management report and the particulars to be added pursuant to Section 2:392(1) DCC shall be available at its offices as from the convening of the General Meeting at which they are to be discussed. The Persons with Meeting Rights are entitled to inspect such documents at that location and to obtain a copy at no cost.

 

28.5

The annual accounts shall be adopted by the General Meeting.

REPORTING - AUDIT

Article 29

 

29.1

The General Meeting shall instruct an external auditor as referred to in Section 2:393 DCC to audit the annual accounts. Where the General Meeting fails to do so, the Board shall be authorised to do so.

 

29.2

The instruction may be revoked by the General Meeting and by the body that has granted the instruction. The instruction can only be revoked for well-founded reasons; a difference of opinion regarding the reporting or auditing methods shall not constitute such a reason.

DISTRIBUTIONS - GENERAL

Article 30

 

30.1

A distribution can only be made to the extent that the Company’s equity exceeds the amount of the paid up and called up part of its capital plus the reserves which must be maintained by law.

 

30.2

The Board may resolve to make interim distributions, provided that it appears from interim accounts to be prepared in accordance with Section 2:105(4) DCC that the requirement referred to in Article 30.1 has been met and, if it concerns an interim distribution of profits, taking into account the order of priority described in Article 32.1.

 

30.3

No entitlement to distributions is attached to preferred shares, other than as described in Articles 11.2, 32.1 and 33.3.

 

30.4

Distributions shall be made in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of the shares of the relevant class. In deviation of the previous sentence, distributions on preferred shares (or to the former holders of preferred shares) shall be made in proportion to the amounts paid up (or formerly paid up) on those preferred shares.

 

30.5

The parties entitled to a distribution shall be the relevant shareholders, usufructuaries and pledgees, as the case may be, at a date to be determined by the Board for that purpose. This date shall not be earlier than the date on which the distribution was announced.

 

23


LOGO

 

30.6

The General Meeting may resolve, subject to Article 26, that all or part of a distribution, instead of being made in cash, shall be made in the form of shares in the Company’s capital or in the form of the Company’s assets.

 

30.7

A distribution shall be payable on such date and, if it concerns a distribution in cash, in such currency or currencies as determined by the Board. If it concerns a distribution in the form of the Company’s assets, the Board shall determine the value attributed to such distribution for purposes of recording the distribution in the Company’s accounts with due observance of applicable law (including the applicable accounting principles).

 

30.8

A claim for payment of a distribution shall lapse after five years have expired after the distribution became payable.

 

30.9

For the purpose of calculating the amount or allocation of any distribution, shares held by the Company in its own capital shall not be taken into account. No distribution shall be made to the Company in respect of shares held by it in its own capital.

DISTRIBUTIONS - RESERVES

Article 31

 

31.1

All reserves maintained by the Company shall be attached exclusively to the ordinary shares.

 

31.2

Subject to Article 26, the General Meeting is authorised to resolve to make a distribution from the Company’s reserves.

 

31.3

Without prejudice to Articles 31.4 and 32.2, distributions from a reserve shall be made exclusively on the class of shares to which such reserve is attached.

 

31.4

The Board may resolve to charge amounts to be paid up on shares against the Company’s reserves, irrespective of whether those shares are issued to existing shareholders.

DISTRIBUTIONS - PROFITS

Article 32

 

32.1

Subject to Article 30.1, the profits shown in the Company’s annual accounts in respect of a financial year shall be appropriated as follows, and in the following order of priority:

 

  a.

to the extent that any preferred shares have been cancelled without the distribution described in Article 11.2 paragraph b. having been paid in full and without any such deficit subsequently having been paid in full as described in this Article 32.1 or Article 32.2, an amount equal to any such (remaining) deficit shall be distributed to those who held those preferred shares at the moment of such cancellation becoming effective;

 

24


LOGO

 

  b.

to the extent that any Preferred Distribution (or part thereof) in relation to previous financial years has not yet been paid in full as described in this Article 32.1 or Article 32.2, an amount equal to any such (remaining) deficit shall be distributed on the preferred shares;

 

  c.

the Preferred Distribution shall be distributed on the preferred shares in respect of the financial year to which the annual accounts pertain;

 

  d.

the Board shall determine which part of the remaining profits shall be added to the Company’s reserves; and

 

  e.

subject Article 26, the remaining profits shall be at the disposal of the General Meeting for distribution on the ordinary shares.

 

32.2

To the extent that the distributions described in Article 32.1 paragraphs a. through c. (or any part thereof) cannot be paid out of the profits shown in the annual accounts, any such deficit shall be distributed from the Company’s reserves, subject to Articles 30.1 and 30.2.

 

32.3

Subject to Article 30.1, a distribution of profits shall be made after the adoption of the annual accounts that show that such distribution is allowed.

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Article 33

 

33.1

In the event of the Company being dissolved, the liquidation shall be effected by the Board, unless the General Meeting decides otherwise.

 

33.2

To the extent possible, these articles of association shall remain in effect during the liquidation.

 

33.3

To the extent that any assets remain after payment of all of the Company’s debts, those assets shall be distributed as follows, and in the following order of priority:

 

  a.

the amounts paid up on the preferred shares shall be repaid on such preferred shares;

 

  b.

to the extent that any preferred shares have been cancelled without the distribution described in Article 11.2 paragraph b. having been paid in full and without any such deficit subsequently having been paid in full as described in Articles 32.1 and 32.2, an amount equal to any such (remaining) deficit shall be distributed to those who held those preferred shares at the moment of such cancellation becoming effective;

 

  c.

to the extent that any Preferred Distribution (or part thereof) in relation to financial years prior to the financial year in which the distribution referred to in paragraph a. occurs has not yet been paid in full as described in Articles 32.1 and 32.2, an amount equal to any such (remaining) deficit shall be distributed on the preferred shares;

 

  d.

the Preferred Distribution shall be paid on the preferred shares calculated in respect of the part of the financial year in which the distribution referred to in paragraph a. is made, for the number of days that have already elapsed during such part of the financial year; and

 

25


LOGO

 

  e.

any remaining assets shall be distributed to the holders of ordinary shares.

 

33.4

After the Company has ceased to exist, its books, records and other information carriers shall be kept for the period prescribed by law by the person designated for that purpose in the resolution of the General Meeting to dissolve the Company. Where the General Meeting has not designated such a person, the liquidators shall do so.

 

26

Exhibit 3.2

Note: this is a translation into English of the official Dutch version of a deed of amendment to the articles of association of a private company with limited liability under Dutch law. Definitions included in article 1 below appear in the English alphabetical order, but will appear in the Dutch alphabetical order in the official Dutch version. In the event of a conflict between the English and Dutch texts, the Dutch text shall prevail.

DEED OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF

PHARVARIS B.V.

On this, the fifth day of November two thousand and twenty, appeared before me, Florine Cornelie Kuipéri, candidate civil law notary, hereinafter referred to as: “civil law notary”, acting as deputy of Wijnand Hendrik Bossenbroek, civil law notary in Amsterdam:

Esther Helena Maria Schreiber, employed at the offices of me, civil law notary, located at 1082 PR Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Beethovenstraat 400, born in Haarlemmermeer, the Netherlands, on the twenty-fourth day of November nineteen hundred and ninety.

The person appearing before me declared that the general meeting of Pharvaris B.V., a private company with limited liability under Dutch law, having its corporate seat at Leiden (address: J.H. Oortweg 21, 2333 CH Leiden, trade register number: 64239411) (the “Company”), by a written resolution (the “Written Resolution”) dated the third day of November two thousand and twenty, decided, among other things, to amend the Company’s articles of association (the “Articles of Association”) in their entirety.

A copy of the Written Resolution will be attached to this Deed as an annex.

The Articles of Association were most recently amended by a deed executed on the first day of August two thousand and nineteen before a deputy of Wijnand Hendrik Bossenbroek, civil law notary at Amsterdam.

In order to carry out the abovementioned decision to amend the Articles of Association, the person appearing declared to hereby amend the Articles of Association in their entirety, as set out below:

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Article 1

 

1.1

In these articles of association the following definitions shall apply:

 

Article

   an article of these articles of association.

Articles of Association

   the Company’s articles of association.

Board

   the board of directors of the Company.

Class A Meeting

   Class Meeting with respect to Shares A.

Class B Meeting

   Class Meeting with respect to Shares B.

Class C Meeting

   Class Meeting with respect to Shares C.

Class Meeting

   the body formed by the holders of (and others having Meeting rights with respect to) a specific class of shares or of shares with (a) specific designation(s), or a meeting of those Persons with Meeting Rights.

 

1


Class Meeting Preferred Shares

   Class Meeting with respect to Preferred Shares.

Company

   the legal entity to which these articles of association relate.

DCC

   the Dutch Civil Code (Burgerlijk Wetboek).

Directors A

   the Director A1 and the Director A2, collectively.

Directors B

   the Director B1 and the Director B2, collectively.

General Meeting

   the body formed by Persons with Meeting Rights, or a meeting of Persons with Meeting Rights.

Group Company

   a legal entity or partnership with which the Company forms an economic and organisational unit.

Indemnified Officer

   a current or former executive director or non-executive director and such other current or former officer or employee of the Company or its Group Companies as designated by the Board.

Investor Majority

   the majority of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares.

Major Holder

   any holder of at least five hundred thousand (500,000) Preferred Shares, provided that the holder of Shares B numbered B-1,137,650 up to and including B-1,921,979 and the holder of Shares B numbered B-1,921,980 up to and including B-2,002,263 will jointly be deemed a Major Holder, as long as they together hold at least five hundred thousand (500,000) Preferred Shares.

Major Series C Holder

   means each of the holder of the Share C numbered C-2,184,856 and the holder of the Share C numbered C-3,605,011.

Major Series B Holder

   means each of the holder of the Share B numbered B-1, the holder of the Share B numbered B-1,137,650, the holder of the Share B numbered B-1,921,980 and the holder of the Share B numbered B-2,002,264.

Meeting Rights

   the right to attend and address a General Meeting, whether in person or represented by the holder of a written proxy.

Ordinary Share

   an ordinary share in the Company’s capital.

Ordinary Shares Meeting

   Class Meeting with respect to Ordinary Shares.

Person with Meeting Rights

   a Shareholder, a usufructuary (vruchtgebruiker) with voting rights and/or Meeting Rights, or a pledgee with voting rights and/or Meeting Rights.

Preferred Shares

   the Shares A, Shares B and Shares C collectively.

Qualified IPO

   a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares on (a) the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC or (b) a regulated market or multilateral trading facility as referred to in Section 1:1 of the Dutch Financial

 

2


   Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht) or on a system comparable to a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in a State that is not a Member State of the European Union, including any national securities exchange registered under the American Securities Exchange Act, with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than fifty million United States Dollar (USD 50,000,000) (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses).

Series B Investor Majority

   the majority of the issued and outstanding Shares B.

Series C Investor Majority

   the majority of the issued and outstanding Shares C.

Share A

   a convertible preferred share A in the Company’s capital.

Share B

   a convertible preferred share B in the Company’s capital.

Share B2

   any Share B, indicated with number B-3,003,392 up to and including B-7,650,147.

Share C

   a convertible preferred share C in the Company’s capital.

Shareholder

   a holder of shares in the capital of the Company.

Shareholders’ Agreement

   the shareholders agreement (with schedules) between inter alia the Company and its Shareholders dated the fifth day of November two thousand and twenty, as amended from time to time.

Simple Majority

   more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes cast.

SPAC Deal

   the consummation of a combination transaction with a special purpose acquisition vehicle that has raised a blind pool of capital of at least fifty million United States Dollar (USD 50,000,000) through an initial public offering to which the combined company’s securities are (indirect) exchange listed and publicly traded.

Subsidiary

   a legal entity in whose general meeting the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries can, whether by virtue of an agreement with other persons with voting rights or otherwise and whether acting alone or together, exercise more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights, and any other legal entities and partnerships that are designated as such by the DCC.

 

1.2

Terms that are defined in the singular shall have the corresponding meaning in the plural and vice versa.

 

1.3

The term “written” or “in writing” shall also include the use of electronic means of communication.

 

1.4

Words denoting one gender shall include the other gender.

 

3


NAME AND SEAT

Article 2

 

2.1

The name of the Company is Pharvaris B.V.

 

2.2

It has its corporate seat at Leiden.

OBJECTS

Article 3

The objects of the Company are:

 

a.

to discover, develop and commercialize treatments of hereditary angioedema;

 

b.

to engage, in any way whatsoever, in trading activities (retail and wholesale), the import, export, purchase, sale and distribution of products, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutical products, and other related (raw material) products and to render operational and supporting services to its Group Companies in connection herewith;

 

c.

to develop and trade in patents, trademarks, licenses, knowhow, copyrights, data base rights and other intellectual property rights;

 

d.

to participate in, finance or hold any other interest in, or to conduct the management of, other legal entities, partnerships or enterprises;

 

e.

to furnish guarantees, provide security, warrant performance or in any other way assume liability, whether jointly and severally or otherwise, for or in respect of obligations of Group Companies or other parties; and

 

f.

to do anything which, in the widest sense of the words, is connected with or may be conducive to the attainment of these objects.

SHARES - QUALITY REQUIREMENT

Article 4

 

4.1

Subject to the provision of Article 4.2, a Shareholder can only be a (legal) person who is a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

4.2

A (legal) person may be granted an exemption from the quality requirement, as mentioned in Article 4.1, by means of a resolution of the General Meeting with the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority.

 

4.3

For as long as a Shareholder has not complied with the quality requirement as mentioned in Article 4.1, its voting rights, Meeting Rights and rights to participate in distributions on shares are suspended. If a Shareholder is barred from exercising one or more of the rights mentioned in the preceding sentence, the suspension shall terminate if, within three months after a request to this effect by the respective Shareholder, the Company has not designated prospective purchasers to whom it can transfer all of its shares in accordance with the provisions of Article 14.

 

4.4

If and for as long as the Shareholders’ Agreement continues in full force, Shareholders and directors shall exercise their rights as a Shareholder or a director (as the case may be) under the law and/or these Articles of Association in such a way that the provisions of the Shareholders’ Agreement and these articles of association are being observed and complied with to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

4.5

In case of discrepancies between the Shareholders’ Agreement and these Articles of Association, the Shareholders’ Agreement shall prevail to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

4


SHARES - CAPITAL

Article 5

 

5.1

The capital of the Company is divided into:

 

  a.

Shares A;

 

  b.

Shares B;

 

  c.

Shares C; and

 

  d.

Ordinary Shares.

5.2

The Shares A, Shares B and Shares C and Ordinary Shares are different classes of shares.

The Share A numbered A-1, the Share A numbered A-2,796,188, the Share B numbered B-1, the Share B numbered B-1,137,650, the Share B numbered B-1,921,980, the Share B numbered B-2,002,264, the Ordinary Share numbered 1, the Ordinary Share numbered 1,000,001, the Ordinary Share numbered 2,000,001, the Ordinary Share numbered 3,600,001, the Ordinary Share numbered 4,100,001 and the Ordinary Share numbered 4,600,001 are shares with a specific designation.

 

5.3

The nominal value of each share shall be one eurocent (EUR 0. 01).

 

5.4

The shares shall be registered shares and shall be numbered consecutively, starting from 1. All Shares A shall be indicated with “A”. All Shares B shall be indicated with “B”. All Shares C shall be indicated with “C”. The Ordinary Shares will not have an indication.

 

5.5

At least one share must be held by a party other than, and not on behalf of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

5.6

References in these Articles of Association to shares or Shareholders without further specification shall be understood to refer to Shares A, Shares B, Shares C and Ordinary Shares and the holders thereof, respectively.

SHARES - CONVERSION

Article 6

 

6.1

Subject to and in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Article 6 and without prejudice to any contractual arrangements under the Shareholders’ Agreement, Preferred Shares are convertible in Ordinary Shares with one (1) Share A, being convertible into one (1) Ordinary Share, one (1) Share B being convertible into one (1) Ordinary Share and one (1) Share C being convertible into one (1) Ordinary Share.

 

6.2

The Board shall, upon request of a holder of Shares A, Shares B or Shares C, resolve to convert all or part of his Shares A, Shares B or Shares C in an equal number of Ordinary Shares. The Board shall update the register as referred to in Article 7 below to reflect the conversion.

 

6.3

A request as referred to in Article 6.2 shall be made to the Board in writing and shall specify the Shares A, Shares B or Shares C to which the request relates. The conversion shall take effect per the moment indicated in the Board resolution referred to in Article 6.2.

 

6.4

The Preferred Shares shall automatically convert in case the Class Meeting Preferred Shares, with (i) the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority, (ii), the affirmative vote of the Series B Investor Majority, which shall include at least one Major Series B Holder and (iii) the affirmative vote of the Series C Investor Majority, which shall include at least one Major Series C Holder, resolves to convert all Preference Shares into a number of

 

5


  Ordinary Shares at the then applicable exchange rate as calculated by the Board. The conversion shall take effect from the moment or the occurrence of an event indicated in the respective resolution of the Class Meeting Preferred Shares.

 

6.5

Furthermore, the Preferred Shares shall automatically convert into a number of Ordinary Shares at the then applicable exchange rate as calculated by the Board in case of (i) a Qualified IPO or (ii) a SPAC Deal, both at such time as indicated by the General Meeting in the resolution in which it approves the Qualified IPO or the SPAC Deal, with the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority.

 

6.6

In case of a conversion of Shares A, Shares B or Shares C into Ordinary Shares, a pro rata part of the share premium reserve and dividend reserve attached to such Shares A, Shares B and Shares C, respectively, shall be allocated to the share premium reserve and dividend reserve attached to the Ordinary Shares.

SHARES - REGISTER

Article 7

 

7.1

The Board shall keep a register setting out the names and addresses of all Shareholders, usufructuaries and pledgees.

 

7.2

Shareholders and others whose particulars must be set out in the register shall provide the Board with the necessary particulars in a timely manner. Any consequences of a failure to notify such particulars or to notify the correct particulars in a timely manner shall be borne by the relevant person.

 

7.3

All notifications and notices convening meetings shall be sent to Persons with Meeting Rights at the addresses set out in the register.

 

7.4

Section 2:194 DCC shall be applicable in respect of the register.

SHARES - ISSUE

Article 8

 

8.1

Shares may only be issued by the Company pursuant to a resolution of the General Meeting with the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority, provided that the issuance of Shares C requires the affirmative vote of the Series C Investor Majority (including the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series C Holder) and that the issuance of Shares B requires the affirmative vote of the Series B Investor Majority (including the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series B Holder). The General Meeting with the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority may transfer its powers in this connection to another body, and it may revoke such a transfer, provided that the transfer of these powers in relation to the issuance of Shares C and Shares B requires the affirmative vote of the Series C Investor Majority (including the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series C Holder) and the Series B Investor Majority (including the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series B Holder), respectively.

 

8.2

Article 8.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis where rights to subscribe for shares are granted, but shall not apply where shares are issued to a person exercising an existing right to subscribe for shares.

 

8.3

The Company may not subscribe for shares in its own capital.

 

6


SHARES - PRE-EMPTION RIGHTS

Article 9

 

9.1

Without prejudice to any contractual arrangements in the Shareholders’ Agreement, in the event of an issue of shares, only the Major Holders shall have a pre-emption right in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of their shares at the time the relevant resolution to issue shares is adopted. Shareholders shall not have pre-emption rights in respect of shares issued to employees of the Company or of a Group Company.

 

9.2

Pre-emption rights may, in relation to any particular issue, be limited or excluded by a resolution passed by the body entitled to decide on the issue. If the General Meeting is the entitled body to decide on the issue, the resolution of the General Meeting to exclude the pre-emption rights requires the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority (which Investor Majority shall include at least one Major Series B Holder and at least one Major Series C Holder).

 

9.3

The Company shall announce an issue with pre-emption rights and the period in which such rights can be exercised by sending a written notice to all Shareholders at the addresses given by them.

 

9.4

The pre-emption rights may be exercised for a period of not less than four (4) weeks after the date on which the notice was sent.

 

9.5

The preceding provisions of this Article 9 shall apply mutatis mutandis where rights to subscribe for shares are granted, but shall not apply where shares are issued to a person exercising an existing right to subscribe for shares. This Article 9 is without prejudice to any contractual arrangements in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

SHARES - PAYMENT

Article 10

 

10.1

The full nominal value of each share shall be paid up upon subscription for that share. It may be stipulated that all or part of the nominal value need not be paid up until after a certain period of time or until the Company has called for payment.

 

10.2

Shares shall be paid up in cash, except to the extent that payment by means of a contribution in another form has been agreed.

 

10.3

Payment in a currency other than that in which the nominal value of the shares is denominated is only permitted with the Company’s consent. Where such a payment is made, the payment obligation in respect of the relevant shares is discharged to the extent of the sum, in the currency in which the nominal value of the shares is denominated, into which the payment can be freely converted, applying the exchange rate in effect on the date of the payment.

 

10.4

The Board may perform juristic acts (rechtshandelingen) in respect of non-cash contributions for shares without the prior approval of the General Meeting.

SHARES - OWN SHARES

Article 11

 

11.1

The acquisition by the Company of shares in its own capital shall be decided on by the Board, subject to the approval of the General Meeting, whereby the General Meeting’s resolution approving the acquisition will need to include the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority. The acquisition by the Company of shares in its own capital which have not been fully paid up shall be null and void.

 

7


11.2

Except where it acquires such shares for no consideration, the Company may not acquire fully paid-up shares in its own capital if the shareholders’ equity less the acquisition price is less than the reserves which must be maintained by law, or if the Board knows or should reasonably foresee that, following the acquisition, the Company will be unable to continue paying its due and payable debts.

 

11.3

The preceding provisions of this Article 11 shall not be applicable to shares acquired by the Company by universal succession (onder algemene titel).

 

11.4

The term shares in the preceding provisions of this Article 11 shall include depositary receipts issued therefor.

 

11.5

Article 14 below shall be applicable to the disposal by the Company of shares that it holds in its own capital.

SHARES - REDUCTION OF ISSUED CAPITAL

Article 12

 

12.1

A reduction of the Company’s issued capital by cancelling shares or by reducing the nominal value of the shares through an amendment to the articles of association shall require a resolution to that effect passed by the General Meeting with the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority. The resolution must specify the shares to which the resolution relates and provide for the implementation of the resolution.

 

12.2

A resolution to cancel shares may only relate to shares held by the Company itself or in respect of which the Company holds the depositary receipts, or to all shares of a class. In all other cases, such a resolution shall require the consent of the relevant Shareholders.

 

12.3

In case of cancellation of all shares of a class, an amount comprised of the following amounts shall be paid simultaneously with the pro rata repayment of the nominal value of the respective shares to the holders thereof:

 

  a.

the balance of the share premium reserve attached to the relevant class of shares; and

 

  b.

the amount of dividend, which has accrued to the relevant shares in accordance with Article 28, but has not yet been paid to the holders of such shares.

 

12.4

A reduction of the nominal value of shares without repayment and without a release from the obligation to pay up the shares must be effected in respect of all shares on a proportional basis. The requirement of proportionality may be waived with the consent of all the relevant Shareholders.

 

12.5

A repayment or a release from the obligation to pay up shares as referred to in this Article 12 is only permitted to the extent that the shareholders’ equity exceeds the reserves which must be maintained by law.

 

12.6

Where a resolution to reduce the Company’s issued capital entails a repayment, such a resolution shall not take effect as long as the Board has not given its approval. The Board may only withhold such approval if it knows or should reasonably foresee that, following the repayment, the Company will be unable to continue paying its due and payable debts.

 

12.7

The notice convening a meeting at which a resolution as referred to in this Article 12 is to be passed shall state the purpose of the reduction of the Company’s capital and the manner of implementation.

 

8


SHARES - TRANSFER

Article 13

 

13.1

The issue or transfer of a share or the creation of a limited right (beperkt recht) in respect of a share shall require a deed to that effect executed before a civil law notary practising in the Netherlands and to which the persons involved are parties.

 

13.2

The transfer of a share or the creation of a limited right in respect thereof in accordance with Article 13.1 shall also, by operation of law, have effect vis-à-vis the Company. Unless the Company itself is a party to the transaction, the rights attached to the relevant share may not be exercised until the Company has acknowledged the transaction or been served with the deed.

SHARES - TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Article 14

 

14.1

The transferability of Shares A, Shares B and Shares C is not subject to any restrictions.

 

14.2

The transfer of Ordinary Shares shall – in all cases and without exception – require the approval of the Board including the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors A and Directors B collectively, with the affirmative vote of at least one Director B.

 

14.3

The transfer must take place within three months after the Board’s approval has been granted or is deemed to have been granted.

 

14.4

The Board’s approval will be deemed to have been granted:

 

  a.

if no decision has been taken within one month of a request to that effect; or

 

  b.

if the decision in which the approval is denied does not contain the name(s) of one or more potential acquirers who are willing to purchase, in cash, the shares to which the request for approval related.

 

14.5

If the requesting party accepts the potential acquirer(s) referred to in Article 14.4(b), and the parties are unable, within two months after the acceptance, to agree on the price to be paid for the share(s), the price shall be determined by one or more independent experts to be designated by the requesting party and potential acquirer(s) by mutual agreement. If the parties have failed to reach agreement on the appointment of the expert(s) within one month of the end of the period referred to in the preceding sentence, any of the parties may apply to the president of the district court in whose district the Company has its corporate seat for the appointment of three independent experts.

 

14.6

Potential acquirers shall be free to withdraw at any time, provided they do so within fourteen days of being notified of the outcome of the price determination referred to in Article 14.5. If, following one or more such withdrawals, not all the shares are sold:

 

  a.

because all of the potential acquirers have withdrawn; or

 

  b.

in the event that some of the potential acquirers have withdrawn, because the others have not, within six weeks of the notification referred to above, declared their willingness to acquire the shares that have become available, in accordance with the allocation criteria indicated by the Board, the requesting party shall be free to transfer all of the shares to which the request for approval related, provided the transfer takes place within three months after the above has been established.

 

9


14.7

The requesting party shall have the right to withdraw at any time, provided he does so within one month of being definitively informed of the identity of the potential acquirers to whom he can sell the shares to which the request for approval related, and of the selling price.

 

14.8

The Company may only be a potential acquirer under the provisions of Article 14 with the consent of the requesting party.

 

14.9

This Article 14 is not applicable to the acquisition by the Company of shares in its own capital in accordance with Article 11.

SHARES - USUFRUCT AND PLEDGE

Article 15

 

15.1

The voting rights attached to shares which are subject to a usufruct or pledge shall be vested in the relevant Shareholder.

 

15.2

Notwithstanding Article 15.1 and subject to what is provided in, respectively, Section 2:197 DCC and Section 2:198 DCC, a usufructuary or pledgee shall have voting rights if this has been stipulated when the relevant limited right was created or if this has been agreed at a subsequent time.

 

15.3

Usufructuaries and pledgees without voting rights shall not have Meeting Rights, unless the contrary is stipulated upon the creation or transfer of the relevant usufruct or, respectively, the creation or transmission (overgang) of the relevant pledge and this is approved by the General Meeting.

BOARD - APPOINTMENT, SUSPENSION AND REMOVAL

Article 16

 

16.1

The Company shall have a Board composed of one (1) or more executive directors and at most seven (7) non-executive directors. Only natural persons may be non-executive directors. The General Meeting may resolve to increase or decrease the size of the Board with the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority, provided that such increase or decrease will not affect the provisions laid down in Article 16.3.

 

16.2

The General Meeting shall appoint the executive directors.

 

16.3

Non-executive directors are appointed as follows:

 

  a.

one (1) non-executive director with the title “Director O1” by the Ordinary Shares Meeting, upon nomination of the Class Meeting formed by the holders of Ordinary Shares numbered 1, 1,000,001, 2,000,001, 3,600,001, 4,100,001 and 4,600,001;

 

  b.

one (1) non-executive director with the title “Director O2” by the Ordinary Shares Meeting, upon nomination of the Class Meeting formed by the holders of Ordinary Shares numbered 1, 1,000,001, 2,000,001, 3,600,001, 4,100,001 and 4,600,001, provided that if the executive director is the holder of one of the Ordinary Shares numbered 1, 1,000,001, 2,000,001, 3,600,001, 4,100,001 and 4,600,001, such nomination right does not apply;

 

  c.

one (1) non-executive director with the title “Director A1” by the Class A Meeting, upon nomination of the Class Meeting formed by the holder of Share A numbered A-1;

 

10


  d.

one (1) non-executive director with the title “Director A2” by the Class A Meeting, upon nomination of the Class Meeting formed by the holder of Share A numbered A-2,796,188;

 

  e.

one (1) non-executive director with the title “Director B1” by the Class B Meeting, upon nomination of the Class Meeting formed by the holder of Share B numbered B-1;

 

  f.

one (1) non-executive director with the title “Director B2” by the Class B Meeting, upon nomination of the Class Meeting formed by the holder of Share B numbered B-2,002,264; and

 

  g.

one (1) non-executive director with the title “Director D” by the General Meeting, upon a nomination of the Board, which non-executive director D shall be independent of the Shareholders and the Board.

 

16.4

Each director may at any time be suspended and/or removed by the corporate body empowered to appoint him (in accordance with Article 16.2 and Article 16.3).

 

16.5

The Board may appoint a chairman from among the directors.

 

16.6

The General Meeting shall determine the remuneration and other terms of employment of the directors.

 

16.7

Where one or more directors are no longer in office or are unable to act, the remaining director(s) shall be provisionally charged with the entire management of the Company. Where all directors are no longer in office or are unable to act, the management shall be provisionally conducted by the person designated for that purpose by the General Meeting, with due observance of Article 16.8.

 

16.8

Where one or more Directors B are no longer in office or unable to act, the Class B Meeting may appoint a temporary Director B. Where one or more Directors A are no longer in office or unable to act, the Class A Meeting may appoint a temporary Director A.

BOARD - DUTIES, ORGANISATION AND DECISION MAKING

Article 17

 

17.1

The Board is charged with the management of the Company, subject to the restrictions contained in these Articles of Association. In performing their duties, directors shall be guided by the interests of the Company and of the enterprise connected with it.

 

17.2

A director may not participate in the deliberations and decision making of the Board on a matter in relation to which he has a direct or indirect personal interest which conflicts with the interests of the Company and of the enterprise connected with it. Where as a consequence of such a conflict of interest the Board cannot decide, the relevant decision shall be taken by the General Meeting.

 

17.3

The Board may draw up rules concerning its internal matters. Such board rules can only by adopted or amended with the approval of the General Meeting, including the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority.

 

17.4

The directors may allocate their duties amongst themselves by virtue of board rules or otherwise in writing, provided that:

 

  a.

the executive directors shall be charged with the Company’s day-to-day operations;

 

11


  b.

the supervision of the performance of the duties of the executive directors cannot be taken away from the non-executive directors;

 

  c.

the making of proposals for the appointment of a director and the determination of the remuneration of the executive directors cannot be allocated to the executive directors.

 

17.5

Decisions of the Board can only be validly adopted in a meeting where at least four (4) directors are present or represented, including (i) an executive director and (ii) two (2) non-executive directors, being one (1) non-executive director appointed by the Class A Meeting or the Class B Meeting and one (1) non-executive director appointed by the Class B Meeting. If the quorum at a Board meeting is not met, a new Board meeting shall be convened promptly with the same agenda with a written notice of not less than seven (7) calendar days to all directors. At such new Board meeting, the Board resolutions shall only require a Simple Majority by the directors who are present or represented, without any quorum requirement.

 

17.6

Resolutions shall be passed – irrespective of whether this occurs at a meeting or otherwise – by an absolute majority, unless these Articles of Association indicate, or the Board has decided, otherwise. Invalid votes and blank votes shall not be counted as votes cast.

 

17.7

Resolutions of the Board may, instead of at a meeting, be passed in writing, provided that all directors are familiar with the resolution to be passed and none of them objects to this decision-making process.

BOARD - RESTRICTIONS

Article 18

 

18.1

The Board shall require the approval of the General Meeting for such resolutions of the Board as the General Meeting shall have specified in a resolution to that effect and notified to the Board.

 

18.2

Failure to obtain the approval required under Article 18.1 shall not affect the powers of representation of the Board or directors.

 

18.3

The Board must follow the instructions of the General Meeting, unless these instructions are contrary to the interests of the Company and the enterprise connected with it.

BOARD - REPRESENTATION

Article 19

 

19.1

The Board is entitled to represent the Company. The Company can furthermore be represented by an executive director acting solely.

 

19.2

The Board may grant one or more persons a power of attorney to represent the Company and determine the scope of authority of such persons in this regard. The Board may give a person holding a power of attorney such title as it deems appropriate.

INDEMNITY

Article 20

 

20.1

The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each of its Indemnified Officers against:

 

  a.

any financial losses or damages incurred by such Indemnified Officer; and

 

  b.

any expense reasonably paid or incurred by such Indemnified Officer in

 

12


  connection with any threatened, pending or completed suit, claim, action or legal proceedings of a civil, criminal, administrative or other nature, formal or informal, in which he becomes involved,

to the extent this relates to his current or former position with the Company and/or a Group Company and in each case to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

20.2

No indemnification shall be given to an Indemnified Officer:

 

  a.

if a competent court or arbitral tribunal has established, without having (or no longer having) the possibility for appeal, that the acts or omissions of such Indemnified Officer that led to the financial losses, damages, expenses, suit, claim, action or legal proceedings as described in Article 20.1 are of an unlawful nature (including acts or omissions which are considered to constitute malice, gross negligence, intentional recklessness and/or serious culpability attributable to such Indemnified Officer);

 

  b.

to the extent that his financial losses, damages and expenses are covered under insurance and the relevant insurer has settled, or has provided reimbursement for, these financial losses, damages and expenses (or has irrevocably undertaken to do so);

 

  c.

in relation to proceedings brought by such Indemnified Officer against the Company, except for proceedings brought to enforce indemnification to which he is entitled pursuant to these articles of association, pursuant to an agreement between such Indemnified Officer and the Company which has been approved by the Board or pursuant to insurance taken out by the Company for the benefit of such Indemnified Officer; or

 

  d.

for any financial losses, damages or expenses incurred in connection with a settlement of any proceedings effected without the Company’s prior consent.

 

20.3

The Board may stipulate additional terms, conditions and restrictions in relation to the indemnification referred to in Article 20.1.

GENERAL MEETINGS – CONVOCATION AND AGENDA

Article 21

 

21.1

During each financial year at least one General Meeting must be held or at least one resolution passed in accordance with Article 24.1.

 

21.2

General Meetings shall also be held whenever such a meeting is convened by the Board or one or more directors.

 

21.3

One or more Shareholders who individually or collectively represent at least one percent (1%) of the issued capital may request the Board in writing to convene a General Meeting, setting out in detail the matters to be discussed. The Board must take the steps necessary to ensure that the General Meeting can be held within four weeks after the request, unless this would conflict with a substantial interest of the Company. In the event that the Board fails to convene the meeting in such a manner that it is held within four weeks of receipt of the request, each of the persons who made the request shall have the right to convene the meeting himself in accordance with the relevant provisions of these articles of association. For the purposes of applying this Article 21.3, other Persons with Meeting Rights shall be equated with Shareholders.

 

13


21.4

General Meetings must be held in the place where the Company has its corporate seat as set out in these articles of association, or in Amsterdam or at Schiphol (municipality of Haarlemmermeer). In the event that the General Meeting is held elsewhere, legally valid resolutions may only be passed if all Persons with Meeting Rights have consented to the place of the meeting and the directors have been afforded the opportunity to give their advice prior to the decision-making.

 

21.5

A General Meeting must be convened by letters sent to Persons with Meeting Rights no later than on the eighth day prior to the day of the meeting.

 

21.6

A convening notice may, if the Person with Meeting Rights consents thereto, take the form of a legible and reproducible communication sent by electronic means to the address notified by him to the Company for this purpose.

 

21.7

Any matter whose consideration has been requested in writing by one or more Shareholders who individually or collectively represent at least one percent (1%) of the issued capital shall be included in the convening notice or made known in the same manner, provided that the Company has received the request no later than on the thirtieth day prior to the day of the meeting and that doing so would not conflict with a substantial interest of the Company. For the purposes of applying this Article 21.7, other Persons with Meeting Rights shall be equated with Shareholders.

 

21.8

Where the rules laid down by law or by these articles of association in relation to the convening of meetings, the drawing up of agendas and the availability for inspection of the list of matters to be discussed, have not been complied with, legally valid resolutions may still be passed provided that all Persons with Meeting Rights have consented to a decision being made on those matters and the directors have been afforded the opportunity to give their advice prior to the decision-making.

GENERAL MEETING - PROCEDURAL RULES

Article 22

 

22.1

The General Meeting shall be chaired by the chairman of the Board or, where the Board has not appointed a chairman or where the chairman is not present, by the director present at the meeting who is the oldest in age. Where no director is present at the meeting, the General Meeting shall appoint its own chairman.

 

22.2

The chairman shall appoint one of the persons present as secretary to minute the meeting. He and the secretary shall adopt the minutes and, in evidence thereof, sign them. The minutes shall be entered into a minute book. Where an official report of the meeting is drawn up by a civil law notary, no minutes need be taken and signing of the report by that notary shall suffice.

 

22.3

Every director and the chairman of the meeting may instruct a civil law notary to draw up a notarial report of the matters dealt with at the meeting at the Company’s expense.

 

22.4

Every Person with Meeting Rights may be represented at the General Meeting by a person holding a written proxy which is determined to be acceptable by the chairman of the meeting, at the latter’s sole discretion.

 

22.5

Directors shall, in that capacity, have an advisory vote at General Meetings.

 

14


22.6

The Board may decide that each Person with Meeting Rights is entitled, whether in person or represented by a person holding a written proxy, to participate in, address and (where applicable) exercise his voting rights at the General Meeting by electronic means of communication. For the purposes of applying the preceding sentence it must be possible, by electronic means of communication, for the Person with Meeting Rights to be identified, observe in real time the proceedings at the meeting and (where applicable) exercise his voting rights.

 

22.7

Each Person with Meeting Rights is entitled to participate in the General Meeting through the use of electronic means of communication, with due observance of Section 2:227a DCC.

 

22.8

The chairman of the meeting shall decide whether persons other than Persons with Meeting Rights may be admitted to the General Meeting.

GENERAL MEETING - DECISION-MAKING

Article 23

 

23.1

Each share carries the right to cast one vote.

 

23.2

The Board may decide that votes cast before the General Meeting, but not earlier than on the thirtieth day before that of the meeting, by electronic means of communication shall be equated with those cast at the time of the meeting.

 

23.3

No vote may be cast at a General Meeting in respect of a share belonging to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof or in respect of a share for which either of them holds depositary receipts. Holders of a usufruct or pledge in respect of shares belonging to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof are not, however, precluded from exercising their right to vote if the usufruct or pledge was created before the relevant share belonged to the Company or Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor a Subsidiary thereof may cast a vote on shares in respect of which it holds a usufruct or a pledge.

 

23.4

Unless a greater majority is required by law or under these articles of association, all resolutions shall be passed by a Simple Majority, regardless of the number of Shares represented at such meeting.

 

23.5

The following resolutions can only be adopted by a resolution of the General Meeting, with the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority, which shall include the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series B Holder and the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series C Holder:

 

  a.

to amend the Articles of Association;

 

  b.

to enter into a legal merger or legal demerger;

 

  c.

to convert the Company;

 

  d.

to dissolve the Company; and

 

  e.

to approve the specified Board resolutions that have been made subject to the approval of the General Meeting in accordance with Article 18.1;

 

23.6

Invalid and blank votes shall not be counted as votes cast.

 

23.7

Where there is a tie in any vote on an issue not being the election of a person, no resolution shall have been passed.

 

23.8

Where there is a tie in any vote on the election of a person, a second ballot shall be held. If there is another tie, the matter must be decided by a drawing of lots.

 

15


23.9

The determination made by the chairman at the General Meeting with regard to the results of a vote shall be decisive. The same shall apply to the contents of a resolution passed, where there has been a vote about a proposal which has not been put in writing. However, where the accuracy of the chairman’s determination is contested immediately after it has been made, a new vote shall take place if the majority of the General Meeting so requires or, where the original vote did not take place by response to a roll call or in writing, if one person with the right to vote so requires. The legal consequences of the original vote shall become void as a result of the new vote.

 

23.10

The Board shall keep a record of the resolutions passed. The record shall be available at the Company’s offices for inspection by Persons with Meeting Rights. Each of them shall, upon request, be provided with a copy of or extract from the record, at no more than the cost price.

GENERAL MEETING - RESOLUTIONS WITHOUT HOLDING A MEETING

Article 24

 

24.1

Shareholders may pass resolutions without holding a meeting provided that all Persons with Meeting Rights have consented to this manner of decision-making, which consent may be given electronically. The votes on such a resolution must be cast in writing.

 

24.2

The directors must have been afforded the opportunity to give their advice prior to the decision-making referred to in Article 24.1.

CLASS MEETINGS

Article 25

 

25.1

Class Meetings shall be held in all cases in which a resolution of such meeting is required pursuant to these articles of association, as well as when the Board or one or more directors or one or more holders of shares of that class or designation deem necessary.

 

25.2

Without any prejudice to the provisions of Article 21, Article 22, Article 24 and Article 25.1, shall as far as possible apply mutatis mutandis to Class Meetings, provided that:

 

  a.

each share of a certain class or designation shall give the right to cast one vote at such Class Meeting;

 

  b.

the provisions of Article 21.1 and Article 22.5 do not apply to Class Meetings; and

 

  c.

Class Meetings can also be convened by a holder of shares of that class or designation.

AUDIT

Article 26

 

26.1

The General Meeting shall have the right – and, if required by law, be under an obligation – to instruct an auditor as referred to in Section 2:393 DCC to audit the annual accounts drawn up by the Board, to report to the Board and to issue an auditor’s opinion on the truth and fairness of the annual accounts.

 

26.2

Where the General Meeting fails to instruct an auditor, the Board shall do so.

 

26.3

The instruction may be revoked at any time by the General Meeting and by the body that granted the instruction; where the instruction has been granted by the Board, it may also be revoked by the Board. The instruction may only be revoked for well-founded reasons; a difference of opinion regarding the reporting or auditing methods shall not constitute such a reason.

 

16


FINANCIAL YEAR, ANNUAL ACCOUNTS

Article 27

 

27.1

The financial year of the Company shall coincide with the calendar year.

 

27.2

Each year, within five months after the end of the Company’s financial year, unless this period is extended by a maximum of five months by the General Meeting on account of special circumstances, the Board shall prepare annual accounts and deposit them at the Company’s office for inspection by the Shareholders. If the Company is required by law to prepare a board report, the Board shall, within the same period, also deposit the board report for inspection by the Shareholders. The annual accounts shall be signed by all directors. If one or more of their signatures is missing, this fact and the reason therefor shall be stated.

 

27.3

The Company shall ensure that the annual accounts, the board report and the information to be added pursuant to Section 2:392(1) DCC are available at its offices from the date of the convening notice for the General Meeting at which they are to be discussed. Persons with Meeting Rights are entitled to inspect such documents at the aforementioned location and obtain a copy at no cost.

 

27.4

The annual accounts shall be adopted by the General Meeting. The signing of the annual accounts as provided for in the first sentence of section 2:210(5) DCC shall not serve as adoption of those accounts.

 

27.5

The Company shall publish the documents and information referred to in this Article 27 if and to the extent and in the manner required by Sections 2:394 et seq. DCC.

DISTRIBUTIONS ON SHARES

Article 28

 

28.1

In addition to its other reserves, if any, the Company shall maintain the following reserves:

 

  a.

a share premium reserve A to which only the holders of Shares A shall be entitled pro rata to the total nominal amount of their Shares A;

 

  b.

a share premium reserve B to which only the holders of Shares B shall be entitled pro rata to the total nominal amount of their Shares B; and

 

  c.

a share premium reserve C to which only the holders of Shares C shall be entitled pro rata to the total nominal amount of their Shares C; and

 

  d.

an ordinary share premium reserve to which only the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled pro rata to the total nominal amount of their Ordinary Shares.

 

28.2

Holders of Shares A shall be entitled to a non-cumulative, non-compounded dividend of eight per cent (8%) per annum of the aggregate subscription price paid on such Shares A (adjusted, as the case may be, for any dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such shares) (“Entitlement A”).

 

28.3

Holders of Shares B shall be entitled to a non-cumulative, non-compounded dividend of eight per cent (8%) per annum of the aggregate subscription price paid on such Shares B (adjusted, as the case may be, for any dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such shares) (“Entitlement B”).

 

17


28.4

Holders of Shares C shall be entitled to a non-cumulative, non-compounded dividend of eight per cent (8%) per annum of the aggregate subscription price paid on such Shares C (adjusted, as the case may be, for any dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such shares) (“Entitlement C”).

 

28.5

The profits as determined through the adoption of the annual accounts shall be, subject to the approval of the General Meeting with the affirmative vote of the Investor Majority, which shall include the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series B Holder and the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series C Holder, at the disposal of the Board for reservation to the general reserve of the Company or for distribution. The Board may decide to make a distribution, to the extent that the shareholders’ equity exceeds the reserves that must be maintained by law and provided that the Board must refrain from deciding to make a distribution if it knows or should reasonably foresee that, following the distribution, the Company will be unable to continue paying its due and payable debts.

 

28.6

The Board may decide to make a distribution out of the reserve as referred to in Article 28.1a, Article 28.1b, Article 28.1c and Article 28.1d only with the prior written approval of the Class A Meeting, the Class B Meeting, the Class C Meeting or the Ordinary Shares Meeting, respectively and subject to the second sentence of Article 28.5, and provided that the Board shall not decide to make a distribution out of the ordinary share premium reserve unless and until first, the Series B Liquidation Preference and the Series C Liquidation Preference has been paid to the holders of Shares B and holders of Shares C, respectively, and, secondly, the Series A Liquidation Preference has been paid to the holders of Shares A.

 

28.7

If the Board decides to distribute profits in accordance with Article 28.5, the Board shall pay the profits available for distribution in the following order:

 

  a.

first, to the extent possible, the Entitlement B and Entitlement C to the holders of Shares B and holders of Shares C, on a pari passu basis, in proportion to the nominal amount of their Shares B or Shares C;

 

  b.

secondly, out of the remaining profits available for distribution, to the extent possible, the Entitlement A to the holders of Shares A in proportion to the nominal amount of their Shares A;

 

  c.

thirdly, out of the remaining profits available for distribution, to the extent possible, an amount to the holders of Shares B and holders of Shares C in proportion to the nominal amount of their Shares B or Shares C, respectively, until they have received on a cumulative basis an amount equal to the Series B Liquidation Preference and/or the Series C Liquidation Preference, respectively;

 

  d.

fourthly, out of the remaining profits available for distribution, to the extent possible, an amount to holders of Shares A in proportion to the nominal amount of their Shares A until they have received an amount equal to the Series A Liquidation Preference; and

 

  e.

finally, the remaining profits available for distribution, to the Shareholders in proportion to the nominal amount of their Shares.

 

18


28.8

The General Meeting is authorised to resolve to charge amounts to be paid up on newly issued shares against any of the Company’s reserves, including share premium reserves.

 

28.9

For the purposes of calculating any distribution, shares held by the Company in its own capital shall not be included.

 

28.10

Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 28.2, Article 28.3 and Article 28.4 for the purposes of calculating the amount to be distributed on each share of a certain class, only the nominal value of such shares shall be taken into account. Article 28.2, Article 28.3, Article 28.4 and Article 28.7 may be derogated from with the consent of all Shareholders.

 

28.11

Unless the Board determines otherwise, distributions shall be payable immediately following the adoption of the resolution by the Board to make the relevant distribution.

 

28.12

A Shareholder’s claim under this Article 28 shall lapse after five years.

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Article 29

 

29.1

In the event of the Company being dissolved, the liquidation shall be effected by the Board, unless the General Meeting decides otherwise.

 

29.2

The General Meeting shall determine the remuneration of the liquidators.

 

29.3

To the extent possible, these Articles of Association shall remain in effect during the liquidation.

 

29.4

Any assets remaining after payment of all of the Company’s debts shall, first, to the extent possible, be applied to distribute in the following order:

 

  a.

firstly, to each holder of Shares B and each holder of Shares C, on a pari passu basis, an amount equal to the number of Shares B or Shares C, respectively, held by such holder multiplied with the subscription price paid for such Shares B or Shares C, respectively (adjusted, as the case may be, for any dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such shares) plus any declared but unpaid Entitlement B and Entitlement C, respectively (the “Series B Liquidation Preference” in respect of the Shares B, the “Series B2 Liquidation Preference” in respect of Shares B2 and the “Series C Liquidation Preference” in respect of Shares C); and

 

  b.

secondly, out of the remaining assets available for distribution, to each holder of Shares A, an amount equal to the number of Shares A held by such holder multiplied with the subscription price paid for such Shares A (adjusted, as the case may be, for any dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such shares) plus any declared but unpaid Entitlement A (“Series A Liquidation Preference”).

 

29.5

After application of Article 29.4, any remaining assets shall, to the extent possible, then be distributed to the Shareholders in proportion to the total nominal amount of their Shares, provided that (i) a holder of Shares B or a holder of Shares C shall not receive more than the Series B Liquidation Preference and the Series C Liquidation Preference, respectively, multiplied by three, less the amount(s) already received under Article 28.7(c), on its Shares B and Shares C, respectively, and (ii) a holder of Shares A shall not receive more than the Series B2 Liquidation Preference, multiplied by three, less the amount(s) already received under Article 28.7(d), on its Shares A. No distribution may be made to the Company in respect of shares held by it.

 

19


29.6

If the amount per Share B or Share C that would have been payable had all Preferred Shares been converted into Ordinary Shares (the “As-Converted Amount B “ in respect of Shares B and the “As-Converted Amount C” in respect of shares C) would be greater than the amount such holder of Shares B or holder of Shares C would receive under Article 29.4 and 29.5 per Share B or Share C, respectively, the holder of Shares B or holder of Shares C, shall receive, instead of three times its Series B Liquidation Prefence and/or three times its Series C Liquidation Preference, respectively, and taking into account Article 29.5, out of the assets remaining after payment of all of the Company’s debts an amount equal to the As-Converted Amount B multiplied with the number of Shares B and/or the As-Converted Amount C multiplied with the number of Shares C, held by such holder.

 

29.7

If, out of the remaining assets available for distribution after application of Article 29.6, the amount per Share A that would have been payable had all Preferred Shares been converted into Ordinary Shares (the “As-Converted Amount A”) would be greater than the amount such holder of Shares A would receive under Article 29.4 and 29.5 per Share A, the holder of such Shares A shall receive, instead of three times its Series A Liquidation Preference and taking into account Article 29.5, out of the assets remaining available after application of Article 29.6 an amount equal to the As-Converted Amount A multiplied with the number of Shares A held by such holder.

 

29.8

After application of Article 29.4 (with due observance to Article 29.5) and Article 29.6, in respect of the Shares B and Shares C, and after application of Article 29.4 (with due observance to Article 29.5) and Article 29.7, in respect of the Shares A, any remaining assets shall be distributed to the holders of Ordinary Shares in proportion to the nominal amount of their Ordinary Shares.

 

29.9

After the liquidation has been completed, the books, records and other information carriers of the Company shall be kept for the period prescribed by law by the person designated for that purpose in the resolution of the General Meeting to dissolve the Company. Where the General Meeting has not designated such a person, the liquidators shall do so.

FINAL STATEMENTS

Finally, the person appearing declared:

 

A.

that by means of this Deed four million eight hundred fifty thousand (4,850,000) ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, with a nominal value of one eurocent (EUR 0,01) each, numbered C-1 up to and including C-4,850,000, will be no longer be indicated with “C” and will be numbered 1 up to and including 4,850,000 without an indication; and

 

B.

that as evidenced by the Written Resolution, the person appearing has been authorised to execute this Deed.

The person appearing is known to me, civil law notary.

This Deed was executed in Amsterdam on the date mentioned in its heading.

After I, civil law notary, had conveyed and explained the contents of the Deed in substance to the person appearing, the person appearing declared to have taken note of the contents of the Deed, to

 

20


be in agreement with the contents and not to wish them to be read out in full. Following a partial reading, the Deed was signed by the person appearing and by me, civil law notary.

(signatures follow)

 

ISSUED FOR TRUE COPY
by me, F.C. Kuipéri, candidate civil law notary, acting as deputy of W.H. Bossenbroek, civil law notary in Amsterdam, on this day 5 November 2020.
(Signed: F.C. Kuipéri)

 

21

LOGO

 

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

between

[name]

as the Officer

and

Pharvaris N.V.

as the Company

 

1


LOGO

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1

   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      3  

1.1

   Definitions      3  

1.2

   Interpretation      5  

2

   INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE      6  

2.1

   Entitlement to indemnification      6  

2.2

   Advancements      6  

2.3

   Limitations      7  

2.4

   Determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancements      7  

2.5

   Proceedings      8  

2.6

   D&O Insurance      8  

3

   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      9  

3.1

   Confidentiality and disclosure      9  

3.2

   Notices      9  

3.3

   Entire agreement      10  

3.4

   No implied waiver      10  

3.5

   Amendment      10  

3.6

   Invalidity      11  

3.7

   No rescission or nullification      11  

3.8

   No transfer, assignment or encumbrance      11  

3.9

   Term and termination      11  

4

   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION      12  

4.1

   Governing law      12  

4.2

   Jurisdiction      12  

 

2


LOGO

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT IS MADE ON [DATE] BETWEEN

 

1.

Mr[s]. [name], born in [place] on [date] (the “Officer”).

 

2.

Pharvaris N.V., a public company with limited liability, having its corporate seat in Leiden (address: J.H. Oortweg 21, 2333 CH Leiden, trade register number: 64239411) (the “Company”).

WHEREAS

 

A.

The Officer has been appointed as [Non-]Executive Director.

 

B.

The Parties now wish to enter into this Agreement in order to lay down the terms applicable to the indemnification arrangements between the Officer and the Company.

NOW HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions

 

1.1.1

In this Agreement the following definitions shall apply:

 

Agreement

   This indemnification agreement.

Article

   An article of this Agreement.

Board

   The Company’s board of directors.

Confidential Information

   Information relating to the Company, its Subsidiaries and/or their respective businesses, directors, officers and employees, received by the Officer at any time (including prior to the date of this Agreement and after the termination of this Agreement), by any means (including through discussions with any director, officer, employee or advisor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), except for information:

 

3


LOGO

 

  

 

a.  which is in the public domain, other than as a result of a breach by the Officer (or by any party to whom information is disclosed by the Officer as permitted under this Agreement) of the obligations imposed by this Agreement or any other legal, contractual or fiduciary duty of confidentiality; or

 

b.  of which the Officer is able to demonstrate that it has lawfully become available to the Officer on a non-confidential basis from a source which was not prohibited from disclosing such information under any legal, contractual or fiduciary duty of confidentiality.

D&O Insurance

   Directors and officers liability insurance.

DCC

   The Dutch Civil Code.

Director

   A member of the Board.

Disinterested Director

   Any Non-Executive Director who is not, and has not been, involved in a Proceeding in respect of which the Officer’s entitlement to indemnification and/or advancements should be determined pursuant to Article 2.4.1 under a.

[Executive Director]1

   [An executive Director.]

Independent Counsel

  

An attorney or a firm of attorneys which:

 

a.  is experienced in matters of corporate law in the appropriate jurisdiction(s);

 

b.  during a period of one year prior to being requested to determine the Officer’s entitlement to indemnification and/or advancements pursuant to Article 2.4.1 under b., has not represented any party involved in a Proceeding in a manner which is material to either Party; and

 

1 

NTD: To be included for executive director only.

 

4


LOGO

 

  

 

c.   under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interests in representing either Party in determining the Officer’s entitlement to indemnification and/or advancements pursuant to Article 2.4.1 under b.

Non-Executive Director

   A non-executive Director.

Party

   A party to this Agreement.

Proceeding

   Any threatened, pending or completed suit, claim, action or legal proceedings of a civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other nature, formal or informal, in which the Officer is, or becomes, involved.

Stock Exchange

  

Any of the following (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Nasdaq Stock Market):

 

a.  a regulated market or multilateral trading facility as defined in Section 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act; or

 

b.  a system comparable with a regulated market or multilateral trading facility as referred to under a. above, operating in a state which is not a Member State of the European Union or the European Economic Area.

Subsidiary

   A subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Section 2:24a DCC.

 

1.2

Interpretation

 

1.2.1

References to statutory provisions are to those provisions as they are in force from time to time.

 

1.2.2

Terms that are defined in the singular have a corresponding meaning in the plural.

 

1.2.3

No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted adversely against a Party solely because that Party was responsible for drafting that particular provision.

 

5


LOGO

 

1.2.4

Although this Agreement has been drafted in the English language, this Agreement pertains to Dutch legal concepts. Any consequence of the use of English words and expressions in this Agreement under any law other than Dutch law shall be disregarded.

 

1.2.5

The word “including” is used to indicate that the matters listed are not a complete enumeration of all matters covered.

 

1.2.6

The titles and headings in this Agreement are for construction purposes as well as for reference. No Party may derive any rights from such titles and headings.

 

2

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

 

2.1

Entitlement to indemnification

 

2.1.1

The Company shall indemnify the Officer and hold the Officer harmless against:

 

  a.

any financial losses or damages incurred by the Officer; and

 

  b.

any expense reasonably paid or incurred by the Officer in connection with any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company,

in each case to the extent this relates to the Officer’s current (or former) position as [Non-]Executive Director and to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

2.1.2

The right to indemnification conferred in Article 2.1.1 shall continue as to the Officer who has ceased to hold office as [Non-]Executive Director and shall inure to the benefit of the Officer’s heirs, executors and administrators, subject always to Article 3.9.

 

2.2

Advancements

 

2.2.1

The Company shall promptly advance all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Officer in connection with any Proceeding to the extent that the Company reasonably believes that the Officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Articles 2.1.1 and 2.3.1 in connection with such Proceeding, subject to the Officer submitting an itemised advance request to the Company.

 

2.2.2

To the extent that the Company has provided advancements pursuant to Article 2.2.1 in connection with a Proceeding in respect of which the Officer is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to Articles 2.1.1 and 2.3.1, such advancements shall promptly be reimbursed by the Officer.

 

6


LOGO

 

2.3

Limitations

 

2.3.1

No indemnification shall be given to the Officer:

 

  a.

if a competent court or arbitral tribunal has established that the acts or omissions of the Officer that led to the financial losses, damages, expenses or Proceeding are of an unlawful nature (including acts or omissions which are considered to constitute malice, gross negligence, intentional recklessness and/or serious culpability attributable to the Officer) and the Officer does not have, or no longer has, the possibility to appeal such decision;

 

  b.

to the extent that the Officer’s financial losses, damages and expenses are covered under insurance (including any applicable D&O Insurance) and the relevant insurer has settled, or has provided reimbursement for, these financial losses, damages and expenses (or has irrevocably undertaken to do so);

 

  c.

in relation to proceedings brought by the Officer against the Company, except for proceedings brought to enforce indemnification to which the Officer is entitled pursuant to this Agreement, the Company’s articles of association or any D&O Insurance taken out by the Company for the benefit of the Officer; or

 

  d.

for any financial losses, damages or expenses incurred in connection with a settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s prior consent.

 

2.4

Determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancements

 

2.4.1

If the Officer wishes to claim indemnification and/or advancements pursuant to Articles 2.1 and 2.2, the Officer shall submit a request to that effect to the Company. Upon receipt of such request, the Officer’s entitlement to indemnification and/or advancements pursuant to Articles 2.1 and 2.2 shall be determined by any of the following (at the election of the Company):

 

  a.

so long as there are Disinterested Directors, either by majority vote of all Disinterested Directors or by majority vote of a committee composed exclusively of Disinterested Directors, provided that such committee is established by majority vote of all Disinterested Directors; or

 

  b.

Independent Counsel in a written opinion delivered to each Party.

 

2.4.2

If the Company decides to request Independent Counsel to make the determination referred to in Article 2.4.1, the Company shall notify the Officer of the identity of the Independent Counsel selected by it. The Officer may, within one week, notify the Company of its

 

7


LOGO

 

  objection to the Independent Counsel selected by the Company, but only on the grounds that the relevant attorney or firm of attorneys does not meet the criteria of the definition of “Independent Counsel”. In case of such objection being timely made and deemed well-founded by the Company, the Company shall select a different Independent Counsel and the previous two sentences apply mutatis mutandis in respect of such selection. The Company shall pay all fees and other expenses associated with the retention and services of Independent Counsel to make the determination referred to in Article 2.4.1.

 

2.4.3

The Company shall exert all reasonable efforts to cause any determination required under Article 2.4.1 to be made as promptly as practicable after the Officer has submitted its initial request for indemnification and/or advancements pursuant to Articles 2.1 and 2.2 and the Officer shall fully cooperate with the person(s) making such determination. Any request for indemnification and/or advancements by the Officer hereunder shall be made no later than ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the written request of the Officer; provided, however, that the written request of the Officer shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Officer undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay any indemnification and/or advancement if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined that the Officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

2.5

Proceedings

 

2.5.1

The Officer shall promptly notify the Company upon receipt of any complaint, demand letter, writ of summons or other indication that a Proceeding is being threatened or is forthcoming.

 

2.5.2

The Officer shall allow the Company to participate in any Proceeding and to assume the defence thereof in such manner as the Company deems appropriate, with counsel selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the Officer, provided that:

 

  a.

the Company must conduct any such defence in good faith and in a diligent manner; and

 

  b.

the Company shall not, without the Officer’s prior consent, allow or condone any judgment or award against the Officer nor enter into any settlement or compromise pursuant to which non-monetary obligations or penalties (including incarceration) would be imposed on the Officer and/or monetary obligations would be imposed on the Officer which would not be indemnified in full pursuant to Articles 2.1.1 and 2.3.1.

 

2.6

D&O Insurance

 

2.6.1

The Company shall take out and maintain adequate D&O Insurance for the benefit of the Officer for as long as the Officer serves as [Non-]Executive Director, subject to the acceptance of the Officer under the conditions by the insurer concerned.

 

8


LOGO

 

2.6.2

The premiums payable for D&O Insurance covering the Officer as an insured shall be borne by the Company.

 

3

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

3.1

Confidentiality and disclosure

 

3.1.1

Subject to Articles 3.1.2 through 3.1.5, the Officer shall treat and safeguard as private and confidential all Confidential Information at all times and shall keep any copies thereof secure in such way so as to prevent unauthorised access by any third party.

 

3.1.2

The Officer shall not disclose any Confidential Information, unless:

 

  a.

this is required under applicable law, Stock Exchange requirements and/or by any competent authority; or

 

  b.

it concerns a disclosure to the Officer’s professional advisors, subject to a duty of confidentiality and only to the extent necessary for any lawful purpose.

 

3.1.3

Any disclosure of Confidential Information by the Officer under Article 3.1.2 shall be delayed until the Company has been consulted about the timing and content of such disclosure, to the extent that such a delay would be legally permissible.

 

3.1.4

The Officer shall, at the Company’s first request and in any event upon the termination of this Agreement, promptly return or destroy all Confidential Information which the Officer has at [his/her] disposal, except to the extent that the Officer is required by applicable law to retain such Confidential Information.

 

3.1.5

All Confidential Information shall remain the exclusive property of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be. No right or licence is granted pursuant to this Agreement in relation to any Confidential Information.

 

3.2

Notices

 

3.2.1

All notices given under this Agreement shall be given or made by electronic means of communication or in writing and, in the latter case, shall be sent by courier service or by registered mail (with a copy of such notice or request being sent in advance by electronic means of communication).

 

9


LOGO

 

3.2.2

All notices given under this Agreement to a Party which are sent by courier or by registered mail shall be sent:

 

  a.

if to the Officer, to the address as on file with the Company at that time; and

 

  b.

if to the Company, to address as registered with the Dutch trade registry at that time, for the attention of the Board.

 

3.2.3

All notices given under this Agreement to a Party by electronic means of communication shall be sent:

 

  a.

if to the Officer, to: [e-mail address]

 

  b.

if to the Company, to: [e-mail address]

 

3.3

Entire agreement

 

3.3.1

This Agreement replaces and supersedes any existing indemnification agreement between the Parties, including any indemnification arrangements agreed between the Parties as part of a service, employment or other agreement.

 

3.4

No implied waiver

 

3.4.1

Nothing shall be construed as a waiver under this Agreement unless a document to that effect has been signed by the Parties or a notice to that effect has been given.

 

3.4.2

The failure of a Party to exercise or enforce any right under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise or enforce such right in the future.

 

3.5

Amendment

 

3.5.1

No amendment to this Agreement shall have any force or effect unless it is in writing and signed by both Parties.

 

10


LOGO

 

3.6

Invalidity

 

3.6.1

In the event that a provision of this Agreement is null and void or unenforceable (either in whole or in part):

 

  a.

the remainder of this Agreement shall continue to be effective to the extent that, given the substance and purpose of this Agreement, such remainder is not inextricably related to the null and void or unenforceable provision; and

 

  b.

the Parties shall make every effort to reach agreement on a new provision which differs as little as possible from the null and void or unenforceable provision, taking into account the substance and purpose of this Agreement.

 

3.7

No rescission or nullification

 

3.7.1

To the extent permitted by law, the Parties waive their rights to rescind or nullify or to demand the rescission, nullification or amendment of this Agreement, in whole or in part, on any grounds whatsoever.

 

3.8

No transfer, assignment or encumbrance

 

3.8.1

No Party may transfer, assign or encumber its contractual relationship, any of its rights or any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

3.9

Term and termination

 

3.9.1

Subject to Article 3.9.3, this Agreement shall remain in full force for the duration of the Officer’s term of office as [Non-]Executive Director and shall terminate, without prior notice being required, at the moment when the Officer ceases to be a[n] [Non-]Executive Director.

 

3.9.2

For purposes of Article 3.9.1, the Officer’s term of office shall not be considered to have expired or interrupted if the Officer is reappointed as [Non-]Executive Director for consecutive terms.

 

3.9.3

In case of a termination of this Agreement, the Officer’s right to indemnification under Article 2 shall terminate at (and, exclusively for that purpose, the relevant provisions of this Agreement shall survive until) the later of the following moments:

 

  a.

the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to any claim that could be asserted against the Officer with respect to which the Officer would be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement;

 

  b.

ten years after the date that the Officer has ceased to serve as a[n] [Non-]Executive Director; or

 

  c.

if, at the later of the dates referred to in paragraphs a. and b. above, there would be

 

11


LOGO

 

  an actual or pending Proceeding in respect of which the Officer would be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement or there is an actual or pending Proceeding in connection with this Agreement, one year after the competent court or arbitral tribunal has finally adjudicated such Proceeding, without possibility for appeal.

 

4

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

4.1

Governing law

 

4.1.1

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

4.2

Jurisdiction

 

4.2.1

The Parties agree that any dispute in connection with this Agreement or any agreement resulting therefrom shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

(signature page follows)

 

12


LOGO

 

Signature page to the indemnification agreement

 

 

[name Officer]

 

 

Pharvaris N.V.

Name :
Title   :

 

13

Exhibit 10.2

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

with regard to

PHARVARIS B.V.

 

 

for the terms and conditions of the subscription of the

Series B-1 Preferred Shares and Series B-2 Preferred Shares in the Company

 

 

 

LOGO


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION      4  
RECITALS      5  

1

   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      6  

1.1

   Definitions and interpretation      6  

1.2

   Schedules and Annexes      6  

2

   SHARE SUBSCRIPTION      7  

2.1

   Share subscription      7  

2.2

   Waiver of transfer restrictions      10  

2.3

   Payment of Subscription Price      10  

2.4

   Use of the subscription proceeds      11  

3

   FIRST CLOSING      11  

3.1

   Conditions to the First Closing      11  

3.2

   Place of First Closing      12  

3.3

   First Closing obligations      12  

4

   MILESTONE CLOSING      14  

4.1

   Milestone Closing      14  

4.2

   Place of Milestone Closing      15  

4.3

   Milestone Closing obligations      15  

5

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      17  

5.1

   Parties’ representations and warranties      17  

5.2

   Representations and warranties by the Company      19  

5.3

   Investment decision      21  

6

   CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENTS      21  

7

   MISCELLANEOUS      22  

7.1

   Further action      22  

7.2

   Invalidity      22  

7.3

   Amendment      23  

7.4

   Costs      23  

7.6

   Entire agreement      23  

7.7

   No implied waiver      24  

7.8

   No rescission      24  

7.9

   Counterparts      24  

7.10

   Notices      24  

7.11

   Assignment or encumbrance      25  

7.12

   Notary      25  


7.13

  

Governing Law

     25  

7.14

  

Disputes

     25  

 

Schedule 1.    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
Schedule 2.    CAPITALIZATION OF THE COMPANY
Schedule 3.   

(a)    DEED OF ISSUE I

(b)   DEED OF ISSUE II

Schedule 4.    SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
Schedule 5.    OPERATING BUDGET
Schedule 6.    ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
Schedule 7.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Schedule 8.    DATA ROOM INDEX
Schedule 9.    NOTICES
Schedule 10.    OPINION OF DUTCH COUNSEL
Schedule 11.    NOTARY LETTER
Schedule 12.    DISCLOSURE LETTER


SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

INTRODUCTION

This share subscription agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into on 26 July 2019 among:

 

1.

Pharvaris B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), having its corporate seat in Leiden, The Netherlands (address: J.H. Oortweg 21, 2333 CH Leiden, the Netherlands, trade register number: 64239411) (the “Company”);

 

2.

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P., a limited partnership under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500, San Francisco, CA 94111 (“Foresite”);

 

3.

Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed and registered under the laws of the Cayman Islands, having its registered office at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands and registered with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnerships (registration number 87418) (“Bain Capital”);

 

4.

BCIP Life Sciences Associates, LP, a limited partnership formed under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at Suite 302, 4001 Kennett Pike, Wilmington, Delaware, 19807 and registered with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (registration number 6201990) (“BCIP”, and together with Bain Capital, “Bain”)

 

5.

venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P., a Cayman Limited Partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands (registration number Cert #WC-95981), having its registered office at 1700 Owens Street Suite 595 San Francisco, CA 94158(“venBio”);

 

6.

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the state of Delaware, having its registered office at 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 (“Venrock-1”) and VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the state of Delaware, having its registered office at 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 (“Venrock-2” and, together with Venrock-1,Venrock”),

 

7.

LSP V Cooperatieve U.A., a co-operative (coöperatie met uitgesloten aansprakelijkheid) organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, with its seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands with address at Johannes Vermeerplein 9, 1071 DV Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce under file number 61888575 (“LSP V”);

 

4


8.

KURMA BIOFUND II, a private equity fund formed and existing under the laws of France, duly managed and represented by its management company Kurma Partners S.A., a limited company, with registered office at 247 Rue Royale, 75008, Paris (France), incorporated under the laws of France and registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Paris, under number 510 043 136, acting on behalf of and representing (“Kurma”); and

 

9.

(i) Objectif Innovation Patrimoine n°9 (“Idinvest 1”) and (ii) Idinvest Patrimoine n°6 (“Idinvest 2”), each of the foregoing being private equity funds formed and existing under the laws of France, duly managed and represented by its management company Idinvest Partners S.A., a limited company, with registered office at 117 Avenue des Champs Elysees, 75008, Paris (France), incorporated under the laws of France and registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Paris, under number 414 735 175, (which shall for the purpose of this Agreement be considered as one Party, and hereinafter collectively referred to as “Idinvest”),

the parties under number 2 through 9 are collectively referred to as the “Series B Investors” and the “Subscribers” and each individually as a “Series B Investor” and a “Subscriber”; the parties under 1 through 9 collectively referred to as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party”; and the parties under number 2 through 5 are collectively referred to as the “New Subscribers” and each individually as a “New Subscriber.

RECITALS

 

A.

The Company is involved in the development and commercialization of a treatment of hereditary angioedema through orally available bradykinin B2 receptor antagonists (the “Business”).

 

B.

In order to further develop the Business, the Company wishes to attract additional equity financing and the Investors are willing to provide such financing.

 

C.

The capitalization of the Company directly prior to the Investment is as set out under the heading “Current Cap” of Schedule 2 (Capitalization of the Company).

 

D.

The present Articles of the Company have been laid down in the Company’s deed of incorporation dated 30 September 2015, as amended by that certain deed of amendment dated 15 April 2016.

 

E.

On 17 June 2019, certain of the Parties entered into a term sheet with respect to the terms of a proposed investment whereby the Subscribers shall subscribe to and receive convertible preferred Series B-1 Shares (“Series B-1 Preferred Shares”) and Series B-2 Shares (“Series B-2 Preferred Shares” and, together with the Series B-1 Preferred Shares, the “Series B Shares”) in the share capital of the Company (the “Term Sheet”).

 

5


F.

At the First Closing (as defined below), Series B-1 Preferred Shares shall be issued to the subscribing Investors and the capitalization of the Company shall be as set out in Part B of Schedule 2 assuming the Company receives USD 25 million in aggregate gross proceeds (Capitalization of the Company).

 

G.

After the Milestone Closing, immediately upon effectuation of the Milestone Closing assuming the Company receives USD 40 million in gross proceeds, the capitalization of the Company shall be as set out in Part B of Schedule 2 (Capitalization of the Company).

 

H.

At the First Closing, the Parties shall enter into the amended and restated shareholders agreement regarding the terms and conditions of the shareholdings in the Company, which is attached to this Agreement as Schedule 4 (Shareholders Agreement) (the “Shareholders Agreement”).

 

I.

Each of the Parties has, prior to the First Closing, obtained any and all necessary approvals and permits for the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

J.

Each of the Investors has finalized its due diligence investigation with respect to the Company and the Business.

 

K.

Two (2) days prior to the relevant Closing Date, the Parties will enter into the notary letter managing the funds flow at the First Closing or the Milestone Closing attached as Schedule 11 (Notary Letter).

 

L.

The Parties wish to lay down in this Agreement the terms and conditions for the subscription by the Subscribers to the Subscriber Shares.

NOW HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1.1

Capitalized terms and expressions used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed thereto in Schedule 1 (Definitions and Interpretation).

 

1.1.2

The provisions set out in Schedule 1 (Definitions and Interpretation) shall apply throughout this Agreement.

 

1.2

Schedules and Annexes

In this Agreement, each of the Schedules and Annexes forms part of this Agreement and have the same force and effect as if set out in the body of this Agreement. Any reference to this Agreement shall include a reference to all Schedules and Annexes.

 

6


2

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION

 

2.1

Share subscription

 

2.1.1

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Subscribers shall subscribe for Series B Preferred Shares as follows:

 

  a.

Foresite subscribing to Series B Preferred Shares (in two tranches and subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 25,000,000;

 

  b.

Bain Capital subscribing to Series B Preferred Shares (in two tranches and subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 17,235,757;

 

  c.

BCIP subscribing to Series B Preferred Shares (in two tranches and subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 1,764,243;

 

  d.

venBio subscribing to Series B Preferred Shares (in two tranches and subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 11,000,000;

 

  e.

Venrock-1 subscribing to Series B Preferred Shares (in two tranches and subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 909,090.91;

 

  f.

Venrock-2 subscribing to Series B Preferred Shares (in two tranches and subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 90,909.09;

 

  g.

LSP subscribing to Series B Preferred Shares (in two tranches and subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 7,000,000;

 

  h.

Kurma subscribing to Series B Preferred Shares (in two tranches and subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 1,000,000;

 

  i.

Idinvest 1 subscribing to Series B Preferred Shares (in two tranches and subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 1,084,000; and

 

  j.

Idinvest 2 subscribing to Series B Preferred Shares (in two tranches and subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 916,000,

the total price to be paid under (2.1.1) through (j), the “Subscription Price”.

 

7


2.1.2

The number of Subscriber Shares for which each Subscriber has subscribed shall be set forth in Clause 2.1.3 and 2.1.4 along with the applicable payment amount. Any contribution amounts in excess of the nominal value of the Subscriber Shares shall be administered in the books of the Company as non-stipulated share premium (ongebonden agio).

 

2.1.3

At the First Closing and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Deed of Issue I, as attached hereto as Schedule 3(a) (Deed of Issue I):

 

  a.

Foresite shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 1,137,649 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 9,469,704.42;

 

  b.

Bain Capital shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 784,330 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 6,528,703.73;

 

  c.

BCIP shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 80,284 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 668,277.96;

 

  d.

venBio shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 500,565 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 4,166,665.28;

 

  e.

Venrock-1 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 41,369 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 344,352.44;

 

  f.

Venrock-2 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 4,136 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 34,427.76;

 

  g.

LSP shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 318,541 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 2,651,511.25;

 

  h.

Kurma shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 45,505 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 378,780.19;

 

  i.

Idinvest-1 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 49,328 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 410,602.55; and

 

8


  j.

Idinvest-2 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 41,684 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 346,974.47,

the Subscriber Shares to be issued as referred to in this Clause 2.1.3 under (a) through (j) together the “First Tranche Shares” (the “First Closing”).

 

2.1.4

At the Milestone Closing and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Deed of Issue II, as attached hereto as Schedule 3(b) (Deed of Issue II):

 

  a.

Foresite shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 1,760,134 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 15,530,295.93;

 

  b.

Bain Capital shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 1,213,490 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 10,707,059.13;

 

  c.

BCIP shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 124,212 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 1,095,967.20;

 

  d.

venBio shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 774,460 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 6,833,339.39;

 

  e.

Venrock-1 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 64,005 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 564,739.16;

 

  f.

Venrock-2 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 6,401 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 56,478.33;

 

  g.

LSP shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 492,838 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 4,348,487.10;

 

  h.

Kurma shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 70,406 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 621,217.49;

 

9


  i.

Idinvest-1 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 76,319 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 673,390.02; and

 

  j.

Idinvest-2 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 64,491 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 569,027.31,

the Series B-2 Preferred Shares to be issued as referred to in this Clause 2.1.4 under (0) through (j) together the “Milestone Tranche Shares” (the “Milestone Closing”).

 

2.1.5

Prior to any Closing Date, each of the New Subscribers may designate an Affiliate of that respective New Subscriber (the “New Subscriber Affiliate”) to acquire and pay up such number of Series B Shares subscribed for by the respective New Subscriber, pursuant to this Agreement. Immediately following such designation and the applicable Closing Date, the New Subscriber Affiliate shall execute a counterpart signature page to this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement and shall be bound by the respective terms, provisions and obligations of this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement as a “Subscriber” under this Agreement and an “Investor” and “Series B Holder” under the Shareholders Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the New Subscribers shall remain subject to and bound by the terms, provisions and obligations of this Agreement regardless of the actions of any of its Affiliates.

 

2.2

Waiver of Transfer Restrictions

 

2.2.1

Each of the Subscribers, conditional upon and subject to each of them becoming a Shareholder, hereby waives its pre-emption rights or any other transfer restrictions and its pre-emption rights, rights of first refusal and similar rights under the Articles and Shareholders Agreement in relation to the issuances of any Subscriber Shares under and in accordance with this Agreement in relation to the Milestone Closing.

 

2.2.2

Each of the Subscribers hereby waives its pre-emption rights or any other transfer restrictions and its rights of first refusal and similar rights under the Prior Agreement in relation to the issuances of the Series B Shares under and in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.3

Payment of Subscription Price

 

2.3.1

On the Business Day prior to the relevant Closing Date, each of the Subscribers shall severally and not jointly pay its relevant part of the Subscription Price for its respective Shares as set out in the relevant Deed of Issue, in accordance with the Notary Letter, into the USD Notary Account or the EUR Notary Account and further in accordance with the payment request of

 

10


the Company. The Notary will hold the Subscription Price so received for and on behalf of the Subscribers until the relevant Deed of Issue has been executed and immediately thereafter for and on behalf of the Company and shall pay such amount on the Closing Date to the bank account of the Company designated by it.

 

2.3.2

Each Subscriber shall, severally and not jointly, be liable for its relevant part of the Subscription Price for its respective Shares as set out in the relevant Deed of Issue, and a failure by any Subscriber to satisfy a payment obligation will not result in any of the other Investors becoming liable for such payment obligation.

 

2.3.3

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all references to U.S. Dollars herein as to the amount of investment by the Investors in the Company shall be satisfied by the Investors by payment to the Company and/or where required to the Notary in either, at each Investor’s election (but in accordance with the Notary Letter), (a) U.S. Dollars or (b) Euros that have an equivalent value to the U.S. Dollars applicable investment amount(s) on the basis of the Exchange Rate.

 

2.4

Use of the Subscription Proceeds

 

2.4.1

The proceeds from each of the Closings shall be used for general working capital purposes in accordance with the Operating Budget, attached as Schedule 5 (Operating Budget) as established in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement from time and the Company’s business plan as presented to the Board from time to time, and subject to any changes that may be approved by the Board following the First Closing.

 

3

FIRST CLOSING

 

3.1

Conditions to the First Closing

On or before the First Closing Date, the Parties shall proceed with the First Closing, subject to the following conditions:

 

  a.

the representations and warranties of the Company on Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the First Closing; and

 

  b.

each of the Subscribers has finalized its due diligence investigation with respect to the Company and the Business;

 

  c.

the First Closing Obligations referred to in Clause 3.4.2 (a) through (e) have been satisfied,

the conditions under a. through c. hereinafter the “First Tranche Conditions”.

 

11


3.2

Fulfillment or Waiver of the First Tranche Conditions

 

3.2.1

The Parties shall use reasonable efforts to cause the First Tranche Condition to be fulfilled as soon as possible prior to the First Closing Date.

 

3.2.2

Notwithstanding Clause 7.3, the First Tranche Conditions may solely be waived by the Parties jointly in writing prior to or on the First Closing Date.

 

3.3

Place of First Closing

The First Closing shall take place on the First Closing Date at the offices of NautaDutilh N.V. at Beethovenstraat 400 (1082 PR) Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

 

3.4

First Closing Obligations

 

3.4.1

Subject only to the satisfaction or waiver of the First Tranche Conditions, the First Closing Date, and the payment by each Subscriber of the aggregate amounts set forth under Clause 2.1.3 (or its EUR equivalent) to the USD Notary Account respectively the EUR Notary Account, shall be no later than twelve (12) calendar days following the date of this Agreement. The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that failure by any Subscriber to pay the applicable amounts specified in Clause 2.1.3 (or its EUR equivalent) with respect to the First Tranche Shares to the USD Notary Account respectively the EUR Notary account upon satisfaction or waiver of the First Tranche Conditions shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement, and the Company shall be entitled to seek all rights and remedies available to it under law or equity. The Parties acknowledge and agree that monetary damages may not be an adequate remedy for breach of this Clause 3.4.1 and that the Company may seek to enforce specifically the obligations under this Clause 3.4.1 (without prejudice to any other remedies available to it at law or equity).

 

3.4.2

At the First Closing:

 

  a.

the Company shall have delivered the up-to-date shareholders’ register of the Company to the Notary;

 

  b.

the Parties shall have delivered to the Notary powers of attorney duly executed by them, and to the extent required by the Notary, legalized and apostilled and accompanied by an authority statement, in each case authorizing their respective representatives or the Notary to attend to and execute the Deed of Issue I;

 

  c.

the Company’s shareholders shall have provided to the Notary an executed written resolution of the General Meeting of the Company:

 

  i.

to approve the Investment and that the Company enters into the Shareholders Agreement and all documents referred to therein or ancillary thereto;

 

12


  ii.

to issue the First Tranche Shares;

 

  iii.

to amend and restate the Articles in accordance with the deed of amendment of the Articles attached as Schedule 6 (Articles of Association);

 

  iv.

to waive any pre-emptive rights or rights of first refusal of the shareholders of the Company in connection with the issuance of the Subscriber Shares; and

 

  v.

to amend the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated from time to time, to, among other things, increase the option pool to 10% of the Company’s fully diluted capitalization following the First Closing, or 1,502,569 Ordinary Shares;

 

  vi.

to appoint Mr. Modig as Executive Director; and

 

  vii.

to delegate full power and authority to the Board to approve the issue of the Milestone Tranche Shares and to exclude or limit the pre-emptive rights thereon and to otherwise take all actions necessary and appropriate to carry out the Milestone Closing,

the “Shareholders Resolution”;

 

  d.

the Parties shall have executed the Shareholders Agreement (attached as Schedule 4 (Shareholders Agreement));

 

  e.

the Company shall have entered into indemnification agreements with the members of the Board in form reasonably satisfactory to the Subscribers;

and subject to the Notary having received all documents required by him, at the First Closing Date:

 

  f.

the Parties shall instruct the Notary to proceed with the First Closing in accordance with the notary letter;

 

  g.

the Notary shall execute the deed of amendment of the Articles of Association of the Company so that the Articles of Association will be in the form as set out in Schedule 6 (Articles of Association);

 

  h.

the First Tranche Shares shall be issued to the Subscribers through the execution of the Deed of Issue I by the Notary;

 

13


  i.

the Company shall register the issue of the First Tranche Shares in its shareholders’ register;

 

  j.

the Parties shall take such action and sign such documents as shall be required to effectuate the First Closing; and

 

  k.

the Subscribers shall receive from Nautadutilh N.V., Netherlands counsel for the Company, an opinion, dated as of the First Closing Date, in substantially the form attached as Schedule 10 (Opinion of Dutch Counsel) hereto.

 

3.4.3

The total Subscription Price for the First Tranche Shares deposited at the USD Notary Account respectively the EUR Notary Account shall be disbursed in accordance with the Company’s instruction under the Notary Letter.

 

3.4.4

The Company covenants and agrees to obtain D&O Insurance in an amount and upon terms acceptable to the Subscribers within ten (10) Business Days following the First Closing Date.

 

4

MILESTONE CLOSING

 

4.1

Milestone Closing

 

4.1.1

The obligations of the Parties to proceed with the Milestone Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions (or, in lieu of satisfaction of any such condition, waiver thereof by the Series B Investor Majority) on or prior to the Milestone Closing Date (as defined below):

 

  a.

no Material Adverse Change has occurred as determined in good faith by the Board;

 

  b.

the Shareholders’ Agreement shall remain in full force and effect;

 

  c.

the representations and warranties of the Company under Clauses 3(a), (b), (c) and (d) of Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties) shall be true and correct in all material respects;

 

  d.

the satisfaction of the Second Tranche Milestone, as determined in good faith by the Board, on or prior to 30 June 2020; and

 

  e.

the Company has not been declared bankrupt or granted suspension of payment, no filing has been made with the competent court in order to have the Company declared bankrupt or granted a suspension of payment, no substantial part of the assets of the Company have been seized,

 

14


the conditions under a. through e. hereinafter the “Milestone Tranche Conditions”. Upon fulfilment of the Milestone Tranche Conditions (or waiver thereof by the Series B Investor Majority), the Company shall immediately notify the Subscribers (the “Milestone Closing Notice”).

 

4.1.2

Prior to the fulfilment or waiver of the Milestone Tranche Conditions:

 

  a.

each Investor may at its sole discretion fund any portion of its Milestone Tranche Shares at any time against the issuance of a pro rata part of its Milestone Tranche Shares; and

 

  b.

the Series B Investor Majority may elect that each holder of Subscriber Shares funds its relevant part of any portion or all, as applicable, of the Milestone Tranche Shares.

 

4.1.3

In the event that the Company becomes aware of any event, circumstance or fact that renders or may render any of the Milestone Tranche Conditions incapable of being fulfilled, it shall immediately notify the Subscribers.

 

4.2

Place of Milestone Closing

The Milestone Closing shall take place on the Milestone Closing Date at the offices of NautaDutilh N.V., Beethovenstraat 400, (1082 PR) Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

 

4.3

Milestone Closing Obligations

 

4.3.1

The issue of, and payment for, the Milestone Tranche Shares by each Subscriber at the Milestone Closing shall take place on the date as determined by the Subscribers, but in any event at least 20 calendar days after receipt of the Milestone Closing Notice, but no later than 30 calendar days after receipt of the Milestone Closing Notice or such other date that is mutually agreeable to the Company and the Series B Investor Majority (the “Milestone Closing Date”).

 

4.3.2

At the Milestone Closing Date, upon satisfaction of each of the Milestone Tranche Conditions (or, in lieu of satisfaction of any such condition, waiver thereof by the Series B Investor Majority), the Parties shall have the following obligations:

 

  a.

the Company shall deliver the up-to-date shareholders’ register of the Company to the Notary;

 

  b.

the Parties shall deliver to the Notary powers of attorney duly executed by them, and to the extent required by the Notary, legalized and apostilled and accompanied by an authority statement, in each case authorizing their respective representatives or the Notary to attend to and execute the Deed of Issue II;

 

15


  c.

the total Subscription Price for the Milestone Tranche Shares payable by each Subscriber under Clause 2.1.4 shall be transferred by the relevant Subscriber for the payment of the Milestone Tranche Shares to the USD Notary Account respectively the EUR Notary Account or any account designated by the Company with the prior written approval of the Subscribers for this purpose (the “Payment Obligation”), and shall be credited thereto with a value date not later than the Milestone Closing Date;

 

  d.

the Parties shall instruct the Notary to proceed with the Milestone Closing;

 

  e.

the Milestone Tranche Shares shall be issued to the Subscribers through the execution of the Deed of Issue II by the Notary;

 

  f.

the Company shall register the issue of the Milestone Tranche Shares in its shareholders’ register;

 

  g.

the Parties shall take such action and sign such documents as shall be required to effectuate the Milestone Closing; and

 

  h.

the Subscribers shall receive from NautaDutilh N.V., Netherlands counsel for the Company, an opinion, dated as of the Milestone Closing, in substantially the form delivered to Subscribers in connection with the First Closing,

the obligations under (a) through (h) hereinafter the “Milestone Tranche Covenants.”

 

4.3.3

The total Subscription Price for the Milestone Tranche Shares deposited at the USD Notary Account respectively the EUR Notary Account, or any other account designated by the Company with the prior written approval of the Subscribers for this purpose, shall be released and transferred to the Company on the Milestone Closing Date.

 

4.4

Milestone Closing – Defaulting Investor

 

4.4.1

If a holder of Subscriber Shares fails to satisfy any of its Milestone Tranche Covenants as referred to in 4.3.2(b), (c), (d) and (g) on or before the Milestone Closing Date, such holder shall be a “Potential Defaulting Investor”.

 

4.4.2

In case of a Potential Defaulting Investor, the Potential Defaulting Investor shall be given seven (7) calendar days after the scheduled Milestone Closing Date to remedy its failure to satisfy its Milestone Tranche Covenants (the “Grace Period”).

 

4.4.3

If following the lapse of the Grace Period, the Potential Defaulting Investor has not satisfied its Milestone Tranche Covenants (the last day of the Grace Period the “Default Date” and such a Potential Defaulting Investor, a “Defaulting Investor”), the sole and exclusive remedy of the Company and the other Subscribers shall be as follows:

 

16


  a.

such Defaulting Investor’s Series B Shares, irrespective of whether they are held by such Defaulting Investor, will convert into Ordinary Shares against a 1:1 conversion rate; and

 

  b.

notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Shareholders’ Agreement, effective as of the Default Date, (A) such Defaulting Investor shall no longer have the right to appoint, nominate or designate any members to the Board of Directors and/or board observers, as applicable, regardless of its ownership of Series B Shares or other share capital of the Company (including securities exercisable for or convertible into share capital of the Company), and (B) any existing Director and/or board observer as of the Default Date appointed, nominated or designated by such Defaulting Investor shall immediately resign from the Board of Directors and/or as a board observer, as applicable. In the event that an existing Director resigns pursuant to this Clause 4.4.3, the resulting vacancy on the Board of Directors caused by such resignation shall be filled in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement.

 

5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5.1

Parties’ representations and warranties

 

5.1.1

Without prejudice to any other representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, each Party hereby represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, on behalf of such Party only to the other Parties as follows:

 

  a.

except if such a Party is a natural person and not a legal entity or (limited) partnership, it is duly organized, and validly existing under the laws of its incorporation or formation, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its property and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

  b.

it has full power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to enter into, execute, deliver and carry out the terms of this Agreement and to incur the obligations provided for herein, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary corporate action and are not in violation of its articles of association or other governing documents, as far as applicable; and

 

  c.

this Agreement constitutes its legal and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by other principles of general applicability.

 

17


5.1.2

Without prejudice to any other representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, each Subscriber hereby represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, on behalf of such Subscriber to the Company as follows:

 

  a.

This Agreement is made with the Subscribers in reliance upon the Subscriber’s representation to the Company, which by the Subscriber’s execution of this Agreement, the Subscriber hereby confirms, that the Series B Shares to be acquired by the Subscriber will be acquired for investment for the Subscriber’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Subscriber has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Subscriber further represents that the Subscriber does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Series B Shares. Except as disclosed to the Company, the Subscriber has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Series B Shares.

 

  b.

The Subscriber has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Series B Shares with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement or the right of the Subscribers to rely thereon.

 

  c.

The Subscriber understands that the Series B Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Subscriber’s representations as expressed herein. The Subscriber understands that the Series B Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Subscriber must hold the Series B Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Subscriber acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Series B Shares, or the Ordinary Shares into which it may be converted, for resale except as set forth in the Shareholders’ Agreement. The Subscriber further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Subscriber’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

18


  d.

The Subscriber understands that no public market now exists for the Series B Shares, and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Series B Shares.

 

  e.

If the Subscriber is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Subscriber hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Series B Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Series B Shares. The Subscriber’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Series B Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction.

 

  f.

The Subscriber is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

  g.

Neither the Subscriber, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (a) engaged in any general solicitation, or (b) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Series B Shares.

 

  h.

The Subscribers are not aware of any material Warranty Breach.

 

5.2

Representations and Warranties by the Company

 

5.2.1

Without prejudice to the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, the Company represents and warrants to the Subscribers that the warranties set out in Clause 5.1 and Schedule 77 (Representations and Warranties) are true and accurate on the date of this Agreement, provided that no circumstances, facts or events shall constitute a breach of such Representations and Warranties (a “Warranty Breach”) to the extent that they have been fully and fairly disclosed in all material respects in the Disclosure Letter.

 

5.2.2

In case of a Warranty Breach, the Company shall reimburse and hold the Subscribers harmless for all Damages. The Subscribers’ damage shall be deemed to include the damages suffered by the Company pro rata to the indirect percentage of Series B Shares held by and per Subscriber, subject, however to the following provisions:

 

19


  a.

In each case of a Warranty Breach, the Company shall be granted the possibility to remedy the inaccuracy and/or incorrectness of the applicable Warranties within a reasonable period of time which shall not exceed 30 (thirty) calendar days after having been given notice of such Warranty Breach in such a way that the Company realizes the situation which would have existed, had the Warranties been true and accurate.

 

  b.

The aggregate maximum liability of the Company for Warranty Breaches (i) shall not exceed the total amount actually invested by the Subscribers at the First Closing and the Milestone Closing, and (ii) no liability shall arise unless the Damages resulting from all Warranty Breaches exceed an amount of USD 200,000 (two hundred thousand United States Dollars), in which case the Company shall be liable for the entire amount and not only the excess.

 

  c.

The Subscribers shall not be entitled to any compensation for a Warranty Breach unless notice (the “Claim Notification”) in writing of such claim has been received by the Company containing a description of the facts and circumstances that gave rise to the claim, as well as an estimate of the amount of the claim, all to the extent known to the Subscribers.

 

  d.

The Subscribers undertake to inform the Company as soon as reasonably possible after becoming aware of facts and circumstances that could give rise to a claim for either a Warranty Breach, in any event within 60 (sixty) calendar days. Any failure or delay on the part of the Subscribers to notify the Company shall not prejudice the right of the Subscribers to make a claim, but the Damages payable shall be reduced to the extent Damages have arisen as a consequence of such delay.

 

  e.

Other than with respect to Fundamental Warranties, the Subscribers shall not be entitled to claim any Damages after 24 (twenty four) months have lapsed after the First Closing Date, with respect to Warranty Breaches; it being understood, however, that a claim by the Subscribers in relation to any Damages relating to the Fundamental Warranties may be made within 60 (sixty) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitation.

 

  f.

Title 1 of Book 7 of the Dutch Civil Code shall not be applicable to the acquisition of the Shares by the Subscribers pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.2.3

The Parties acknowledge and confirm that (i) the Subscribers have decided to enter into this Agreement solely in reliance on the Representations and Warranties in the terms stated herein. Each Subscriber acknowledges and confirms that the Representations and Warranties are the only representations, warranties or other assurances of any kind given by or on behalf of the Company on which the Subscribers may rely (and has relied upon) in entering into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein and shall not have the right to invoke any warranties contained in or implied by Dutch law. In particular, each Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company does not make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of forecasts, estimates, projections, statements of intent or any opinion provided to the Subscribers.

 

20


5.2.4

Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the liability of the Company in the event of fraud (bedrog) or willful misconduct (opzet) on the part of the Company’s employees.

 

5.3

Investment decision

 

5.3.1

Each Subscriber acknowledges and confirms that (i) it may not rely on any investigation that another Subscriber, any of its Affiliates or any person acting on its behalf, may have conducted or made available in any form, and none of such persons has made any representation to the Subscribers, express or implied, with respect to the Company and/or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any related documents and (ii) it has independently made the decision to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any related documents and has not relied in any manner whatsoever on any other Subscribers, in each case except as set forth in the Representations and Warranties under this Agreement.

 

6

CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

6.1

Each of the Parties agrees to keep secret and strictly confidential and not to use, disclose, or divulge to any third party or to enable or cause any person to become aware of (except for the purposes of conducting the Company’s business for the benefit of the Company and to its employees, advisors and/or consultants, in each case provided that any person to whom such confidential information is disclosed by it complies with the restrictions set out in this Clause 6.1 as if such person were a Party) any information relating to the Company or its Business or assets or the existence or the contents of this Agreement.

 

6.2

Nothing in this Article 6 prevents any announcement being made or any confidential information being disclosed by any Party:

 

  a.

on or following the First Closing Date, if the Parties have reasonably agreed on the contents of such announcement; or

 

  b.

to the extent required by law or any competent regulatory body or capitalize stock exchange or under any agreement with any Tax Authority existing at the date hereof or to comply with any applicable accounting requirements; any Party so required to disclose any confidential information shall promptly notify the other Party, where practicable and to the extent lawful to do so, before disclosure occurs and shall consult with the other Party regarding the timing and content of such disclosure and shall take such action which the other Party may reasonably request/which may reasonably be required to challenge the validity of such disclosure requirement; or

 

21


  c.

to the extent that such information is public knowledge other than through unlawful disclosure by that Party; or

 

  d.

to that Party’s investors, prospective investors, stockholders, investor committees and/or any of its Affiliates (excluding portfolio companies) on all information pertaining to the Company and the equity investment made or to be made in the Company in accordance with its reporting obligations (including, if applicable, under its fund investment documents or to the extent required for legal, tax, audit or regulatory purposes), subject to a duty of confidentiality;

 

  e.

to the extent that it is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Party without use of the Company’s confidential information;

 

  f.

to the extent that it is already in the Party’s possession; or

 

  g.

to that Party’s accountants, consultants and other professional advisers or its financiers subject to a duty of confidentiality and only to the extent necessary for any lawful purpose.

 

7

MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1

Further action

If at any time after the First Closing or the Milestone Closing, any further action is necessary or desirable in order to implement this Agreement, each Party shall at its own cost execute and deliver any further documents and take all such necessary action as may reasonably be requested from each of such party.

 

7.2

Invalidity

In the event that a provision of this Agreement is null and void or unenforceable (either in whole or in part), the remainder of this Agreement shall continue to be effective to the extent that, given this Agreements substance and purpose, such remainder is not inextricably related to the null and void or unenforceable provision. The Parties shall make every effort to reach agreement on a new clause which differs as little as possible from the null and void or unenforceable provision, taking into account the substance and purpose of this Agreement.

 

22


7.3

Amendment

Any amendment to this Agreement shall only have force and effect if approved by the Board and approved in writing by the Series B Investor Majority. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) this Agreement (including any amounts to be invested by the Parties) may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Party so as to adversely affect such Party in a manner different or disproportionate to other Parties, without the written consent of such Party, and (ii) Article 4 and this subclause (ii) of this Clause 7.3 may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of the Board (including approval by at least one Executive Director), together with the Series B Investor Majority.

 

7.4

Costs

Provided the First Closing takes place, the Company shall bear reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the New Subscribers and/or their Affiliates in connection with their due diligence and any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement and related transaction documentation (including legal expenses), such aggregate amount not to exceed USD 115,000 (one hundred fifteen thousand United States dollars), excluding VAT. The Company shall bear its own legal and other expenses, in particular for the preparation of the corporate documents to implement the transactions set out in this Agreement on the First Closing Date.

 

7.5

Consequences of termination

 

7.5.1

If the First Closing shall not have occurred by August 16, 2019, notwithstanding any amendment to the First Closing Date pursuant to Clause 7.3 (Amendment) or otherwise, this Agreement may be terminated by the Company, in its sole discretion, and be of no further force and effect.

 

7.5.2

In the event that this Agreement is terminated, this Agreement shall have no further effect with the exception of the provisions set forth in Clause 6 (Confidentiality and announcements) and Clause 7 (Miscellaneous) which provisions shall survive any termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

 

7.5.3

Termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to the liability of any Party as a result of such Party failing to fulfil any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

7.6

Entire agreement

This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter covered hereby and supersedes all earlier agreements and understandings, whether oral, written or otherwise, between the Parties.

 

23


7.7

No implied waiver

 

7.7.1

Nothing shall be construed as a waiver under this Agreement unless a document to that effect has been signed by the Parties or notice to that effect has been given.

 

7.7.2

The failure of a Party to exercise any right under this Agreement (which shall include the granting by a Party to either (any) of the other Parties of an extension of time in which to perform its obligations under any provision hereof) shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of the right to exercise any such right in the future.

 

7.8

No rescission

The Parties hereby waive their rights under articles 6:228 and 6:265 to 6:272 inclusive of the Dutch Civil Code to rescind (ontbinden) and/or annul (vernietigen) or demand in legal proceedings the rescission (ontbinding), and/or annulment (vernietiging) in whole or in part, of this Agreement and their rights under article 6:230 of the Dutch Civil Code to request in legal proceedings the amendment of this Agreement.

 

7.9

Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

7.10

Notices

 

7.10.1

Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and may be sent by courier or by registered mail or email and shall be effective when received, and in any event no later than:

 

  a.

when sent by courier service 3 (three) days after dispatch;

 

  b.

when sent by registered mail 3 (three) days after dispatch;

 

  c.

when sent by email, on the date of transmission, if transmitted before 5.00 p.m. (local time at the place of destination) on any Business Day and in any other case on the Business Day following the date of transmission.

 

7.10.2

For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the Parties shall be as specified in Schedule 9 (Notices) or at such other address as the Party to be given notice may have notified to the other Parties from time to time in accordance with this Clause as its address for receiving notices. For avoidance of doubt, in case multiple email addresses are provided in Schedule 9 (Notices), then the notice is effective only if sent to all listed email addresses.

 

7.10.3

The provisions of this Clause shall not apply in relation to the service of documents for the purpose of litigation.

 

24


7.11

Assignment or encumbrance

No Party may assign this Agreement (contractsoverneming) or assign or encumber any of its rights thereunder without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

 

7.12

Notary

The Parties are aware of the fact that the Notary works with NautaDutilh N.V., the firm that is advising the Company in this transaction. With reference to article 10 of the Guidelines regarding Cooperation among Civil Law Notaries and among Civil Law Notaries and Advocates (Richtlijnen met betrekking tot de samenwerking van notarissen onderling en met advocaten) determined by the board of the Royal Dutch Notaries’ Society, the Parties herewith explicitly agree that the Company is assisted by NautaDutilh N.V. in relation to this Agreement and any agreements that may be concluded, or disputes that may arise, in connection therewith.

 

7.13

Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

7.14

Disputes

Any dispute in connection with this Agreement or any Agreement resulting therefrom shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court in Amsterdam.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Signature pages follow

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

 

PHARVARIS B.V.

By:   /s/ B.A.E. Modig
Name:   B.A.E. Modig
Title:   CEO
Address:  

Pharvaris B.V.

J.H. Oortweg 21

2333 CH Leiden

The Netherlands

Attn: B.A.E. Modig

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
FORESITE CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P.
By: Foresite Capital Management IV, LLC, its General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Dennis D. Ryan

Name:  

Dennis D. Ryan

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

Address:  

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.

600 Montgomery Street

Suite 4500

San Francisco, CA 94111

The United States

Attn: Michael Rome

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

BAIN CAPITAL LIFE SCIENCES
FUND, L.P.

By: Bain Capital Life Sciences Partners,

L.P., its General Partner

By: Bain Capital Life Sciences

Investors, LLC, its General partner

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey Schwartz

Name:   Jeffrey Schwartz
Title:   Managing Director
Address:  

Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P.

200 Clarendon Street Boston,

MA 02116

The United States

Attn: Ricky Sun

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

BCIP LIFE SCIENCES ASSOCIATES, L.P.

By: Boylston Coinvestors, LLC

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Schwartz

Name:   Jeffrey Schwartz
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:  

BCIP Life Sciences Associates, LP

200 Clarendon Street Boston,

MA 02116

The United States

Attn: Ricky Sun

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

VENBIO GLOBAL STRATEGIC FUND III, L.P.

By: venBio Global Strategic GP III,

L.P., its General Partner

By: venBio Global Strategic GP III,

Ltd, its General Partner

By:

  /s/ Corey Goodman
Name:   Corey Goodman
Title:   Director
Address:  

venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P.

1700 Owens Street Suite 595

San Francisco, CA 94158,

United States of America

Attn: Richard Gaster

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

VENROCK HEALTHCARE

CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.

By: VHCP Management III, LLC, its

General Partner

By: /s/ David L. Stepp                            

Name: David L. Stepp

Title: Authorized Signatory

Address: Venrock Healthcare Capital

                Partners III, L.P.

                3340 Hillview Avenue

                Palo Alto, CA 94304

                Attn: Sherman Souther

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

VHCP CO-INVESTMENT

HOLDINGS III, LLC

By: VHCP Management III, LLC, its

Manager

By: /s/ David L. Stepp                                

Name: David L. Stepp

Title: Authorized Signatory

Address: VHCP Co-Investment

                Holdings III, LLC

                3340 Hillview Avenue

                Palo Alto, CA 94304

                Attn: Sherman Souther

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
LSP V COÖPERATIEVE U.A.

By: LSP V Management B.V.

By: /s/ Martijn Kleijwegt                    

Name: Martijn Kleijwegt

Title: Director

By: /s/ René Kuijten                            

Name: René Kuijten

Title: Director

Address: LSP V Coöperatieve U.A.

                Johannes Vermeerplein 9

                1071 DV Amsterdam

                the Netherlands

                Attn: Bas Vaessen

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
KURMA BIOFUND II

By: KURMA PARTNERS S.A.

By: /s/ Rémi Droller                            

Name: Rémi Droller

Title: Managing Partner

Address: KURMA BIOFUND II

                24 Rue Royale,

                75008, Paris

                France

                Attn: Remi Droller

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

OBJECTIF INNOVATION

PATRIMOINE N°9

IDINVEST PATRIMOINE N°6

By: Idinvest Partners S.A., its General Partner

By: /s/ Benoist Grossmann                        

Name: Benoist Grossmann

Title: Managing Partner

Address: 117 Avenue des Champs-

                Elysées

                75008, Paris

                France

                Attn: Gaston Samele

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


Schedule 1.

    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

Part 1        

    Definitions

The following capitalized terms and expressions in this Agreement have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate    means any subsidiary and any other person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such person
Agreement    means this share subscription agreement, as defined in the introduction to this Agreement
Articles    means the articles of association of the Company
Board of Directors    means the one-tier board of the Company
Business Day    means a day on which banks and foreign exchange markets are generally open in the United States and the Netherlands for formal business
Business    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital A
Claim Notification    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 5.2.2
Clause    means a clause of this Agreement
Closing Date    means the date of Closing
Closing    means the execution of the Deed of Issue I or the Deed of Issue II at the First Closing or Milestone Closing, respectively
Company    has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement
Code    means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
D&O Insurance    means director & officer insurance for the Directors in the amount per claim and per policy period as determined by the Board
Damages    has the meaning ascribed thereto in article 6:96 et seq. of the Dutch Civil Code (vermogensschade), excluding indirect, consequential damages, punitive and multipliers other than any diminution in the value of the Series B Shares to the extent proximately caused by, and attributable to, Warranty Breaches.


Data Room    the online data site run by Merrill Datasite of which the index is attached hereto as Schedule 88 (Data Room Index)
Deed of Issue I    means the notarial deed to be executed by the Notary at the First Closing Date, pursuant to which the Subscribers will acquire the First Tranche Shares as provided for in this Agreement, attached hereto as Schedule 3(a) (Deed of Issue I)
Deed of Issue II    means the notarial deed to be executed by the Notary at the Milestone Closing Date, pursuant to which the Subscribers will acquire the Milestone Tranche Shares as provided for in this Agreement, attached hereto as Schedule 3(b) (Deed of Issue II)
“Default Date”    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 4.4.3
“Defaulting Investor”    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 4.4.1
Directors    means the Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Company
Disclosure Letter    means the disclosure letter attached hereto as Schedule 12
Dutch Civil Code    means the Dutch civil code (Burgerlijk Wetboek)
EUR” or “Euro    means the basic unit of currency among participating European Union countries
“EUR Notary Account”    shall mean the bank account in the name of Kwaliteitsrekening Notarissen Amsterdam NautaDutilh N.V. with ABN AMRO Bank N.V., IBAN NL60ABNA0452477999, BIC code ABNANL2A
Exchange Rate    means, in relation to any currency to be converted into or from U.S. Dollars for the purposes of this Agreement, the exchange rate for that currency into or, as the case may be, from U.S. Dollars, as published in the London edition of the Financial Times 3 (three) Business Days immediately prior to the relevant date of Completion or the relevant rate quoted on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen as at the close of business in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, 3 (three) Business Days immediately prior to the relevant date of Completion


“Executive Director”    has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders’ Agreement
First Closing Date    means no later than 1:00 p.m. Central European Time on 30 July 2019 or such later date as may be agreed between the Parties in writing pursuant to Clause 7.3
First Closing    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 2.1.3
First Tranche Conditions    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 3.1
First Tranche Shares    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 2.1.3
Fundamental Warranties    all of the representations and warranties in Clause 5.1.1, and sections 1 and 2 of Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)
“Intellectual Property Rights”    means all patents, patent applications, registered and unregistered trademarks, trademark applications, registered and unregistered service marks, service mark applications, tradenames, copyrights, trade secrets, domain names, information and proprietary rights and processes, similar or other intellectual property rights, subject matter of any of the foregoing, tangible embodiments of any of the foregoing, licenses in, to and under any of the foregoing, and any and all such cases that are owned or used by the Company in the conduct of the Company’s Business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted
Investor Subscription Price Per Share    means USD 8.32 per Series B-1 Preferred Share and USD 8.82 per Series B-2 Preferred Share
Investor    has the meaning set out in the introduction of this Agreement
Material Adverse Change    means any fact, matter, event, circumstance, condition or change which has a materially adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, property or results of operations of the Company.
Milestone Closing Date    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 4.3.1
Milestone Closing    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 2.1.4
“Milestone Closing Notice”    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 4.1.1
Milestone Tranche Conditions    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 4.1.1


“Milestone Tranche Covenants”    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 4.3.2
Milestone Tranche Shares    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 2.1.4
“Non-Executive Director”    has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders’ Agreement
Notary    means any civil law notary working at NautaDutilh N.V. or any of their deputies
“Operating Budget”    means the business plan of the Company as presented to the Board from time to time and the Operating Budget set forth in Schedule 5 (Operating Budget).
“Ordinary Shares”    means ordinary shares in the share capital of the Company
Parties    has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement
Party    has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement
Persons    means any individual, firm, company, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organisation, entity or division, government, governmental authority, tax authority, state or agency of a state or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality)
Prior Agreement    has the meaning as ascribed thereto in the Shareholders Agreement.
Related Person    means in relation to any Person, a Person who or which is a Director or shareholder of that Person, or (if applicable) his or her spouse, registered partner or relatives in blood or by marriage in the direct line and in the collateral line in the first degree
Representations and Warranties    means the representations and warranties as set out in Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)
Schedule    means any schedule to this Agreement
“Second Tranche Milestone”    means the successful completion of a Phase 1, single-dose escalation and BK challenge clinical trial in healthy volunteers, including the identification of (i) a safe and tolerable dose of PHA121 ready for further trials with repeated oral administration and (ii) a dose of PHA121 commensurate with maximal BID frequency of dosing to cover 24 hours of bradykinin B2 receptor inhibition (which will support advancement to on-demand and prophylactic trials in hereditary angioedema patients with doses that are administered no more frequently than BID)


Securities Act    means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Series B Investor Majority    means the majority of the issued and outstanding Series B Shares held by the Subscribers and their permitted transferees (excluding Venrock and its permitted transferees)
Series B Investors    has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement
Series B Shares    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital E
Series B-1 Preferred Shares    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital E
Series B-2 Preferred Shares    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital E
Shareholders Agreement    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital H
Shareholders Resolution    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 3.4.2
Shares    means the issued shares in the capital of the Company
Subscribers    has the meaning ascribed thereto in the introduction to this Agreement
Subscriber Shares    means the Series B Shares subscribed for and issued pursuant to this Agreement
Subscription Price    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 2.1.1
Tax Authority    means a governmental authority competent to impose any liability in respect of Tax or responsible for the administration and/or collection of Tax
Tax” or “Taxation    means any form of taxation of any country or jurisdiction, whether arising by way of a primary liability or by way of a secondary liability, whether direct or indirect, and any levy, duty, charge, contribution (including but not limited to any social security contribution or employee social security scheme), withholding or impost, and any liability for repayment of unlawful state aid in relation to Tax imposed, assessed and/or collected (including all interest and penalties relating thereto)


Term Sheet    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital E
USD    means United States dollars
USD Notary Account    means the bank account in the name of Kwaliteitsrekening Notarissen Amsterdam NautaDutilh N.V., with ABN AMRO Bank N.V., IBAN: NL56ABNA0415769779, BIC code ABNANL2A
Warranty Breach    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 5.2.1


Part 2

Provisions

For the purpose of this Agreement:

 

  a.

Gender and number Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, unless specifically defined otherwise. Words denoting one gender shall include another gender.

 

  b.

Reference to include The words “include”, “included” or “including” are used to indicate that the matters listed are not a complete enumeration of all matters covered and will be construed as meaning “including without limitation” except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement.

 

  c.

Headings The headings are for convenience or reference only and are not to affect the construction of this Agreement or to be taken into consideration in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

  d.

Clauses, Recitals, Schedules, etc. Unless otherwise stated, Clause, Recital, Schedule or Annex means a clause (including all subclauses), a recital in or to this Agreement or a Schedule or an Annex respectively.

 

  e.

Awareness The expression “so far as the Company is aware”, “to the best knowledge of the Company” or any similar expression shall be deemed to refer to the knowledge of the Company’s officers after due enquiry on the applicable Closing Date.

 

  f.

Days Unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, when any number of days is prescribed in this Agreement, it must be calculated exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a day other than a Business Day, in which case the last day will be the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.

 

  g.

Drafting party No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted adversely against a Party solely because that Party was responsible for drafting that particular provision. It is acknowledged that representatives of each Party have participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement.

 

  h.

Language If there is a discrepancy between an English language word and a Dutch language word used to clarify it and then to the extent of the conflict only, the meaning of the Dutch language word shall prevail.

 

  i.

Dutch concepts References to any Dutch legal concept in any jurisdiction other than the Netherlands shall be deemed to include the concept which in that jurisdiction most closely approximates the Dutch legal concept.


  j.

Documents A reference to any document referred to in this Agreement is a reference to that document as amended, varied or supplemented (other than in breach or the provisions of this Agreement) from time to time.

 

  k.

Subsidiary A company is a subsidiary of another company, its holding company, if that other company:

 

  i.

holds a majority of the voting rights in it;

 

  ii.

has the right, either alone or pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members, to appoint or remove a majority of its management board or its supervisory board (if any);

 

  iii.

is a shareholder or member of it and controls alone or together with other Persons, pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members, a majority of the voting rights in it; or

 

  iv.

is a subsidiary of a company which is itself a subsidiary of that other company.

 

  l.

Ordinary course of business An action taken by a Person will be deemed to have been taken in the “ordinary course of business” only if: such action is consistent with the past practices of such Person and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such Person; and such action is similar in nature and magnitude to actions customarily taken, without any authorisation by the supervisory board or other governing board or body exercising similar authority (where applicable) of such Person.

 

  m.

Arm’s length Where any provision is qualified or phrased by reference to an “arm’s length” basis or principle, such qualification or reference shall mean the conditions which would be obtained between comparable, independent Persons in comparable transactions (taking into account the assets used, the responsibilities and risks assumed and the division of benefits between the parties) and comparable circumstances (taking into account the times and places of performance and the parties’ business strategies), thereby providing the closest approximation of the workings of the open market.


Schedule 2.

    CAPITALIZATION OF THE COMPANY

 


Schedule 3.

    DEED OF ISSUE I

 


Schedule

3(b).    DEED OF ISSUE II


Schedule 4.        SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


Schedule 5.        OPERATING BUDGET


Schedule 6.        ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION


Schedule 7.         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

1.

Organisation

(a) The Company is a private limited liability company (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakeliikheid) duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Netherlands and has as such the corporate power to own assets and enter into obligations in its own name and to transact any business within the objects clause as set forth in article 3 of the Articles.

(b) The Disclosure Letter set forth in Schedule 12 (Disclosure Letter) contains a complete and correct copy of the shareholders’ register of the Company, which correctly sets forth the ownership of all outstanding shares of the Company, existing prior to the issuance of Subscription Shares contemplated by the Agreement.

(c) No action, request or proposal has been taken or made and no resolution, decision, order or petition to dissolve, liquidate, merge (fuseren), demerge (splitsen) or other reorganization of the Company has been issued, adopted or applied for by the Company, the Existing Shareholders or, to the knowledge of the Company, by a third party. No petition for the bankruptcy (faillissement) or suspension of payments (surséance van betaling) or similar procedure in any other jurisdiction has been filed by or announced in writing to the Company, no receiver (curator of bewindvoerder) has been appointed for the Company, or any of its assets and no attachment (beslag) has been made of any of the assets of the Company. The Company has not been a party to any merger (fusie) or demerger (splitsing) procedure.

(d) The Company is duly registered with the Commercial Register and the information contained in the extract regarding the Company included in the Disclosure Letter is complete and correct.

 

2.

Capitalization

(a) The issued share capital of the Company (the “Issued Shares”) is correctly reflected in Section 3.3 to the Disclosure Letter.

(b) No depositary receipts with meeting rights have been issued for any of the Issued Shares. The Issued Shares are legally and beneficially owned by the persons set forth in the shareholders register of the Company, free from any liens, charges, pledges, rights of usufruct (vruchtgebruik), attachments (beslagen), other limited rights (beperkte rechten), encumbrances, or defects in title.

(c) All of the Issued Shares are validly issued by the Company and fully paid-up.

(d) Other than the persons set forth in the shareholders register of the Company (the “Existing Shareholders”), no persons exist that have right to receive dividends or distributions of any kind from the Company. No one, with the exception of the Existing Shareholders, has any right to distribution arising out of the profit, reserves and/or liquidation balance of the Company.

(e) Except for equity awards as set forth in Section 3.4 to the Disclosure Letter and save as contemplated by the Agreement and by the Shareholders Agreement, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, calls, contracts, commitments, understandings, restrictions, arrangements, rights or warrants, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security, instrument or other agreement obligating the Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or


sold, or otherwise to become outstanding, additional shares of the capital stock of the Company or obligating it to grant, extend or enter into any such agreement or commitment, and there are no resolutions of the general meeting of the Company providing for the issuance of shares in its capital or the grant of options or other rights to acquire shares in its capital that have not been implemented, other than the Shareholders Resolution.

(f) There are no voting trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any shares of the Company, except for those contemplated by the Shareholders Agreement.

(g) Since its incorporation no dividend(s) and/or interim dividend(s) or any other kinds of distribution has been declared or paid by the Company.

(h) The issuance of the Subscription Shares in accordance with the Agreement does not constitute an infringement of the Articles of the Company and any other constitutional document of the Company.

(i) Other than this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, there are no agreements, arrangements or obligations (including but not limited to any arrangements with respect to the voting rights attached to the existing shares in the capital of the Company) which affect or impair or which may affect or impair any rights attached to the existing shares in the Company.

 

3.

Authorisation; Non-Contravention; Approvals; Effects of execution

(a) The execution of the Agreement by the Company does not violate, conflict with any provision of, or constitute a default under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration under, or result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of (i) the Articles or (ii) any present statute, law, governmental regulation or other binding regulation in the Netherlands or in another jurisdiction to which the Company is subject.

(b) Except for filings with and registrations in the commercial register and except for notices to the tax authorities, no declaration, filing or registration with, or notice to, or authorisation, consent or approval of, any court, governmental or regulatory body or authority or any other person is necessary in connection with (i) the execution of any document in relation to the Agreement by the Company or (ii) the consummation by the Company of any of the transactions contemplated thereby.

(c) The Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company (as the case may be) in accordance with the terms thereof.

(d) The execution of the Agreement and the performance of the transactions and obligations contemplated thereby do not constitute a default under and will not result in a breach of any contract, encumbrance, order, judgment or any provision of the Articles of the Company.

(e) All approvals required for the execution of the Agreement by the Company and the Existing Shareholders and the performance of the obligations hereunder by the Company have been obtained by the Company and the Existing Shareholders and are irrevocable and unconditional.


(f) The person(s) executing the Agreement on behalf of the Company have the necessary authority to do so.

 

4.

Subsidiaries

The Company has no (direct or indirect) ownership interests in any company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity.

 

5.

Directors/proxy holders

With the exception of the persons registered at the Commercial Register and as disclosed in Section 3.5 to the Disclosure Letter, there are no persons who have been appointed as director or proxy holder of the Company.

 

6.

Books; Reports

All books, records, minutes and written resolutions of the general meetings and management board meetings of the Company (i) are in the possession of the Company, (ii) have in all material respects been properly and accurately kept and completed to the date hereof in accordance with all applicable laws or binding regulations, (iii) give and reflect a true and fair view of all matters discussed therein. All filings and publications required under applicable laws or binding regulations of any jurisdictions in which the Company carries on business have been properly and timely made, other than as disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

 

7.

Litigation

(a) There are no claims, suits, actions or proceedings pending (the word “pending” when here and hereafter used in the context of claims shall have the meaning: brought before a court or other competent authority or body), or announced to the Company in writing or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened to be filed against, the Company, before any court, governmental department, commission, agency, instrumentality or authority, or any arbitrator.

(b) The Company is not subject to any judgement, decree, injunction, rule or order of any court, governmental department, commission, agency, authority, or any arbitrator, which prohibits or restricts or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatens to prohibit or restrict, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.

Compliance with Laws

(a) The Company has in all material respects complied with, and is currently complying with, all laws, regulations and orders applicable to it or its business. The conduct of the Company’s business does not violate any provisions of any applicable laws, orders, regulations or requirements of any governmental agency having jurisdiction thereof.

(b) With regard to the Company, no investigation or review by any governmental or regulatory body or authority is pending or announced, or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened, nor has any governmental or regulatory body or authority indicated to the Company an intention to conduct the same.


(c) The transactions contemplated by the Agreement do not require any notification to any governmental authority, except for customary (and non-material) filings with and registrations in the commercial register and except for customary (and non-material) notices to the tax authorities.

 

9.

Financial Statements / Finance

(a) The net cash analysis of the Company as of and for the six months ended 30 June 2019 (the “Interim Reports”) give a true and fair view of net cash available as of 30 June 2019.

(b) Since 30 June 2019, there has not been any circumstance nor a change or event of whatever nature that has or is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company or which will or is likely to result in any material adverse consequence or damage for the Company.

(c) Since the date of the Interim Reports, the Company has not entered into any transaction outside the ordinary course of business.

(d) The Company and the Existing Shareholders represent and warrant that no finders or similar fees shall be payable by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement except as disclosed in Section 3.9 to the Disclosure Letter.

 

10.

Title To and Condition Of Assets

(a) The Company has all requisite power, capacity and authority to own and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business and activities as heretofore conducted.

(b) The Company has good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the assets and properties used by it and that are material to its business (whether or not located on its premises), as reflected in the Interim Reports or acquired after the date thereof, except for properties and assets that have been disposed of or otherwise terminated in the ordinary course of business, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges or encumbrances of any nature, except for the bank account of the Company maintained by ABN AMRO, to which the standard/ordinary bank conditions apply.

(c) All leases under which the Company leases real or personal property are listed in Section 3.10 to the Disclosure Letter and are valid and effective in accordance with their respective terms, and there is not, under any of such leases, any existing material default or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a material default.

(d) There are no assets used in the business of the Company that it does not own, lease or have an enforceable right to use.

(e) The Company does not own any real property.

(f) No circumstance has arisen in relation to any asset held by the Company under a lease or similar agreement whereby the rental payable has been increased, except for normal increases and increases pursuant to inflation.

(g) There are no existing agreements with, options or rights of or commitments to any person to acquire any of the assets of the Company or any interest therein, other than in the ordinary course of business or as disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.


11.

Inventory

The Company does not keep any inventories.

 

12.

Borrowings

The Company has not entered into any loans, overdraft or other financial facilities. The Company has not granted any security rights in favour of any company, any bank or any other person, other than those relating to the bank account of the Company maintained by ABN AMRO, to which the standard/ordinary bank conditions apply.

 

13.

Intellectual Property Rights

(a) The Company does not own any patents, patent applications, tradenames, registered copyrights or marks except those which are set forth in Section 3.13 to the Disclosure Letter.

(b) Each employee and former employee and consultant and former consultant has assigned to the Company all Intellectual Property Rights he or she owns that are related to the Company’s business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted and all Intellectual Property Rights that he, she or it solely or jointly conceived, reduced to practice, developed or made during the period of his, her or its employment or consulting relationship with the Company that (a) relate, at the time of conception, reduction to practice, development, or making of such Intellectual Property Right, to the Company’s business as then conducted or as then proposed to be conducted, (b) were developed on any amount of the Company’s time or with the use of any of the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or information or (c) resulted from the performance of services for the Company.

(c) There are no outstanding options, licenses or agreements of any kind relating to the Intellectual Property Rights granted by the Company or entered into by the Company, to which the Company is bound other than set forth in Section 3.14 to the Disclosure Letter.

(d) Since its incorporation, the Company has not received any communications in writing alleging that it has violated or infringed or, by conducting its business, would violate or infringe any of the patents or other Intellectual Property Rights (including trade secrets and licenses) of any other person, and the Company does not know of such violations or infringements by the Company communicated to it otherwise.

(e) The Company will be fully authorized to make use of and/or exploit the relevant licensed Intellectual Property Rights.

(f) To the Company’s knowledge, the Company owns or possesses or believes it can acquire on commercially reasonable terms sufficient legal rights to all Intellectual Property Rights without any conflict with, or infringement of, the rights of others, including prior employees or consultants, with which any of them may be affiliated now or may have been affiliated in the past. To the Company’s knowledge, no product proposed to be marketed or sold by the Company violates or will violate any license or infringes or will infringe any intellectual property rights of any other party.

(g) For purposes of this Section 13, the Company shall be deemed to have knowledge of a patent right if the Company has actual knowledge of the patent right or would be found to be on notice of such patent right as determined by reference to United States patent laws.


14.

Contracts, Obligations and Commitments

(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.15 to the Disclosure Letter, there are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts or proposed transactions to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound that involve (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, the Company in excess of $200,000, (ii) the license of any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from the Company, (iii) the grant of rights to manufacture, produce, assemble, license, market, or sell its products to any other Person that limit the Company’s exclusive right to develop, manufacture, assemble, distribute, market or sell its products, or (iv) indemnification by the Company with respect to infringements of proprietary rights.

(b) The Company is in possession of all contracts, agreements, options, leases, commitments and instruments entered into by it that are material to its business (“Contracts”) which are set forth in Section 3.16 to the Disclosure Letter.

(c) The Contracts have not been pledged or assigned in any respect, are legally valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and are in full force and effect, and there are no defaults under the Contracts. The Company has not received written notice of any default, off-set, counterclaim or defence under any Contract. To the best of the Company’s knowledge there is no condition or event that has occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default or breach by the Company of the terms of any Contract. There does not exist, any security interest, mortgage, pledge, restriction, charge, lien, encumbrance or claim of others on any interest of the Company created under any Contract, except for customary security granted in the ordinary course of business. None of the Contracts is subject to termination from and after the Completion Date and prior to the expiration of its stated term by any party to such Contract, except as stated in each such Contract.

(d) There have been no transactions, agreements or understandings by the Company with any officer, employee, director, shareholder or any affiliate to any such party (“Related Parties”) other than disclosed in Section 3.18 to the Disclosure Letter and no Related Party has any cause of action or other claim whatsoever or owes any material amount to, or is owed any material amount by, the Company other than disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

(e) The Company is not a party to any agency, distribution, marketing or purchasing agreement or arrangement or any (other) restrictive trading arrangement pursuant to which any part of its business is carried on or which in any way restricts its freedom to carry on (part of) its business in any part of the world, other than disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

 

15.

Permits

(a) All necessary licenses, consents, approvals, permissions, permits and authorisations (public and private) (collectively, “Permits”) have been obtained by the Company to enable it to lawfully carry on its business effectively in the places and in the manner in which such business is now carried on and all such Permits are valid and in full force and effect and the Company knows of no reason, and is not aware of any facts or circumstances which (with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time) would be likely to give rise to any reason, why any of such Permits would be suspended, cancelled, revoked or not renewed.

(b) To the best knowledge of the Company, the Company does not need any Permits, other than the Permits that it already obtained, to carry out the Operating Budget.


(c) None of the Permits may be terminated or otherwise affected upon as a result of the issuance of Shares to the Investors in accordance with the Agreement.

(d) The Company does not breach, infringe or violate any Permit. The Company has not received a notice from any governmental authority or other person that it is breaching, infringing or violating any Permit.

(e) The transactions contemplated by the Agreement do not require any notification in respect of any Permit.

 

16.

Competition

The Company has not committed or omitted to do any act or thing which could give rise to any financial penalty by any competition authority nor is the Company party to any agreement, practice or arrangement which in whole or in part is invalid under any other anti-trust, anti-monopoly or anti-cartel legislation or regulations, including but not limited to the Dutch Competition Act (“Mededingingswet”).

 

17.

Insurance

The Company does not have insurance policies except its current directors and officers insurance.

 

18.

Guarantees

The Company is neither a guarantor nor otherwise liable for any liability or obligation (including indebtedness) of any other person or legal entity.

 

19.

Employees

The Company does not have any employees.

 

20.

Taxation

(a) The Company has filed and paid all taxation returns and payments that should have been filed and paid.

(b) No final reminders for the filing of returns have been received with respect to tax periods for which no final assessment has been received on or before the Completion Date.

(c) The Company has not concluded any agreement, ruling or compromise with any competent taxation authority.

(d) No disputes exist with the taxation authorities regarding the taxation position of the Company, or any of its properties assets or income or regarding the taxation returns filed by it.

(e) No audits or investigations by the taxation authorities are presently being made regarding the taxation position of the Company or any of its properties, assets or income regarding the taxation returns filed by it.


(f) No requests for exchange of information are pending regarding taxation relating to the Company or its business relations.

(g) No objection procedure (bezwaarschriftprocedure) or court proceedings are presently pending with the taxation authorities or the competent court or courts.

(h) The Company has always duly and timely paid taxation except as disclosed in Section 3.21 to the Disclosure Letter.

(i) Neither the Company, nor one or more of its managing directors (bestuurders) in their capacity as director, has ever been the subject of a criminal investigation relating to or involving taxation.

(j) Neither the Company, nor one or more of its managing directors (bestuurders) in their capacity as director, has ever been found guilty of fraud relating to or involving taxation.

(k) No collection procedures have been initiated against the Company or any of its properties, assets or income for account of any taxation. The Company has never received any reminders (“aanmaningen”) or warrants (“dwangbevelen”) relating to the payment of taxation except as disclosed in Section 3.22 to the Disclosure Letter.

(l) The Company has never acted as liquidator (vereffenaar) of any entity in the sense of the Netherlands General Tax Act (lichaam in de zin van de Algemene Wet inzake rijksbelastingen).

(m) Based on the Company’s current projected income, assets and activities, the Company does not expect to be classified as a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code for its current taxable year during which the Closing occurs.

(n) The Company is and has always been deemed exclusively tax resident of the Netherlands and is not and has not been subject to Tax in any jurisdiction other than its place of incorporation by virtue of having a permanent establishment, a permanent representative, other place of business or any other taxable presence in that jurisdiction.

(o) All submissions to any Governmental Authority in connection with any request or application for granting cost reductions and reimbursements in respect of the research and development activities of the Company relating to the oral bradykinin B2 receptor including, without limitation, for the application of the Dutch R&D wage tax scheme (Regeling S&O-afdrachtvermindering) for each relevant period were true and accurate in all material respects as of the date of submission and the Company obtained an R&D declaration (S&O verklaring) from the relevant Governmental Authority for each relevant period and has complied with all terms and conditions of its R&D declarations and the R&D wage tax scheme. There are no facts that would reasonably be expected to result in any suspension, revocation or cancellation of the relevant R&D declarations obtained by the Company.

 

21.

Environmental Warranties

(a) In all material respects, all current and previous activities of the Company have been conducted in compliance with all environmental laws, currently and previously applicable.

(b) The Company has not received in writing any claim, notice, action or communication from any governmental or regulatory authority, nor is such claim pending or is such notice, action or communication, to the best knowledge of the Company, being prepared, claiming any violation of any of the relevant environmental laws.


22.

Disclosure

(a) The Company has made available to the Subscribers all the information reasonably available to the Company and that the Company reasonably believes to be important for the Subscribers for deciding whether to acquire the Subscriber Shares. No representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement, as qualified by the information fairly disclosed in the Disclosure Letter, and no certificate furnished or to be furnished to Subscribers at the First Closing or the Milestone Closing contains any untrue statement of a material fact or, to the Company’s knowledge, omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. It is understood that this representation is qualified by the fact that the Company has not delivered to the Subscribers, and has not been requested to deliver, a private placement or similar memorandum or any written disclosure of the types of information customarily furnished to purchasers of securities.

 

Schedule 8.

    DATA ROOM INDEX


Schedule 9.        NOTICES

Pharvaris B.V.

Attn: B. Modig

J.H. Oortweg 21

2333 CH Leiden

The Netherlands

Email: berndt.modig@pharvaris.com

With copies, which shall not constitute notice, to:

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: Frank F. Rahmani

Email: RAHMANIFF@cooley.com

NautaDutilh N.V.

Beethovenstraat 400 (1082 PR)

Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Attention: Ruud Smits

Email: Ruud.Smits@nautadutilh.com

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.

Attn.:

600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500

San Francisco, CA 94111

Email:

Bain Capital Life Sciences, Fund, L.P.

Attn.:

200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116

Cayman Island

Email:

BCIP Life Sciences Associates, LP

Attn.:

200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116

Delaware

Email:


venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P.

with copies, which shall not constitute notice, to:

Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian LLP

Brian L. Willbur

550 Allerton Street

Redwood City, CA 94063

Attention: Brian L. Willbur

Email: bwillbur@gunder.com

De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek N.V.

Claude Debussylaan 80

1070 AB Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Attention: Reinier Kleipool

Email: Reinier.Kleipool@DeBrauw.com

LSP V Coöperatieve U.A

Attn.: B. Vaessen

Johannes Vermeerplein 9

1071 DV Amsterdam

the Netherlands

Email: bvaessen@lspvc.com

KURMA BIOFUND II

Attn.: Remi Droller

247 Rue Royale,

75008, Paris

France

Email: remi.droller@kurmapartners.com

Objectif Innovation Patrimoine n°9

Idinvest Patrimoine n°6

Attn.: Remi Droller

117 Avenue des Champs Elysées

75008, Paris

France

Email: remi.droller@kurmapartners.com


Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P.

VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC

Attn : Sherman Souther

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304


Schedule 10.        OPINION OF DUTCH COUNSEL


Schedule 11.        NOTARY LETTER


Schedule 12.        DISCLOSURE LETTER

Exhibit 10.3

 

LOGO

1

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

with regard to

PHARVARIS B.V.

for the amended terms and conditions of the subscription of the

Series B-1 Preferred Shares and Series B-2 Preferred Shares in the Company


LOGO

 

THIS AMENDMENT AGREEMENT is entered into on 29 July 2020 and made between:

 

1.

Pharvaris B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), having its corporate seat in Leiden, The Netherlands (address: J.H. Oortweg 21, 2333 CH Leiden, the Netherlands, trade register number: 64239411) (the “Company”);

 

2.

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P., a limited partnership under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500, San Francisco, CA 94111 (“Foresite”);

 

3.

Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed and registered under the laws of the Cayman Islands, having its registered office at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands and registered with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnerships (registration number 87418) (“Bain Capital”);

 

4.

BCIP Life Sciences Associates, LP, a limited partnership formed under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at Suite 302, 4001 Kennett Pike, Wilmington, Delaware, 19807 and registered with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (registration number 6201990) (“BCIP”, and together with Bain Capital, “Bain”)

 

5.

venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P., a Cayman Limited Partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands (registration number Cert #WC-95981), having its registered office at 1700 Owens Street Suite 595 San Francisco, CA 94158 (“venBio”);

 

6.

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the state of Delaware, having its registered office at 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 (“Venrock-1”) and VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the state of Delaware, having its registered office at 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 (“Venrock-2” and, together with Venrock-1,Venrock”),

 

7.

LSP V Cooperatieve U.A., a co-operative (coöperatie met uitgesloten aansprakelijkheid) organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, with its seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands with address at Johannes Vermeerplein 9, 1071 DV Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce under file number 61888575 (“LSP V”);


LOGO

 

8.

KURMA BIOFUND II, a private equity fund formed and existing under the laws of France, duly managed and represented by its management company Kurma Partners S.A., a limited company, with registered office at 247 Rue Royale, 75008, Paris (France), incorporated under the laws of France and registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Paris, under number 510 043 136, acting on behalf of and representing (“Kurma”); and

 

9.

(i) Objectif Innovation Patrimoine n°9 (“Idinvest-1”), (ii) Idinvest Patrimoine n°6 (“Idinvest-2”), (iii) Objectif Innovation 2019 (“Idinvest-3”) and (iv) Idinvest Patrimoine 2019 (“Idinvest-4”), each of the foregoing being private equity funds formed and existing under the laws of France, duly managed and represented by its management company Idinvest Partners S.A., a limited company, with registered office at 117 Avenue des Champs Elysees, 75008, Paris (France), incorporated under the laws of France and registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Paris, under number 414 735 175 (“Idinvest Partners”), (which shall for the purpose of this Agreement be considered as one Party, and hereinafter collectively referred to as “Idinvest”),

the parties under number 2 through 9 are collectively referred to as the “Series B Investors” and the “Subscribers” and each individually as a “Series B Investor” and a “Subscriber”; and the parties under 1 through 9 collectively referred to as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party”.

WHEREAS

 

A.

On 26 July 2019, the Company and the Series B Investors entered into a share subscription agreement with regard to the subscription of Series B-1 Preferred Shares and Series B-2 Preferred Shares in the Company (the “Share Subscription Agreement”). The Share Subscription Agreement is attached to this Amendment Agreement as Annex A.

 

B.

On 1 August 2019, the First Closing (as defined in the Share Subscription Agreement) took place pursuant to which the Series B-1 Preferred Shares were issued to the Series B Investors as referred to in Clause 2.1.3 of the Share Subscription Agreement.

 

C.

Pursuant to Clause 2.1.4 under (i) and (j) of the Share Subscription Agreement, Idinvest-1 and Idinvest-2 shall at the Milestone Closing subscribe for, acquire and pay up the Series B-2 Preferred Shares. However, Idinvest has indicated to the other Parties that it wishes that its Affiliates Idinvest-3 and Idinvest-4 subscribe for, acquire and pay up the Series B-2 Preferred Shares at the Milestone Closing.


LOGO

 

D.

The Parties therefore wish to enter into this amendment agreement (the “Amendment Agreement”) in order to amend certain terms of the Share Subscription Agreement.

 

E.

The Parties have agreed to the proposed amendments to the Share Subscription Agreement as set out in this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Construction

 

  a.

Unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined in this Amendment Agreement, words and expressions defined in the Share Subscription Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Amendment Agreement.

 

  b.

Clause 1 (Definitions and Interpretation) of the Share Subscription Agreement applies mutatis mutandis to this Amendment Agreement.

 

2

AMENDMENTS TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

2.1

Amendment of the Party ‘Idinvest’

 

2.1.1

The Parties agree that number 9 of the introduction to the Share Subscription Agreement shall be replaced by the following wording:

 

  9.

(i) Objectif Innovation Patrimoine n°9 (“Idinvest-1”), (ii) Idinvest Patrimoine n°6 (“Idinvest-2”), (iii) Objectif Innovation 2019 (“Idinvest-3”) and (iv) Idinvest Patrimoine 2019 (“Idinvest-4”), each of the foregoing being private equity funds formed and existing under the laws of France, duly managed and represented by its management company Idinvest Partners S.A., a limited company, with registered office at 117 Avenue des Champs Elysees, 75008, Paris (France), incorporated under the laws of France and registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Paris, under number 414 735 175, (which shall for the purpose of this Agreement be considered as one Party, and hereinafter collectively referred to as “Idinvest”),”


LOGO

 

2.2

Amendment of Clause 2.1.1

 

2.2.1

The Parties agree that Clause 2.1.1 under (i) and (j) of the Share Subscription Agreement shall be replaced by the following wording:

 

  i.

Idinvest-1 subscribing to Series B-1 Preferred Shares (subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 410,602.55;

 

  j.

Idinvest-2 subscribing to Series B-1 Preferred Shares (subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 346,974.47;”

 

2.2.2

The Parties agree that the following wording shall be added to Clause 2.1.1 of the Share Subscription Agreement:

 

  k.

Idinvest-3 subscribing to Series B-2 Preferred Shares (subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 567,784.72; and

 

  l.

Idinvest-4 subscribing to Series B-2 Preferred Shares (subject to the terms of this Agreement) for an aggregate amount of USD 674,632.61,”

 

2.2.3

The Parties agree that Clause 2.1.1 of the Share Subscription Agreement shall be replaced by the following wording:

“the total price to be paid under (a) through (l), the “Subscription Price”.”

 

2.3

Amendment of Clause 2.1.4

 

2.3.1

The Parties agree that Clause 2.1.4 under (i) and (j) of the Share Subscription Agreement shall be replaced by the following wording:

 

  i.

Idinvest-3 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 64,350 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 567,784.72; and

 

  j.

Idinvest-4 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 76,460 Series B-2 Preferred Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 674,632.61,

the Series B-2 Preferred Shares to be issued as referred to in this Clause 2.1.4 under (a) through (j) together the “Milestone Tranche Shares” (the “Milestone Closing”).”


LOGO

 

3

FINAL PROVISIONS

 

3.1.1

Save as amended and varied pursuant to Clause 2 above, the terms and conditions of the Share Subscription Agreement shall remain unaffected and shall apply to each Party. Any reference in the Share Subscription Agreement to “this Agreement” shall be deemed to be a reference to the Share Subscription Agreement as amended by this Amendment Agreement.

 

3.1.2

Without prejudice to clause 3.1.1, the provisions of Clause 7.8 (No rescission), Clause 7.9 (Counterparts), Clause 7.13 (Governing Law) and Clause 7.14 (Disputes) shall also apply with respect to this Amendment Agreement.

This Amendment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Amendment Agreement.

(signature pages follow)


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
PHARVARIS B.V.
By:   /s/ B.A.E. Modig
Name:   B.A.E. Modig
Title:   CEO

Address:

 

Pharvaris B.V.

J.H. Oortweg 21

2333 CH Leiden

The Netherlands

Attn: B.A.E. Modig

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
FORESITE CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P.
By: Foresite Capital Management IV, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Dennis D. Ryan
Name:   Dennis D. Ryan
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address:  

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.

600 Montgomery Street

Suite 4500

San Francisco, CA 94111

The United States

Attn: Michael Rome

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
BAIN CAPITAL LIFE SCIENCES FUND, L.P.
By: Bain Capital Life Sciences Partners, L.P., its General Partner
By: Bain Capital Life Sciences Investors, LLC, its General partner
By:   /s/ Jeffrey Schwartz
Name:   Jeffrey Schwartz
Title:   Managing Director
Address:  

Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P.

200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116

The United States

Attn: Ricky Sun

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
BCIP LIFE SCIENCES ASSOCIATES, L.P.
By: Boylston Coinvestors, LLC
Its General Partner
By:   /s/ Jeffrey Schwartz
Name:   Jeffrey Schwartz
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:  

BCIP Life Sciences Associates, LP

200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116

The United States

Attn: Ricky Sun

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VENBIO GLOBAL STRATEGIC FUND III, L.P.
By: venBio Global Strategic GP III, L.P., its General Partner
By: venBio Global Strategic GP III, Ltd, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Richard Gaster
Name:   Richard Gaster
Title:   Partner
Address:  

venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P.

1700 Owens Street Suite 595 San Francisco, CA 94158,

United States of America

Attn: Richard Gaster

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
LSP V COÖPERATIEVE U.A.
By: LSP V Management B.V.
By:   /s/ Martijn Kleijwegt
Name: Martijn Kleijwegt
Title: Director
By:   /s/ René Kuijten
Name: René Kuijten
Title: Director
Address:  

LSP V Coöperatieve U.A.

Johannes Vermeerplein 9

1071 DV Amsterdam

the Netherlands

Attn: Bas Vaessen

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
KURMA BIOFUND II
By: KURMA PARTNERS S.A.
By:   /s/ Rémi Droller
Name: Rémi Droller
Title: Managing Partner

Address:

 

KURMA BIOFUND II

24 Rue Royale,

75008, Paris

France

Attn: Remi Droller

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VENROCK HEALTHCARE CAPITAL
PARTNERS III, L.P.
By: VHCP Management III, LLC, its
General Partner
By:  

/s/ David L. Stepp

Name: David L. Stepp

Title: Authorized Signatory

Address:  

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P.

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Sherman Souther

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VHCP CO-INVESTMENT HOLDINGS III, LLC
By: VHCP Management III, LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ David L. Stepp

Name: David L. Stepp
Title: Authorized Signatory

Address:

 

VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Sherman Souther

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

OBJECTIF INNOVATION PATRIMOINE N°9

IDINVEST PATRIMOINE N°6

IDINVEST PATRIMOINE 2019

OBJECTIF INNOVATION 2019

By: Idinvest Partners S.A., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Benoist Grossmann
Name: Benoist Grossmann
Title: Managing Partner

Address:

 

117 Avenue des Champs-Elysées

75008, Paris

France

Attn: Gaston Samele

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT


LOGO

 

ANNEX A – SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit 10.4

Execution Copy

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

with regard to

PHARVARIS B.V.

 

 

for the terms and conditions of the subscription of the

Series C Shares in the Company

 

 

 

LOGO


Execution Copy

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION      4  
RECITALS      5  

1

   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      6  

1.1

   Definitions and interpretation      6  

1.2

   Schedules and Annexes      7  

2

   SHARE SUBSCRIPTION      7  

2.1

   Share subscription      7  

2.2

   Waiver of Transfer Restrictions      9  

2.3

   Payment of Subscription Price      9  

2.4

   Use of the Subscription Proceeds      9  

3

   CLOSING      10  

3.1

   Conditions to the Closing      10  

3.2

   Fulfillment or Waiver of the Closing Conditions      10  

3.3

   Place of the Closing      10  

3.4

   Closing Obligations      10  

4

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      12  

4.1

   Parties’ representations and warranties      12  

4.2

   Representations and Warranties by the Company      14  

4.3

   Investment decision      16  

5

   CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENTS      16  

6

   MISCELLANEOUS      17  

6.1

   Further action      17  

6.2

   Invalidity      17  

6.3

   Amendment      17  

6.4

   Costs      17  

6.6

   Entire agreement      18  

6.7

   No implied waiver      18  

6.8

   No rescission      18  

6.9

   Counterparts      18  

6.10

   Notices      19  

6.11

   Assignment or encumbrance      19  

6.12

   Notary      19  

6.13

   Governing Law      19  

6.14

   Disputes      20  

Schedule 1.

   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      35  


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 2.

   CAPITALIZATION OF THE COMPANY      43  

Schedule 3.

   DEED OF ISSUE      44  

Schedule 4.

   SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT      45  

Schedule 5.

   OPERATING BUDGET      46  

Schedule 6.

   ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION      47  

Schedule 7.

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      48  

Schedule 8.

   DATA ROOM INDEX      61  

Schedule 9.

   NOTICES      62  

Schedule 10.

   OPINION OF DUTCH COUNSEL      65  

Schedule 11.

   NOTARY LETTER      66  

Schedule 12.

   DISCLOSURE LETTER      67  

Schedule 13.

   IPO ALLOCATION LETTERS      68  


Execution Copy

 

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

INTRODUCTION

This share subscription agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into on 3 November 2020 among:

 

1.

Pharvaris B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), having its corporate seat in Leiden, The Netherlands (address: J.H. Oortweg 21, 2333 CH Leiden, the Netherlands, trade register number: 64239411) (the “Company”);

 

2.

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P., a limited partnership under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500, San Francisco, CA 94111 (file number 6382791) (“Foresite-1”) and Foresite Capital Fund V, L.P., a limited partnership under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500, San Francisco, CA 94111 (file number 7666811) (“Foresite-2” and, together with Foresite-1,Foresite”);

 

3.

Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed and registered under the laws of the Cayman Islands, having its registered office at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands and registered with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnerships (registration number 87418) (“Bain Capital”);

 

4.

BCIP Life Sciences Associates, LP, a limited partnership formed under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at Suite 302, 4001 Kennett Pike, Wilmington, Delaware, 19807 and registered with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (registration number 6201990) (“BCIP”, and together with Bain Capital, “Bain”);

 

5.

venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P., a Cayman Limited Partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands (registration number Cert #WC-95981), having its registered office at 1700 Owens Street Suite 595 San Francisco, CA 94158 (“venBio”);

 

6.

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware in the United States of America, having its registered office at 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 and registered with the Delaware Secretary of State, Division of Corporations (file number 6828508) (“Venrock-1”), VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 and registered with the Delaware Secretary of State, Division of Corporations (file number 6828501) (“Venrock-2”) and Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners Eg, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware in the United States of America, having its registered office at 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 and registered with the Delaware Secretary of State, Division of Corporations (file number 7852507) (“Venrock-3 and, together with Venrock-1 and Venrock-2,Venrock”);

 

4


Execution Copy

 

7.

Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP, a limited partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands, having its registered address at Maples Corporate Services Limited PO Box 309 Ugland House, Grand Cayman KY1-1104 Cayman Islands, and registered with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnerships (registration number 693988) (“Viking”);

 

8.

General Atlantic PH B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), having its corporate seat in Amsterdam (address: Raamplein 1, 1016XK Amsterdam, the Netherlands, trade register number: 78698154) (“GA”); and

 

9.

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund III, LP, a limited partnership under laws of Delaware, having its registered office at the Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, DE 19801, and registered with the State of Delaware Division of Corporation under number 7995704 (“Cormorant-1”), Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP, a limited partnership under the laws of Cayman Islands, having its registered address at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands and registered with Cayman Islands Monetary Authority under number MC-71235 (“Cormorant-2”) and CRMA SVP, L.P., a limited partnership under the laws of Cayman Islands, having its registered address at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands and registered with Cayman Islands Monetary Authority under number MC-83458 (“Cormorant-3” and, together with Cormorant-1 and Cormorant-2,Cormorant”),

the parties under number 2 through 9 are collectively referred to as the “Subscribers” and each individually as a “Subscriber”; the parties under 1 through 9 collectively referred to as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party”; and the parties under number 7 through 9 are collectively referred to as the “New Subscribers” and each individually as a “New Subscriber”.

RECITALS

 

A.

The Company is the sole shareholder of Pharvaris Holdings B.V. (the “Dutch Holdco”), which in turn is the sole shareholder of Pharvaris GmbH (the “Swiss Subsidiary”), of Pharvaris Netherlands B.V. (the “Dutch Subsidiary”) and of Pharvaris, Inc. (the “US Subsidiary”) (the Company, the Dutch Holdco, the Dutch Subsidiary, the Swiss Subsidiary and the US Subsidiary, together the “Group”, and each individually a “Group Company”).

 

B.

The Group is involved in the development and commercialization of a treatment of hereditary angioedema through orally available bradykinin B2 receptor antagonists (the “Business”).

 

C.

In order to further develop the Business, the Company wishes to attract additional equity financing and the Subscribers are willing to provide such financing.

 

5


Execution Copy

 

D.

The capitalization of the Company directly prior to the Investment is as set out in Part A of Schedule 2 (Capitalization of the Company).

 

E.

The present Articles of the Company have been laid down in the Company’s deed of incorporation dated 30 September 2015, as amended by a deed of amendment dated 1 August 2019.

 

F.

On 8 October 2020, the Company, Viking and GA entered into a term sheet with respect to the terms of a proposed investment whereby the Subscribers shall subscribe to and receive convertible preferred Series C Shares (“Series C Shares”) each with a nominal value of EUR 0.01 in the share capital of the Company.

 

G.

At the Closing (as defined below), Series C Shares shall be issued to the Subscribers and the capitalization of the Company shall be as set out in Part B of Schedule 2 assuming the Company receives USD 80 million in aggregate gross proceeds (Capitalization of the Company).

 

H.

At the Closing, the Parties and Company’s other shareholders shall enter into the second amended and restated shareholders agreement regarding the terms and conditions of the shareholdings in the Company, which is attached to this Agreement as Schedule 4 (Shareholders Agreement) (the “Shareholders Agreement”).

 

I.

Each of the Parties has, prior to the Closing, obtained any and all necessary approvals and permits for the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

J.

Each of the New Subscribers has conducted due diligence with respect to the Company and the Business.

 

K.

Ultimately one (1) day prior to the Closing Date, the Parties will enter into a notary letter managing the funds flow at the Closing (Notary Letter) (the “Notary Letter”), a form of which attached to this Agreement as Schedule 11.

 

L.

The Parties wish to lay down in this Agreement the terms and conditions for the subscription by the Subscribers to the Subscriber Shares.

NOW HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1

Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1.1

Capitalized terms and expressions used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed thereto in Schedule 1 (Definitions and Interpretation).

 

6


Execution Copy

 

1.1.2

The provisions set out in Schedule 1 (Definitions and Interpretation) shall apply throughout this Agreement.

 

  1.2

Schedules and Annexes

In this Agreement, each of the Schedules and Annexes forms part of this Agreement and have the same force and effect as if set out in the body of this Agreement. Any reference to this Agreement shall include a reference to all Schedules and Annexes.

 

2

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION

 

  2.1

Share subscription

 

2.1.1

At Closing and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the Deed of Issue, as attached hereto as Schedule 3 (Deed of Issue):

 

  a.

Foresite-1 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 364,143 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 5,000,011.12 (five million and eleven United States Dollar and twelve United States Dollar cent);

 

  b.

Foresite-2 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 364,142 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 4,999,997.39 (four million nine hundred ninety-nine thousand nine hundred ninety-seven United States Dollar and thirty-nine United States Dollar cent);

 

  c.

Bain Capital shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 660,660 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 9,071,456.39 (nine million seventy-one thousand four hundred fifty-six United States Dollar and thirty-nine United States Dollar cent);

 

  d.

BCIP shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 67,625 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 928,552.11 (nine hundred twenty-eight thousand five hundred fifty-two United States Dollar and eleven United States Dollar cent);

 

  e.

venBio shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 728,285 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 10,000,008.51 (ten million and eight United States Dollar and fifty-one United States Dollar cent);

 

7


Execution Copy

 

  f.

Venrock-1 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 197,118 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 2,706,607.55 (two million seven hundred six thousand six hundred and seven United States Dollar and fifty-five United States Dollar cent);

 

  g.

Venrock-2 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 19,707 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 270,594.85 (two hundred seventy thousand five hundred ninety-four United States Dollar and eighty-five United States Dollar cent);

 

  h.

Venrock-3 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 220,146 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 3,022,802.71 (three million twenty two thousand eight hundred and two United States Dollar and seventy-one United States Dollar cent);

 

  i.

Viking shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 1,420,155 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 19,500,006.29 (nineteen million five hundred thousand and six United States Dollar and twenty-nine United States Dollar cent);

 

  j.

GA shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 1,420,155 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 19,500,006.29 (nineteen million five hundred thousand and six United States Dollar and twenty-nine United States Dollar cent);

 

  k.

Cormorant-1 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 291,460 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 4,002,008.11 (four million two thousand and eight United States Dollar and eleven United States Dollar cent);

 

  l.

Cormorant-2 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 67,840 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 931,504.26 (nine hundred thirty-one thousand five hundred and four United States Dollar and twenty-six United States Dollar cent);

 

  m.

Cormorant-3 shall subscribe for, acquire and pay up 4,843 Series C Shares, to be issued at the Investor Subscription Price Per Share, comprising a total issue price of USD 66,498.75 (sixty-six thousand four hundred ninety-eight United States Dollar and seventy-five United States Dollar cent);

the total price to be paid under (2.1.1) (a) through (m), the “Subscription Price”, and the Series C Shares to be issued, the “Subscriber Shares”.

 

8


Execution Copy

 

2.1.2

The number of Subscriber Shares for which each Subscriber has subscribed is set forth in Clause 2.1.1 along with the applicable payment amount. Any contribution amounts in excess of the nominal value of the Subscriber Shares shall be administered in the books of the Company as non-stipulated share premium (ongebonden agio).

 

  2.2

Waiver of Transfer Restrictions

 

2.2.1

Each of the Parties (excluding the New Subscribers) hereby waives its pre-emption rights, including but not limited to those set forth in Clause 7 (Pre-emptive rights) of the Shareholders Agreement or any other transfer restrictions and its rights of first refusal and similar rights in relation to the issuance of the Series C Shares under and in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  2.3

Payment of Subscription Price

 

2.3.1

On the Business Day prior to the Closing Date, each of the Subscribers shall severally and not jointly pay its relevant part of the Subscription Price for its respective Subscriber Shares as set out in the Deed of Issue, in accordance with the Notary Letter, into the USD Notary Account and further in accordance with the payment request of the Company. The Notary will hold the Subscription Price so received for and on behalf of the Subscribers until the Deed of Issue has been executed, which shall be no later than one Business Day following receipt of funds by all Subscribers, and immediately thereafter for and on behalf of the Company and shall pay such amount on the Closing Date to the bank account of the Company designated by it.

 

2.3.2

Each Subscriber shall, severally and not jointly, be liable for its relevant part of the Subscription Price for its respective Subscriber Shares as set out in the Deed of Issue, and a failure by any Subscriber to satisfy a payment obligation will not result in any of the other Subscribers becoming liable for such payment obligation.

 

  2.4

Use of the Subscription Proceeds

 

2.4.1

The proceeds from the Closing shall be used for general working capital purposes in accordance with the Operating Budget, attached as Schedule 5 (Operating Budget) as established in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement from time and the Company’s business plan as presented to the Board from time to time, and subject to any changes that may be approved by the Board following the Closing.

 

9


Execution Copy

 

3

CLOSING

 

  3.1

Conditions to the Closing

On or before the Closing Date, the Parties shall proceed with the Closing, subject to the following conditions:

 

  a.

each of the New Subscribers has finalized its financial and legal due diligence investigation with respect to the Company and the Business;

 

  b.

the Closing Obligations referred to in Clause 3.4.2 (a) through (e) have been satisfied,

the conditions under (a) and (b) hereinafter the “Closing Conditions”.

 

  3.2

Fulfillment or Waiver of the Closing Conditions

 

3.2.1

The Parties shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Closing Conditions to be fulfilled as soon as possible prior to the Closing Date.

 

3.2.2

Notwithstanding Clause 6.4, the Closing Conditions may solely be waived by the Parties jointly in writing prior to or on the Closing Date.

 

  3.3

Place of the Closing

The Closing shall take place on the Closing Date at the offices of NautaDutilh N.V. at Beethovenstraat 400 (1082 PR) Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

 

  3.4

Closing Obligations

 

3.4.1

Subject only to the satisfaction or waiver of the Closing Conditions, the Closing Date, and the payment by each Subscriber of the aggregate amounts set forth under Clause 2.1.1 to the USD Notary Account, shall be no later than one Business Day after the Subscription Price has been received by the Notary. The Parties hereby agree and acknowledge that failure by any New Subscriber to pay the applicable amounts specified in Clause 2.1.1 with respect to the Subscriber Shares to the USD Notary Account upon satisfaction or waiver of the Closing Conditions shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement, and the Company shall be entitled to seek all rights and remedies available to it under law or equity. The Parties acknowledge and agree that monetary damages may not be an adequate remedy for breach of this Clause 3.4.1 and that the Company may seek to enforce specifically the obligations under this Clause 3.4.1 (without prejudice to any other remedies available to it at law or equity).

 

3.4.2

At the Closing:

 

  a.

the Company shall have delivered the up-to-date shareholders’ register of the Company to the Notary;

 

10


Execution Copy

 

  b.

the Company shall have delivered an executed management rights letter satisfactory to Viking and GA;

 

  c.

the Parties shall have delivered to the Notary powers of attorney duly executed by them, and to the extent required by the Notary, legalized and apostilled and accompanied by an authority statement, in each case authorizing their respective representatives or the Notary to attend to and execute the Deed of Issue;

 

  d.

the Company shall have delivered executed IPO Allocation Letters to GA and Viking in the form attached to this Agreement as Schedule 13 (IPO Allocation Letters);

 

  e.

the Company’s shareholders shall have provided to the Notary an executed written resolution of the General Meeting of the Company:

 

  i.

to approve the Investment and that the Company enters into the Shareholders Agreement and all documents referred to therein or ancillary thereto;

 

  ii.

to issue the Series C Shares;

 

  iii.

to amend and restate the Articles in accordance with the deed of amendment of the Articles attached as Schedule 6 (Articles of Association);

 

  iv.

to waive any pre-emptive rights or rights of first refusal of the shareholders of the Company in connection with the issuance of the Series C Shares; and

 

  v.

to amend the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated from time to time, to, among other things, increase the number of unallocated incentive awards with 1,000,000 following the Closing on a post money basis, so that the total unallocated portion immediately following the Closing shall represent 5.02% of the Company’s fully diluted capitalization.

the “Shareholders Resolution”;

 

  f.

the Parties shall have executed the Shareholders Agreement (attached as Schedule 4 (Shareholders Agreement));

and subject to the Notary having received all documents required by him, at the Closing Date:

 

  g.

the Parties shall instruct the Notary to proceed with the Closing in accordance with the Notary Letter;

 

11


Execution Copy

 

  h.

the Notary shall execute the deed of amendment of the Articles of Association of the Company so that the Articles of Association will be in the form as set out in Schedule 6 (Articles of Association);

 

  i.

the Series C Shares shall be issued to the Subscribers through the execution of the Deed of Issue by the Notary;

 

  j.

the Company shall register the issue of the Series C Shares in its shareholders’ register;

 

  k.

the Parties shall take such action and sign such documents as shall be required to effectuate the Closing; and

 

  l.

the Subscribers shall receive from NautaDutilh N.V., Netherlands counsel for the Company, an opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, in substantially the form attached as Schedule 10 (Opinion of Dutch Counsel) hereto.

 

3.4.3

The total Subscription Price for the Series C Shares deposited at the USD Notary Account shall be disbursed in accordance with the Company’s instruction under the Notary Letter.

 

3.4.4

The Company covenants and agrees to maintain the D&O Insurance in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement.

 

4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

  4.1

Parties’ representations and warranties

 

4.1.1

Without prejudice to any other representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, each Party hereby represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, on behalf of such Party only to the other Parties as follows:

 

  a.

except if such a Party is a natural person and not a legal entity or (limited) partnership, it is duly organized, and validly existing under the laws of its incorporation or formation, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its property and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted;

 

  b.

it has full power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to enter into, execute, deliver and carry out the terms of this Agreement and to incur the obligations provided for herein, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary corporate action and are not in violation of its articles of association or other governing documents, as far as applicable; and

 

12


Execution Copy

 

  c.

this Agreement constitutes its legal and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by other principles of general applicability.

 

4.1.2

Without prejudice to any other representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, each Subscriber hereby represents and warrants, severally and not jointly, on behalf of such Subscriber to the Company as follows:

 

  a.

this Agreement is made with the Subscribers in reliance upon the Subscriber’s representation to the Company, which by the Subscriber’s execution of this Agreement, the Subscriber hereby confirms, that the Series C Shares to be acquired by the Subscriber will be acquired for investment for the Subscriber’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Subscriber has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Subscriber further represents that the Subscriber does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Series C Shares.

 

  b.

the Subscriber has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Series C Shares with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement or the right of the Subscribers to rely thereon.

 

  c.

the Subscriber understands that the Series C Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Subscriber’s representations as expressed herein. The Subscriber understands that the Series C Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Subscriber must hold the Series C Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Subscriber acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Series C Shares, or the Ordinary Shares into which it may be converted, for resale except as set forth in the Shareholders’ Agreement. The Subscriber further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Subscriber’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

13


Execution Copy

 

  d.

the Subscriber understands that no public market now exists for the Series C Shares, and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Series C Shares.

 

  e.

the Subscriber hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Series C Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Series C Shares. The Subscriber’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Series C Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction.

 

  f.

the Subscriber is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

  g.

neither the Subscriber, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (a) engaged in any general solicitation, or (b) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Series C Shares.

 

  h.

the Subscribers Representatives are not aware of any material Warranty Breach provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit or otherwise affect Subscribers’ remedies with respect to any Warranty Breach of any Fundamental Warranties or Tax Warranties and shall not qualify or otherwise limit the Section 4.2.4 or 4.2.5.

 

  4.2

Representations and Warranties by the Company

 

4.2.1

Without prejudice to the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, the Company represents and warrants to the Subscribers that the warranties set out in Clause 4.1 and Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties) are true and accurate on the date of this Agreement and at the Closing Date, provided that no circumstances, facts or events shall constitute a breach of such Representations and Warranties (a “Warranty Breach”) to the extent that they have been specifically fully and fairly disclosed in all material respects in the Disclosure Letter. Any information that is Made Available in the Data Room shall not qualify the representations and warranties contained in Schedule 7, unless such information is set forth in the Disclosure Letter consistent with the foregoing

 

14


Execution Copy

 

4.2.2

In case of a Warranty Breach, the Company shall reimburse and hold the Subscribers harmless for all Damages. The Subscribers’ damage shall be deemed to include the damages suffered by the Company pro rata to the indirect percentage of Series C Shares held by and per Subscriber, subject, however to the following provisions:

 

  a.

In each case of a Warranty Breach, the Company shall be granted the possibility to remedy the inaccuracy and/or incorrectness of the applicable Warranties within a reasonable period of time which shall not exceed 20 (twenty) calendar days after having been given notice of such Warranty Breach in such a way that the Company realizes the situation which would have existed, had the Warranties been true and accurate.

 

  b.

The aggregate maximum liability of the Company for Warranty Breaches (i) shall not exceed the total amount actually invested by the Subscribers at the Closing, and (ii) no liability shall arise unless the Damages resulting from all Warranty Breaches exceed an amount of USD 240,000 (two hundred and forty thousand United States Dollars), in which case the Company shall be liable for the entire amount and not only the excess.

 

  c.

The Subscribers shall not be entitled to any compensation for a Warranty Breach unless notice (the “Claim Notification”) in writing of such claim has been received by the Company containing a description of the facts and circumstances that gave rise to the claim, as well as an estimate of the amount of the claim, all to the extent known to the Subscribers.

 

  d.

The Subscribers undertake to inform the Company as soon as reasonably possible after becoming aware of facts and circumstances that could give rise to a claim for either a Warranty Breach. Any failure or delay on the part of the Subscribers to notify the Company shall not prejudice the right of the Subscribers to make a claim, but the Damages payable shall be reduced to the extent Damages have arisen solely and directly as a consequence of such delay.

 

  e.

Other than with respect to Fundamental Warranties or Tax Warranties, the Subscribers shall not be entitled to claim any Damages after 24 (twenty four) months have lapsed after the Closing Date, with respect to Warranty Breaches; it being understood, however, that a claim by the Subscribers in relation to any Damages relating to the Fundamental Warranties or Tax Warranties may be made within 60 (sixty) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitation.

 

  f.

Title 1 of Book 7 of the Dutch Civil Code shall not be applicable to the acquisition of the Shares by the Subscribers pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.2.3

The Parties acknowledge and confirm that (i) the Subscribers have decided to enter into this Agreement solely in reliance on the Representations and Warranties in the terms stated herein. Each Subscriber acknowledges and confirms that the Representations and Warranties are the

 

15


Execution Copy

 

  only representations, warranties or other assurances of any kind given by or on behalf of the Company on which the Subscribers may rely (and has relied upon) in entering into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein and shall not have the right to invoke any warranties contained in or implied by Dutch law. In particular, each Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company does not make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of forecasts, estimates, projections, statements of intent or any opinion provided to the Subscribers.

 

4.2.4

Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the liability of the Company in the event of fraud (bedrog) or willful misconduct (opzet) on the part of the Company’s employees.

 

4.2.5

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the rights of any Subscriber to recover any Damages or seek any other remedy with respect to a Warranty Breach of the Fundamental Warranties or Tax Warranties hereunder will not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, (whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing Date), with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Company or any other matter, other than, for the avoidance of doubt, expressly set forth in the Disclosure Letter with specific reference to the Fundamental Warranties or Tax Warranties. The waiver of any condition based on the accuracy of any such representation or warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any such covenant or agreement, will not affect the right to recover Damages, or seek any other remedy based on any such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement. No Subscriber shall be required to show reliance on any representation, warranty, certificate or other agreement in order for such Subscriber to be entitled to recover Damages or seek any other remedy hereunder.

 

  4.3

Investment decision

 

4.3.1

Each Subscriber acknowledges and confirms that (i) it may not rely on any investigation that another Subscriber, any of its Affiliates or any person acting on its behalf, may have conducted or made available in any form, and none of such persons has made any representation to the Subscribers, express or implied, with respect to the Company and/or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any related documents and (ii) it has independently made the decision to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any related documents and has not relied in any manner whatsoever on any other Subscribers, in each case except as set forth in the Representations and Warranties under this Agreement.

 

5

CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

5.1

Each of the Parties agrees that the any information relating to the Company or its Business or assets set forth in this Agreement and the existence or the contents of this Agreement shall be subject to the Clause 11 of the Shareholders Agreement (including for the avoidance of doubt any permitted disclosures as included in that Clause 11).

 

16


Execution Copy

 

6

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  6.1

Further action

If at any time after the Closing, any further action is necessary or desirable in order to implement this Agreement, each Party shall at its own cost execute and deliver any further documents and take all such necessary action as may reasonably be requested from each of such party.

 

  6.2

Invalidity

In the event that a provision of this Agreement is null and void or unenforceable (either in whole or in part), the remainder of this Agreement shall continue to be effective to the extent that, given this Agreements substance and purpose, such remainder is not inextricably related to the null and void or unenforceable provision. The Parties shall make every effort to reach agreement on a new clause which differs as little as possible from the null and void or unenforceable provision, taking into account the substance and purpose of this Agreement.

 

  6.3

Amendment

Any amendment to this Agreement shall only have force and effect if approved by the Board and approved in writing by the Series C Investor Majority, which must include either (i) Viking or its permitted transferees or (ii) GA or its permitted transferees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement (including any amounts to be invested by the Parties) may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Party so as to adversely affect such Party in a manner different or disproportionate to other Parties, without the written consent of such Party.

 

  6.4

Costs

The Subscribers shall bear their own fees and expenses incurred in connection with their due diligence and any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement and related transaction documentation (including legal expenses). The Company shall bear its own legal and other expenses, in particular for the preparation of the corporate documents to implement the transactions set out in this Agreement on the Closing Date.

 

17


Execution Copy

 

  6.5

Consequences of termination

 

6.5.1

If the Closing shall not have occurred by 10 November, 2020, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, notwithstanding any amendment to the Closing Date pursuant to Clause 6.3 (Amendment) or otherwise, this Agreement may be terminated by the Company, in its sole discretion, and be of no further force and effect.

 

6.5.2

In the event that this Agreement is terminated, this Agreement shall have no further effect with the exception of the provisions set forth in Clause 5 (Confidentiality and announcements) and Clause 6 (Miscellaneous) which provisions shall survive any termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

 

6.5.3

Termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to the liability of any Party as a result of such Party failing to fulfil any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  6.6

Entire agreement

This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter covered hereby and supersedes all earlier agreements and understandings, whether oral, written or otherwise, between the Parties.

 

  6.7

No implied waiver

 

6.7.1

Nothing shall be construed as a waiver under this Agreement unless a document to that effect has been signed by the Parties or notice to that effect has been given.

 

6.7.2

The failure of a Party to exercise any right under this Agreement (which shall include the granting by a Party to either (any) of the other Parties of an extension of time in which to perform its obligations under any provision hereof) shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of the right to exercise any such right in the future.

 

  6.8

No rescission

The Parties hereby waive their rights under articles 6:228 and 6:265 to 6:272 inclusive of the Dutch Civil Code to rescind (ontbinden) and/or annul (vernietigen) or demand in legal proceedings the rescission (ontbinding), and/or annulment (vernietiging) in whole or in part, of this Agreement and their rights under article 6:230 of the Dutch Civil Code to request in legal proceedings the amendment of this Agreement.

 

  6.9

Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

18


Execution Copy

 

  6.10

Notices

 

6.10.1

Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and may be sent by courier or by registered mail or email and shall be effective when received, and in any event no later than:

 

  a.

when sent by courier service 3 (three) days after dispatch;

 

  b.

when sent by registered mail 3 (three) days after dispatch;

 

  c.

when sent by email, on the date of transmission, if transmitted before 5.00 p.m. (local time at the place of destination) on any Business Day and in any other case on the Business Day following the date of transmission.

 

6.10.2

For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the Parties shall be as specified in Schedule 9 (Notices) or at such other address as the Party to be given notice may have notified to the other Parties from time to time in accordance with this Clause as its address for receiving notices. For avoidance of doubt, in case multiple email addresses are provided in Schedule 9 (Notices), then the notice is effective only if sent to all listed email addresses.

 

6.10.3

The provisions of this Clause shall not apply in relation to the service of documents for the purpose of litigation.

 

  6.11

Assignment or encumbrance

No Party may assign this Agreement (contractsoverneming) or assign or encumber any of its rights thereunder without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

 

  6.12

Notary

The Parties are aware of the fact that the Notary works with NautaDutilh N.V., the firm that is advising the Company. With reference to the Code of Conduct (Verordening beroeps- en gedragsregels) established by the Royal Notarial Professional Organisation (Koninklijke Notariële Beroepsorganisatie), the Parties herewith explicitly agree that Company is assisted by NautaDutilh N.V. in relation to this Agreement and any agreements that may be concluded, or disputes that may arise, in connection therewith.

 

  6.13

Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

19


Execution Copy

 

  6.14

Disputes

Any dispute in connection with this Agreement or any Agreement resulting therefrom shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court in Amsterdam.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Signature pages follow

 

20


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
PHARVARIS B.V.

By: /s/ B. Modig                                    

Name: B. Modig

Title: CEO

Address: Pharvaris B.V.

                J.H. Oortweg 21

                2333 CH Leiden

                The Netherlands

                Attn: B. Modig

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

21


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
FORESITE CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P.
By: Foresite Capital Management IV, LLC, its General Partner
By: /s/ Dennis D. Ryan                            
Name: Dennis D. Ryan
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Address: Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.

                600 Montgomery Street

                Suite 4500

                San Francisco, CA 94111

                The United States

                Attn: Michael Rome

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

22


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
FORESITE CAPITAL FUND V, L.P.
By: Foresite Capital Management IV, LLC, its General Partner

By: /s/ Dennis D. Ryan                                

Name: Dennis D. Ryan

Title: Chief Financial Officer

Address: Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.

                600 Montgomery Street

                Suite 4500

                San Francisco, CA 94111

                The United States

                Attn: Michael Rome

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

23


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
BAIN CAPITAL LIFE SCIENCES FUND, L.P.
By: Bain Capital Life Sciences Partners, L.P., its General Partner

By: Bain Capital Life Sciences

Investors, LLC, its General Partner

By: /s/ Jeffrey Schwartz                            

Name: Jeffrey Schwartz

Title: Managing Director

Address: Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P.

                200 Clarendon Street Boston,

                MA 02116

                The United States

                Attn: Ricky Sun

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

24


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
BCIP LIFE SCIENCES ASSOCIATES, L.P.
By: Boylston Coinvestors, LLC, its General Partner
By: /s/ Jeffrey Schwartz                                    
Name: Jeffrey Schwartz
Title: Authorized Signatory
Address: BCIP Life Sciences Associates, LP 200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116 The United States Attn: Ricky Sun

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

25


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VENBIO GLOBAL STRATEGIC FUND III, L.P.
By: venBio Global Strategic GP III, L.P., its General Partner
By: venBio Global Strategic GP III, Ltd, its General Partner
By: /s/ Richard Gaster                                             
Name: Richard Gaster
Title: Partner
Address: venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P. 1700 Owens Street Suite 595
San Francisco, CA 94158, United States of America Attn: Richard Gaster

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

26


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VENROCK HEALTHCARE CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.
By: VHCP Management III, LLC, its General Partner
By: /s/ David L. Stepp                                             
Name: David L. Stepp
Title: Authorized Signatory
Address: Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P. 3340 Hillview Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94304 Attn: Sherman Souther

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

27


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VHCP CO-INVESTMENT HOLDINGS III, LLC
By: VHCP Management III, LLC, its manager
By: /s/ David L. Stepp                                                 
Name: David L. Stepp
Title: Authorized Signatory
Address: VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC 3340 Hillview Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94304 Attn: Sherman Souther

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

28


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VENROCK HEALTHCARE CAPITAL PARTNERS EG, L.P.
By: VHCP Management EG, LLC, its General Partner
By: /s/ David Stepp                                                 
Name: David L. Stepp
Title: Authorized Signatory
Address: Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners Eg, L.P. 3340 Hillview Avenue Palo Alto, CA 94304 Attn: Sherman Souther

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

29


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VIKING GLOBAL OPPORTUNITIES ILLIQUID INVESTMENTS SUB-MASTER LP
By: Viking Global Opportunities Portfolio GP LLC, its General Partner
By: /s/ Matthew Bloom                                             
Name: Matthew Bloom
Title: Authorized Signatory
Address: Viking Global Investors LP 55 Railroad Ave. Greenwich, CT 06830 Attn: Haley Garrett

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

30


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
GENERAL ATLANTIC PH B.V.
By: /s/ I.M. van der Hoorn                                        
Name: I.M. van der Hoorn
Title: Director A
By: /s/ W.H. Kamphuijs                                             
Name: W.H. Kamphuijs
Title: Director B
Address: General Atlantic Services Raamplein 1, 1016XK Amsterdam the Netherlands Attn: Ingrid van der Hoorn

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

31


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CORMORANT GLOBAL HEALTHCARE MASTER FUND, L.P.
By: /s/ Bihua Chen                                                     
Name: Bihua Chen
Title: Managing Member of the GP
Address: Cormorant Global Healthcare
Master Fund, L.P. 200 Clarendon Street 52nd Floor Boston, MA 02116 Attn: Neb Obradovic

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

32


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CORMORANT PRIVATE HEALTHCARE FUND III, L.P.
By: /s/ Bihua Chen                                                     
Name: Bihua Chen
Title: Managing Member of the GP
Address: Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund III, L.P. 200 Clarendon Street 52nd Floor Boston, MA 02116 Attn: Neb Obradovic

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

33


Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CRMA SPV, L.P.
By: /s/ Bihua Chen                                                     
Name: Bihua Chen
Title: Managing Member of the Investment Manager
Address: CRMA SPV, L.P. 200 Clarendon Street 52nd Floor Boston, MA 02116 Attn: Neb Obradovic

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

34


Execution Copy

 

Schedule

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

Part 1

Definitions

The following capitalized terms and expressions in this Agreement have the following meanings:

 

Accounts

   means the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at the 31 December 2019 and the consolidated profit and loss account of the Company for the 12 (twelve) month period ended on the Accounts Date and both in respect of the Group, together with the explanatory notes thereto

Accounts Date

   means 31 December 2019

Affiliate

   means any subsidiary and any other person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such person

Agreement

   means this share subscription agreement, as defined in the introduction to this Agreement

Anti-Corruption Laws

   means the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, (15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq.) (the FCPA), the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010, applicable laws passed pursuant to the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or, and any similar anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws of any other jurisdiction where the Company operates

Articles

   means the articles of association of the Company

Board of Directors

   means the one-tier board of the Company

Business Day

   means a day on which banks and foreign exchange markets are generally open in the United States and the Netherlands for formal business

Business

   has the meaning set out in Recital A

Claim Notification

   has the meaning set out in Clause 4.2.2

Clause

   means a clause of this Agreement

 

35


Execution Copy

 

Closing Date

   means the earlier of (i) 3 November 2020, or if parties do not close on 3 November 2020, than the Closing Date shall be 4 November 2020 or 5 November 2020, or (ii) such other date agreed between the Parties in writing

Closing

   means the execution of the Deed of Issue

Closing Conditions

   has the meaning set out in Clause 3.1

Company

   has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement

Company’s Officers

   means Berndt Modig, Jochen Knolle, Anne Lesage, Morgan Conn, Peng Yu and Anna Nijdam

Code

   means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract

   has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 15(a) of Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)

Damages

   has the meaning set out in article 6:96 et seq. of the Dutch Civil Code (vermogensschade), provided, however, that “Damages” shall (i) subject to item, (ii) below, exclude indirect, consequential damages, punitive and multipliers and (ii) include any diminution in the value of the Series C Shares.

Data Room

   the online data site run by Datasite of which the index is attached hereto as Schedule 8 (Data Room Index)

Deed of Issue

   means the notarial deed of issue (notariele akte van uitgifte) to be executed by the Notary at the Closing Date, pursuant to which the Subscribers will acquire the Series C Shares as provided for in this Agreement, attached hereto as Schedule 3 (Deed of Issue)

Directors

   means the Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Company

Disclosure Letter

   means the disclosure letter attached hereto as Schedule 12 (Disclosure Letter)

Dutch Civil Code

   means the Dutch civil code (Burgerlijk Wetboek)

Dutch Holdco

   has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital A

Dutch Subsidiary

   has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital A

 

36


Execution Copy

 

EUR” or “Euro

   means the basic unit of currency among participating European Union countries

Executive Director

   has the meaning set out in the Shareholders’ Agreement

Existing Shareholders

   has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2(d) of Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)

Family Member

   shall mean, with respect to any person, such persons’ spouse, including any life partner or similar statutorily-recognized domestic partner, child (natural or adopted), or any other direct lineal descendant of such person (or his or her spouse, including any life partner or similar statutorily-recognized domestic partner) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to as “family members”)

Fundamental Warranties

   all of the representations and warranties in Clause 4.1.1, and sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 of Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)

Governmental Entity

   means any United States federal, state or local, or other non-U.S. governmental, or supra-national or public international organization (e.g., the World Bank, the Red Cross, etc.), or any regulatory or administrative authority, agency, legislative body or committee, division, instrumentality or commission, educational agency, political party, royal family, government-owned or controlled enterprise, organization, or body, or judicial or arbitral body thereof.

Governmental Official

   means (a) an officer, agent or employee of a Governmental Entity or (b) a candidate for government or political office.

Group Company

   has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital A

Group

   has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital A

Intellectual Property Rights

   means all patents, patent applications, registered and unregistered trademarks, trademark applications, registered and unregistered service marks, service mark applications, tradenames, copyrights, trade secrets, domain names, information and proprietary rights and processes, similar or other intellectual property rights, subject matter of any of the foregoing, tangible embodiments of any of the foregoing, licenses in, to and under any of the foregoing, and any and all such cases that are owned or used by the Company in the conduct of the Company’s Business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted

 

37


Execution Copy

 

Investor Subscription Price Per Share

   means USD 13.7308771472486 per Series C Share
“Issued Shares”    has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 2(a) of Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)
“Made Available”    means the information posted to the Data Room and available for the Subscriber and their counsel to review, up to and including October 30, 2020

Net Cash Analysis

   has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 10(b) of Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)

Non-Executive Director

   has the meaning set out in the Shareholders’ Agreement

Notary

   means any civil law notary working at NautaDutilh N.V. or any of their deputies

Operating Budget

   means the business plan of the Company as presented to the Board from time to time and the Operating Budget set forth in Schedule 5 (Operating Budget).

Ordinary Shares

   means ordinary shares in the share capital of the Company

Parties

   has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement

Party

   has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement

Permits

   has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 16(a) of Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)

Persons

   means any individual, firm, company, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organisation, entity or division, government, governmental authority, tax authority, state or agency of a state or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality)

Related Parties

   has the meaning ascribed thereto in section 15(c) of Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)

 

38


Execution Copy

 

Related Person

   means in relation to any Person, a Person who or which is a Director or shareholder of that Person, or (if applicable) his or her spouse, registered partner or relatives in blood or by marriage in the direct line and in the collateral line in the first degree

Representations and Warranties

   means the representations and warranties as set out in Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)

Schedule

   means any schedule to this Agreement

Securities Act

   means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Series C Investor Majority

   means the majority of the issued and outstanding Series C Shares held by the Subscribers and their permitted transferees.

Series C Shares

   has the meaning set out in Recital F

Shareholders Agreement

   has the meaning set out in Recital H

Shareholders Resolution

   has the meaning set out in Clause 3.4.2

Shares

   means the issued shares in the capital of the Company

Subscribers

   has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement

Subscriber Representatives

   means the employees of the investment manager of the respective Subscriber that have actively participated in the investment

Subscriber Shares

   means the Series C Shares subscribed for and issued pursuant to this Agreement

Subscription Price

   has the meaning set out in Clause 2.1.1

Swiss Subsidiary

   has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital A

Tax Authority

   means a governmental authority competent to impose any liability in respect of Tax or responsible for the administration and/or collection of Tax

 

39


Execution Copy

 

Tax” or “Taxation    means any form of taxation of any country or jurisdiction, whether arising by way of a primary liability or by way of a secondary liability, whether direct or indirect, and any levy, duty, charge, contribution (including but not limited to any social security contribution or employee social security scheme), withholding or impost, and any liability for repayment of unlawful state aid in relation to Tax imposed, assessed and/or collected (including all interest and penalties relating thereto)
Tax Warranties    all of the representations and warranties in section 21 of Schedule 7 (Representations and Warranties)
US Subsidiary    has the meaning ascribed thereto in Recital A
USD    means United States dollars
USD Notary Account    means the bank account in the name of Kwaliteitsrekening Notarissen Amsterdam NautaDutilh N.V., with ABN AMRO Bank N.V., IBAN: NL56ABNA0415769779, BIC code ABNANL2A
Warranty Breach    has the meaning set out in Clause 4.2.1

 

40


Execution Copy

 

Part 2

Provisions

For the purpose of this Agreement:

 

  a.

Gender and number Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, unless specifically defined otherwise. Words denoting one gender shall include another gender.

 

  b.

Reference to include The words “include”, “included” or “including” are used to indicate that the matters listed are not a complete enumeration of all matters covered and will be construed as meaning “including without limitation” except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement.

 

  c.

Headings The headings are for convenience or reference only and are not to affect the construction of this Agreement or to be taken into consideration in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

  d.

Clauses, Recitals, Schedules, etc. Unless otherwise stated, Clause, Recital, Schedule or Annex means a clause (including all subclauses), a recital in or to this Agreement or a Schedule or an Annex respectively.

 

  e.

Awareness The expression “so far as the Company is aware”, “to the best knowledge of the Company” or any similar expression shall be deemed to refer to the knowledge of the Company’s Officers after due enquiry on the Closing Date.

 

  f.

Days Unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, when any number of days is prescribed in this Agreement, it must be calculated exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a day other than a Business Day, in which case the last day will be the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.

 

  g.

Drafting party No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted adversely against a Party solely because that Party was responsible for drafting that particular provision. It is acknowledged that representatives of each Party have participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement.

 

  h.

Language If there is a discrepancy between an English language word and a Dutch language word used to clarify it and then to the extent of the conflict only, the meaning of the Dutch language word shall prevail.

 

  i.

Dutch concepts References to any Dutch legal concept in any jurisdiction other than the Netherlands shall be deemed to include the concept which in that jurisdiction most closely approximates the Dutch legal concept.

 

41


Execution Copy

 

  j.

Documents A reference to any document referred to in this Agreement is a reference to that document as amended, varied or supplemented (other than in breach or the provisions of this Agreement) from time to time.

 

  k.

Subsidiary A company is a subsidiary of another company, its holding company, if that other company:

 

  i.

holds a majority of the voting rights in it;

 

  ii.

has the right, either alone or pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members, to appoint or remove a majority of its management board or its supervisory board (if any);

 

  iii.

is a shareholder or member of it and controls alone or together with other Persons, pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members, a majority of the voting rights in it; or

 

  iv.

is a subsidiary of a company which is itself a subsidiary of that other company.

 

  l.

Ordinary course of business An action taken by a Person will be deemed to have been taken in the “ordinary course of business” only if: such action is consistent with the past practices of such Person and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such Person; and such action is similar in nature and magnitude to actions customarily taken, without any authorisation by the supervisory board or other governing board or body exercising similar authority (where applicable) of such Person.

 

  m.

Arm’s length Where any provision is qualified or phrased by reference to an “arm’s length” basis or principle, such qualification or reference shall mean the conditions which would be obtained between comparable, independent Persons in comparable transactions (taking into account the assets used, the responsibilities and risks assumed and the division of benefits between the parties) and comparable circumstances (taking into account the times and places of performance and the parties’ business strategies), thereby providing the closest approximation of the workings of the open market.

 

42


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 2.

    CAPITALIZATION OF THE COMPANY

 

43


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 3.

    DEED OF ISSUE

 

44


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 4.

    SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

45


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 5.

    OPERATING BUDGET

 

46


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 6.

    ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

47


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 7.

    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

1.

Organisation

(a) Each of the Company, Dutch Holdco and the Dutch Subsidiary is a private limited liability company (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakeliikheid) duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Netherlands and has as such the corporate power to own assets and enter into obligations in its own name and to transact any business within the objects clause as set forth in their respective articles of association.

(b) The Swiss Subsidiary is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Switzerland and has as such the corporate power to own assets and enter into obligations in its own name.

(c) The US Subsidiary is a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has as such the corporate power to own assets and enter into obligations in its own name.

(d) The Disclosure Letter set forth in Schedule 12 (Disclosure Letter) contains a complete and correct copy of the shareholders’ register of the Company and of each Company Subsidiary, which correctly sets forth the ownership of all outstanding shares of the Company and of each Company Subsidiary, existing prior to the issuance of Subscriber Shares contemplated by the Agreement.

(e) No action, request or proposal has been taken or made and no resolution, decision, order or petition to dissolve, liquidate, merge (fuseren), demerge (splitsen) or other reorganization of any Group Company has been issued, adopted or applied for by any Group Company, the Existing Shareholders (as defined below) or, to the knowledge of the Company, by a third party. No petition for the bankruptcy (faillissement) or suspension of payments (surséance van betaling) or similar procedure in any other jurisdiction has been filed by or announced in writing to any Group Company, no receiver (curator of bewindvoerder) has been appointed for any Group Company, or any of its assets and no attachment (beslag) has been made of any of the assets of any Group Company. No Group Company has been a party to any merger (fusie) or demerger (splitsing) procedure.

(f) The Company, Dutch Holdco and Dutch Subsidiary is duly registered with the Commercial Register and the information contained in the extract regarding the Company, Dutch Holdco and Dutch Subsidiary included in the Disclosure Letter is complete and correct.

 

2.

Capitalization

(a) The issued share capital of each Group Company (the “Issued Shares”) is correctly reflected in Section 3.3 to the Disclosure Letter, including, with respect to outstanding Ordinary Shares and stock options, vesting schedule and repurchase/exercise price, and with regard to the Company assumes the issuance of the Subscriber Shares.

(b) No depositary receipts with meeting rights have been issued for any of the Issued Shares. The Issued Shares are legally and beneficially owned by the persons set forth in the shareholders register of each Group Company, free from any liens, charges, pledges, rights of usufruct (vruchtgebruik), attachments (beslagen), other limited rights (beperkte rechten), encumbrances, or defects in title.

 

48


Execution Copy

 

(c) All of the Issued Shares are validly issued by the Group Company and fully paid-up.

(d) Other than the persons set forth in the shareholders register of each Group Company (the “Existing Shareholders”), no persons exist that have right to receive dividends or distributions of any kind from the relevant Group Company. No one, with the exception of the Existing Shareholders, has any right to distribution arising out of the profit, reserves and/or liquidation balance of the relevant Group Company.

(e) Except for equity awards as set forth in Section 3.4 to the Disclosure Letter and save as contemplated by the Agreement and by the Shareholders Agreement, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, calls, contracts, commitments, understandings, restrictions, arrangements, rights or warrants, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security, instrument or other agreement obligating any Group Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, or otherwise to become outstanding, additional shares of the capital stock of any Group Company or obligating it to grant, extend or enter into any such agreement or commitment, and there are no resolutions of the general meeting of any Group Company providing for the issuance of shares in its capital or the grant of options or other rights to acquire shares in its capital that have not been implemented, other than the Shareholders Resolution.

(f) There are no voting trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any shares of any Group Company, except for those contemplated by the first amended and restated shareholders agreement dated 1 August 2019 and the Shareholders Agreement.

(g) Since its incorporation no dividend(s) and/or interim dividend(s) or any other kinds of distribution has been declared or paid by any Group Company.

(h) The issuance of the Subscriber Shares in accordance with the Agreement does not constitute an infringement of the Articles of any Group Company and any other constitutional document of any Group Company.

(i) Other than this Agreement, the first amended and restated shareholders agreement dated 1 August 2019 and the Shareholders Agreement, there are no agreements, arrangements or obligations (including but not limited to any arrangements with respect to the voting rights attached to the existing shares in the capital of the Company) which affect or impair or which may affect or impair any rights attached to the existing shares in the Company.

(j) Each “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as such term is defined under Section 409A(d)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the guidance thereunder) under which the Company makes, is obligated to make or promises to make, payments (each, a “409A Plan”) complies in all material respects, in both form and operation, with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance thereunder. To the knowledge of the Company, no payment to be made under any 409A Plan is, or will be, subject to the penalties of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.

(k) None of the Company’s stock purchase agreements or stock option documents contains a provision for acceleration of vesting (or lapse of a repurchase right) or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or understanding upon the occurrence of any event or combination of events, including, without limitation, in the case where the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan is not assumed in an acquisition, other than as disclosed in section 3.5 of the Disclosure Letter.

 

49


Execution Copy

 

(l) All outstanding Ordinary Shares held by a Key Holder (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) are subject to (i) a right of first refusal in favor of the Company upon any proposed transfer (other than in case of Permitted Transfers (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement)); and (ii) a lock-up or market standoff agreement of not less than one hundred eighty (180) days following the Company’s initial public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.

(m) Section 3.6 to the Disclosure Letter sets forth the Investor Subscription Price Per Share for the Series A and Series B Shares as such term is used in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

3.

Authorisation; Non-Contravention; Approvals; Effects of execution

(a) The execution of the Agreement by the Company does not violate, conflict with any provision of, or constitute a default under, or result in the termination of, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration under, or result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the Company under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of (i) the Articles or (ii) any present statute, law, governmental regulation or other binding regulation in the Netherlands or in another jurisdiction to which the Company is subject.

(b) Except for filings with and registrations in the commercial register and except for notices to the tax authorities, no declaration, filing or registration with, or notice to, or authorization, consent or approval of, any court, governmental or regulatory body or authority or any other person is necessary in connection with (i) the execution of any document in relation to the Agreement by the Company or (ii) the consummation by the Company of any of the transactions contemplated thereby.

(c) The Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company (as the case may be) in accordance with the terms thereof.

(d) The execution of the Agreement and the performance of the transactions and obligations contemplated thereby do not constitute a default under and will not result in a breach of any contract, encumbrance, order, judgment or any provision of the Articles of the Company.

(e) All approvals required for the execution of the Agreement by the Company and the Existing Shareholders and the performance of the obligations hereunder by the Company have been obtained by the Company and the Existing Shareholders and are irrevocable and unconditional.

(f) The person executing the Agreement on behalf of the Company has the necessary authority to do so.

 

4.

Subsidiaries

The Company has no (direct or indirect) ownership interests in any company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, other than Dutch Holdco, the Dutch Subsidiary, the Swiss Subsidiary and the US Subsidiary (“Company’s Subsidiaries”). The Company directly holds 100% of the interest in the Company’s Subsidiaries. None of the Company’s Subsidiaries has granted any rights to any person to subscribe for shares in its capital. There have not been and are not any material breaches by any Company’s Subsidiary of its constitutional documents.

 

50


Execution Copy

 

5.

Directors/proxy holders

With the exception of the persons registered at the Commercial Register and as disclosed in Section 3.7 to the Disclosure Letter, there are no persons who have been appointed as director or proxy holder of the Company, the Dutch Holdco and the Dutch Subsidiary.

 

6.

Books; Reports

All books, records, minutes and written resolutions of the general meetings and management board meetings of any of the Group Companies (i) are in the possession of the Group Companies, (ii) have in all material respects been properly and accurately kept and completed to the date hereof in accordance with all applicable laws or binding regulations, (iii) give and reflect a true and fair view of all matters discussed therein. All filings and publications required under applicable laws or binding regulations of any jurisdictions in which each Group Company carries on business have been properly and timely made, other than as disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

 

7.

Litigation

(a) There are no claims, suits, actions or proceedings pending (the word “pending” when here and hereafter used in the context of claims shall have the meaning: brought before a court or other competent authority or body), or announced to any Group Company in writing or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened to be filed against, any Group Company or any officer, director, employee or consultant arising out of their relationship with any Group Company, or before any court, governmental department, commission, agency, instrumentality or authority, or any arbitrator.

(b) No Group Company is subject to any judgement, decree, injunction, rule or order of any court, governmental department, commission, agency, authority, or any arbitrator, which prohibits or restricts or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatens to prohibit or restrict, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by any Group Company pending or which any Group Company intends to initiate.

 

8.

Compliance with Laws

(a) Each Group Company has in all material respects complied with, and is currently complying with, all laws, regulations and orders applicable to it or its business. No conduct of any of the Group Companies’ business violates any provisions of any applicable laws, orders, regulations or requirements of any governmental agency having jurisdiction thereof.

(b) With regard to each Group Company, no investigation or review by any governmental or regulatory body or authority is pending or announced, or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened, nor has any governmental or regulatory body or authority indicated to any Group Company an intention to conduct the same.

(c) The transactions contemplated by the Agreement do not require any notification to any governmental authority, except for customary (and non-material) filings with and registrations in the commercial register and except for customary (and non-material) notices to the tax authorities.

 

51


Execution Copy

 

(d) No Group Company, nor any of their controlled Affiliates nor any of the their respective directors, officers, employees, to the knowledge of the Company agents or other Persons acting on their behalf have, directly or indirectly, made, offered, promised or authorized any payment or gift of any money or anything of value to or for the benefit of any Person, including a Governmental Official, for the purpose of (i) influencing any official act or decision of such Person or Governmental Official, (ii) inducing such Person or Governmental Official to use his, her or its influence to affect any act or decision, including of a Governmental Entity, (iii) inducing any Person or such Governmental Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the lawful duty of such Person or Governmental Official, or (iv) securing any improper advantage, in the case of (i) – (iv) above in order to assist any Group Company or controlled Affiliate in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any Person. No Group Company, nor any of their controlled Affiliates, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees, to the knowledge of the Company, agents or other Persons acting on their behalf, have made or authorized any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment of funds or received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or regulation. No officer, director, employee or holder of any financial interest in any Group Company or any of their controlled Affiliates is currently a Governmental Official. No Group Company, nor any of their controlled Affiliates, nor, any of their respective officers, directors or employees are the subject of any pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, allegation, voluntary disclosure, charges, claims, settlements, investigation, prosecution, civil or criminal enforcement action or other enforcement action related to the Anti-Corruption Laws. There are no actions, conditions or circumstances pertaining to the activities of any Group Company’s or any of their controlled Affiliates’ activities or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, or to the knowledge of the Company, agents or other Persons acting on their behalf that could reasonably be expected to give rise to any future claims, charges, investigations, violations, settlements, civil or criminal actions, lawsuits, or other court actions under any Anti-Corruption Laws. No Group Company, nor any of their controlled Affiliates have ever received an allegation, whistleblower complaint, or conducted any investigation regarding compliance or noncompliance with the Anti-Corruption Laws. Each Group Company and their controlled Affiliates have established and maintain risk-based procedures and reasonable internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure the Group Companies and their controlled Affiliates (including any of their officers, directors, employees, agents or other Person associated with or acting on their behalf) do not violate the Anti-Corruption Laws. Each Group Company and their controlled Affiliates keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Group Company or controlled Affiliate and maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (w) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (x) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles or any other criteria applicable to such statements, and to maintain accountability for assets; (y) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (z) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

9.

FDA and General Regulatory Compliance

(a) The Group Companies are and have been in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations implemented by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or any similar federal, state, or foreign governmental entity, regulatory authority, Notified Body, institutional review board or comparable authority, including the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and all other laws regarding developing, testing, manufacturing, marketing, distributing, promoting, complaint handling, or adverse

 

52


Execution Copy

 

event reporting with respect to any of the products or current business of such Group Company. All products, drug substances, and active pharmaceutical ingredients are manufactured or produced in compliance with applicable good manufacturing practices. All facilities, including contract manufacturing organizations, that are engaged in manufacturing, processing, packaging, or storing operate in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including good manufacturing practices, and all such facilities have all the required licenses, permits, certifications, and authorizations for its operations, which are in good standing, and none of these facilities has received any notice from any governmental entity, regulatory authority, or Notified Body identifying any material non-compliance or deficiencies. All non-clinical and clinical studies and testing conducted by or on behalf of any Group Company are being conducted in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. Group Companies have not received any notices or correspondence from the FDA or any other governmental entity, regulatory authority, Notified Body, or any institutional review board or comparable authority, requiring the termination or suspension of any studies, tests, preclinical development or clinical trials conducted by or on behalf of any Group Company, or any recall or withdrawal of any Group Company product, or any required corrective actions.

(b) Each Group Company possesses all necessary permits, licenses, registrations, certificates, authorizations, orders and approvals (or collectively, “Regulatory Permits”) from the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities or governmental entities necessary to conduct its business as now conducted, including all such Regulatory Permits issued by the FDA, such as an approved Investigational New Drug Application (IND), or any other federal, state or foreign agencies or bodies engaged in the regulation of drugs, pharmaceuticals, or biohazardous materials. No Group Company has received any notice of proceedings relating to the suspension, modification, revocation or cancellation of any such Regulatory Permits. Neither any Group Company nor, to any Group Company’s knowledge, any officer, employee or agent of any Group Company has been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct that has previously caused or would reasonably be expected to result in disqualification, debarment, suspension, exclusion, enforcement action, or any other adverse action or proceeding by a regulatory authority or governmental entity under any law or regulation.

 

10.

Financial Statements / Finance

(a) The Accounts give in all material respects a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group at the Accounts Date and of the results of the Group for the 12 (twelve) month period ended on the Accounts Date. Except as set forth in the Accounts the Group has no material liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the Accounts Date; (ii) obligations under Contracts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) liabilities and obligations of a type or nature not required to be reflected in the Accounts, which, in all such cases, individually and in the aggregate are not material to the Company’s Business or financial condition.

(b) The net cash analysis of the Group as of and for the six months ended 30 September 2020 (the “Net Cash Analysis”) give a true and fair view of net cash available as of 30 September 2020.

(c) Since the date of the Net Cash Analysis, there has not been any circumstance nor a change or event of whatever nature that has or is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Group or which will or is likely to result in any material adverse consequence or damage for the Group.

(d) Since the date of the Net Cash Analysis, the Group has not entered into any transaction outside the ordinary course of business.

 

53


Execution Copy

 

(e) The Company and the Existing Shareholders represent and warrant that no finders or similar fees shall be payable by any Group Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

 

11.

Title To and Condition Of Assets

(a) Each Group Company has all requisite power, capacity and authority to own and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business and activities as heretofore conducted.

(b) Each Group Company has good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the assets and properties used by it and that are material to its business (whether or not located on its premises), as reflected in the Management Accounts or acquired after the date thereof, except for properties and assets that have been disposed of or otherwise terminated in the ordinary course of business, free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges or encumbrances of any nature, except for the bank accounts of any Group Company, to which standard/ordinary bank conditions apply.

(c) All leases under which any Group Company leases real or personal property are listed in Section 3.10 to the Disclosure Letter and are valid and effective in accordance with their respective terms, and there is not, under any of such leases, any existing material default or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a material default.

(d) There are no assets used in the business of a Group Company that it does not own, lease or have an enforceable right to use.

(e) No Group Company owns any real property.

(f) No circumstance has arisen in relation to any asset held by a Group Company under a lease or similar agreement whereby the rental payable has been increased, except for normal increases and increases pursuant to inflation.

(g) There are no existing agreements with, options or rights of or commitments to any person to acquire any of the assets of any Group Company or any interest therein, other than in the ordinary course of business or as disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

 

12.

Inventory

No Group Company keeps any inventories other than as disclosed in the Disclosure Letter..

 

13.

Borrowings

No Group Company has entered into any loans, overdraft or other financial facilities. No Group Company has granted any security rights in favour of any company, any bank or any other person, other than those relating to the bank accounts of any Group Company, to which standard/ordinary bank conditions apply. No Group Company has loaned any amounts to persons (other than Group Companies pursuant to intercompany Contracts). Section 3.12 to the Disclosure Letter sets forth a summary of all intercompany obligations as of the date of this Agreement between the Group Companies.

 

54


Execution Copy

 

14.

Intellectual Property Rights

(a) No Group Company owns any patents, patent applications, tradenames, registered copyrights, domain names or marks except those which are set forth in Section 3.13 to the Disclosure Letter.

(b) Each employee and former employee and consultant and former consultant has assigned to a Group Company all Intellectual Property Rights he, she or it owns that are related to the Group’s business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted and all Intellectual Property Rights that he, she or it solely or jointly conceived, reduced to practice, developed or made during the period of his, her or its employment or consulting relationship with any Group Company that (a) relate, at the time of conception, reduction to practice, development, or making of such Intellectual Property Right, to the Group’s business as then conducted or as then proposed to be conducted, (b) were developed on any amount of any Group Company’s time or with the use of any of any Group Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or information or (c) resulted from the performance of services for any Group Company.

(c) There are no outstanding options, licenses or agreements of any kind relating to the Intellectual Property Rights granted by any Group Company or entered into by a Group Company, to which a Group Company is bound other than set forth in Section 3.14 to the Disclosure Letter.

(d) Since its incorporation, no Group Company has received any communications in writing alleging that it has violated or infringed or, by conducting its business, would violate or infringe any of the patents or other Intellectual Property Rights (including trade secrets and licenses) of any other Person, and the Company does not know of such violations or infringements by any Group Company.

(e) Each Group Company is fully authorized to make use of and/or exploit the relevant licensed Intellectual Property Rights in connection with the Group’s business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted.

(f) To the Company’s knowledge, the Group Companies own or possess or believe they can acquire on commercially reasonable terms sufficient legal rights to all Intellectual Property Rights without any conflict with, or infringement of, the rights of others, including prior employees or consultants, with which any of them may be affiliated now or may have been affiliated in the past. To the Company’s knowledge, no product proposed to be marketed or sold by the Group Companies violates or will violate any license or infringes or will infringe any intellectual property rights of any other party.

(g) For purposes of this Section 14 (Intellectual Property Rights), the Group Companies shall be deemed to have knowledge of a patent right if any Group Company has actual knowledge of the patent right or would be found to be on notice of such patent right as determined by reference to United States patent laws.

(h) Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Letter lists all patents and patent applications owned by or licensed to any Group Company.

 

15.

Contracts, Obligations and Commitments

(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.15 to the Disclosure Letter, there are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts or proposed transactions to which a Group Company is a party or by which it is bound that involve (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, a Group Company in excess of $200,000, (ii) the license of any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other

 

55


Execution Copy

 

proprietary right to or from any Group Company, (iii) the grant of rights to manufacture, produce, assemble, license, market, or sell its products to any other Person that limit the Group Companies’ exclusive right to develop, manufacture, assemble, distribute, market or sell its products, or (iv) indemnification by the Group Companies with respect to infringements of proprietary rights. Each contract disclosed in any section of the Disclosure Letter is referred to herein as a “Contract”.

(b) The Contracts have not been pledged or assigned in any respect, are legally valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and are in full force and effect, and there are no defaults under the Contracts. No Group Company has received written notice of any default, off-set, counterclaim or defence under any Contract. To the best of the Company’s knowledge there is no condition or event that has occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default or breach by a Group Company of the terms of any Contract. There does not exist, any security interest, mortgage, pledge, restriction, charge, lien, encumbrance or claim of others on any interest of a Group Company created under any Contract, except for customary security granted in the ordinary course of business. None of the Contracts is subject to termination from and after the Completion Date and prior to the expiration of its stated term by any party to such Contract, except as stated in each such Contract.

(c) There have been no transactions, agreements or understandings by a Group Company with any officer, employee, director, shareholder or any Affiliate or Family Member of any such party (“Related Parties”) other than disclosed in Section 3.16 to the Disclosure Letter and no Related Party has any cause of action or other claim whatsoever or owes any material amount to, or is owed any material amount by, a Group Company other than disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

(d) No Group Company is a party to any agency, distribution, marketing or purchasing agreement or arrangement or any (other) restrictive trading arrangement pursuant to which any part of its business is carried on or which in any way restricts its freedom to carry on (part of) its business in any part of the world, other than disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

(e) Except as set forth in Section 3.17 to the Disclosure Letter, there are no side letters or other agreements currently in effect of proposed between any Group Company and any of the Group Company’s current or prospective investors.

 

16.

Permits

(a) All necessary licenses, consents, approvals, permissions, permits and authorisations (public and private) (collectively, “Permits”) have been obtained by each Group Company to enable it to lawfully carry on its business effectively in the places and in the manner in which such business is now carried on and all such Permits are valid and in full force and effect and the Company knows of no reason, and is not aware of any facts or circumstances which (with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time) would be likely to give rise to any reason, why any of such Permits would be suspended, cancelled, revoked or not renewed.

(b) To the best knowledge of the Company, no Group Company needs any Permits, other than the Permits that it already obtained, to carry out the Operating Budget.

(c) None of the Permits may be terminated or otherwise affected upon as a result of the issuance of Shares to the Subscribers in accordance with the Agreement.

 

56


Execution Copy

 

(d) No Group Company breaches, infringes or violates any Permit. No Group Company has received a notice from any governmental authority or other person that it is breaching, infringing or violating any Permit.

(e) The transactions contemplated by the Agreement do not require any notification in respect of any Permit.

 

17.

Competition

No Group Company has committed or omitted to do any act or thing which could give rise to any financial penalty by any competition authority nor is any Group Company party to any agreement, practice or arrangement which in whole or in part is invalid under any other anti-trust, anti-monopoly or anti-cartel legislation or regulations, including but not limited to the Dutch Competition Act (Mededingingswet).

 

18.

Insurance

No Group Company has insurance policies except its current directors and officers insurance and as set out in Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

19.

Guarantees

None of the Group Companies is a guarantor or otherwise liable for any liability or obligation (including indebtedness) of any other person or legal entity.

 

20.

Employees

(a) No Group Company has officers, employees, directors or consultants other than set forth in Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Letter.

(b) The Group Companies have for the last 3 (three) years been in all material respects in compliance with the Applicable Law regarding employment and employment practices.

(c) No Group Company maintains or sponsors, or participates or contributes in, an employee benefit plan which is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(d) To the Company’s knowledge, no Group Company employee, contractor or consultant intends to terminate employment with a Group Company or is otherwise likely to become unavailable to continue as an employee, nor does any Group Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any of the foregoing.

(e) No Group Company has made any representations regarding equity incentives to any officer, employee, director or consultant that are inconsistent with the share amounts and terms set forth in the minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

57


Execution Copy

 

21.

Taxation

(a) Each Group Company has filed all taxation returns and made all taxation payments that should have been filed and paid. All taxation returns were true, correct and complete in all material respects.

(b) No final reminders for the filing of returns of any Group Company have been received with respect to tax periods for which no final assessment has been received on or before the Completion Date.

(c) No Group Company has concluded any agreement, ruling or compromise with any competent Tax Authority except as listed in Section 3.20 of the Disclosure Letter.

(d) No disputes exist with the Tax Authority regarding the taxation position of any Group Company, or any of its properties assets or income or regarding the taxation returns filed by it.

(e) No audits or investigations by the Tax Authority are presently being made regarding the taxation position of any Group Company or any of its properties, assets or income regarding the taxation returns filed by it.

(f) No requests for international exchange of information are pending regarding Taxation relating to any Group Company or its business relations.

(g) No objection procedure (bezwaarschriftprocedure) or similar procedure under foreign law or court proceedings are presently pending with the Tax Authority or the competent court or courts.

(h) Each Group Company has always duly and timely paid Taxation except as disclosed in Section 3.22 to the Disclosure Letter.

(i) Neither any Group Company, nor one or more of its managing directors (bestuurders) in their capacity as director, has ever been the subject of a criminal investigation relating to or involving Taxation.

(j) Neither any Group Company, nor one or more of its managing directors (bestuurders) in their capacity as director, has ever been found guilty of fraud relating to or involving Taxation.

(k) No collection procedures have been initiated against any Group Company or any of its properties, assets or income for account of any taxation. No Group Company has received any reminders (aanmaningen) or warrants (dwangbevelen) or other similar reminders or warrants under foreign law, relating to the payment of Taxation except as disclosed in Section 3.23 to the Disclosure Letter.

(l) No Group Company has acted as liquidator (vereffenaar) of any entity in the sense of the Netherlands General Tax Act (lichaam in de zin van de Algemene Wet inzake rijksbelastingen).

(m) The Company has never been classified as a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code and, based on the Company’s current projected income, assets and activities, does not expect to be so classified for its current taxable year during which the Closing occurs or for any future years.

 

58


Execution Copy

 

(n) Dutch Holdco, Dutch Subsidiary, US Subsidiary and Swiss Subsidiary is and has always been deemed exclusively tax resident of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and is not and has not been subject to Tax in any jurisdiction other than its place of incorporation by virtue of having a permanent establishment, a permanent representative, other place of business or any other taxable presence in that jurisdiction.

(o) All submissions to any Governmental Authority in connection with any request or application for granting cost reductions and reimbursements in respect of the research and development activities of any Group Company relating to the oral bradykinin B2 receptor including, without limitation, for the application of the Dutch R&D wage tax scheme (Regeling S&O-afdrachtvermindering) for each relevant period were true and accurate in all material respects as of the date of submission and the Company obtained an R&D declaration (S&O verklaring) from the relevant Governmental Authority for each relevant period and has complied with all terms and conditions of its R&D declarations and the R&D wage tax scheme. There are no facts that would reasonably be expected to result in any suspension, revocation or cancellation of the relevant R&D declarations obtained by the Company.

(p) The Company is treated as a corporation for purposes of the Code.

(q) Transactions entered into among the Group Companies and their affiliates comply, and, solely in relation to the sublicense agreement to be entered into by Pharvaris Netherlands B.V. and Pharvaris GmbH will comply, with all transfer pricing laws of all relevant jurisdictions in force at the date of this Agreement.

(r) The establishment of Pharvaris GmbH and the sublicense agreement to be entered into between Pharvaris Netherlands BV and Pharvaris Gmbh have not given rise and will not give rise to a taxable disposition of the intellectual property rights owned by Pharvaris Netherlands BV or any other Dutch Pharvaris entity for purposes of Dutch tax.

 

22.

Environmental Warranties

(a) In all material respects, all current and previous activities of the Group Companies have been conducted in compliance with all environmental laws, currently and previously applicable.

(b) No Group Company has received in writing any claim, notice, action or communication from any governmental or regulatory authority, nor is such claim pending or is such notice, action or communication, to the best knowledge of the Company, being prepared, claiming any violation of any of the relevant environmental laws.

 

23.

Disclosure

The Company has made available to the Subscribers all the information reasonably available to the Company and that the Company reasonably believes to be important for the Subscribers for deciding whether to acquire the Subscriber Shares. No representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement, as qualified by the information fairly disclosed in the Disclosure Letter, and no certificate furnished or to be furnished to Subscribers at the Closing contains any untrue statement of a material fact or, to the Company’s knowledge, omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. It is understood that this representation is qualified by the fact that the Company has not delivered to the Subscribers, and has not been requested to deliver, a private placement or similar memorandum or any written disclosure of the types of information customarily furnished to purchasers of securities.

 

59


Execution Copy

 

24.

U.S. and E.U. Trade and Economic Sanctions

The Group has compiled with all applicable U.S. and E.U. trade and economic sanctions laws and regulations. Without limiting the foregoing, the Group has not done any business or provided any products, technology or services, directly or indirectly, to any person in Iran, Syria, Cuba, North Korea or the Crimea region of the Ukraine or covered by any U.S. or E.U. list of sanctioned persons, including but not limited to the U.S. Department of Treasury’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. The Group also does not have any employees, officers, directors, contractors or agents who are nationals or citizens of Iran, Syria, Cuba, North Korea or the Crimea region of the Ukraine nor covered by any U.S. or E.U. list of sanctioned persons, including but not limited to the U.S. Department of Treasury’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.

 

25.

Privacy and Data Protection.

In connection with the collection, storage, use, disclosure, or other processing of any information constituting “personal information,” “personal data,” “protected health information,” or “personally identifiable information” as defined in applicable laws and regulations (collectively “Personal Data”) by or for any Group Company, each Group Company and its applicable personnel and service providers are in compliance, and have at all times been in compliance in all material respects, with (i) all applicable laws and regulations, (ii) applicable policies, notices, and statements regarding privacy, data protection, or data security, and (iii) the requirements of any contract or any binding codes of conduct or industry standards. Each Group Company maintains and has maintained reasonable and appropriate physical, technical, and administrative security measures and policies to protect all Personal Data owned, stored, used, maintained, controlled, or otherwise processed by or on behalf of each Group Company from and against unlawful, accidental or unauthorized access, destruction, loss, use, modification and/or disclosure. Each Group Company is in compliance, and has been in compliance in all material respects, with all laws and regulations, relating to data loss, theft and breach of security notification obligations. Except as has not been and would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Group Companies, there has been no occurrence of unlawful, accidental or unauthorized destruction, loss, use, modification or disclosure of or access to Personal Data or confidential information or trade secrets owned, stored, used, maintained, controlled, or processed by or for any Group Company.

 

26.

Defense Production Act

The U.S. Subsidiary is not a ‘TID US Business’ as defined in the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended, including all implementing regulations.

 

60


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 8.

    DATA ROOM INDEX

 

61


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 9.

    NOTICES

 

Pharvaris B.V.
Attn:    B. Modig
Email address:    berndt.modig@pharvaris.com
Address:   

J.H. Oortweg 21

2333 CH Leiden

The Netherlands

With copies, which shall not constitute notice, to:   

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

Attn. Sophia Hudson

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Email address: sophia.hudson@kirkland.com

 

NautaDutilh N.V.

Attn. Ruud Smits

Beethovenstraat 400 (1082 PR)

Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Email address: Ruud.Smits@nautadutilh.com

 

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.
Attn:    Michael Rome
Email address:    michael@foresitecapital.com
Address:   

600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500

San Francisco, CA 94111

The United States

 

Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P.
Attn:    Ricky Sun
Email address:    rsun@baincapital.com
Address:   

200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116

The United States

 

BCIP Life Sciences Associates, LP
Attn:    Ricky Sun
Email address:    rsun@baincapital.com
Address:   

200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116

The United States

 

62


Execution Copy

 

venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P.
Attn:    Richard Gaster
Email address:    richard@venbio.com
Address:    1700 Owens Street Suite 595 San Francisco, CA 94158,
United States of America

 

Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP
Attn:    Haley Garrett
Email address:    legalnotices@vikingglobal.com
Address:    c/o Viking Global Investors LP, 55 Railroad Ave., Greenwich, CT 06830
With copy to:   

 

Wilson Sonsini, Professional Corporation

701 5th Ave #5100, Seattle, WA 98104

Attn. John Brust

Email address: jbrust@wsgr.com

 

De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek

Att: Bernard Spoor and Heleen Koggink

Claude Debussylaan 80

1082 MD Amsterdam

The Netherlands

bernard.spoor@debrauw.com and heleen.koggink@debrauw.com

 

General Atlantic PH B.V.
Attn:    Ingrid van der Hoorn
Email address:    ivanderhoorn@generalatlantic.com
Address:    Raamplein 1, 1016XK Amsterdam, the Netherlands

 

With copy to:   

General Atlantic Services Company, L.P.

Park Avenue Plaza

55 East 52nd Street, 33rd Floor

New York, NY 10055

Attn.: Gordon Cruess

Email address: gcruess@generalatlantic.com

 

Wilson Sonsini, Professional Corporation

701 5th Ave #5100, Seattle, WA 98104

Attn. John Brust

Email address: jbrust@wsgr.com

 

63


Execution Copy

 

  

De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek

Att: Bernard Spoor and Heleen Koggink

Claude Debussylaan 80

1082 MD Amsterdam

The Netherlands

bernard.spoor@debrauw.com and heleen.koggink@debrauw.com

 

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P.
Attn:    Sherman Souther
Email address:   

ssouther@venrock.com

Address:   

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC
Attn:    Sherman Souther
Email address:    ssouther@venrock.com
Address:   

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners Eg, L.P.
Attn:    Sherman Souther
Email address:    ssouther@venrock.com
Address:   

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

 

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund III, LP
Attn:    Neb Obradovic
Email address:    neb@cormorant-asset.com
Address:   

200 Clarendon Street 52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP
Attn:    Neb Obradovic
Email address:    neb@cormorant-asset.com
Address:   

200 Clarendon Street 52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

CRMA SPV, LP
Attn:    Neb Obradovic
Email address:    neb@cormorant-asset.com
Address:   

200 Clarendon Street 52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 

64


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 10.

  OPINION OF DUTCH COUNSEL

 

65


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 11.

  NOTARY LETTER

 

66


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 12.

  DISCLOSURE LETTER

 

67


Execution Copy

 

Schedule 13.

  IPO ALLOCATION LETTERS

 

68

Exhibit 10.5

 

  LOGO   
 

1

Execution Copy

  

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

dated 5 November 2020

with regard to the shareholding in

PHARVARIS B.V.

 

 

for the terms and conditions of the participation of the

Shareholders in the Company

 

 

 

LOGO


 

LOGO

 

2

Execution Copy

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     7  

1.1

   Definitions and interpretation      7

1.2

   Schedules and Annexes      8
CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENTS AND SHARE CAPITAL      8  

2.1

   Articles of Association      8

2.2

   Capitalisation      8
BOARD      9  

3.1

   The Board      9

3.2

   Meetings      11

3.3

   Decision-making      12

3.4

   Representation      12

3.5

   Conflict of Interest      13

3.6

   Board Observer      13

3.7

   Expenses      14

3.8

   D&O Insurance      14

3.9

   Implementation at Subsidiaries      15
GENERAL MEETING      15  

4.1

   Voting Agreement      15

4.2

   Annual Meeting      16

4.3

   Meeting formalities      17

4.4

   Implementation at Subsidiaries      18
INFORMATION AND INSPECTION RIGHTS      19  

5.1

   General      19
TRANSFER OF SHARES      22  

6.1

   General      22

6.2

   Permitted Transfers      22

6.3

   Right of first refusal      24

6.4

   Drag along right      27

6.5

   Right of Co-Sale      30

6.6

   Effect of failure to comply      32


 

LOGO

 

3

Execution Copy

 

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS      33  
PREFERRED DIVIDEND, LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE, CONVERSION AND REDEMPTION      35  

8.1

   Deemed Liquidation Event      35

8.3

   Conversion      38
ANTI-DILUTION PROTECTION      40  
EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE SCHEME      42  
CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENTS      42  
DURATION      43  
DATA PROTECTION      44  
TAX      44  
REGISTRATION RIGHTS      47  
MISCELLANEOUS      59  

16.1

   Compliance      59

16.2

   Further action      60

16.3

   Invalidity      60

16.4

   Amendment      60

16.5

   Additional Investors      62

16.6

   Entire agreement      62

16.7

   No implied waiver      62

16.8

   No rescission      62

16.10

   Notices      62

16.11

   Assignment or encumbrance      63

16.12

   Notary      63

16.13

   Governing Law      63

16.14

   Disputes      64

16.15

   Restrictive Covenants      64

 

SCHEDULE 1.

   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      89  

SCHEDULE 2.

   CAPITALISATION OF THE COMPANY      106  

SCHEDULE 3.

   BOARD RESERVED MATTERS      107  

SCHEDULE 4.

   GENERAL MEETING RESERVED MATTERS      109  

SCHEDULE 5.

   DEED OF ADHERENCE      111  

SCHEDULE 6. 

   NOTICES      113  


 

LOGO

 

4

Execution Copy

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THE UNDERSIGNED

This second amended and restated shareholders agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into on 5 November 2020 among:

 

1.

Pharvaris B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), having its corporate seat in Leiden, the Netherlands (address: J.H. Oortweg 21, 2333 CH Leiden, the Netherlands, trade register number: 64239411) (the “Company”);

 

2.

Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP, a limited partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands, having its registered address at Maples Corporate Services Limited PO Box 309 Ugland House, Grand Cayman KY1-1104 Cayman Islands, and registered with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnerships (registration number 693988) (“Viking”);

 

3.

General Atlantic PH B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), having its corporate seat in Amsterdam (address: Raamplein 1, 1016XK Amsterdam, the Netherlands, trade register number: 78698154) (GA);

 

4.

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund III, LP, a limited partnership under laws of Delaware, having its registered office at the Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, DE 19801, and registered with the State of Delaware Division of Corporation under number 7995704 (“Cormorant-1”), Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP, a limited partnership under the laws of Cayman Islands, having its registered address at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands and registered with Cayman Islands Monetary Authority under number MC-71235 (“Cormorant-2”) and CRMA SVP, L.P., a limited partnership under the laws of Cayman Islands, having its registered address at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands and registered with Cayman Islands Monetary Authority under number MC-83458 (“Cormorant-3” and, together with Cormorant-1 and Cormorant-2,Cormorant”);

 

5.

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P., a limited partnership under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500, San Francisco, CA 94111 (file number 6382791) (“Foresite-1”) and Foresite Capital Fund V, L.P., a limited partnership under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500, San Francisco, CA 94111 (file number 7666811) (“Foresite-2” and, together with Foresite-1,Foresite”);

 

6.

Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P., an exempted limited partnership formed and registered under the laws of the Cayman Islands, having its registered office at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands and registered with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnerships (registration number 87418) (“Bain Capital”);


 

LOGO

 

5

Execution Copy

 

7.

BCIP Life Sciences Associates, LP, a limited partnership formed under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at Suite 302, 4001 Kennett Pike, Wilmington, Delaware, 19807 and registered with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (registration number 6201990) (“BCIP”, and together with Bain Capital, “Bain”)

 

8.

venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P., a Cayman Limited Partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands (registration number Cert #WC-95981), having its registered office at 1700 Owens Street Suite 595 San Francisco, CA 94158 (“venBio”);

 

9.

LSP V Cooperatieve U.A., a co-operative (coöperatie met uitgesloten aansprakelijkheid) organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, with its seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands with address at Johannes Vermeerplein 9, 1071 DV Amsterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce under file number 61888575 (“LSP V”);

 

10.

KURMA BIOFUND II, a private equity fund formed and existing under the laws of France, duly managed and represented by its management company Kurma Partners S.A., a limited company, with registered office at 24 Rue Royale, 75008, Paris (France), incorporated under the laws of France and registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Paris, under number 510 043 136, acting on behalf of and representing (“Kurma”);

 

11.

(i) Idinvest Patrimoine n°4 IR, (ii) Objectif Innovation Patrimoine n°8, (iii) Idinvest Patrimoine n°5, (iv) Idinvest Patrimoine 2015, (v) Objectif Innovation Patrimoine n°9 (vi) Idinvest Patrimoine n°6, (vii) Idinvest Partimoine 2019, and (viii) Objectif Innovation 2019; all of the foregoing being private equity funds formed and existing under the laws of France, duly managed and represented by its management company Idinvest Partners S.A., a limited company, with registered office at 117 Avenue des Champs Elysees, 75008, Paris (France), incorporated under the laws of France and registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Paris, under number 414 735 175, (which shall for the purpose of this Agreement be considered as one Party, and hereinafter collectively referred to as “Idinvest”);

 

12.

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware in the United States of America, having its registered office at 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 and registered with the Delaware Secretary of State, Division of Corporations (file number 6828508) (“Venrock-1”), VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the state of Delaware, the United States of America, having its registered office at 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 and registered with the Delaware Secretary of State, Division of Corporations (file


 

LOGO

 

6

Execution Copy

 

  number 6828501) (“Venrock-2”) and Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners Eg, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware in the United States of America, having its registered office at 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94304 and registered with the Delaware Secretary of State, Division of Corporations (file number 7852507) (“Venrock-3 and, together with Venrock-1 and Venrock-2,Venrock”);

 

13.

Berndt Modig, residing at Hirsernstrasse 6, CH-6052 Hergiswil NW, Switzerland, holder of the Swedish passport with number 91275034 (“Berndt Modig”);

 

14.

Schoodic Management B.V., a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, having its corporate seat in Leiden, The Netherlands, with address at J.H. Oortweg 21, 2333 CH Leiden, The Netherlands, registered with the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 62815024 (“Schoodic BV”);

 

15.

Joachim Knolle, residing at Wetteraustrasse 25, D-60389 Frankfurt am Main, Germany, born in Bad Lauterberg Im Harz, Germany, on the ninth day of June, nineteen hundred and forty-nine, married, holder of the German passport with number C5HTKFTPW (“Joachim Knolle”);

 

16.

Jens Eckart Kaspar Schneider-Mergener, residing at Weg zum Zwiebelfeld 1, 16798 Fiirstenberg, Germany, born in Bielefeld, Germany, on the tenth day of June, nineteen hundred and fifty-six, married, holder of the German passport with number C3R3YGK91 (“Jens Schneider-M.”);

 

17.

Johannes Gerardus Christiaan Petrus Schikan, residing at Herengracht 14C, 1015 BK Amsterdam, The Netherlands, born in Heerlen, The Netherlands, on the eleventh day of September, nineteen hundred and fifty-eight, married, holder of the Dutch passport with number NRL98CLO9 (“Hans Schikan”);

 

18.

Luc Madeleine Albert Dochez, residing at Klein Vilvoordestraat 8, 3078 Meerbeek, Belgium, born in Hasselt, Belgium, on the eight day of November, nineteen hundred and seventy-four, married, holder of the Belgian passport with number EJ276939 (“Luc Dochez”); and

 

19.

GrayMatters Consulting B.V.B.A., a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of Belgium, having its corporate seat at Nachtegalendreef 27, 2980 Zoersel, Belgium, with company number 0849 131 961 (“GrayMatters BVBA”);

the parties under numbers 2 through 12 collectively referred to as the “Investors” and each individual as an “Investor”; the parties under numbers 13 through 19 collectively referred to as the “Founders and each individually as a “Founder”; the parties under numbers 2 through 19 collectively referred to as the “Shareholders” and each individually as a “Shareholder”; and the parties under numbers 1 through 19 collectively referred to as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party.”


 

LOGO

 

7

Execution Copy

 

WHEREAS

 

A.

The Company is involved in the development and commercialization of a treatment of hereditary angioedema through orally available bradykinin B2 receptor antagonists (the “Business”).

 

B.

On the 31st day of March, 2016, the relevant Parties executed an agreement with regard to, among other things, the issue of convertible preferred shares A in the Company’s capital (the “Series A Shares”).

 

C.

On the 25th day of July 2019, the Series B Holders and the Company executed a share subscription agreement with regard to, among other things, the issue of convertible preferred shares B in the Company’s capital (the “Series B Shares”), which agreement was amended by an amendment agreement dated 29 July 2020 (the “Prior SSA”).

 

D.

On the 3rd day of November 2020, the Series C Holders and the Company executed a share subscription agreement, with regard to the issue of convertible preferred shares C in the Company’s capital (the “Subscription Agreement”, and the “Series C Shares”).

 

E.

Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, the Parties have, among other things, agreed to execute on the date of the Closing Date a notarial deed effectuating the issue of Series C Shares (in addition to the already issued Series A Shares, Series B Shares, and ordinary shares in the Company’s capital (the “Ordinary Shares”)) as a result of which the Shareholders will own 100% of the issued share capital of the Company.

 

F.

The Company, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Founders are parties to the first amended and restated shareholders agreement, dated August 1, 2019, which shall be amended and restated, in its entirety, by this Agreement.

 

G.

The Parties wish to lay down in this agreement and the Articles the terms and conditions for their participation in the Company.

NOW HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1

Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1.1

Capitalised terms and expressions used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed thereto in part 1 of Schedule 1 (Definitions and Interpretation).

 

1.1.2

The provisions set out in part 2 of Schedule 1 (Definitions and Interpretation) shall apply throughout this Agreement.


 

LOGO

 

8

Execution Copy

 

1.1.3

Headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

 

1.2

Schedules and Annexes

Each of the Schedules and Annexes forms part of this Agreement and have the same force and effect as if set out in the body of this Agreement. Any reference to this Agreement shall include a reference to all Schedules and Annexes.

CONSTITUTIONAL DOCUMENTS AND SHARE CAPITAL

 

2.1

Articles of Association

 

2.1.1

On or about the date of this Agreement, the Articles have been amended in accordance with the draft deed of amendment of the Articles attached to the Subscription Agreement.

 

2.1.2

The legal relationship (rechtsverhouding) between the Shareholders and the Company shall be governed by the Articles, the terms of this Agreement and Applicable Law. In case of any conflict between any of the terms of the Articles and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail, subject to mandatory law. In such event, the Parties shall reconcile at the first request of any Party the terms of the Articles with this Agreement, and the Parties agree that pending such reconciliation, they shall not act in a manner which is inconsistent with this Agreement. In addition, the Parties shall take such other action (including such actions as required under the Articles), all to the extent permitted under mandatory law, as to give maximum effect to the provisions and purpose of this Agreement.

 

2.1.3

A Person can hold Shares only if it is a Party to this Agreement.

 

2.2

Capitalisation

The capitalisation of the Company, immediately after the Closing as contemplated by the Subscription Agreement, is attached hereto as Schedule 2 (Capitalisation of the Company).

 

2.3

Existing Shareholders Agreement

This Agreement shall amend and restate the existing first amended and restated shareholders agreement dated August 1, 2019 entered into between the Company, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Founders (the “Prior Agreement”). The Company, the Series A Holders, the Series B Holders and the Founders hereby terminate the Prior Agreement.


 

LOGO

 

9

Execution Copy

 

2.4

Waiver

Each of the Founders, Series A Holders and Series B Holders hereby waives its pre-emption rights or any other transfer restrictions and its rights of first refusal and similar rights under the Articles and the Prior Agreement in relation to the issuances of the Series C Shares under and in accordance with the Subscription Agreement.

BOARD

 

3.1

The Board

 

3.1.1

The Company shall have a one tier Board composed of at most eight (8) members, being at least one (1) executive director and at most seven (7) non-executive directors (“Non-Executive Directors”), who are appointed pursuant to the following provisions:

 

  a.

one (1) member of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Company, who shall be appointed by the General Meeting and who is currently Berndt Modig (the “Executive Director”);

 

  b.

two (2) members of the Board shall be appointed, suspended and dismissed by the General Meeting of holders of Ordinary Shares (excluding the Preferred Holders), upon nomination by the Founders (the “Founder Directors”); provided, that at any such time that the Executive Director is a Founder, then the Founders shall have the right to nominate only one (1) Founder Director to be appointed as set forth in this Clause 3.1.1(b); the Founder Director is currently Hans Schikan, considering that the Executive Director is initially a Founder;

 

  c.

two (2) members of the Board, each being a Non-Executive Director, shall be appointed, suspended and dismissed by the General Meeting of Series A Holders, who shall not appoint a person that already has a Board seat, as follows (as with respect to each such Series A Holder, so long as such holder holds any Series A Shares), whereby:

 

  i.

one member is appointed, suspended and dismissed upon nomination by LSP and is currently Martijn Kleijwegt; and

 

  ii.

one member is appointed, suspended and dismissed upon nomination by Kurma and is currently Remi Droller;

the Non-Executive Directors under (i) and (ii) hereinafter jointly the “Series A Directors” and individually a “Series A Director”,


 

LOGO

 

10

Execution Copy

 

  d.

two (2) members of the Board, each being a Non-Executive Director, shall be appointed, suspended and dismissed by the General Meeting of Series B Holders as set forth below, who shall not appoint a person that already has a Board seat (as with respect to each such Series B Holder, so long as such holder holds any Series B Shares), whereby:

 

  iii.

one member is appointed, suspended and dismissed upon nomination by Foresite and is currently Michael Rome; and

 

  iv.

one member is appointed, suspended and dismissed upon nomination by venBio and is currently Richard Gaster;

the Non-Executive Directors under (i) and (ii) hereinafter jointly the “Series B Directors” and individually a “Series B Director;

 

  e.

one (1) additional member of the Board, being a Non-Executive Director unaffiliated with any of the Company’s management or any of the Major Holders, shall be appointed, suspended and dismissed by the General Meeting, who shall not appoint a person that already has a Board seat, such appointment to be approved by a majority of the Board (the “Independent Director”).

 

3.1.2

Each Party agrees and undertakes to vote their Shares or to extend or grant consents, as the case may be, and to take all other action as may be necessary (including causing the Company to call a General Meeting and exercising its votes at such General Meeting as well as at meetings of the Board through its nominee directors) so as to give effect to Clause 3.1.1.

 

3.1.3

If the right of a Party to nominate or appoint (as applicable) a Director under Clause 3.1.1 lapses, the Director nominated or appointed (as applicable) by such Party shall immediately resign.

 

3.1.4

In connection with an IPO by the Company, Foresite shall have the option to (a) cause any Series B Director previously nominated by Foresite pursuant to Clause 3.1.1(d)(i) to resign and (b) nominate for appointment one (1) Non-Executive Director to the Board effective upon the completion of the IPO.

Executive Committee

 

3.1.5

The members of the executive committee of the Company may, unless the Board decides otherwise, attend all meetings of the Board and shall receive the same information as the Directors, including invitations to the meetings of the Board, notices, minutes, consents and resolutions, as well as any other material that the Company provides to the Directors. They may participate in discussions on matters brought to the Board; the members of the management team who are not a Director will however not be entitled to vote. Any members of the executive committee who are not a Directors must keep confidential information obtained in connection with and relating to the meetings of the Board, as if he or she was a Director.


 

LOGO

 

11

Execution Copy

 

Board sub-committees

 

3.1.6

To the extent the Board creates sub-committees, such as a compensation committee or an audit committee, each such sub-committee shall only consist of Non-Executive Directors of which at least one is a Series B Director, each of whom shall be nominated by a majority of the Series B Directors.

 

3.2

Meetings

 

3.2.1

The Board shall meet at least once during each fiscal quarter, or more frequently as agreed by a vote of the majority of Directors, and will ensure that all material decisions are taken at the level of the Board, but the chairman of the Board, the Executive Director of the Company or any two (2) Directors can request the convocation of an extraordinary Board meeting if they deem such a meeting necessary. Any Director who is unable to attend a meeting in person shall have the right to attend the meeting by means of telephone or video conference or any other means of communication so that all persons so participating and attending such meeting in person can hear and be heard by all others so participating and attending. Resolutions of the Board may also be adopted in writing, provided that each Director consents to such manner of decision making. The meetings of the Board shall be held in English or such other language as may be agreed upon by all Directors unanimously (with translation if required).

 

3.2.2

The Board may appoint a chairman from among the Directors. Board meetings will be convened by the chairman of the Board giving at least seven (7) calendar days’ prior notice or such shorter period if, at the sole discretion of the chairman of the Board, the circumstances so require. At least five (5) Business Days in advance of a meeting, an agenda shall be sent stating the items which shall be discussed at such meeting, accompanied by supporting documents relating to such items, if any.

 

3.2.3

A Director may be represented at a Board meeting by a fellow Director holding a duly signed power of attorney or email confirming the same. When a Director holding such power of attorney, or email confirming the same, attends any Board meeting, he or she shall provide the other Directors in attendance with copies of any such written power of attorney or email confirming the same.

 

3.2.4

The Board shall consider and approve an annual budget for the upcoming Financial Year within thirty (30) calendar days preceding the end of each Financial Year.


 

LOGO

 

12

Execution Copy

 

3.3

Decision-making

 

3.3.1

Decisions of the Board can only be validly taken in a meeting where at least four (4) Directors are present or represented, including (i) the Executive Director (or, if the Executive Director is not a Founder, then one (1) Founder Director) and (ii) two (2) Preferred Directors (one of whom must be a Series B Director). If there is no quorum at a Board meeting, a new Board meeting shall be convened promptly with the same agenda with a prior written notice to the Directors of not less than seven (7) calendar days. At such new Board meeting, no quorum will apply and, except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement or the Articles, the Board decisions shall only require a simple majority of the votes cast by the Directors who are present or represented. Decisions as set out in Schedule 3 (Board Reserved Matters) per which the affirmative voting requirement set out in Clause 3.3.4, will remain applicable.

 

3.3.2

Unless waived by all Directors, not less than seven (7) days’ notice of all meetings of the Board shall be given to each Director (or such shorter period if, at the sole discretion of the chairman of the Board, the circumstances so require) and shall be accompanied by an agenda of the business to be transacted at such meeting together with all papers to be circulated or presented to the same. A copy of the minutes of the previous meeting shall be circulated to each Director and Board Observer simultaneously with the agenda of the next Board meeting in line with standing practice of the Company, which is subject to change by the Board.

 

3.3.3

Each Director shall have one (1) vote. Except for the decisions set out in Schedule 3 (Board Reserved Matters), or as otherwise provided for in this Agreement or the Articles, decisions of the Board shall have been validly passed when an absolute majority of the votes cast in favour, unless this Agreement or the Articles require a greater majority. If there is a tie of votes, the proposal is rejected. The chairman of the Board will not have a casting vote.

 

3.3.4

The decisions set out in Schedule 3 (Board Reserved Matters) can only be adopted, and the Company, Directors, officers or employees of the Company shall procure that the decisions set out in Schedule 3 (Board Reserved Matters) can only be adopted, by (a) absolute majority vote of the Board and (b) absolute majority vote of the Preferred Directors, voting together as a single class.

 

3.3.5

The Board may adopt resolutions without holding a meeting of the Board, provided that all directors are familiar with the resolution to be passed and none of them objects to this decision-making process.

 

3.3.6

If the Board so authorises or requests, other persons (auditors, consultants, advisers and employees) shall be permitted to also attend meetings of the Board.

 

3.4

Representation

The Company will be represented by (i) the Board or (ii) the Executive Director.


 

LOGO

 

13

Execution Copy

 

3.5

Conflict of Interest

A Director who has a Conflict of Interest shall immediately report this to the other Directors and the Shareholders. He or she will hold him/herself available to provide all information relevant to the Conflict of Interest to the other Directors and the Shareholders, but he or she may not participate in the discussions and the decision making process with respect to the subject matter to which the Conflict of Interest pertains. A decision of the Board on a Reserved Matter as stated in Clause 3.3.4 to which a Conflict of Interest pertains requires the prior approval of the Investor Majority.

 

3.6

Board Observer

Series C Observers

 

3.6.1

As long as Viking, GA or any of their Affiliates continue to hold any Shares, the Company shall invite a representative of each of Viking, GA or any of their Affiliates (each a “Series C Observer”) to attend all meetings of the Board or any sub-committee of the Board (excluding the executive committee), in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such Series C Observer copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representatives shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner (but, for the avoidance of doubt, such representative shall not be deemed a fiduciary) with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that, upon advice of counsel, the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representatives from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a Conflict of Interest.

Series B Observers

 

3.6.2

As long as Foresite, Bain or venBio or any of their Controlled Affiliates continue to hold any Shares, the Company shall invite a representative of each of Foresite, Bain and venBio or any of their Controlled Affiliates (each a “Series B Observer”) to attend all meetings of the Board and, with respect to meetings of committees of the Board, only the Series B Observer for Bain shall be invited to attend provided, that in the event a Series B Director cannot attend any committee meeting, such Series B Director is entitled to have an additional Series B Observer attend such meeting in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representatives shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner (but, for the avoidance of doubt, such representative shall not be deemed a fiduciary) with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that, upon advice of counsel, the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representatives from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a Conflict of Interest.


 

LOGO

 

14

Execution Copy

 

Series A Observer

 

3.6.3

The Company shall invite a representative appointed by the majority of the Series A Holders (the “Series A Observer” and, together with the Series B Observers and Series C Observers, the “Observers”) to attend all meetings of the Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a Conflict of Interest, or if any Series A Holder or the Series A Observer is or becomes a Competitor of the Company.

 

3.6.4

For the avoidance of doubt, each of Viking, GA, Foresite, Bain, venBio and the Series A Holders shall be entitled to no more than one Board observer each at any time.

 

3.7

Expenses

The Company will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Directors and the Observers (to the extent permitted under Clauses 3.6.1 through Clause 3.6.3), including meetings of committees of the Board, or otherwise representing the Company in such capacities. The General Meeting shall determine the remuneration of the Directors, provided that only the Executive Director and Independent Director shall receive remuneration in line with the policies as adopted by the Board, on the proposal of the compensation committee, from time to time.

 

3.8

D&O Insurance

 

3.8.1

The Company shall take out D&O Insurance for its Directors. Subject to further approval of the Board and the Investor Majority, and reflecting its economic development, the Company may increase or decrease such amount as may be deemed appropriate by the Board and the Investor Majority from time to time.

 

3.8.2

In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event in which the Company ceases to exist, the Company shall ensure that the Company’s successor assumes the Company’s obligations with respect to indemnification of the Directors.


 

LOGO

 

15

Execution Copy

 

3.9

Implementation at Subsidiaries

The Company and the Board shall procure that with respect to any subsidiary or other entity over which the Company has either negative or affirmative Control, similar provisions regarding governance as those included in this Clause 3 will be implemented at the level of such entity to procure that the decision-making at such entities’ level will effectively and where legally possible be treated as decision-making at the level of the Company in accordance with this Agreement.

GENERAL MEETING

 

4.1

Voting Agreement

 

4.1.1

The General Meeting shall have all powers that are not specifically assigned to the General Meeting of holders of Ordinary Shares, the General Meeting of Preferred Holders, the General Meeting of Series A Holders, the General Meeting of Series B Holders, the General Meeting of Series C Holders or the Board. The General Meeting will be regulated in accordance with Articles 21 up to and including 24 of the Articles.

 

4.1.2

Each Shareholder being a legal entity shall give notice to the other Shareholders which natural person or persons shall represent it for purposes of the meetings of the Shareholders, which natural persons shall initially be as follows:

 

  a.

Rohan Nirody, as natural person to represent Viking at the meetings of Shareholders;

 

  b.

Ingrid van der Hoorn, as natural person to represent GA at the meetings of Shareholders;

 

  c.

Bihau Chen, as natural person to represent Cormorant at the meetings of Shareholders;

 

  d.

Michael Rome, as natural person to represent Foresite at the meetings of Shareholders;

 

  e.

Jeffrey Schwartz, as natural person to represent Bain Capital at the meetings of Shareholders;

 

  f.

Jeffrey Schwartz, as natural person to represent BCIP at the meetings of Shareholders;

 

  g.

Richard Gaster, as natural person to represent venBio at the meetings of Shareholders;

 

  h.

Martijn Kleijwegt, as natural person to represent LSP at the meetings of Shareholders;

 

  i.

Remi Droller, as natural person to represent Kurma at the meetings of Shareholders;


 

LOGO

 

16

Execution Copy

 

  j.

Gaston Samele, as natural person to represent Idinvest at the meetings of Shareholders;

 

  k.

Sherman Souther, as natural person to represent Venrock at the meetings of Shareholders;

 

  l.

Berndt Modig, as natural person to represent Schoodic BV at the meetings of Shareholders; and

 

  m.

Anne Lesage, as natural person to represent GrayMatters BVBA at the meetings of Shareholders.

A Shareholder may change the natural person that is a representative of a Shareholder for purposes of the meetings of the Shareholders from time to time.

 

4.1.3

Each Shareholder agrees and commits itself to cast its votes in the General Meeting and to apply its voting power in the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Articles.

 

4.1.4

The Preferred Holders will vote together with the holders of Ordinary Shares and not as a separate class, except as specifically provided in this Agreement, the Articles, or as otherwise required by law. Each fully paid up Share will have one (1) vote (based on nominal value) and will entitle the registered holder thereof to vote on all matters to be decided by the General Meeting taking into account any amendment of the nominal value by means of any stock splits, reclassification of shares and similar events.

 

4.2

Annual Meeting

 

4.2.1

Within five (5) months after the end of the Financial Year, the annual General Meeting shall be held with at least the following items on the agenda:

 

  a.

adoption of the Accounts or an extension for the preparation of the Accounts;

 

  b.

the profit appropriation;

 

  c.

discharge (kwijting verlenen) of the Directors for their performances as Directors; and

 

  d.

all such other things required by law.


 

LOGO

 

17

Execution Copy

 

4.3

Meeting formalities

 

4.3.1

Subject to Clauses 4.3.2 and 4.3.3 below:

 

  a.

General Meetings shall be held at the places set forth in the Articles. General Meetings may be held at any other location, provided that legally valid resolutions at such General Meetings may only be adopted if all persons who have right to attend and address the General Meeting have consented to the General Meeting being held at such location and the Board has been given the opportunity to advise on this. Any Shareholder (including any natural person that is a representative of a Shareholder for purposes of the meetings of the Shareholders) that wishes to join a meeting by telephone or video shall be allowed to do so and shall be deemed to be present in person at such meeting for the purpose of any quorum. General Meetings shall be deemed to have been held at the location set out in the meeting convocation, regardless of the physical location of the Shareholders joining the meeting by telephone or video.

 

  b.

Persons who have a right to address and attend the General Meetings shall be given notice of a General Meeting by or on behalf of the Board by giving at least eight (8) calendar days prior written notice (not including the day of notice and the day of the General Meeting). Together with the notice of the meeting, an agenda shall be sent stating the items which shall be discussed at such meeting, accompanied by supporting documents relating to such items, if any.

 

  c.

Unless specifically agreed differently in this Agreement or in the Articles, the General Meeting shall adopt its resolutions by an absolute majority of the votes cast regardless of the number of Shares represented at the General Meeting.

 

  d.

Shareholders may pass resolutions, including matters listed in Schedule 4 (General Meeting Reserved Matters) as referred to in Clause 4.3.2 below, or any other matters requiring a vote by the General Meeting or any class or series of Shareholders (including the Investor Majority) as set forth in this Agreement and in the Subscription Agreement without holding a General Meeting, and all Shareholders otherwise entitled to vote at such General Meeting hereby irrevocably commit to consent – if and when asked – to this manner of decision making, provided that (i) these resolutions are adopted in writing (including email and facsimile), (ii) all those otherwise entitled to attend the meeting approved the adoption of the resolutions without calling a meeting and (iii) the Directors are consulted in advance to render advise about the resolutions to be adopted.

 

4.3.2

As a separate obligation, severable from the obligations in Clause 4.3.1 and subject to Clause 4.3.3, the Company agrees that save with affirmative consent from the Investor Majority (which Investor Majority shall include at least one Major Series B Holder and at least one Major Series C Holder), it shall not effect any of the matters referred to in Schedule 4 (General Meeting Reserved Matters). For the avoidance of doubt, all matters referred to in Schedule 4 (General Meeting Reserved Matters) may be passed by written resolution without calling a General Meeting, in accordance with Clause 4.3.1d).


 

LOGO

 

18

Execution Copy

 

4.3.3

As a separate obligation, severable from the obligations in Clause 4.3.1, the Company agrees that save with affirmative consent from the Series C Investor Majority, which shall include the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series C Holder, it shall not effect any of the following (including, without limitation, pursuant to merger, consolidation or otherwise): (i) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series C Shares or issue Series C Shares other than pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement, (ii) amend, alter, waive the rights of the Series C Shares in an adverse manner, unless such amendment, alternation or waiver similarly affects all other series of Preferred Shares or (iii) effect any Deemed Liquidation Event unless the holders of Series C Shares receive at least 1x the Investor Subscription Price Per Share for the Series C Shares at the closing of such transaction.

 

4.3.4

As a separate obligation, severable from the obligations in Clause 4.3.1, the Company agrees that save with affirmative consent from the Series B Investor Majority, which shall include the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series B Holder, it shall not effect any of the following (including, without limitation, pursuant to merger, consolidation or otherwise): (i) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series B Shares or issue Series B Shares other than pursuant to the terms of the subscription agreement in relation to the Series B Shares, (ii) amend, alter, waive the rights of the Series B Shares in an adverse manner, unless such amendment, alternation or waiver similarly affects all other series of Preferred Shares or (iii) effect any Deemed Liquidation Event unless the holders of Series B Shares receive at least 1x the Investor Subscription Price Per Share for the Series B Shares at the closing of such transaction.

 

4.3.5

As a separate obligation, severable from the obligations in Clause 4.3.1, the Company agrees that save with affirmative consent from the Series A Investor Majority, it shall not effect any of the following (including, without limitation, pursuant to merger, consolidation or otherwise): (i) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Series A Shares or issue Series A Shares other than pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement, or (ii) amend, alter, waive the rights of the Series A Shares in an adverse manner, unless such amendment, alternation or waiver similarly affects all other series of Preferred Shares.

 

4.4

Implementation at Subsidiaries

The Company and the Board shall procure that with respect to any subsidiary or other entity over which the Company has either negative or affirmative Control, similar provisions regarding governance as those included in this Clause 4 (General Meeting) will be implemented at the level of such entity to procure that the decision-making at such entities’ level will effectively and where legally possible be treated as decision-making at the level of the Company in accordance with this Agreement.


 

LOGO

 

19

Execution Copy

 

INFORMATION AND INSPECTION RIGHTS

 

5.1

General

 

5.1.1

The Company shall, upon reasonable notice, grant each Major Holder and its representatives reasonable access to the Company’s facilities and personnel during normal business hours to inspect and audit the Company’s books and records; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Clause 5.1.1 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

5.1.2

The Company shall furnish each Major Holder (which, for purposes of Clauses 5.1.2(a) and (c), shall include Venrock for so long as it holds Preferred Shares) with the following information (which may also be furnished in electronic format):

 

  a.

Accounts of the Company prepared under accounting standards reasonably determined by the Board, which are audited or reviewed, as applicable, by a certified accountant and including such independent accountant’s report, within one hundred fifty (150) calendar days after the end of the Financial Year;

 

  b.

unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements of the Company (in such form as may be reasonably required by such Major Holder) within forty-five (45) calendar days of the end of each quarter of each Financial Year;

 

  c.

statements showing the number of shares of each class and series of share capital and securities convertible into or exercisable for share capital outstanding at the end of the applicable period, the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Ordinary Shares and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter of each Financial Year;

 

  d.

a comprehensive operating budget forecasting the Company’s revenues, expenses, and cash position for the upcoming Financial Year, within fifteen (15) days prior to the end of each Financial Year;

 

  e.

with respect to the consolidated financial statements called for in Clause 5.1.2(a), an instrument executed by the chief financial officer and chief executive officer of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with the applicable accounting standard as determined by the Board, consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the periods specified therein; and


 

LOGO

 

20

Execution Copy

 

  f.

such other information relating to the capitalization, financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Holder may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret; or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

5.1.3

If the Company fails to prepare the documents mentioned in Clause 5.1.2(a) by the time specified in Clause 5.1.2(a), the Major Holders shall be authorised by the Major Holder Majority to appoint an auditor to prepare these documents. The costs and expenses incurred in relation to the preparation and negotiation of these documents shall be borne by the Company.

 

5.1.4

Notwithstanding anything else in Clause 5.1.2 above to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in Clause 5.1.2(d) or 5.1.2(f) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under Clause 5.1.2(d) or 5.1.2(f) shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

5.1.5

Notwithstanding Clauses 5.1.2 and 5.1.4, the Company shall immediately inform the Investors in case it or any of its officers or directors is (accused or convicted of being) involved in illegal activities. The Company will immediately inform the Investors in case of any litigation matter (including bankruptcy and insolvency proceedings and formal investigation by any regulatory or administrative body) relating to the Company, and will keep the Investors informed on a regular basis of any development in relation thereto and of the steps and actions that are being taken by and/or against the Company.

 

5.1.6

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated to provide any information or materials, pursuant to this Clause 5.1 or otherwise, to any Shareholder (including any transferees of Shares permitted under this Agreement) that is a Competitor, and any such Shareholder shall not have any right to designate Directors or Observers to the Board in connection with Clause 3 (Board) or otherwise. The Parties acknowledge that LSP, Kurma, Foresite, Bain, Viking, GA, Cormorant, Venrock and venBio shall not be deemed to be a Competitor for the purposes of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 5.1.6 shall include any Shareholder who receives Shares pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or the Articles. Any attempted assignation or assumption of such rights shall be void ab initio.


 

LOGO

 

21

Execution Copy

 

5.1.7

The investment of LSP in the Company is partially funded by (i) European Investment Fund (“EIF”) through the EIF-ERP facility and the LfA-EIF facility and (ii) Kreditanstalt für Wiederaufbau (“KFW”) through the ERP Venture Capital Fondsfinanziering facility. In connection therewith, the Company acknowledges and agrees that each of EIF, KFW, LfA, the German Ministry of Economic Affairs (Bundesministerium für Wirtschaft and Technologie), the German Federal Court of Auditors (Bundesrechnungshof) and any third party authorized by these parties shall have the unlimited right to visit and inspect the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ (if relevant) premises, to examine and audit the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ books of account and its corporate and financial records, and to discuss the Company’s and its subsidiaries affairs, business, finances, and accounts with the management of the Company and its subsidiaries, during normal business hours following reasonable notice and as often as may be reasonably requested, and to monitor the structure of LSP’s investment in the Company and the management thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, no decision-making authority shall be granted to EIF and KFW. Any out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Company and its subsidiaries (if relevant) in relation to the above shall be borne and paid by LSP, provided that the Company shall bear such costs itself to the extent that EIF and/or KFW concludes during such visit that the Company is acting in breach of any material laws or binding regulations applicable to it.

 

5.1.8

The Company understands that each Investor, together with its Affiliates, as well as any Director directly or indirectly appointed by an Investor (as the case may be), invests in, forms, operates, mentors and monitors emerging growth and other companies (collectively, the “Recipients Business”), and receives confidential information from many sources (including these companies) about, opportunities that may involve similar, identical or competing technologies, products, processes, methodologies, services, target disease states, strategic partners or investors. The Company agrees that neither this Agreement (including any agreement or deed entered into in connection with this Agreement) nor the receipt of any confidential information hereunder shall (i) obligate the Investor, including any of its Affiliates, or any Director directly or indirectly appointed by that Investor to receive any confidential information from, invest in or enter into any agreement or arrangement with the Company, (ii) limit or prevent in any way the Investor, including any of its Affiliates, from engaging in Recipient’s Business, regardless of whether it is similar or identical to, or competitive with, any current or proposed business of the Company, (iii) subject the Investor (including any of its Affiliates), any such entity or any of its or their respective officers, directors, managers, equity holders, personnel, consultants and advisors, from any liability in connection with engaging in Recipient’s Business (including any liability for indirect, exemplary, special, incidental or consequential damages or lost profits or for any other amount), (iv) restrict the disclosure by any individual (whether or not on behalf of the Recipient) of information retained in her or his unaided memory, subject to the provisions set forth in Clause 11 (Confidentiality and Announcements) of this Agreement. The Company hereby confirms and agrees that any and all prior or future activities of a Director or Investor that constitute the Recipient’s Business shall not be deemed to constitute a conflict of interest for the provision of any rights or remedies of the Company hereunder or under any other agreement, and hereby waives any conflicts of interests to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law or regulation.


 

LOGO

 

22

Execution Copy

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

6.1

General

 

6.1.1

A Transfer of any Ordinary Shares shall only be permitted taking into account the restrictions as laid down in this Agreement and the Articles.

 

6.1.2

A Transfer of (i) any Preferred Shares or (ii) any Ordinary Shares that are not held by a Key Holder shall not be restricted under this Agreement and the Articles, and, accordingly, any Preferred Shares or such Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, are freely Transferable and any such Transfer shall not be subject to compliance with Clause 6.3 (Right of first refusal) and Clause 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale) and the Company shall facilitate such Transfer including causing the Board to approve such Transfer if necessary under law or the Articles.

 

6.1.3

If a Shareholder Transfers any of its Shares to a third party, including pursuant to any Permitted Transfer set forth under Clause 6.2.1 (Permitted Transfer), such Transfer is only allowed provided that such third party enters into a deed of adherence to this Agreement with the other Parties in the form attached hereto as Schedule 5 (Deed of Adherence).

 

6.1.4

If a Shareholder is entitled to Transfer its Ordinary Shares in accordance with this Agreement, the other Shareholders shall, subject to restrictions by Applicable Law, procure that the Director(s) as nominated or appointed by such Shareholder shall vote when necessary in favour of such Transfer at the meeting of the Board approving such Transfer.

 

6.1.5

Except as set forth in and after due application of this Clause 6 (Transfer of Shares), no Shareholder shall have a right to Transfer its Ordinary Shares to another Person, except with the prior approval of the Board including a majority of the Preferred Directors (one of whom must be a Series B Director).

 

6.2

Permitted Transfers

 

6.2.1

Nothwithstanding Clause 6.1.5, and subject to the requirement set forth in Clause 6.1.3, a Shareholder wishing to Transfer its Ordinary Shares may at all times Transfer its Ordinary Shares to:

 

  a.

in case of a Founder: a personal or family holding entity, including any trusts which is wholly owned or controlled, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Board including a majority of the Preferred Directors (one of whom must be a Series B Director);


 

LOGO

 

23

Execution Copy

 

  b.

in case of an Investor, an (A) Affiliate or (B) other investment vehicle under its management and control or under common management and control; provided that such transferee complies with “KYC/AML” obligations; provided, further, that a Shareholder may not Transfer its Ordinary Shares to a portfolio company or a designated holding company for a specific portfolio company;

 

  c.

the Company pursuant to a repurchase at a price no greater than that originally paid by such Shareholder and pursuant to an agreement containing vesting and/or repurchase provisions approved by the Board including a majority of the Preferred Directors (one of whom must be a Series B Director);

 

  d.

if a Shareholder is a wholly owned personal holding company, all Ordinary Shares held by such Shareholder or all shares in such Shareholder may be Transferred to the relevant indirect shareholder or another, successive, wholly owned personal holding company;

 

  e.

a pledgee pursuant to a pledge that creates a mere security interest in the pledged Ordinary Shares;

 

  f.

in case of a natural person: any person or entity made for bona fide estate planning purposes, either during his or her lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to his or her spouse, child (natural or adopted) or any other direct lineal descendant of such Shareholder (or his or her spouse), or any other person approved by the unanimous consent of the Board, or any custodian or trustee of any trust, partnership or limited liability company for the benefit of, or the ownership interests of which are owned wholly by such Shareholder or any such family members; provided, that the Shareholder shall deliver prior written notice to the Preferred Holders of such gift or transfer and such Ordinary Shares shall at all times remain subject to the terms and restrictions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

  g.

the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement,

(each of the Transfers under a. through g. being a “Permitted Transfer”), provided that (i) the Shareholder that wishes to Transfer its Ordinary Shares shall notify the other Shareholders and the Board in writing of such Permitted Transfer and (ii) the transferee meets all requirements set forth in the Articles and this Agreement.

 

6.2.2

Any Permitted Transfer shall not be subject to Clause 6.3 (Right of first refusal), Clause 6.4 (Drag along right) or Clause 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale).

 

6.2.3

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no Shareholder may make any Transfer of Ordinary Shares (other than a Transfer that is a Permitted Transfer or is made in connection with the transferring Shareholder’s exercise of its rights under Clause 6.5):


 

LOGO

 

24

Execution Copy

 

  (i) to any transferee who would be, or is likely to be, a United States person (as defined in Section 957(c) of the U.S. Tax Code) that holds, directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of Section 958 of the U.S. Tax Code), more than 9.9% of the total combined voting power or value of the Company’s issued share capital or of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries’ issued share capital after the proposed Transfer (or any transferee that would, or is likely to, have any such direct, indirect, or constructive owner); or (ii) if such Transfer would, or is likely to, cause the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries to be treated as a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the U.S. Tax Code (“CFC”); provided, that if the Company receives written advice from a nationally recognized U.S. tax advisor, which advice is satisfactory to a majority of the Board that the proposed Transfer would not be to a transferee prohibited by Clause (i) above or would not be a Transfer described in Clause (ii) above, as applicable, then the relevant limitation shall not apply.

 

6.2.4

Where a Shareholder has transferred Ordinary Shares in accordance with Clause 6.2.1 to any entity (including a personal holding company or STAK) under the control of such Shareholder, or Ordinary Shares are held at the date of this Agreement by any entity under the Control of any person, and such entity ceases to be under the Control of such Shareholder or person, the Ordinary Shares held by such entity shall be retransferred immediately to such Shareholder or person and the Shareholder concerned shall cause such transfer to be promptly effected, and the Company shall cooperate with such transfer.

 

6.3

Right of first refusal

 

6.3.1

A Key Holder shall not Transfer any Ordinary Shares under the Articles before having complied with the provisions of this Clause 6.3 (Right of first refusal), unless in the case of a Permitted Transfer in accordance with Clause 6.2 (Permitted Transfers) or a “drag along” event in accordance with Clause 6.4 (Drag along).

 

6.3.2

Subject to Clause 6.2.1 and 6.2.2, each Key Holder wishing to Transfer any Ordinary Shares (“Company Transfer Shares”) to a bona fide proposed transferee (the “Prospective Transferee”) who has made a written offer in cash (or in kind as per Clause 6.3.2(e)) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Company a Right of First Refusal to purchase all or any portion of Shares that such Key Holder may propose to transfer in a Proposed Key Holder Transfer, at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as those offered to the Prospective Transferee.

 

  a.

Each Key Holder proposing to make a Proposed Key Holder Transfer must deliver a Proposed Transfer Notice to the Company not later than forty-five (45) days prior to the consummation of such Proposed Key Holder Transfer. Such Proposed Transfer Notice shall contain (i) the material terms and conditions (including name of the proposed purchaser, number of Shares offered, price and form of consideration) of the Proposed Key Holder Transfer, (ii) the identity of the Prospective Transferee, and (iii) the


 

LOGO

 

25

Execution Copy

 

  intended date of the Proposed Key Holder Transfer. To exercise its Right of First Refusal under this Clause 6.3.2, the Company must deliver a Company Notice to the selling Key Holder within twenty-one (21) days after delivery of the Proposed Transfer Notice specifying the number of Company Transfer Shares to be purchased by the Company.

 

  b.

Subject to Clause 6.2.1 and Clause 6.2.2, each Key Holder hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Major Holders a Secondary Refusal Right to purchase all or any portion of the Company Transfer Shares not purchased by the Company or the Major Holders, if any, pursuant to the Right of First Refusal, as provided in Clause 6.3.2(a) (the “Transfer Shares”). If the Company or the Major Holders, if any, do not provide the Company Notice or such other notice required under Clause 6.3.2(a) exercising their Right of First Refusal with respect to all Transfer Shares subject to a Proposed Key Holder Transfer, the Company must deliver a Secondary Notice to the selling Key Holder and to each Major Holder to that effect no later than fifteen (15) days after the selling Key Holder delivers the Proposed Transfer Notice to the Company. To exercise its Secondary Refusal Right, a Major Holder must deliver a Major Holder Notice to the selling Key Holder and the Company within fourteen (14) days after the Company’s deadline for its delivery of the Secondary Notice as provided in the preceding sentence. If the Major Holders in the aggregate wish to purchase more than the number of Transfer Shares, the Transfer Shares shall be allocated among them in proportion to the number of Shares held by them; provided, however, that a Major Holder cannot be allocated more Transfer Shares than such Major Holder wished to purchase in accordance with its Major Holder Notice.

 

  c.

If options to purchase have been exercised by the Company and the Major Holders pursuant to Clauses 6.3.2(a) and (b) with respect to some but not all of the Transfer Shares by the end of the fourteen (14) day period specified in the second-to-last sentence of Clause 6.3.2(b) (the “Major Holder Notice Period”), then the Company shall, within seven (7) days after the expiration of the Major Holder Notice Period, send written notice (the “Company Undersubscription Notice”) to those Major Holders who fully exercised their Secondary Refusal Right within the Major Holder Notice Period (the “Exercising Major Holders”). Each Exercising Major Holder shall, subject to the provisions of this Clause 6.3.2(c), have an additional option to purchase all or any part of the balance of any such remaining unsubscribed Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in the Proposed Transfer Notice. To exercise such option, an Exercising Major Holder must deliver a notice to the selling Key Holder and the Company within ten (10) days after the expiration of the Major Holder Notice Period. In the event there are two (2) or more such Exercising Major Holders that choose to exercise the last-mentioned option for a total number of remaining shares in excess of the number available, the remaining shares available for purchase under this Clause


 

LOGO

 

26

Execution Copy

 

  6.3.2(c) shall be allocated to such Exercising Major Holders pro rata based on the number of Transfer Shares such Exercising Major Holders have elected to purchase pursuant to the Secondary Refusal Right (without giving effect to any Transfer Shares that any such Exercising Major Holder has elected to purchase pursuant to the Company Undersubscription Notice). If the options to purchase the remaining shares are exercised in full by the Exercising Major Holders, the Company shall immediately notify all of the Exercising Major Holders and the selling Key Holder of that fact.

 

  d.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the total number of Company Transfer Shares that the Company and the Major Holders have agreed to purchase in the Company Notice and Major Holder Notices is less than the total number of Company Transfer Shares set out in the Proposed Transfer Notice and any Company Undersubscription Notice, then the Major Holders and the Company shall be deemed to have forfeited any right to purchase, pursuant to their Right of First Refusal and Secondary Refusal Right, the Company Transfer Shares not purchased by the Company or the Major Holders pursuant to the Right of First Refusal and Secondary Refusal Right, and the selling Key Holder shall be free to sell all, but not less than all, of such Company Transfer Shares to the Prospective Transferee for the same consideration set out in the Proposed Transfer Notice and otherwise on terms and conditions substantially similar to (and in no event more favourable to either the Key Holder or Prospective Transferee than) the terms and conditions set forth in the Proposed Transfer Notice, it being understood and agreed that (i) any such sale or transfer shall be subject to the other terms and restrictions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the terms and restrictions set forth in Clause 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale); and (ii) any future Proposed Key Holder Transfer shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of Clause 6.3.2.

 

  e.

If the consideration proposed to be paid for the Company Transfer Shares is in property, services or other non-cash consideration, the fair market value of the consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board and as set forth in the Company Notice. If the Company or any Major Holder cannot for any reason pay for the Company Transfer Shares or the Transfer Shares, as applicable, in the same form of non-cash consideration, the Company or such Major Holder may pay the cash value equivalent thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board and as set forth in the Company Notice. The closing of the purchase of Company Transfer Shares or Transfer Shares, as applicable, by the Company and the Major Holders shall take place, and all payments from the Company and the Investors shall have been delivered to the selling Key Holder, by the later of (i) the date specified in the Proposed Transfer Notice as the intended date of the Proposed Key Holder Transfer; and (ii) twenty-one (21) days after delivery of the Major Holder Notice or the Company Notice, as applicable.


 

LOGO

 

27

Execution Copy

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Clause 6.3.2 shall terminate upon completion of an IPO.

 

6.4

Drag along right

 

6.4.1

In the event of a proposed sale of the Company of all or substantially all of its assets to a third party (whether structured as a merger, reorganization, asset sale, stock sale or otherwise, including any Deemed Liquidation Event) that has been approved by the Investor Majority (which Investor Majority shall include the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series B Holder and one Major Series C Holder, unless the holders of the Series C Shares and Series B Shares receive at least 1x the Investor Subscription Price Per Share at closing of such transaction) and a majority of the Board, then subject to Clause 6.4.2, each Shareholder and the Company hereby agree:

 

  a.

if such transaction requires Shareholder approval, with respect to all Shares that such Shareholder owns or over which such Shareholder otherwise exercises voting power, to vote (in person, by proxy or by action by written consent, as applicable) all Shares in favour of, and adopt, such sale or transaction and to vote in opposition to any and all other proposals that could reasonably be expected to delay or impair the ability of the Company to consummate such sale or transaction;

 

  b.

if such transaction is a sale of the outstanding share capital of the Company, to sell the same proportion of Shares of the Company beneficially held by such Shareholder as is being sold by the other Shareholders to the Person to whom the Shareholders propose to sell their Shares, and, except as permitted in Clause 6.4.2 below, on the same terms and conditions as the other shareholders of the Company;

 

  c.

to execute and deliver all related documentation and take such other action in support of the sale or transaction as shall reasonably be requested by the Company or the other Shareholders in order to carry out the terms and provision of this Clause 6.4.1, including, without limitation, executing and delivering instruments of conveyance and transfer, and any purchase agreement, merger agreement, any associated indemnity agreement, or escrow agreement, any associated voting, support, or joinder agreement, consent, waiver, governmental filing and any similar or related documents;

 

  d.

not to deposit, and to cause their Affiliates not to deposit, except as provided in this Agreement, any Shares of the Company owned by such party or Affiliate in a voting trust or subject any Shares to any arrangement or agreement with respect to the voting of such Shares, unless specifically requested to do so by the acquirer in connection with the sale or transaction;


 

LOGO

 

28

Execution Copy

 

  e.

if the consideration to be paid in exchange for the Shares pursuant to this Clause 6.4.1 includes any securities and due receipt thereof by any Shareholder would require under Applicable Law (x) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities; or (y) the provision to any Shareholder of any information other than such information as a prudent issuer would generally furnish in an offering made solely to “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, the Company may cause to be paid to any such Shareholder in lieu thereof, against surrender of the Shares which would have otherwise been sold by such Shareholder, an amount in cash equal to the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board) of the securities which such Shareholder would otherwise receive as of the date of the issuance of such securities in exchange for the Shares;

 

  f.

in the event that the Shareholders, in connection with such sale or transaction, appoint a shareholder representative (the “Shareholder Representative”) with respect to matters affecting the Shareholders under the applicable definitive transaction agreements following consummation of such sale or transaction, (x) to consent to (i) the appointment of such Shareholder Representative, (ii) the establishment of any applicable escrow, expense or similar fund in connection with any indemnification or similar obligations, and (iii) the payment of such Shareholder’s pro rata portion (from the applicable escrow or expense fund or otherwise) of any and all reasonable fees and expenses to such Shareholder Representative in connection with such Shareholder Representative’s services and duties in connection with such sale or transaction and its related service as the representative of the Shareholders, and (y) not to assert any claim or commence any suit against the Shareholder Representative or any other Shareholder with respect to any action or inaction taken or failed to be taken by the Shareholder Representative, within the scope of the Shareholder Representative’s authority, in connection with its service as the Shareholder Representative, absent fraud, bad faith, gross negligence or wilful misconduct; and

 

  g.

that the Investors shall not be required to give any representation, warranty, indemnity or covenant other than representations as to their respective title, authority and capacity to sell the Shares held by them (provided that the liability of each Party in relation to such representations is several, with each Party only required to provide representations in respect of the Shares that it is transferring).

 

6.4.2

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, a Shareholder will not be required to comply with Clause 6.4.1 above in connection with any proposed sale of the Company or all or substantially all of its assets to a third party (whether structured as a merger, reorganization, asset sale, stock sale or otherwise, including any Deemed Liquidation Event) (the “Proposed Sale”), unless:


 

LOGO

 

29

Execution Copy

 

  (a)

such Shareholder is not required to agree (unless such Shareholder is a Founder or employee of the Company) to any covenant in connection with the Proposed Sale not to compete or not to solicit customers, employees or suppliers of any party to the Proposed Sale, subject to customary exceptions;

 

  (b)

such Shareholder and its Affiliates are not required to amend, extend or terminate any contractual or other relationship with the Company, the acquirer or their respective Affiliates, except that the Shareholder may be required to agree to terminate the investment-related documents between or among such Shareholder, the Company and/or other Shareholders;

 

  (c)

the Shareholder shall not be liable for the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by any other person in connection with the Proposed Sale, other than the Company, and except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any Shareholder of any identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all Shareholders;

 

  (d)

the liability for indemnification, if any, of such Shareholder in the Proposed Sale and for the inaccuracy of any representations and warranties made by the Company in connection with such Proposed Sale, is several and not joint with any other person (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any stockholder of any identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all Shareholders), and is pro rata in proportion to the amount of consideration paid to such Shareholder in connection with such Proposed Sale;

 

  (e)

liability shall be limited to such Shareholder’s applicable share (determined based on the respective proceeds payable to each Shareholder in connection with such Proposed Sale) of a negotiated aggregate indemnification amount that applies equally to all Shareholders but that in no event exceeds the amount of consideration otherwise payable to such Shareholder in connection with such Proposed Sale, except with respect to claims related to fraud by such Shareholder, the liability for which need not be limited as to such Shareholder;

 

  (f)

upon the consummation of the Proposed Sale (i) except with respect to customary rollover arrangements pursuant to which certain Shareholders receive shares of a successor entity as consideration for the Proposed Sale (and, with respect to each holder of Preferred Shares, so long as each holder of Preferred Shares are given the opportunity to roll their equity in such transaction), each holder of each class or series of Shares will receive the same form of consideration for their Shares of such class or series as is received by other holders in respect of their Shares of such same class or series of


 

LOGO

 

30

Execution Copy

 

  Shares, and if any holders of any Shares of the Company are given a choice as to the form of consideration to be received as a result of the Proposed Sale, all holders of such Shares will be given the same option, (ii) each holder of a series of Preferred Shares will receive the same amount of consideration per share of such series of Preferred Shares as is received by other holders in respect of their Shares of such same series, and if holders of any Shares are given a choice as to the form of consideration to be received as a result of the Proposed Sale, all holders of such class or series of Shares will be given the same option, (iii) each holder of Ordinary Shares will receive the same amount of consideration per Ordinary Share as is received by other holders in respect of their Ordinary Shares, and (iv) the aggregate consideration receivable by all holders of the Preferred Shares and Ordinary Shares shall be allocated among the holders of Preferred Shares and Ordinary Shares on the basis of the relative liquidation preferences to which the holders of each respective series of Preferred Shares and the holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled in a Deemed Liquidation Event (assuming for this purpose that the Proposed Sale is a Deemed Liquidation Event) in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  (g)

subject to Clause (f) above, requiring the same form of consideration to be available to the holders of any single class or series of Shares, if any holders of any Shares of the Company are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received as a result of the Proposed Sale, all holders of such Shares and the holders of the Preferred Shares will be given the same option.

 

6.4.3

No Shareholders shall be a party to a Deemed Liquidation Event structured as a stock sale unless (a) all holders of Preferred Shares are allowed to participate in such transaction(s) and (b) the consideration received pursuant to such transaction is allocated among the parties thereto in the manner specified in this Agreement and the Company’s Articles in effect immediately prior to the stock sale as a Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

6.5

Right of Co-Sale

 

6.5.1

Subject to Clause 6.5.8, in case of any Transfer Shares being Ordinary Shares in a Proposed Key Holder Transfer that are not purchased pursuant to Clause 6.3 (Right of First Refusal) above and thereafter is to be sold to a Prospective Transferee, a Major Holder may elect to exercise its Right of Co-Sale and participate on a pro rata basis in the Proposed Key Holder Transfer as set forth in Clause 6.5.2 below and, subject to Clause 6.5.4, otherwise on the same terms and conditions specified in the Proposed Transfer Notice. Each Major Holder who desires to exercise its Right of Co-Sale (each, a “Participating Major Holder”) must give the selling Key Holder written notice to that effect within fifteen (15) days after the deadline for delivery of the Secondary Notice described above, and upon giving such notice such Participating Major Holder shall be deemed to have effectively exercised the Right of Co-Sale.


 

LOGO

 

31

Execution Copy

 

6.5.2

Each Participating Major Holder may include in the Proposed Key Holder Transfer all or any part of such Participating Major Holder’s Transfer Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Transfer Shares subject to the Proposed Key Holder Transfer (excluding Shares purchased by the Company or the Participating Major Holders pursuant to the Right of First Refusal or the Secondary Refusal Right) by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares owned by such Participating Major Holder immediately before consummation of the Proposed Key Holder Transfer (including any Shares that such Participating Major Holder has agreed to purchase pursuant to the Secondary Refusal Right) and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares owned, in the aggregate, by all Participating Major Holders immediately prior to the consummation of the Proposed Key Holder Transfer (including any shares that all Participating Major Holders have collectively agreed to purchase pursuant to the Secondary Refusal Right), plus the number of Transfer Shares held by the selling Key Holder. To the extent one (1) or more of the Participating Major Holders exercise such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein, the number of Transfer Shares that the selling Key Holder may sell in the Proposed Key Holder Transfer shall be correspondingly reduced.

 

6.5.3

The Participating Major Holders and the selling Key Holder agree that the terms and conditions of any Proposed Key Holder Transfer in accordance with this Clause 6.5 will be memorialized in, and governed by, a written purchase and sale agreement with the Prospective Transferee (the “Purchase and Sale Agreement”) with customary terms and provisions for such a transaction, and the Participating Major Holders and the selling Key Holder further covenant and agree to enter into such Purchase and Sale Agreement as a condition precedent to any sale or other transfer in accordance with this Clause 6.5.

 

6.5.4

Subject to Clause 6.4 (Drag along right), the aggregate consideration payable to the Participating Major Holders and the selling Key Holder shall be allocated based on the number of Transfer Shares sold to the Prospective Transferee by each Participating Major Holder and the selling Key Holder as provided in Clause 6.5.2.

 

6.5.5

Notwithstanding Clause 6.5.3 above, if any Prospective Transferee or Transferees refuse(s) to purchase securities subject to the Right of Co-Sale from any Participating Major Holder or Major Holders or upon the failure to negotiate in good faith a Purchase and Sale Agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Participating Major Holders, no Key Holder may sell any Transfer Shares to such Prospective Transferee or Transferees unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, such Key Holder purchases all securities subject to the Right of Co-Sale from such Participating Major Holder or Major Holders on the same terms and conditions (including the proposed purchase price) as set forth in the Proposed Transfer Notice and as provided in Clause 6.5.3. Any such shares transferred to the selling Key Holder will be transferred to the Prospective Transferee against payment therefor in consummation of the sale of the Transfer Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Proposed Transfer Notice, and the


 

LOGO

 

32

Execution Copy

 

  selling Key Holder shall concurrently therewith remit or direct payment to each such Participating Major Holder the portion of the aggregate consideration to which each such Participating Major Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale as provided in this Clause 6.5.5.

 

6.5.6

If any Proposed Key Holder Transfer is not consummated within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Proposed Transfer Notice by the Company, the Key Holders proposing the Proposed Key Holder Transfer may not sell any Transfer Shares unless they first comply in full with each provision of Clauses 6.3 (Right of First Refusal), 6.4 (Drag along right) and 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale). The exercise or election not to exercise any right by any Major Holder hereunder shall not adversely affect its right to participate in any other sales of Transfer Shares subject to this Clause 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale).

 

6.5.7

If some of the Shareholders have exercised their Right of Co-Sale in accordance with Clause 6.5.1 and the proposed Transfer to the Prospective Transferee would result in a change of Control in the Company, the Participating Major Holders may only sell their Shares to the Prospective Transferee if this Prospective Transferee also offers to purchase all of the other Shareholders’ Shares on the same terms and condition, taking into account the Liquidation Preference to which the holders of the Preferred Shares are entitled.

 

6.5.8

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Clause 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale) shall not apply to any Proposed Key Holder Transfer by any Major Holder.

 

6.6

Effect of failure to comply

 

6.6.1

Any Proposed Key Holder not made in compliance with the requirements of Clauses 6.1.4, 6.3 (Right of First Refusal), 6.4 (Drag along right) and 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale) shall be null and void ab initio, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company or its transfer agent and shall not be recognized by the Company. Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that any breach of Clauses 6.3 (Right of First Refusal), 6.4 (Drag along right) and 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale) would result in substantial harm to the other parties hereto for which monetary damages alone could not adequately compensate. Therefore, the parties hereto unconditionally and irrevocably agree that any non-breaching party hereto shall be entitled to seek protective orders, injunctive relief and other remedies available at law or in equity (including, without limitation, seeking specific performance or the rescission of purchases, sales and other transfers of Transfer Shares (for the purposes of this Clauses 6.6.1 and 6.6.2 including Preferred Shares) not made in strict compliance with this Agreement).

 

6.6.2

If any Key Holder becomes obligated to sell any Transfer Shares to the Company or any Major Holder under this Agreement and fails to deliver such Transfer Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company and/or such Major Holder or may, at its option, in addition to all other remedies it may have, send to such Key Holder the purchase price for such


 

LOGO

 

33

Execution Copy

 

  Transfer Shares as is herein specified and transfer to the name of the Company or such Major Holder (or request that the Company effect such transfer in the name of a Major Holder) on the Company’s books any certificates, instruments, or book entry representing the Transfer Shares to be sold.

 

6.6.3

If any Key Holder purports to sell any Transfer Shares in contravention of the Right of Co-Sale (a “Prohibited Transfer”), each Participating Major Holder who desires to exercise its Right of Co-Sale under Clause 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale) may, in addition to such remedies as may be available by law, in equity or hereunder, require such Key Holder to purchase from such Participating Major Holder the type and number of Transfer Shares that such Participating Major Holder would have been entitled to sell to the Prospective Transferee had the Prohibited Transfer been effected in compliance with the terms of Clause 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale). The sale will be made on the same terms, including, without limitation, as provided in Clause 6.5.4, and subject to the same conditions as would have applied had the Key Holder not made the Prohibited Transfer, except that the sale (including, without limitation, the delivery of the purchase price) must be made within ninety (90) days after the Participating Major Holder learns of the Prohibited Transfer, as opposed to the timeframe prescribed in Clause 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale). Such Key Holder shall also reimburse each Participating Major Holder or for any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses, including reasonable legal fees and expenses, incurred pursuant to the exercise or the attempted exercise of the Participating Major Holder’s rights under Clause 6.5 (Right of Co-Sale).

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

7.1.1

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Clause 7 (Pre-emptive rights) and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Holder (each an “Eligible Major Holder”). An Eligible Major Holder shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates, (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of such Major Holder (“Major Holder Beneficial Owner”) and (iv) any designee of an Eligible Major Holder approved by the Investor Majority; provided that each such Affiliate or Major Holder Beneficial Owner (x) is not a FOIA Party, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board, and (y) agrees to enter into this Agreement as an “Investor”.

 

7.1.2

The Company shall give notice (the “ROFO Notice”) to each Eligible Major Holder, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.


 

LOGO

 

34

Execution Copy

 

7.1.3

By notification to the Company within twenty-five (25) days after the ROFO Notice is given, each Eligible Major Holder may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the ROFO Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion of the Shares then held by such Eligible Major Holder (including all Ordinary Shares then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of any Derivative Securities then held by such Eligible Major Holder) bears to the total Ordinary Shares of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Derivative Securities then outstanding). The closing of any sale pursuant to this Clause 7.1.3 shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the ROFO Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Clause 7.1.4.

 

7.1.4

If all New Securities referred to in the ROFO Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Clause 7.1.3, the Company shall first reoffer to the remaining Eligible Major Holders any such New Securities not elected to be purchased or acquired in accordance with this Clause 7 (Pre-emptive rights). If any New Securities remain following such reoffer, the Company may offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favourable to the offeree than, those specified in the ROFO Notice.

 

7.1.5

No such pre-emptive right of the Shareholders shall apply to:

 

  a.

issuance of any Shares or other securities pursuant to the ESOP or any other compensation or equity incentive plans, as approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors (one of whom must be a Series B Director); or

 

  b.

issuance of any Shares or other securities in connection with licensing, collaboration, strategic/corporate partnering activities or acquisitions, as approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors (one of whom must be a Series B Director); or

 

  c.

issuance of any Shares or other securities in connection with entry into credit facilities or credit arrangements or incurrence of other indebtedness for borrowed money, as approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors (one of whom must be a Series B Director);

 

  d.

a Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

  e.

issuance of Shares in connection with any Public Offering of Shares, including an IPO and the issuance of Shares in a private placement of Shares occurring contemporaneously with such Public Offering and at the same price per share as the Shares sold in the Public Offering pursuant to contractual obligations of the Company; or


 

LOGO

 

35

Execution Copy

 

  f.

issuance of Shares upon exercise of warrants or rights granted to the underwriters in connection with a Public Offering; or

 

  g.

issuance of Shares pursuant to Clause 9 (Anti-Dilution Protection); or

 

  h.

issuance of Shares pursuant to the damages payable by the Company in accordance with Clause 4.2.2 of the Subscription Agreement; or

 

  i.

issuance of Series C Shares at the Closing (as defined in the Subscription Agreement); or

 

  j.

issuance of Shares following conversion of Preferred Shares,

each an “Exempted Issuance”. Each Shareholder shall, where necessary, vote in favour of an exclusion of pre-emptive rights for an Exempted Issuance.

 

7.1.6

The pre-emptive rights set forth in Clauses 7.1.1 through 7.1.4 shall terminate immediately prior to a Qualified IPO.

PREFERRED DIVIDEND, LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE, CONVERSION AND REDEMPTION

 

8.1

Deemed Liquidation Event

 

8.1.1

Subject to Clause 8.1.3 below, upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, any available proceeds (whether in cash, stock or surplus assets) shall, irrespective of the liquidation provisions in the Articles, be distributed to the Shareholders in the following order:

 

  a.

first, each Series C Holder and Series B Holder on a pari passu basis shall receive an amount equal to the number of Series C Shares or Series B Shares respectively, held by it multiplied by the Investor Subscription Price Per Share for such Series C Share or Series B Shares, plus any declared but unpaid Preferred Dividends as calculated in accordance with Clause 8.2.1 (the “Series B and C Liquidation Preference”);

 

  b.

second, each Series A Holder shall receive an amount equal to the number of Series A Shares held by it multiplied by the Investor Subscription Price Per Share for such Series A Shares, plus any declared but unpaid Preferred Dividends as calculated in accordance with Clause 8.2.1 (the “Series A Liquidation Preference” and, together with the Series B and C Liquidation Preference, the “Liquidation Preference”);

If upon any such Deemed Liquidation Event, the proceeds of the Company available for distribution to its Shareholders shall be insufficient to pay the Series C Holders and Series B Holders or, if the Series B and C Liquidation Preference has been paid in full, to pay the Series


 

LOGO

 

36

Execution Copy

 

A Holders the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Clause 8.1.1(a) or (b), as applicable, then the Series C Holders and Series B Holders (or the Series A Holders, if the Series B and C Liquidation Preference shall have been paid in full) shall share ratably in any distribution of the available proceeds for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the applicable Shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such Shares were paid in full,

 

  c.

the remainder of the proceeds (the “Residual Amount”) shall be distributed among the holders of the Preferred Shares and holders of Ordinary Shares, pro rata based on the number of Shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Ordinary Shares pursuant to Clause 8.2 and applicable provisions of the Articles, immediately prior to such Deemed Liquidation Event; provided, that:

 

  i.

The Series C Holders and Series B Holders shall cease participating in the Residual Amount on a pro rata as-converted basis upon receipt by the Series C Holders and Series B Holders of an aggregate amount per Series C Share and Series B Share, respectively (inclusive of the Series B and C Liquidation Preference received under Clause 8.1.1(a)) equal to the Investor Subscription Price Per Share for such Series C Shares or Series B Share multiplied by three (3); and

 

  ii.

The Series A Holders shall cease participating in the Residual Amount on a pro rata as-converted basis upon receipt by the Series A Holders of an aggregate amount per Series A Share (inclusive of the Series A Liquidation Preference received under Clause 8.1.1(b)) equal to the Investor Subscription Price Per Share for a Series B-2 Preferred Share multiplied by three (3).

 

8.1.2

In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event, if any portion of the consideration payable to the Shareholders is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the applicable definitive agreement for the Deemed Liquidation Event shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the Shareholders in accordance with Clause 8.1.1 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the Shareholders upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the Shareholders in accordance with Clause 8.1.1 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Clause 8.1.2, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.


 

LOGO

 

37

Execution Copy

 

8.1.3

Upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, if the amount per Preferred Share of any series that would have been payable had all Preferred Shares been converted into Ordinary Shares pursuant to Clause 8.3 immediately prior to such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “As-Converted Amount”) would be greater than the amount per Preferred Share of such series payable pursuant to Clause 8.1.1, after taking into account the adjustments set forth in Clause 8.1.2, each Preferred Holder of such series shall receive the As-Converted Amount for Preferred Shares of such series in lieu of any amounts under Clause 8.1.1. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in this Agreement, upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, each Preferred Holder shall receive either (i) the amounts per Preferred Share pursuant to Clause 8.1.1 or (ii) the As-Converted Amount, whichever is greater as with respect to each such holder of series of Preferred, and not both.

 

8.2

Each of the following events shall be considered a ”Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the Investor Majority (which Investor Majority shall include the majority of the Series B Shares and the Series C Shares, voting together as a single class), elects otherwise by written notice sent to the Company at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such event: (i) a sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (including the Company or its intellectual property rights, taken as a whole), (ii) the sale or transfer of all or part of the shares in the Company resulting in a change of Control over the Company (it being understood that any sale or transfer of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares in the Company shall be deemed to result in a change of Control), except for any such change of Control resulting from the sale of shares or securities of the Company for the primary purpose of raising capital for the Company or its Affiliates, (iii) a merger (juridische fusie) or demerger (splitsing) acquisition or consolidation involving the Company or its subsidiaries from time to time with any other company resulting in the Company not being the surviving company and/or resulting in a change of Control over the Company as described in subclause (ii) above, or (iv) the exclusive, irrevocable licensing of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property to a third party.

 

8.2.1

Dividends shall accrue on each Preferred Share on a non-cumulative, non-compounded basis at the rate per annum of 8% of the applicable Investor Subscription Price Per Share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any dividend, share split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Shares) (the “Preferred Dividend”). Preferred Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board, and the Company shall be under no obligation to pay such Preferred Dividends. The Company shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of share capital of the Company (including dividends on Ordinary Shares payable in Ordinary Shares) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required in the Articles and as required under Applicable Law) the holders of the Preferred Shares then outstanding first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding Preferred Share in an amount equal to that dividend per Preferred Share as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on (A) the Ordinary Shares or (B)


 

LOGO

 

38

Execution Copy

 

  each share of such other class or series of share capital of the Company determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Ordinary Shares and (2) the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of a Preferred Share, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend.

 

8.2.2

For the avoidance of doubt, the Company and each Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall not approve, declare or pay any dividends on any Ordinary Shares outstanding unless and until the full Liquidation Preference on all outstanding Preferred Shares shall have been paid first.

 

8.2.3

The Parties acknowledge that the Company may only distribute profits to the Shareholders in accordance with Article 2:216 of the Netherlands Civil Code and taking into account the preferential rights of the Preferred Shares.

 

8.3

Conversion

Optional Conversion

 

8.3.1

The Parties agree that each Preferred Holder is entitled to convert the Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares, respectively, at any time, without payment of additional consideration, into Ordinary Shares at a conversion rate of 1:1 (such conversion a “Voluntary Conversion”), which conversion rate shall be adjusted so as to reflect this ratio after any amendment of the nominal value by means of any stock splits, reclassification of shares and similar events.

 

8.3.2

A Voluntary Conversion will upon written request by the relevant Preferred Holder be delivered at the Company’s address, stating that such Party wishes to convert all or part of the Preferred Shares held by it into Ordinary Shares (the “Conversion Request”). Upon receipt of the Conversion Request, the Company will immediately take all action to effectuate such Voluntary Conversion. To the extent necessary to achieve such Voluntary Conversion each of the Parties:

 

  a.

irrevocably agrees to take all action and resolutions required to effectuate such Voluntary Conversion and shall procure that the Director(s) as nominated or appointed by such Party (as applicable) shall, subject to any restrictions of Applicable Law, vote in favour of such Voluntary Conversion at the meeting of the Board; and

 

  b.

where necessary, unconditionally and irrevocably grants a power of attorney to each (deputy) civil-law notary practicing in the Netherlands, to execute a deed of issuance of Shares or amendment to the Articles that may appear necessary to effectuate the Voluntary Conversion.


 

LOGO

 

39

Execution Copy

 

Mandatory Conversion

 

8.3.3

The outstanding Preferred Shares shall automatically convert into Ordinary Shares at the then effective conversion rate as calculated in accordance with this Clause 8 and Clause 9 (Anti-Dilution Protection) in the event of:

 

  a.

(i) the Investor Majority, (ii) the Series B Majority, which shall include at least one Major Series B Holder, and (iii) the Series C Majority, which shall include at least one Major Series C Holder, voting in favor of such mandatory conversion at the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by such Investor Majority; or

 

  b.

the earlier of the consummation of (i) a Qualified IPO, or (ii) a “combination” transaction with a special purpose acquisition vehicle that has raised a blind pool of capital of at least USD 50 million through an initial public offering to which the combined company’s securities are (indirect) exchange listed and publicly traded.

 

8.3.4

Each Shareholder agrees and commits itself to cast its votes in the General Meeting in favour of any resolutions required for or conducive to a Qualified IPO, including the amendment of the Company’s Articles, which includes the conversion into a public limited company (naamloze vennootschap) and to apply its voting power in the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Articles to facilitate the Qualified IPO.

 

8.3.5

All holders of record of Preferred Shares shall be sent written notice of the time of the mandatory conversion and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such Preferred Shares pursuant to Clause 8.3.3. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the time of the mandatory conversion. All rights with respect to the Preferred Shares converted pursuant to Clause 8.3.3, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Ordinary Shares), will terminate at the mandatory conversion, except only the rights of the holders thereof to receive any cash in lieu of fractional shares in accordance with Clause 8.3.8 below. Such converted Preferred Shares shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Company may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for shareholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of Preferred Shares accordingly.

 

8.3.6

In the case conversion takes place by a decision by the Investor Majority (which shall include (i) the Series B Majority, which shall include at least one Major Series B Holder and (ii) the Series C Majority, which shall include at least one Major Series C Holder) in the context of an IPO that is not a Qualified IPO, the shareholders of the Company, including the Investors, shall cooperate to take any necessary actions such that each Preferred Holder outstanding prior to the consummation of the IPO will receive, including through conversion of its Preferred Shares outstanding into Ordinary Shares and the issuance by the Company of additional Ordinary Shares if so required, that number of Ordinary Shares at the dollar amount determined in accordance with Clause 8.1.1, assuming for purposes of this calculation that a Deemed Liquidation Event has occurred at a valuation equal to the total pre-IPO valuation of the


 

LOGO

 

40

Execution Copy

 

  Company as determined and agreed in good faith between the Company and the joint book-running managers of the IPO. For the avoidance of doubt, no cash proceeds will be paid to the holders of outstanding Preferred Shares from the IPO and no adjustment may be required based on the calculation performed per the above.

Fractional Shares

 

8.3.7

No fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of an Ordinary Share as determined in good faith by the Board (as approved by a majority of Preferred Directors, voting together as a single class). Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of Preferred Shares the holder is at the time converting into Ordinary Shares and the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion.

 

8.3.8

For the avoidance of doubt, no Preferred Dividends shall be paid, whether accrued or otherwise, in the event of any conversion of Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares pursuant to this Clause 8.3, except – to the extent applicable – in case of a conversion in connection with an IPO that is not a Qualified IPO.

ANTI-DILUTION PROTECTION

 

9.1.1

In the event of a Post-Completion Issue to any Person, at a price per such Post-Closing Share which is lower than the applicable Investor Subscription Price Per Share (a “Down Round”) then the Company shall, unless and to the extent a Preferred Holder has specifically waived its rights under this Clause 9.1 in writing, promptly issue in accordance with applicable requirements to each of the Preferred Holders, such number of new shares, based upon a broad-based weighted average anti-dilution adjustment, which reduces the subscription price of the relevant Series C Shares, Series B Shares or Series A Shares, as applicable, to a weighted average price calculated in accordance with the following formulas (the “Anti-Dilution Shares”).

 

  a.

Weighted Average Price

 

  WAP   =       P1 * Q1 + P2 * Q2   
          Q1 + Q2           

 

  WAP

=     Weighted Average Price

 

  P1

=     the applicable Investor Subscription Price Per Share


 

LOGO

 

41

Execution Copy

 

  P2    =

the subscription price in the Down Round

 

  Q1   =

the total number of Shares outstanding (excluding the unallocated Shares pursuant to the ESOP) prior to the Down Round on an as converted and fully diluted basis

 

  Q2   =

the number of new shares issued in the Down Round

 

  b.

Number of Anti-Dilution Shares

The number of Anti-Dilution Shares to be issued to the respective Preferred Holder shall be calculated as follows (rounding the product, N, down to the nearest possible whole Share):

N = PS * P1 / WAP – PS

N = number of Anti-Dilution Shares to be awarded

PS = number of Series C Shares, Series B Shares or Series A Shares, as applicable, held by the Investor prior to the Down Round

 

9.1.2

The issue of the Anti-Dilution Shares shall occur by way of capitalisation of the Company’s relevant share premium account or any other reserves, in accordance with Applicable Law. If the reserves of the Company are not sufficient to pay up the Anti-Dilution Shares to which the Preferred Holders are entitled then each of the relevant Preferred Holders shall pay up the appropriate nominal amount in cash. For the avoidance of doubt, the anti-dilution protection set out in this Clause 9 (Anti-dilution Protection) shall not change the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the Series C Shares, Series B Shares or Series A Shares, and appropriate modifications shall be made so that the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the Series C Shares, Series B Shares or Series A Shares, inclusive of any Anti-Dilution Shares, shall remain unchanged.

 

9.1.3

The anti-dilution protection set out in Clause 9.1.1 will not apply in case of an Exempted Issuance previously approved by the Board, including at least two Preferred Directors (one of whom must be a Series B Director).

 

9.1.4

In order to benefit from the anti-dilution protection set out in Clause 9.1.1, the Preferred Holders are required to participate in any dilutive Post-Completion Issue to the extent of their pro rata equity interest in the Series C Shares, Series B Shares or Series A Shares, as applicable. In the event and to the extent that a Preferred Holder fails to participate in accordance with the previous sentence, the Preferred Shares held by such shareholder will automatically and proportionally lose any anti-dilution protection provided under Clause 9.1.1.


 

LOGO

 

42

Execution Copy

 

9.1.5

Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably agrees to such issue of Shares as is consistent with this Clause 9.1 and agrees to co-operate in all actions and resolutions required for the issue of such Anti-Dilution Shares, which any Investor may request the Company to issue in connection with the provisions of this Clause 9.1, and to waive any and all pre-emptive rights that such Party may have in relation to the Anti-Dilution Shares to be issued to such holder of Shares. In addition, the Parties shall effectuate an amendment of the Articles to the extent that such amendment should be required in order to facilitate the issue of Anti-Dilution Shares.

 

9.1.6

The Parties intend that any issuance of Shares pursuant to this Clause 9 shall be treated as a “recapitalization” described in Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Code in which no gain or loss is recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or any applicable U.S. state or local tax purposes). The Company agrees to make any U.S. tax reporting in a manner consistent with the foregoing intended treatment except to the extent otherwise required pursuant to a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code.

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE SCHEME

 

10.1.1

The Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated from time to time, will be amended on or about the date hereof to increase the number of unallocated incentive awards with 1,000,000, following the Closing, on a post money basis, so the total unallocated portion immediately following the Closing shall represent 5.02% of the Company’s fully diluted capitalization.

CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

11.1.1

Each of the Parties agrees to keep secret and strictly confidential and not to use, disclose, or divulge to any third party or to enable or cause any person to become aware of (except for the purposes of conducting the Company’s business for the benefit of the Company and to its advisors and/or consultants, in each case provided that any person to whom such confidential information is disclosed by it complies with the restrictions set out in this Clause as if such person were a Party) any information relating to the Company or its business or assets or the existence or the contents of this Agreement.

 

11.1.2

Nothing in this Clause 11.1.1 prevents any announcement being made or any confidential information being disclosed by any Party:

 

  a.

on or following the Closing Date, if the Parties have reasonably agreed on the contents of such announcement;

 

  b.

to the extent required by law or any competent regulatory body or recognised stock exchange or under any agreement with any Tax Authority existing at the date of this Agreement or to comply with any applicable accounting requirements (including for the avoidance of doubt any required disclosure to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission); any Party so required to disclose any confidential information shall


 

LOGO

 

43

Execution Copy

 

  promptly notify the other Party, where practicable and to the extent lawful to do so, with reasonable amount of time, before disclosure occurs and shall consult with the other Party regarding the timing and content of such disclosure and shall take such action which the other Party may reasonably request (including taking into account any comment that the other Party provides on such disclosure which shall be considered in good faith) or which may reasonably be required to challenge the validity of such disclosure requirement;

 

  c.

to the extent that such information is public knowledge other than through unlawful disclosure by that Party;

 

  d.

to the extend such information is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information;

 

  e.

to the extent such information is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company;

 

  f.

to that Party’s investors, investor committees and/or any of its Affiliates (excluding portfolio companies) on all information pertaining to the Company and the equity investment made or to be made in the Company in accordance with its reporting obligations (including, if applicable, under its fund investment documents or to the extent required for legal, tax, audit or regulatory purposes), subject to a duty of confidentiality;

 

  g.

to that Party’s professional advisers or its financiers subject to a duty of confidentiality and only to the extent necessary for any lawful purpose.

provided that and with the exception of Clause 11.1.2(a) and 11.1.2(b) Viking’s or GA’s name (including any abbreviations thereof) will not be used in any public statement, marketing materials or other third party communications (other than in connection with the proposed financing) without prior written approval of Viking or GA (as the case may be).

DURATION

 

12.1.1

Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for an indefinite period of time and will terminate once the Shareholders and the Company agree in writing to terminate this Agreement, provided that this Agreement shall cease to have effect as regards a Shareholder who ceases to hold any Shares, save for any of the provisions of this Agreement which are expressed to continue in force after termination or ceasing to be a Shareholder. In addition, this Agreement shall terminate (i) in the event an IPO is completed (except for Clause 15 (Registration Rights)), (ii) upon such time when the


 

LOGO

 

44

Execution Copy

 

  Company first becomes subject to the period reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (except for Clause 15 (Registration Rights)) or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event resulting in one Person becoming the beneficial owner of all of the Shares or a liquidation of the Company, whichever event occurs first.

DATA PROTECTION

 

13.1.1

Each of the Shareholders hereby consent to the processing of their personal data (in case of a Shareholder that is a registered investment company or a pooled investment fund only the name of the fund and the number of Shares such fund is holding) from time to time by the Company for the following purposes, subject to a duty of confidentiality of any person or party which may receive such data, for the following purposes:

 

  a.

conducting of due diligence in connection with a potential investment, financing or Deemed Liquidation Event or similar strategic transaction;

 

  b.

compliance with Applicable Law; and

 

  c.

the exchange of contact and shareholdings information amongst themselves.

 

13.1.2

The Company may process that personal data either electronically or manually. The personal data that may be processed by the Company for those purposes includes any information which may have a bearing on the prudence of investing in the Company.

 

13.1.3

The Company shall process all personal data in accordance with applicable legislation on data protection.

TAX

 

14.1

Risk and account

All taxes, duties, levies and social security premiums payable (ultimately) by a Shareholder in connection with such Shareholder’s investment under this Agreement, including the grant or ownership of Shares, are for the sole risk and account of such Shareholder.

 

14.2

U.S. federal income tax matters

 

14.2.1

The Company shall (a) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the Company’s taxable year, examine whether the Company (or any of its Corporate Subsidiaries) was a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the U.S. Tax Code (a “PFIC”) with respect to such taxable year; and (b) if the Company determines that the Company (or any of its Corporate Subsidiaries) is a PFIC for such taxable year, provide such information reasonably available to the Company to each Shareholder who is a United States


 

LOGO

 

45

Execution Copy

 

  person, as defined in Section 957(c) of the U.S. Tax Code (any such Shareholder, a “U.S. Shareholder”) to permit such U.S. Shareholder to elect to treat the Company (or any of its Corporate Subsidiaries) as a “Qualified Electing Fund” within the meaning of Section 1295 of the U.S. Tax Code (a “QEF Election”) or file a “Protective Statement” pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.1295-3(c) for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to such U.S. Shareholder. If a determination is made by the Company that the Company is a PFIC for a particular taxable year, then for such year and for each year thereafter that it is a PFIC, the Company shall provide each U.S. Shareholder no later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of such taxable year, a completed “PFIC Annual Information Statement” as required by U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.1295-1(g) which shall be signed by the PFIC or an authorized representative of the PFIC and which shall set forth the following information: (i) the first and last days of the taxable year of the PFIC; (ii) the U.S. Shareholders’ pro rata shares of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain for the taxable year indicated in clause (i) above; (iii) the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property distributed or deemed distributed to the U.S. Shareholders during the taxable year of the PFIC to which the PFIC Annual Information Statement pertains; and (iv) a statement that the PFIC will permit the U.S. Shareholders to inspect and copy the PFIC’s permanent books of account, records, and such other documents as may be maintained by the PFIC to establish that the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain are computed in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, and to verify these amounts and the Investors’ pro rata shares thereof. In addition to the information set forth above, if a determination is made by the Company that the Company is a PFIC for a particular taxable year, the Company shall provide a U.S. Shareholder with such information requested by the U.S. Shareholder that is both reasonably required by the U.S. Shareholder to comply with any reporting or other requirements in connection with such QEF Election and available to the Company. The Company shall provide, within one hundred fifty (150) days following the end of each taxable year of the Company, such information, records and documents available to the Company that is reasonably requested by a U.S. Shareholder in order to assist such U.S. Shareholder or any Person who is a direct or indirect beneficial owner of such U.S. Shareholder with the preparation of its U.S. federal income tax returns, complying with reporting obligations under the U.S. Tax Code and other obligations under the U.S. Tax Code, or obtaining any benefit pursuant to the U.S. Tax Code.

 

14.2.2

The Company shall use its commercial reasonable efforts to avoid being a PFIC.

 

14.2.3

Each Shareholder agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) work together in good faith to assess, and as needed develop a plan to mitigate, the risk that the Company may be characterized as a CFC, (ii) confer with each other regarding the results of such risk assessment and planning, and (iii) as needed and if applicable, endeavor to implement in good faith any mutually agreed plan to mitigate such risk of potential characterization of the Company as a CFC; provided that any such plan shall not adversely affect any Shareholder or the Company.


 

LOGO

 

46

Execution Copy

 

14.2.4

The Company take such actions, including making an election to be treated as a corporation or refraining from making an election to be treated as a partnership, in order to ensure that at all times it is classified as corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

14.2.5

As soon as practicable, but in any event, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each taxable year of the Company, the Company shall examine its CFC status and the CFC status of any of its Corporate Subsidiaries and immediately notify Investors that are U.S. Shareholders if it becomes aware of any change in the CFC status of the Company or any Corporate Subsidiary for such taxable year. As soon as practicable, but in any event, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each taxable year of the Company, the Company shall provide to the Investors that are United States Shareholders (within the meaning of Section 951(b) of the U.S. Tax Code), or that have Partners that are United States Shareholders of the Company (and have notified the Company of such status), with access to any information that is available to the Company and reasonably requested by the Investor that is required to determine whether the Company is a CFC and to determine whether the Investor or any of the Investor’s Partners is required to report its pro rata portion and information necessary to determine such pro rata portion of the Company’s “subpart F income” as defined in Section 952 of the Code (“Subpart F Income”) or “global intangible low-taxed income” as defined under Section 951A of the Code on its U.S. federal income tax return. If the Company determines that it is or reasonably may be a CFC for any taxable year, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to determine, no later than one hundred fifty (150) days following the end of such taxable year, and provide to each Investor that is a United States Shareholder (or that has notified the Company that one or more of the Investor’s Partners is a United States Shareholder) a written report of, the amount of any Subpart F Income, any Section 956 Amount (as defined below) and earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) generated by the Company during such taxable year and the amount of each such Investor’s pro rata portion of such Subpart F Income and Section 956 Amount (collectively, the “CFC Allocation”). In the event of a CFC Allocation attributable to any taxable year, the Company agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to available cash, to make a dividend distribution (a “CFC Distribution”) to such Investor in such taxable year. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to make such CFC Distribution no later than one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of the taxable year of the corporation to which such CFC Allocation relates, in an amount equal to (1) 25% of such Investor’s pro rata share of the CFC Allocation less (2) the amount of any other distributions made to such Investor during the preceding taxable year. To the extent necessary to effectuate the CFC Distributions described herein, the Company shall cause any company that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company to timely make distributions to the Company. For purposes of this Clause 14.2.5, (i) the term “Investor’s Partners” shall mean each of the Investor’s shareholders, partners, members or other equity holders and any direct or indirect equity owners of such entities, in each case, that is a U.S. person as defined in Section 957(c) of the U.S. Tax Code (ii) the “Company” shall mean the Company and any of its Corporate Subsidiaries, if applicable, (iii) “Section 956 Amount” means


 

LOGO

 

47

Execution Copy

 

  any amount described in Section 951(a)(1)(B) of the U.S. Tax Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations thereunder, and (iv) “United States Shareholder” means a Shareholder described in Section 951(b) of the U.S. Tax Code. Each Investor agrees that it shall reasonably cooperate with the other Investors and the Company to provide, upon the request of any Investor or the Company, such information as the Investor shall have in its possession or Control, as is necessary to establish whether such Investor and/or any of its direct or indirect beneficial owners is a United States Shareholder.

 

14.2.6

To the extent that the Company becomes subject to U.S. tax reporting or compliance obligations under the U.S. Tax Code, the Company agrees to engage, within ninety (90) days following the date the Company becomes aware of such obligation, a reputable U.S. tax advisory firm to assist with compliance with such reporting and other obligations.

 

14.2.7

For purposes of this Clause 14, a “Corporate Subsidiary” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company (i) that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (ii) with respect to which the Company, directly or indirectly, owns over 50% of the vote and value of the subsidiary’s stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Demand Registration

 

15.1

If at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders that the Company submit or file a Form F-1 or S-1 registration statement, as applicable, with respect to (1) at least forty percent (40%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding or (2) an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, exceeding $50.0 million, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders (each such request shall be referred to herein as a “Demand Registration”); and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, initially file or confidentially submit a Form F-1 or Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Clauses 15.3, 15.5 and 15.6.

 

15.2

If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form F-3 or S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from (1) Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding or (3) Holders that the Company file a Form F-3 or S-3 registration statement


 

LOGO

 

48

Execution Copy

 

  with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $25.0 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form F-3 or S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act (or file a post-effective amendment to an effective Form F-3 or S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act, as applicable and at the Company’s sole discretion) covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Clauses 15.3, 15.5 and 15.6. The Company shall only be required to effectuate one Public Offering from any such Form F-3 or S-3 registration within any six-month period.

 

15.3

Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to Clause 15.2 a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of the Company or a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

Company Registration

 

15.4

The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Clause 15.1 (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the earlier of confidential submission or filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two Demand Registrations; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of


 

LOGO

 

49

Execution Copy

 

  Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form F-3 or S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Clause 15.2. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Clause 15.4 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Clause 15.9, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Clause 15.4; provided, that if such withdrawal is during a period the Company has deferred taking action pursuant to Clause 15.3, then the Initiating Holders may withdraw their request for registration and such registration will not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Clause 15.4.

Underwriting Requirements

 

15.5

If, pursuant to Clause 15.1 or 15.2, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Clause 15.1 or 15.2, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Clause 15.7c) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting; provided, however, that no Holder (or any of their assignees) shall be required to make any representations, warranties, or indemnities except as they relate to such Holder’s ownership of shares and authority to enter into the underwriting agreement and to such Holder’s intended method of distribution, and the liability of such Holder shall be several and not joint, and limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause 15.5, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.


 

LOGO

 

50

Execution Copy

 

15.6

In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Clause 15.4, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by shareholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Clause 15.6 concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

Obligations of the Company

 

15.7

Whenever required under this Clause 15 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

  a.

prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution


 

LOGO

 

51

Execution Copy

 

  contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Ordinary Shares (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form F-3 or S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to sixty (60) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

  b.

prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

  c.

furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

  d.

use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

  e.

in the event of any underwritten Public Offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

  f.

use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

  g.

provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;


 

LOGO

 

52

Execution Copy

 

  h.

promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

 
  i.

notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

 
  j.

after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a Public Offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

 

15.8

It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Clause 15 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

Expenses

 

15.9

All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Clause 15.1 through 15.6, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $100,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Clause 15.1 or 15.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one


 

LOGO

 

53

Execution Copy

 

  registration pursuant to Clause 15.1 or 15.2, as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Clause 15.1 or 15.2. All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Clause 15 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

Delay of Registration

 

15.10

No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Clause 15.

Indemnification

 

15.11

If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Clause 15:

 

  a.

To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Clause 15.11(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

  b.

To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for


 

LOGO

 

54

Execution Copy

 

  the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Clause 15.11(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Clauses 15.11(b) and 15.11(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or wilful misconduct by such Holder.

 

  c.

Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Clause 15.11 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Clause 15.11, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Clause 15.11, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Clause 15.11.


 

LOGO

 

55

Execution Copy

 

  d.

To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Clause 15.11 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Clause 15.11 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Clause 15.11, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Clause 15.11(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Clause 15.11(d), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of wilful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

 

  e.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten Public Offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

  f.

Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten Public Offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Clause 15.11 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Clause 15, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.


 

LOGO

 

56

Execution Copy

 

Reports Under Exchange Act

 

15.12

With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form F-3 or S-3, the Company shall:

 

  a.

make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

  b.

use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

  c.

furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

 

15.13

From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that (a) would provide to such holder the right to include securities in any registration on other than either a pro rata basis with respect to the Registrable Securities or on a subordinate basis after all of the Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all Registrable Securities that they wish to so include or (b) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder.


 

LOGO

 

57

Execution Copy

 

Market Stand-off Agreement

 

15.14

Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter(s), during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company or any successor of the Company of shares of its Ordinary Shares or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form F-1 or S-1 or Form F-3 or S-3, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days: (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Ordinary Shares held before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Clause 15.14 shall apply only to the IPO and shall be subject to such customary carve-outs as the managing underwriter(s) shall agree to, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, or the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all shareholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Ordinary Shares. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third party beneficiaries of this Clause 15.14 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Clause 15.14 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Company stockholders that are subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, waive or terminate these restrictions with respect to up to one percent (1) of the outstanding as converted Ordinary Shares. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities (and the securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.


 

LOGO

 

58

Execution Copy

 

Restrictions on Transfer

 

15.15

The Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Clause 15.

 

15.16

Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) the Registrable Securities and any other securities issued in respect of the Registrable Securities upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Clause 15.17 be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Clause 15.16.

 

15.17

The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Clause 15. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably


 

LOGO

 

59

Execution Copy

 

  satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; or (z) in any internal transaction in which such Holder transfers Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder that is an entity or investment fund controlled by one or more general partners, managing members, management companies or investment advisors of, or that is managed or controlled by an affiliated general partner, managing member, management company or investment adviser with, such Holder; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Clause 15. Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Clause 15.16, except that such certificate instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

Termination

 

15.18

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 15, the right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to this Clause 15 shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of:

 

  a.

such time after consummation of the IPO as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; or

 

  b.

the fifth anniversary of an IPO.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

16.1

Compliance

The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to comply, in all material respects with all laws and regulations, as applicable in all relevant jurisdictions (including without limitation laws and regulations on procurement of works, goods and services and on environmental and social matters).


 

LOGO

 

60

Execution Copy

 

16.2

Further action

If at any time after the Closing, any further action is necessary or desirable in order to implement this Agreement, each Party shall at its own cost execute and deliver any further documents and take all such necessary action as may reasonably be requested from each of such party.

 

16.3

Invalidity

In the event that a provision of this Agreement is null and void or unenforceable (either in whole or in part), the remainder of this Agreement shall continue to be effective to the extent that, given this Agreements substance and purpose, such remainder is not inextricably related to the null and void or unenforceable provision. The Parties shall make every effort to reach agreement on a new clause which differs as little as possible from the null and void or unenforceable provision, taking into account the substance and purpose of this Agreement.

 

16.4

Amendment

Any term of this Agreement may be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written and signed consent of (a) a majority of the Board, (b) the Investor Majority (which Investor Majority shall include at least one Major Series B Holder and one Major Series C Holder) and (c) an absolute majority of the votes cast on the Shares in a General Meeting; provided that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) this Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Party (1) with respect to specific rights provided to such Party by name or (2) so as to adversely affect such Party in a manner different or disproportionate to other Parties, without the written consent of such Party, (ii) any amendment, modification, termination or waiver of Clause 3.6.1 and this subclause (ii) of this Clause 16.4 requires the written consent of Viking or GA respectively with respect to their Board observer rights under Clause 3.6.1, Foresite, Bain or venBio respectively with respect to their Board observer rights under Clause 3.6.2 and the holders of the Series A Shares with respect to their Board observer rights under Clause 3.6.3, (iii) Clause 3.1.1(a) may not be amended, modified or waived without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Ordinary Shares outstanding (excluding, for the purposes of this Clause 16.4, any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of any Preferred Shares (or otherwise converted from a Preferred Share into an Ordinary Share)), (iv) Clause 3.1.1(a) may not be amended, modified or waived with respect to the Executive Director under Clause 3.1.1(a) without the consent of such officer, (v) Clause 3.1.1(b) may not be amended, modified or waived without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Ordinary Shares outstanding (excluding, for the purposes of this Clause 16.4, any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of any Preferred Shares (or otherwise converted from a Preferred Share into an Ordinary Share)) and the Founders, (vi) Clause 3.1.1(c)(i) may not be amended, modified or waived without the consent


 

LOGO

 

61

Execution Copy

 

of LSP and Clause 3.1.1(c)(ii) may not be amended, modified or waived without the consent of Kurma, (vi) Clause 3.1.1(d)(i) may not be amended, modified or waived without the consent of Foresite and Clause 3.1.1(d)(ii) may not be amended, modified or waived without the consent of the majority of the Major Series B Holders, (vii) Clause 3.1.1(f) may not be amended, modified or waived without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Ordinary Shares outstanding (including the holders of the Preferred Shares, voting as a single class with holders of Ordinary Shares); (viii) the Series C Investor Majority which shall include the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series C Holder shall be required to approve any amendment of this and this subclause (ii) of this Clause 16.4 and any other amendment, modification, termination, or waiver Agreement that adversely affects the economic rights of the Series C Shares or the other the rights provided for the benefit of the Series C Shareholders as it relates to the Series C Shareholders (such as (1) the liquidation preference of the Series C Shares (whether an absolute amount or percentage and regardless of whether the liquidation preference for other series of Preferred Shares are affected), (2) Investor Subscription Price Per Share applicable to the Series C Shares, (3) price-based anti-dilution adjustment applicable to the Series C Shares (including expanding the definition of Exempted Issuance applicable to the Series C Shares), or (4) the definition of Major Holder as it applies to the holders of Series C Share, Clause 4.3.3), and (ix) the Series B Investor Majority which shall include the affirmative vote of at least one Major Series B Holder shall be required to approve any amendment of this and this subclause (ii) of this Clause 16.4 and any other amendment, modification, termination, or waiver Agreement that adversely affects the economic rights of the Series B Shares or the other the rights provided for the benefit of the Series B Shareholders as it relates to the Series B Shareholders (such as (1) the liquidation preference of the Series B Shares (whether an absolute amount or percentage and regardless of whether the liquidation preference for other series of Preferred Shares are affected), (2) Investor Subscription Price Per Share applicable to the Series B Shares, (3) price-based anti-dilution adjustment applicable to the Series B Shares (including expanding the definition of Exempted Issuance applicable to the Series B Shares), or (4) the definition of Major Holder as it applies to the holders of Series B Share, Clause 4.3.4).

Any amendment, modification, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Clause 16.4 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Schedule 6 (Notices) may be amended by the Company after the date of this Agreement without the consent of the other Parties to add information regarding any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Clause 16.5.


 

LOGO

 

62

Execution Copy

 

16.5

Additional Investors

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional Preferred Shares after the date hereof pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, or otherwise to any additional investors, any purchaser of such Preferred Shares shall become a party to this Agreement as a condition to the purchase or transfer of such shares by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor”, a “Shareholder” and “Party” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor”, a “Shareholder” and “Party” hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, the prohibitions set forth in Clause 6.1 shall apply to each additional Investor that becomes party to this Agreement under this Clause 16.5.

 

16.6

Entire agreement

This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter covered hereby and supersedes all earlier agreements and understandings, whether oral, written or otherwise, between the Parties.

 

16.7

No implied waiver

 

16.7.1

Nothing shall be construed as a waiver under this Agreement unless a document to that effect has been signed by the Parties or notice to that effect has been given.

 

16.7.2

The failure of a Party to exercise any right under this Agreement (which shall include the granting by a Party to either (any) of the other Parties of an extension of time in which to perform its obligations under any provision hereof) shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of the right to exercise any such right in the future.

 

16.8

No rescission

The Parties hereby waive their rights under articles 6:228 and 6:265 to 6:272 inclusive of the Dutch Civil Code to rescind (ontbinden) and/or annul (vernietigen) or demand in legal proceedings the rescission (ontbinding), and/or annulment (vernietiging) in whole or in part, of this Agreement and their rights under article 6:230 of the Dutch Civil Code to request in legal proceedings the amendment of this Agreement.

 

16.9

Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

16.10

Notices


 

LOGO

 

63

Execution Copy

 

16.10.1

Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and may be sent by courier or by registered mail and shall be effective when received, and in any event no later than:

 

  a.

when sent by courier service three (3) calendar days after dispatch;

 

  b.

when sent by registered mail three (3) calendar days after dispatch;

 

  c.

when sent by email, on the date of transmission, if transmitted before 5.00 p.m. (local time at the place of destination) on any Business Day and in any other case on the Business Day following the date of transmission. For avoidance of doubt, in case multiple email addresses are provided in Schedule 6, then the notice is effective only if sent to all listed email addresses.

 

16.10.2

For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the Parties shall be as specified in Schedule 6 (Notices) or at such other address as the Party to be given notice may have notified to the other Parties from time to time in accordance with this Clause as its address for receiving notices.

 

16.10.3

The provisions of this Clause shall not apply in relation to the service of documents for the purpose of litigation.

 

16.11

Assignment or encumbrance

No Party may assign this Agreement (contractsoverneming) or assign or Encumber any of its rights thereunder without the prior written consent of the other Parties. If a Party wishes to assign this Agreement to a Party to whom it Transfers all or a portion of its Shares pursuant to a Permitted Transfer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and provided that such assignment shall only take effect as of and subject to Transfer of these Shares, such consent is hereby provided by each of the other Parties.

 

16.12

Notary

The Parties are aware of the fact that the Notary works with NautaDutilh N.V., the firm that is advising the Company. With reference to the Code of Conduct (Verordening beroeps- en gedragsregels) established by the Royal Notarial Professional Organisation (Koninklijke Notariële Beroepsorganisatie), the Parties herewith explicitly agree that Company is assisted by NautaDutilh N.V. in relation to this Agreement and any agreements that may be concluded, or disputes that may arise, in connection therewith.

 

16.13

Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.


 

LOGO

 

64

Execution Copy

 

16.14

Disputes

The Parties agree that any dispute in connection with this Agreement or any Agreement resulting therefrom shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court in Amsterdam.

 

16.15

Restrictive Covenants

Each of Schoodic BV, Berndt Modig, JCK Consult, Joachim Knolle, Jens Schneider-M, Hans Schikan, Luc Dochez, GrayMatters BVBA and Anne Lesage undertakes that he/she/it, shall not, as long as he, she or it (indirectly) holds Shares and for a period of two (2) years thereafter other than pursuant to a disposal of such Shares following a Deemed Liquidation Event, directly or indirectly:

 

  (i)

solicit any employee of the Company to cease work for the Company or to work for any other individual or entity (other than general advertisements not specifically targeted at the relevant employee);

 

  (ii)

solicit or approach a client or customer of the Company with a view to enticing away from the Company such customer or client; or

 

  (iii)

compete with the Business and/or participate in the field of the Business (other than for the Company), (directly or indirectly, as owner, stockholder, director, officer, manager, employee, agent, consultant, representative or otherwise), in any business, firm or corporation that competes with the Business (with the exception of non-managerial and non-controlling shareholdings of less than 1% in listed companies);

 

    

unless waived in writing by the Company including the approval of the Board.

For the purpose of this Clause 16.15, compete means to undertake (or be interested in any business) in competition with the Business of the Company (whether alone or jointly with others or whether as principal, agent, shareholder, director, advisor or otherwise and whether for its own benefit or that of others). Furthermore, the board position of Hans Schikan in Sobi (which company has commercial rights to Pharming’s Ruconest) explicitly does not fall under the abovementioned non-compete.

The Non-Executive Directors cannot be appointed or nominated by the Investors as board members (or a similar position) in a company that is a Competitor to the Company.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

Signature pages follow


 

LOGO

 

65

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
PHARVARIS B.V.
By:   /s/ B.A.E. Modig
Name:   B.A.E. Modig
Title:   CEO
Address:   Pharvaris B.V.
  J.H. Oortweg 21
  2333 CH Leiden
  The Netherlands
  Attn: B.A.E. Modig

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

66

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VIKING GLOBAL OPPORTUNITIES ILLIQUID INVESTMENTS SUB-MASTER LP
By: Viking Global Opportunities Portfolio GP LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Matthew Bloom
Name:   Matthew Bloom
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:  

Viking Global Investors LP

55 Railroad Ave.

Greenwich, CT 06830

Attn: Haley Garrett

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

67

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
GENERAL ATLANTIC PH B.V.
By:   /s/ I.M. van der Hoorn
Name:   I.M. van der Hoorn
Title:   Director A
By:   /s/ W.H. Kamphuijs
Name:   W.H. Kamphuijs
Title:   Director B
Address:  

General Atlantic Services

Raamplein 1,

1016XK Amsterdam

the Netherlands

Attn: Ingrid van der Hoorn

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

68

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CORMORANT PRIVATE HEALTHCARE FUND III, L.P.
By:   /s/ Bihua Chen
Name:   Bihua Chen
Title:   Managing Member of the GP
Address:  

Cormorant Global Healthcare
Master Fund, LP

200 Clarendon Street

52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Neb Obradovic

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

69

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CORMORANT GLOBAL HEALTHCARE MASTER FUND, L.P.
By:   /s/ Bihua Chen
Name:   Bihua Chen
Title:   Managing Member of the GP
Address:  

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund III, LP

200 Clarendon Street

52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Neb Obradovic

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

70

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CRMA SPV, L.P.
By:   /s/ Bihua Chen
Name:   Bihua Chen
Title:   Managing Member of the
Investment Manager
Address:  

CRMA SPV, L.P.

200 Clarendon Street

52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Neb Obradovic

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

71

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
FORESITE CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P.
By: Foresite Capital Management IV, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Dennis D. Ryan
Name:   Dennis D. Ryan
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address:  

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.

600 Montgomery Street

Suite 4500

San Francisco, CA 94111

The United States

Attn: Michael Rome

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

72

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
FORESITE CAPITAL FUND V, L.P.
By: Foresite Capital Management V, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Dennis D. Ryan
Name:   Dennis D. Ryan
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address:  

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.

600 Montgomery Street

Suite 4500

San Francisco, CA 94111

The United States

Attn: Michael Rome

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

73

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
BAIN CAPITAL LIFE SCIENCES FUND, L.P.
By: Bain Capital Life Sciences Partners, L.P., its General Partner
By: Bain Capital Life Sciences Investors, LLC, its General partner
By:   /s/ Jeffrey Schwartz
Name:   Jeffrey Schwartz
Title:   Managing Director
Address:  

Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P.

200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116

The United States

Attn: Ricky Sun

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

74

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

BCIP LIFE SCIENCES

ASSOCIATES, L.P.

By: Boylston Coinvestors, LLC, its

General Partner

By:   /s/ Jeffrey Schwartz
Name:   Jeffrey Schwartz
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:  

BCIP Life Sciences Associates,

LP

200 Clarendon Street Boston,

MA 02116 The United States

Attn: Ricky Sun

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

75

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

VENBIO GLOBAL STRATEGIC FUND

III, L.P.

By: venBio Global Strategic GP III,

L.P., its General Partner

By: venBio Global Strategic GP III,

Ltd, its General Partner

By:   /s/ Richard Gaster
Name:   Richard Gaster
Title:   Partner
Address:  

venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P.

1700 Owens Street Suite 595 San Francisco, CA 94158,

United States of America

Attn: Richard Gaster

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

76

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
LSP V COÖPERATIEVE U.A.
By: LSP V Management B.V.
By:   /s/ Martijn Kleijtweg
Name:   Martijn Kleijtweg
Title:   Director
By:   /s/ René Kuijten
Name:   René Kuijten
Title:   Director B
Address:  

LSP V Cooperatieve U.A.

Johannes Vermeerplein 9 (1071 DV)

Amsterdam,

the Netherlands

Attn: Bas Vaessen

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

77

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
KURMA BIOFUND II
By: KURMA PARTNERS S.A.
By:   /s/ Rémi Droller
Name:   Rémi Droller
Title:   Managing Partner
Address:  

KURMA BIOFUND II

24 Rue Royale,

75008, Paris

France

Attn: Remi Droller

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

78

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

IDINVEST PATRIMOINE N°4 IR

OBJECTIF INNOVATION PATRIMOINE N°8

 

IDINVEST PATRIMOINE N°5

IDINVEST PATRIMOINE 2015

OBJECTIF INNOVATION PATRIMOINE N°9

 

IDINVEST PATRIMOINE N°6

IDINVEST PATRIMOINE 2019

OBJECTIF INNOVATION 2019

By: Idinvest Partners S.A., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Benoist Grossmann
Name:   Benoist Grossmann
Title:   Managing Partner
Address:  

117 Avenue des Champs-Elysées

75008, Paris

France

Attn: Gaston Samele

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

79

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VENROCK HEALTHCARE CAPITAL PARTNERS III, L.P.
By: VHCP Management III, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ David L. Stepp
Name:   David L. Stepp
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:  

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P.

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Sherman Souther

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

80

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VHCP CO-INVESTMENT HOLDINGS III, LLC
By: VHCP Management III, LLC, its manager
By:   /s/ David L. Stepp
Name:   David L. Stepp
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:  

VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn : Sherman Souther

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

81

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
VENROCK HEALTHCARE CAPITAL PARTNERS EG, L.P.
By: VHCP Management EG, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ David Stepp
Name:   David L. Stepp
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:  

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners Eg, L.P.

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Sherman Souther

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

82

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FOUNDER:
SCHOODIC MANAGEMENT B.V.
By:   /s/ B.A.E Molding
Name:   B.A.E Molding
Title:   Director
Address:  

Schoodic Management B.V.

J.H. Oortweg 21

2333 CH Leiden

the Netherlands

Attn: Berndt Modig

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

83

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FOUNDER:
BERNDT MODIG
By:   /s/ B.A.E. Modig
Address:  

Hirsernstrasse 6, CH-6052

Hergiswil NW, Switzerland

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

84

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FOUNDER:
JOACHIM KNOLLE
By:   /s/ Joachim Knolle
Address:  

Wetteraustrasse 25

D-60389 Frankfurt am Main

Germany

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

85

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FOUNDER:
JENS ECKART KASPAR
SCHNEIDER-MERGENER
By:   /s/ J.E.K. Schneider-Mergener
Address:  

Weg zum Zwiebelfeld 1

D-16798 Fürstenberg

Germany

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

86

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FOUNDER:
JOHANNES GERARDUS CHRISTIAAN PETRUS SCHIKAN
By:   /s/ J.G.C.P. Schikan
Address:  

Herengracht 14C

1015 BK Amsterdam

the Netherlands

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

87

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FOUNDER:
LUC MADELEINE ALBERT DOCHEZ
By:   /s/ L.M.A. Dochez
Address:  

Klein Vilvoordestraat 8

3078 Meerbeek

Belgium

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

88

Execution Copy

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FOUNDER:
GRAYMATTERS CONSULTING B.V.B.A.
By:   /s/ Anne Lesage
Name:   Anne Lesage
Title:   Director
Address:  

GrayMatters Consulting B.V.B.A.

Nachtegalendreef 27

B-2980 Zoersel

Belgium

SIGNATURE PAGE TO PHARVARIS B.V.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT


 

LOGO

 

89

Execution Copy

 

Schedule 1.

    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Part 1     Definitions

The following capitalised terms and expressions in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

 

“Accounts”    means the consolidated audited accounts of the Company
“Additional Consideration”    has the meaning set out in Clause 8.1.2
“Affiliate”    means any subsidiary and any other person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by, or under direct or indirect common Control with, such person, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, managing partner, officer or director of such Person, such Person’s principal or any venture capital fund, private equity fund, or registered investment company now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or, managing members or investment advisors of, or shares the same management company or investment advisor with, such Person or such Person’s principal
“Agreement”    means this shareholders agreement, as defined in the introduction to this Agreement
“Annex”    means any annex to this Agreement
“Anti-Dilution Shares”    has the meaning set out in Clause 9.1.1
“Applicable Law”    means, in relation to any Person, any and all laws, common law, statutes, secondary legislation, directives, regulations, resolutions, statutory guidance and codes of practice, civil, criminal or administrative law, notices, judgments, decrees, orders or rulings from any authority, in each case having the force of law, including any anti-bribery laws, anti-corruption laws, anti-money laundering laws and export control laws, in each case, as applicable to such Person


 

LOGO

 

90

Execution Copy

 

“Articles”    means the articles of association of the Company, as amended from time to time
“As-Converted Amount”    has the meaning set out in Clause 8.1.3
“Board”    means the board (bestuur) of the Company
“Business Day”    means a day on which banks and foreign exchange markets are generally open in the Netherlands for formal business
“Business”    has the meaning set out in Recital A
“CFC”    has the meaning set out in Clause 6.2.3
“Closing”    has the meaning set out in the Subscription Agreement
“Closing Date”    has the meaning set out in the Subscription Agreement
“Company”    has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement
“Company Notice”    means written notice from the Company notifying the selling Key Holders and each Major Holder that the Company intends to exercise its Right of First Refusal as to some or all of the Transfer Shares with respect to any Proposed Key Holder Transfer
“Company Transfer Shares”    has the meaning set out in Clause 6.3.2
“Company Undersubscription Notice”    has the meaning set out in Clause 6.3.2c
“Competitor”    means any Shareholder or Party who directly or indirectly, including through any Affiliates, competes, or is reasonably likely to compete, with the Company or any of its Affiliates, as determined by the Board in good faith


 

LOGO

 

91

Execution Copy

 

“Conflict of Interest”    means a direct or indirect personal conflict of interest within the meaning of article 2:239 paragraph 6 Dutch Civil Code (direct of indirect persoonlijk tegenstrijdig belang)
“Control”    means the ability, by contract or otherwise, (i) to exercise, directly or indirectly, more than fifty (50) per cent of the voting rights represented by all shares in a Person; and/or; (ii) to direct the casting of more than fifty (50) per cent of the votes exercisable at general meetings of a Person on all, or substantially all matters; and/or (iii) to appoint or remove the members of the board (bestuur) of a Person, having a majority of the voting rights at meetings of the management board on all, or substantially all, matters; and Controlled, Controlled by, Controlling and under Common Control with shall be construed accordingly
“Conversion Request”    has the meaning set out in Clause 8.3.2
“D&O Insurance”    means director & officer insurance for the Directors in an amount per claim and per policy period as determined by the Board
“Damages”    means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law


 

LOGO

 

92

Execution Copy

 

“Deemed Liquidation Event”    has the meaning set out in Clause 8.2
“Demand Notice”    has the meaning set out in Clause 15.1
“Demand Registration”    has the meaning set out in Clause 15.1
“Derivative Securities”    means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Ordinary Shares, including options and warrants
“Directors”    means the Executive Directors and the Non-Executive Directors, and each a Director
“Down Round”    has the meaning set out in Clause 9.1.1
“Dutch Civil Code”    means the Dutch civil code (Burgerlijk Wetboek)
“EIF”    has the meaning set out in Clause 5.1.7
“Eligible Major Holder”    has the meaning set out in Clause 7.1.1
“Encumbrance”    means any rights of pledge, mortgage or usufruct, liens or attachments, option rights, rights of retention, rights of first refusal or pre-emption or similar rights and Encumber means the creation of any Encumbrance
“ESOP”    means the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated from time to time, including pursuant to the Shareholders Resolution (as defined in the Subscription Agreement)


 

LOGO

 

93

Execution Copy

 

“EUR” or “Euro”    means the basic unit of currency among participating European Union countries
“Exchange Act”    means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder
“Excluded Registration”    means (i) a registration relating to the sale or grant of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, equity incentive or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Ordinary Shares being registered is Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered
“Excluded Transfer”    means (a) any sale of Shares pursuant to Clause 6.4, (b) repurchases of Shares from a current or former employee, officer, director, consultant or other person who performed services for the Company in connection with the net settlement of equity awards or the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price (if applicable) or the then-current fair market value thereof, or (c) any sale of shares through the underwriters in connection with an IPO
“Exercising Major Holders”    has the meaning set out in Clause 6.3.2c
“Executive Director”    has the meaning set out in Clause 3.1.1
“Exempted Issuance”    has the meaning set out in Clause 7.1.5
“Exercising Major Holders”    has the meaning set out in Clause 6.3.2c


 

LOGO

 

94

Execution Copy

 

“Financial Year”    means the financial year (boekjaar) of the Company as set forth in the Articles
“FOIA Party”    means a Person that, in the reasonable determination of the Board, may be subject to, and thereby required to disclose non-public information furnished by or relating to the Company under, the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (“FOIA”), any state public records access law, any state or other jurisdiction’s laws similar in intent or effect to FOIA, or any other similar statutory or regulatory requirement
“Form F-1” or “Form S-1”    means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC
“Form F-3” or “Form S-3”    means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits forward incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC
“Founder Director”    has the meaning set out in Clause 3.1.1
“Founders”    has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement
“General Meeting”    means the general meeting of Shareholders (algemene vergadering van aandeelhouders) of the Company
“Holder”    means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement
“Immediate Family Member”    means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein


 

LOGO

 

95

Execution Copy

 

“Independent Directors    has the meaning set out in Clause 3.1.1e
“Initiating Holders”    means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under Clause 15 (Registration Rights)
“Investor Majority”    means the majority of the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares

“Investor Subscription

Price Per Share”

   means the original purchase price per Preferred Share pursuant to the applicable subscription agreement
“Investor”    has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement
“Initial Consideration”    has the meaning set out in Clause 8.1.2
“IPO”    means the underwritten initial public offering (including a Qualified IPO) of all or any portion of the Shares of any kind, any legal successor of the Company under universal title, on (a) The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC or (b) another underwritten initial public offering on a regulated market or multilateral trading facility as referred to in Section 1:1 of the Financial Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht) or on a system comparable to a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in a State that is not a Member State of the European Union, including any national securities exchange registered under the Exchange Act, of all or a portion of the shares in the capital of the Company, or any legal successor of the Company under universal title approved by the Board in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement and the Articles
“Key Holder”    means any holder of Ordinary Shares, excluding any holder of Ordinary Shares that acquired the Ordinary Shares as a consequence of a conversion of Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares
“KFW”    has the meaning set out in Clause 5.1.7


 

LOGO

 

96

Execution Copy

 

“Liquidation Preference”    has the meaning set out in Clause 8.1.1b
“Major Holder”    means a beneficial owner of at least 500,000 (five hundred thousand) Preferred Shares, provided that (i) Bain Capital and BCIP will jointly be deemed a “Major Holder” as long as Bain is the beneficial owner of at least 500,000 (five hundred thousand) Preferred Shares, (ii) Venrock-1 and Venrock-2 will jointly be deemed a “Major Holder” as long as Venrock is the beneficial owner of at least 500,000 (five hundred thousand) Preferred Shares, or (iii) Affiliates of an Investor or other investment vehicle under such Investor’s management and control or under common management and control will jointly be deemed a “Major Holder” as long as they jointly are the beneficial holder of at least 500,000 (five hundred thousand) Preferred Shares
“Major Series B Holder”    means each of (i) Foresite-1, (ii) Bain, and (iii) venBio so long as any such Party or its permitted transferee continues to hold Series B Shares
“Major Series C Holder”    means GA or Viking so long as any such Party or its permitted transferee continues to hold Series C Shares
“Major Holder Beneficial Owner”    has the meaning set out in Clause 7.1.1
“Major Holder Majority”    means the majority of the Preferred Shares held by the Major Holders
“Major Holder Notice”    means written notice from any Major Holder notifying the Company and the selling Key Holder(s) that such Major Holder intends to exercise its Secondary Refusal Right as to a portion of the Transfer Shares with respect to any Proposed Key Holder Transfer
“Major Holder Notice Period”    has the meaning set out in Clause 6.3.2c
“New Securities”    means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities


 

LOGO

 

97

Execution Copy

 

“Non-Executive Director”    has the meaning set out in Clause 3.1.1
“Notary”    means any civil law notary working at NautaDutilh or any of their deputies
“Observer”    has the meaning set out in Clause 3.6.3
“Operating Budget”    has the meaning set out in the Subscription Agreement
“Ordinary Shares”    has the meaning set out in Recital E

“Participating Major

Holder”

   has the meaning set out in Clause 6.5.1
“Party”    has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement
“Permitted Transfer”    has the meaning set out in Clause 6.2.1
“Persons”    means any individual, firm, company, corporation, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organisation, entity or division, government, governmental authority, tax authority, state or agency of a state or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality)
“PFIC”    has the meaning set out in Clause 14.2.1
“Post-Completion Issue”    means any issuance of Shares by the Company following the First Closing Date, except any Exempted Issuance.
“Preferred Directors”    means the Series A Directors and the Series B Directors


 

LOGO

 

98

Execution Copy

 

“Preferred Dividend”    has the meaning set out in Clause 8.2.1
“Preferred Holders”    means the holders of the Preferred Shares
“Preferred Shares”    means the issued and outstanding Series A Shares, Series B Shares and Series C Shares
“Prior Agreement”    has the meaning set out in Clause 2.3
“Prior SSA”    has the meaning set out in Recital C
“Prohibited Transfer”    has the meaning set out in Clause 6.6.3

“Proposed Key Holder

Transfer”

   means any assignment, sale, offer to sell, pledge, mortgage, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition of or any other like transfer or encumbering of any Transfer Share (or any interest therein) proposed by any of the Key Holders
“Proposed Sale”    has the meaning set out in Clause 6.4.2

“Proposed Key Holder

Transfer”

   means any assignment, sale, offer to sell, pledge, mortgage, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition of or any other like transfer or encumbering of any Transfer Share (or any interest therein) proposed by any of the Key Holders

“Proposed Transfer

Notice”

   means written notice from a Key Holder setting forth the terms and conditions of a Proposed Key Holder Transfer
“Prospective Transferee”    has the meaning set out in Clause 6.3.2
“Public Offering”    means an underwritten public offering of Registrable Securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4, Form F-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form


 

LOGO

 

99

Execution Copy

 

“Purchase and Sale

Agreement”

   has the meaning set out in Clause 6.5.3
“QEF Election”    has the meaning set out in Clause 14.2.1
“Qualified IPO”    means a firm commitment underwritten IPO of Ordinary Shares with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than USD 50,000,000 (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses)
“Recipient’s Business”    has the meaning set out Clause 5.1.8
“Registrable Securities”    means (i) the Ordinary Shares issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of (A) Preferred Shares (or otherwise converted from a Preferred Share into an Ordinary Share) and (B) any other securities of the Company held by any Preferred Holder; (ii) all Ordinary Shares issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of (A) Preferred Shares (or otherwise converted from a Preferred Share into an Ordinary Share) and (B) any other securities of the Company acquired by the Preferred Holders after the date hereof; and (iii) any Ordinary Shares issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Clause , and excluding any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Clause 15.18.

“Registrable Securities

then outstanding”

   means the number of shares determined by adding the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares that are Registrable Securities and the number of Ordinary Shares issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities
“Restricted Securities”    means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Clause 15.16 hereof


 

LOGO

 

100

Execution Copy

 

“Residual Amount”    has the meaning set out in Clause 8.1.1c
“Right of Co-Sale”    means the right, but not an obligation, of an Investor to participate in a Proposed Key Holder Transfer on the terms and conditions specified in the Proposed Transfer Notice
“Right of First Refusal”    means the right, but not an obligation, of the Company, or its permitted transferees or assigns, to purchase some or all of the Transfer Shares with respect to a Proposed Key Holder Transfer, on the terms and conditions specified in the Proposed Transfer Notice.
“ROFO Notice”    has the meaning set out in Clause 7.1.2
“Schedule”    means any schedule to this Agreement
“SEC”    means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
“SEC Rule 144”    means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.
“SEC Rule 145”    means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.
“Secondary Notice”    means written notice from the Company notifying the Major Holders and the selling Key Holder that the Company does not intend to exercise its Right of First Refusal as to all or a portion of the Transfer Shares with respect to a Proposed Key Holder Transfer, on the terms and conditions specified in the Proposed Transfer Notice
“Secondary Refusal Right”    means the right, but not an obligation, of each Major Holder (other than the Key Holder) to purchase up to its pro rata portion (based upon the total number of Shares then held by all Major Holders (other than the Key Holder)) of any Transfer Shares not purchased pursuant to the Right of First Refusal, on the terms and conditions specified in the Proposed Transfer Notice
“Securities Act”    means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder


 

LOGO

 

101

Execution Copy

 

“Selling Expenses”    means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Clause 15.9
“Selling Holder Counsel”    has the meaning set out in Clause 15.9
“Series A Director”    has the meaning set out in Clause 3.1.1
“Series A Holder”    means each holder of Series A Shares

“Series A Liquidation

Preference”

   has the meaning set out in Clause 8.1.1b
“Series A Observer”    has the meaning set out in Clause 3.6.3
“Series A Shares”    has the meaning set out in Recital B

“Series B and C

Liquidation Preference”

   has the meaning set out in Clause 8.1.1a
“Series B Director”    has the meaning set out in Clause 3.1.1
“Series B Holder”    means each holder of Series B Shares

“Series B Investor

Majority”

   means the majority of the issued and outstanding Series B Shares
“Series B Observer”    has the meaning set out in Clause 3.6.2
“Series B Shares”    has the meaning set out in Recital C


 

LOGO

 

102

Execution Copy

 

“Series B-2 Preferred

Share”

   has the meaning set out in the Prior SSA
“Series C Holder”    means each holder of Series C Shares
“Series C Observer”    has the meaning set out in Clause 3.6.1

“Series C Investor

Majority”

   means the majority of the issued and outstanding Series C Shares
“Series C Shares”    has the meaning set out in Recital D
“Shareholder”    has the meaning set out in the introduction to this Agreement and any other Person that has acquired Shares after the Closing Date in accordance with and has become a Party to this Agreement

“Shareholder

Representative”

   has the meaning set out in Clause 6.4.1f
“Shares”    means at any time the Ordinary Shares, the Series A Shares, the Series B Shares and the Series C Shares

“Subscription

Agreement”

   has the meaning set out in Recital D
“Tax Authority”    means a governmental authority competent to impose any liability in respect of Tax or responsible for the administration and/or collection of Tax
“Transfer”    means in relation to any Share to directly or indirectly (i) (a) sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of it; (b) create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance over it; (c) direct that another Person should receive it, or assign any right to it; (d) enter into any agreement in respect of the votes or any other rights attached to it; or (e) agree, whether or not subject to any condition precedent or subsequent, to do any of the foregoing and Transferred shall be construed accordingly


 

LOGO

 

103

Execution Copy

 

“Transfer Shares”    means the Shares owned by a Key Holder, or issued to a Key Holder after the date hereof (including, without limitation, in connection with any share split, share dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, or the like)
“U.S. Shareholder”    has the meaning set out in Clause 14.2.1
“U.S. Tax Code”    means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

“U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs

Act”

   means Public law no. 115-97, an Act to provide for reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018
“Voluntary Conversion”    has the meaning set out in Clause 8.3.1

Part 2    Provisions

For the purpose of this Agreement:

 

  a.

Gender and number Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, unless specifically defined otherwise. Words denoting one gender shall include another gender.

 

  b.

Reference to include The words “include”, “included” or “including” are used to indicate that the matters listed are not a complete enumeration of all matters covered and will be construed as meaning “including without limitation” except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement.

 

  c.

Headings The headings are for convenience or reference only and are not to affect the construction of this Agreement or to be taken into consideration in the interpretation of this Agreement.


 

LOGO

 

104

Execution Copy

 

  d.

Clauses, Recitals, Schedules, etc. Unless otherwise stated, Clause, Recital, Schedule or Annex means a clause (including all subclauses), a recital in or to this Agreement or a Schedule or an Annex respectively.

 

  e.

Days Unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention, when any number of days is prescribed in this Agreement, it must be calculated exclusively of the first and inclusively of the last day unless the last day falls on a day other than a Business Day, in which case the last day will be the next succeeding day which is a Business Day.

 

  f.

Drafting party No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted adversely against a Party solely because that Party was responsible for drafting that particular provision. It is acknowledged that representatives of each Party have participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement.

 

  g.

Language If there is a discrepancy between an English language word and a Dutch language word used to clarify it and then to the extent of the conflict only, the meaning of the Dutch language word shall prevail.

 

  h.

Dutch concepts References to any Dutch legal concept in any jurisdiction other than the Netherlands shall be deemed to include the concept which in that jurisdiction most closely approximates the Dutch legal concept.

 

  i.

Documents A reference to any document referred to in this Agreement is a reference to that document as amended, varied or supplemented (other than in breach or the provisions of this Agreement) from time to time.

 

  j.

Subsidiary A company is a subsidiary of another company, its holding company, if that other company:

 

  i.

holds a majority of the voting rights in it;

 

  ii.

has the right, either alone or pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members, to appoint or remove a majority of its management board or its supervisory board (if any);

 

  iii.

is a shareholder or member of it and controls alone or together with other Persons, pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members, a majority of the voting rights in it; or

 

  iv.

is a subsidiary of a company which is itself a subsidiary of that other company.


 

LOGO

 

105

Execution Copy

 

  k.

Ordinary course of business An action taken by a Person will be deemed to have been taken in the “ordinary course of business” only if: such action is consistent with the past practices of such Person and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such Person; and such action is similar in nature and magnitude to actions customarily taken, without any authorization by the supervisory board (if any) or other governing board or body exercising similar authority (where applicable) of such Person.

 

  l.

Arm’s length Where any provision is qualified or phrased by reference to an “arm’s length” basis or principle, such qualification or reference shall mean the conditions which would be obtained between comparable, independent Persons in comparable transactions (taking into account the assets used, the responsibilities and risks assumed and the division of benefits between the parties) and comparable circumstances (taking into account the times and places of performance and the parties’ business strategies), thereby providing the closest approximation of the workings of the open market.

 

  m.

Reasonable endeavours Where any obligation is qualified or phrased by reference to use reasonable endeavours, best efforts or wording of a similar nature, it means the efforts that a person desirous of achieving a result would use in similar circumstances to ensure that such result is achieved as expeditious as possible and, regard shall be had, among other factors, to:

 

  i.

the price, financial interest and other terms of the obligation;

 

  ii.

the degree of risk normally involved in achieving the expected result; and

 

  iii.

the ability of an unrelated person to influence the performance of the obligation.


 

LOGO

 

106

 

 

Schedule 2.

    CAPITALISATION OF THE COMPANY


 

LOGO

 

107

 

 

Schedule 3.

    BOARD RESERVED MATTERS

The Company will not, without an absolute majority vote of the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors:

 

  i.

make any resolution that follows from the application of Clause 3.9;

 

  ii.

grant approval to a Shareholder to Transfer its Ordinary Shares as referred to in Clause 6.1.4;

 

  iii.

adopt and amend the Operating Budget;

 

  iv.

relating to non-budgeted expenses (including investments and divestments) in excess of EUR 500,000 per item;

 

  v.

grant options, bonuses, profit or similar rights to the Directors or other personnel under the ESOP or any other stock option or incentive plan;

 

  vi.

establish pension plans and granting pension rights in excess of those arising from existing arrangements;

 

  vii.

hire and determine terms of employment, or change any material existing terms of employment of key personnel, senior company officers or any other personnel with a gross salary (including bonus but excluding options) in excess of EUR 250,000 per year;

 

  viii.

conduct any litigation on behalf of the Company other than in relation to the collection of debts and taking measures which cannot be delayed, and making settlements other than in relation to the collection of debts or the termination of an employment contract for amount not exceeding EUR 250,000;

 

  ix.

enter into or grant or permit any guaranty or indemnity or otherwise commit the Company in respect of the payment of money or the performance of any contract, engagement or obligation of any other person or body, other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

  x.

make any loan or advance or give any credit and/or granting any form of security rights or guarantees, other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

  xi.

directly or indirectly enter into any agreements, contracts or arrangements which are not of an “at arm’s length” nature and the entering into of any arrangement or agreement with a Shareholder, a Director or an affiliated entity of such Shareholder or Director;

 

  xii.

enter into or effect any assignment, license or other sale of patents or other intellectual property of the Company;


 

LOGO

 

108

 

 

  xiii.

dispose of or acquire (otherwise than in accordance with the annual budget) any asset (including intellectual property rights) having a book or market value in excess of EUR 500,000;

 

  xiv.

enter into strategic alliances and/or joint ventures (including the license, transfer or assignment of any material intellectual property rights of the Company), which decision is also a General Meeting Reserved Matter as included in Schedule 4;

 

  xv.

enter into, terminate or continue any contracts or agreements set forth above;

 

  xvi.

enter into agreements with any Tax Authority;

 

  xvii.

amend and/or restate the ESOP; and

 

  xviii.

incur any debt from an external financing party, or issue any guarantees and/or security rights, in the aggregate amount in excess of EUR 1,000,000, except in the ordinary course of business.


 

LOGO

 

109

 

 

Schedule 4.

    GENERAL MEETING RESERVED MATTERS

The Company will not without the affirmative vote of the General Meeting (which Investor Majority shall include at least one Major Series B Holder and at least one Major Series C Holder), which will need to include an affirmative vote of the Investor Majority, and Subject to Clause 4.3.3, 4.3.4 and 4.3.5, except where any such item is explicitly mandated by this Agreement:

 

  i.

issuance of Shares or other securities (including convertible bonds, options and warrants) or the authorization or designation of any new class or series of Shares or other securities (other than the Series C Shares pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, Shares or other securities issued pursuant to the ESOP, and Shares or other securities to be issued in connection with a Qualified IPO);

 

  ii.

the approval of a sale of the Company, Deemed Liquidation Event or an IPO (for the purposes of this clause excluding a Qualified IPO);

 

  iii.

approval of any transaction whereby a Shareholder, Director or the person represented by him has a conflict of interest;

 

  iv.

limitation or exclusion of pre-emptive rights in respect of an issuance of Shares or other securities (including convertible bonds, options and warrants), other than an issue of Shares or other securities to be issued in connection with a Qualified IPO;

 

  v.

transfer or revocation of the authority to issue Shares or other securities (including convertible bonds, options and warrants) to another corporate body;

 

  vi.

redeem or (re)purchase (inkoop) any shares in its own capital (other than at cost pursuant to employee, management or consultant agreements), shares in the capital of any subsidiary, or depositary receipts (certificaten van aandelen) representing any such shares or the delegation of powers with respect to the approval of the purchase of the Company’s own shares;

 

  vii.

the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or any subsidiary of Company (from time to time);

 

  viii.

the declaration of or paying of any dividend and/or make any other distribution to Shareholders (including in respect of the outstanding shares in the Company);

 

  ix.

the authorization or designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of Shares or securities convertible into Shares having preference over or parity with any series of Preferred Shares as per Closing with respect to voting rights, dividends, conversion rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference or otherwise;

 

  x.

any amendment to the Articles, which for the avoidance of doubt includes the amendments to any rights of the Shareholders;


 

LOGO

 

110

 

 

  xi.

the repurchase, redemption or retirement of share capital (excluding any such repurchase, redemption or retirement of Shares held by a service provider to the Company in connection with the resignation or retiring of such service provider at the lower of fair market value of such Shares or their original purchase price);

 

  xii.

make any material change to the nature of the Business or the jurisdiction where it is managed and controlled, or make any material changes in the strategy, including entering into fields not provided for in the Operating Budget;

 

  xiii.

increase or decrease the size of the Board of Directors or change the number of votes a Director(s) may cast;

 

  xiv.

incurrence of any indebtedness including any debt from an external financing party, or the issuance of any guarantees and/or security rights, in the aggregate amount in excess of EUR 10,000,000 or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security lien, security interest or other indebtedness for borrowed money;

 

  xv.

deciding to enter into strategic alliances and/or joint ventures (where such strategic alliance and/or joint venture involves the exclusive license of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company);

 

  xvi.

increase the number of shares reserved to be issued or for issuance under the ESOP or any other equity incentive plan, create any new equity incentive plan, or issue equity to any service provider outside of an equity incentive plan.

 

  xvii.

enter into any agreement with an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 the Securities Act), officer or director of the Company or any family member of any of the foregoing, provided that so long as there is at least one independent director on the Board, the approval required by this clause (xvii) will instead be required to be made by a majority of the board including such independent director;

 

  xviii.

create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one (1) or more other subsidiaries) by the Company, or permit any subsidiary to create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue, any shares of any class or series of capital stock, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary, unless such subsidiary-related matter has received the prior approval of the Board, including the majority of the Preferred Directors; and

 

  xix.

any of the resolutions as included in this Schedule 4 (General Meeting Reserved Matters) that the Board resolves in its capacity as shareholder of any of the subsidiaries of the Company.


 

LOGO

 

111

 

 

Schedule 5.

    DEED OF ADHERENCE

DEED OF ADHERENCE

THIS DEED OF ADHERENCE is made on [date] by [insert name purchaser/subscriber] (the New Party) (the Deed);

WHEREAS

 

A.

On [...], the Parties (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) entered into the second amended and restated shareholders agreement in relation to Pharvaris B.V. (the Company, and the Shareholders’ Agreement).

 

B.

Capitalised terms used herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

C.

The New Party has [purchased/subscribed for] or proposes to [subscribe for/purchase from [insert Shareholder name] [number] Shares.

 

D.

This Deed is made by the New Party in compliance with the Shareholders Agreement.

THIS DEED WITNESSES AS FOLLOWS

 

1.

The New Party confirms that it has been provided with a copy of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

2.

The New Party undertakes to be bound by the Shareholders Agreement in all respects as if the New Party was a “Party” to the Shareholders Agreement and named in it as a “Shareholder” [and “Investor”] and to observe and perform all the provisions and obligations of the Shareholders Agreement applicable to or binding on a Shareholder under the Shareholders Agreement insofar as they should be observed or performed on or after the date of this Deed. For all intents and purposes, the New Party shall, with immediate effect, be considered to be a “Party” to the Shareholders Agreement and a “Shareholder” and [Investor] as defined therein.

 

3.

This Deed is made for the benefit of

 

  a.

the “Parties” to the Shareholders Agreement; and

 

  b.

every other person who after the date of the Shareholders Agreement (and whether before or after the execution of this Deed) assumes any rights or obligations under the Shareholders Agreement or who adheres to it.

 

4.

The address and facsimile number of the New Party for the purposes of Clause 16.10 (Notices) of the Shareholders Agreement is as follows:

 

Name New Party    [...]
Attn:    [...]
Email address:    [...]
Address:    [...]
With copy to:    [...]


 

LOGO

 

112

 

 

5.

This Deed is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

6.

The Parties agree that any dispute in connection with this Deed shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent court in [...].

This Deed has been executed on [date].

For and on behalf of

[insert name purchaser/subscriber]

 

 

 

By: [...]
Title: [...]

For acceptance by the Company on behalf of the “Parties” to the Shareholders Agreement

[...]

 

 

 

By:
Title:


 

LOGO

 

113

 

 

Schedule 6.

    NOTICES

 

Pharvaris B.V.
Attn:    B. Modig
Email address:    berndt.modig@pharvaris.com
Address:   

J.H. Oortweg 21

2333 CH Leiden

The Netherlands

With copies, which shall not
constitute notice, to:
  

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

Attn. Sophia Hudson

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Email address: sophia.hudson@kirkland.com

 

NautaDutilh N.V.

Attn. Ruud Smits

Beethovenstraat 400 (1082 PR)

Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Email address: Ruud.Smits@nautadutilh.com

Viking Global Opportunities Illiquid Investments Sub-Master LP
Attn:    Haley Garrett
Email address:    legalnotices@vikingglobal.com
Address:    c/o Viking Global Investors LP, 55 Railroad Ave., Greenwich, CT 06830
With copy to:   

Wilson Sonsini, Professional Corporation

701 5th Ave #5100, Seattle, WA 98104

Attn. John Brust

Email address: jbrust@wsgr.com

 

De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek

Att: Bernard Spoor and Heleen Koggink

Claude Debussylaan 80

1082 MD Amsterdam

The Netherlands

bernard.spoor@debrauw.com and
heleen.koggink@debrauw.com


 

LOGO

 

114

 

 

General Atlantic PH B.V.
Attn:    Ingrid van der Hoorn
Email address:    ivanderhoorn@generalatlantic.com
Address:    Raamplein 1, 1016XK Amsterdam, the Netherlands
With copy to:   

General Atlantic Services Company, L.P.

Park Avenue Plaza
55 East 52nd Street, 33rd Floor
New York, NY 10055

Attn.: Gordon Cruess

Email address: gcruess@generalatlantic.com

 

Wilson Sonsini, Professional Corporation

701 5th Ave #5100, Seattle, WA 98104

Attn. John Brust

Email address: jbrust@wsgr.com

 

De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek

Att: Bernard Spoor and Heleen Koggink

Claude Debussylaan 80

1082 MD Amsterdam

The Netherlands

bernard.spoor@debrauw.com and
heleen.koggink@debrauw.com

Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund III, LP
Attn:    Neb Obradovic
Email address:    neb@cormorant-asset.com
Address:   

200 Clarendon Street 52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP
Attn:    Neb Obradovic
Email address:    neb@cormorant-asset.com
Address:   

200 Clarendon Street 52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

CRMA SPV, LP
Attn:    Neb Obradovic
Email address:    neb@cormorant-asset.com
Address:   

200 Clarendon Street 52nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

 



 

LOGO

 

115

 

 

Foresite Capital Fund IV, L.P.
Attn:    Michael Rome
Email address:   

michael@foresitecapital.com

Address:   

600 Montgomery Street, Suite 4500

San Francisco, CA 94111

The United States

Bain Capital Life Sciences Fund, L.P.
Attn:    Ricky Sun
Email address:    rsun@baincapital.com
Address:   

200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116

The United States


 

LOGO

 

116

 

 

BCIP Life Sciences Associates, LP
Attn:    Ricky Sun
Email address:    rsun@baincapital.com
Address:   

200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116

The United States

venBio Global Strategic Fund III, L.P.
Attn:    Richard Gaster
Email address:    richard@venbio.com
Address:    1700 Owens Street Suite 595 San Francisco, CA 94158, United States of America
LSP V Cooperatieve U.A.
Attn:    Bas Vaessen
Email address:    bvaessen@lspvc.com
Address:   

Johannes Vermeerplein 9 (1071 DV)

Amsterdam, the Netherlands

KURMA BIOFUND II
Attn:    Remi Droller
Email address:    remi.droller@kurmapartners.com
Address:   

24 Rue Royale,

75008, Paris

France

Idinvest Patrimoine n°4 IR, Objectif Innovation Patrimoine n°8, Idinvest Patrimoine n°5, Idinvest Patrimoine 2015, Objectif Innovation Patrimoine n°9, Idinvest Patrimoine n°6, Idinvest Partimoine 2019, and Objectif Innovation 2019
Attn:    Gaston Samele
Email address:    gsamele@idinvest.com
Address:   

117 Avenue des Champs-Elysées

75008, Paris

France

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners III, L.P.
Attn:    Sherman Souther
Email address:    ssouther@venrock.com
Address:   

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304


 

LOGO

 

117

 

 

VHCP Co-Investment Holdings III, LLC
Attn:    Sherman Souther
Email address:    ssouther@venrock.com
Address:   

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Venrock Healthcare Capital Partners Eg, L.P.
Attn:    Sherman Souther
Email address:    ssouther@venrock.com
Address:   

3340 Hillview Avenue

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Schoodic Management B.V.
Attn:    Berndt Modig
Email address:    berndt.modig@pharvaris.com
Address:   

J.H. Oortweg 21 (2333 CH)

Leiden, the Netherlands

Berndt Modig
Email address:    berndt.modig@pharvaris.com
Address:   

Meerrustlaan 18 (2361CN)

Warmond, the Netherlands

Joachim Knolle
Email address:    jochen.knolle@pharvaris.com
Address:   

Wetteraustrasse 25

D-60389 Frankfurt am Main

Germany

Jens Eckart Kaspar Schneider Mergener
Email address:    jsm@kusala-foundation.de
Address:   

Weg zum Zwiebelfeld 1

D-16798 Fürstenberg

Germany


 

LOGO

 

118

 

 

Johannes Gerardus Christiaan Petrus Schikan
Email address:    hans.schikan@gmail.com
Address:   

Herengracht 14C (1015 BK)

Amsterdam. the Netherlands

Luc Madeleine Albert Dochez
Email address:    l.dochez@primixbioventures.com
Address:   

Klein Vilvoordestraat 8

B-3078 Meerbeek

Belgium

GrayMatters Consulting B.V.B.A.
Attn.    Anne Lesage
Email address:    alesage7@gmail.com
Address:   

Nachtegalendreef 27

B-2980 Zoersel

Belgium

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Pharvaris B.V. of our report dated November 10, 2020 relating to the financial statements of Pharvaris B.V., which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ R.M.N. Admiraal RA
PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.
Eindhoven, the Netherlands
January 15, 2021